From d2acab0c7cc0b782a6693ee861106cad3156e1dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: unfoldingWord Date: Thu, 18 Jan 2024 09:00:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Update tn_MRK.tsv from master to prepare for book package release Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord --- tn_MRK.tsv | 4647 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++----------------- 1 file changed, 3103 insertions(+), 1544 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_MRK.tsv b/tn_MRK.tsv index 7b72409fb2..4f637ed00f 100644 --- a/tn_MRK.tsv +++ b/tn_MRK.tsv @@ -1,1556 +1,3115 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Mark\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-13)\n1. The ministry of Jesus in Galilee\n * Early ministry (1:14-3:6)\n * Becoming more popular among the people (3:7-5:43)\n * Moving away from Galilee and then returning (6:1-8:26)\n1. Progress toward Jerusalem; Jesus repeatedly predicts his own death; the disciples misunderstand, and Jesus teaches them how difficult it will be to follow him (8:27-10:52)\n1. Last days of ministry and preparation for final conflict in Jerusalem (11:1-13:37)\n1. The death of Christ and the empty tomb (14:1-16:8)\n\n### What is the book of Mark about?\n\nThe Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about who Jesus was and what he did during his lifetime. Mark wrote much about how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. He did this to encourage his readers who were being persecuted. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel According to Mark.” They may also choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Mark?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark. Mark was also known as John Mark. He was a close friend of Peter. Mark may not have witnessed what Jesus said and did. Many experts think that Peter the Apostle was the source of what Mark wrote about Jesus.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar to the ways other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. Jesus often taught by telling parables, stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three of the Gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase could mean a few things:\n* The phrase “son of man” can simply be describing that someone’s father is also a human being. Therefore, the person being described is literally a son of a man, a human being.\n* The phrase sometimes is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “Son of Man.” This description tells us that the person ascending to the throne of God looked like a human being. This description is different than the first because God gives this Son of Man authority forever. Therefore, the title “Son of Man” became a title for the Messiah.\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### Why does Mark frequently use terms indicating short periods of time?\n\nThe Gospel of Mark uses the word “immediately” 42 times. Mark does this to make the events more exciting and vivid. It moves the reader quickly from one event to the next.\n\n### Sabbath/Sabbaths\n\nOften in the culture of the Bible, religious festivals would be written in the plural form of the word instead of a singular form. This occurs in Mark as well. In the ULT, the word should be kept plural, “Sabbaths.” This is simply for the sake of rendering the translated text as close to the original text as possible. In the UST, Sabbaths is changed to singular, Sabbath, to make more sense of the use of the word in its context.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Mark?\n\nSome verses found in older versions of the Bible are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to include these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translator’s region that include one or more of these verses, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be surrounded by square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Mark’s Gospel.\n* “If any man has ears to hear, let him hear.” (7:16)\n* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:44)\n* “where their worm never dies and the fire is never quenched” (9:46)\n* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘He was counted with the lawless ones’” (15:28)\n\nThe following passage is not found in the earliest manuscripts. Most Bibles include this passage, but modern Bibles put it in brackets ([]) or indicate in some way that this passage may not have been original to Mark’s Gospel. Translators are advised to do something similar to the modern versions of the Bible.\n* “Early on the first day of the week, after he arose, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, from whom he had cast out seven demons. She went and told those who were with him, while they were mourning and weeping. They heard that he was alive and that he had been seen by her, but they did not believe. After these things he appeared in a different form to two of them, as they were walking out into the country. They went and told the rest of the disciples, but they did not believe them. Jesus later appeared to the eleven as they were reclining at the table, and he rebuked them for their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they did not believe those who saw him after he rose from the dead. He said to them, ‘Having gone into all the world, and preach the gospel to the entire creation. The one having believed and having been baptized will be saved, and the one not having believed will be condemned. These signs will go with the ones believing: In my name they will cast out demons. They will speak in new languages. They will pick up snakes with their hands, and if they drink anything deadly, it will not hurt them. They will lay hands on the sick, and they will get well.’ After the Lord had spoken to them, he was taken up into heaven and sat down at the right hand of God. The disciples left and preached everywhere, while the Lord worked with them and confirmed the word by the signs that went with them.” (16:9-20)\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1:intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-3, words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “You can make me clean”\n\nLeprosy is a disease of the skin. It made a person unclean and unable to properly worship God. Jesus is capable of making people physically “clean” or healthy as well as spiritually “clean” or right with God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### “The kingdom of God is near”\n\nScholars debate whether the “kingdom of God” was present at this time or is something that is still coming or is a combination of both. English translations frequently use the phrase “at hand,” but this can create difficulty for translators. Other versions use the phase “is coming” and “has come near.”\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 38, 40, 41, and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -1:1 kpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This verse introduces the reader to the history of Jesus the Messiah as told by Mark. This functions as an introduction to the entire book of Mark. Use the natural form in your language for beginning the telling of something that actually happened. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent) -1:1 i3bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The words **Son of God** form an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the alternate translation: “who is God’s Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -1:2 fc4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1:2 e3by rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, we read,” or “Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, he wrote,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1:2 z8b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that this sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1:2 gu7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, **before your face** is an idiom which means that the **messenger** was sent first, and then the second person came after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:2 fsqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case “seeing” means giving attention to what follows. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “Pay attention!” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -1:2 s28q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular προσώπου σου & τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 Here, both uses of the pronoun **your** refer to Jesus and are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -1:2 kl12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 That the messenger **will prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:3 lkm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, he is saying,” or “a voice crying out in the wilderness, hear him saying,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1:3 dqi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here there is a direct quotation nested inside a direct quotation as Mark quotes Isaiah, who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “a voice crying out in the wilderness, telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -1:3 cf0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, **a voice** refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “people will hear his voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1:3 v3n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. See the next note for alternate translations. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -1:3 peh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Here Isaiah uses the metaphor of preparing **paths** or **the way** on which someone will travel to make them walkable. If a person in high authority were coming, the people would clear the roads of any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -1:3 yyk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo Κυρίου 1 In this quotation from Isaiah, **the Lord** refers to God, but Mark is showing how it also refers to Jesus the Messiah. However, do not translate this as “Jesus” here, because this double reference must be maintained. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo) -1:3 h8rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν 1 The imagery of a path, or **the way**, is used here to indicate that John will prepare the people to listen to the Lord’s message. If someone prepares a path for someone else, the preparer makes the path walkable. If someone in high authority was coming, others would make sure the roads were cleared of any hazards. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an alternate translation: “Prepare the people for the arrival of the Lord” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -1:3 wltl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἑτοιμάσατε & ποιεῖτε 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, both occurrences of the word **make** are plural and are commands addressing a group of people. Use the natural forms in your language to express this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -1:4 s05n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 The **baptism of repentance** proclaimed by John the Baptizer likely had its origin in baptisms done by Gentiles who were converting to Judaism. This baptism was done one time and showed that these people were converting from their former way of life to the new way of life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have turned from their former evil ways, accepted God’s forgiveness for their sins, and were now following God” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -1:4 dtqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance**, **forgiveness**, and **sins**, you can express those ideas with verbs. Alternate translation: “and preaching that he must baptize them to show that they have repented of their former evil way of living and that God has forgiven them for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1:5 u9yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 The phrase **region of Judea** is used here to refer to the people living within Judea, a large area in which the city of Jerusalem was located. Alternate translation: “the people from Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1:5 cf75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 Here, **the whole region** and **all the inhabitants** are generalizations that refer to a great number of people but not to every single person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language. Alternate translation: “many people from Judea and Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -1:5 h8h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and he was baptizing them in the Jordan River, and they were confessing their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1:6 n3rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. 1 This verse helps provide background about John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -1:6 kyy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσθων ἀκρίδας 1 If your language does not use the passive form **was clothed**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John wore camel hair and a leather belt around his waist, and ate locusts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1:6 j141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 The camels’ hair that John wore had been woven into rough, course material which was then made into clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was clothed in rough clothing woven from camel’s hair” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:6 h518 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1:6 jpzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀκρίδας 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1:7 p7tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐκήρυσσεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he announced loudly to the people” or “he proclaimed these things, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1:7 l7jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκήρυσσεν 1 The pronoun **he** is referring to John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “John was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -1:7 bk1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχεται & ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, **coming after me** means that this mightier person would come at a later time than John came. It does not mean that he is behind John, chasing John, or following John as a disciple of his. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:7 g8fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 Untying the straps of sandals was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -1:8 e4qi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which will put people under the influence of the Holy Spirit. If possible, use the same word for **baptize** here as you used for John’s baptism. That should aid the comparison between the two. If this is not possible, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “but he will join you to the Holy Spirit” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -1:8 r1j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, baptism by water and baptism by the Holy Spirit are being contrasted. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -1:9 u65k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 This phrase, **And it happened that in those days**, marks the beginning of a new event in the storyline. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -1:9 y8ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “John was preaching and baptizing people when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -1:9 gi39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη & ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) -1:9 zv8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus went from Nazareth in Galilee” or “Jesus went out from Nazareth in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -1:10 stwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 The word **immediately** occurs often throughout the book of Mark. As used here, it means that the event it introduces occurs directly after the previous event. Use a natural form in your language for communicating this. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential) -1:10 n8sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he saw the heavens bursting open” or “he saw God tearing the heavens open” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) -1:10 m5f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit coming down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down from heaven as a dove comes down to earth” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) -1:11 jh9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) -1:11 s6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 The term **Son** is an important title for Jesus. The title **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -1:12 mh8n εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [Mark 1:10](../mrk/01/10.md) -1:12 yv6v τὸ Πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nAlternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus into the wilderness” -1:13 k2kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and all the while Satan tempted him” or “during which time Satan kept trying to persuade him to disobey God” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) +front:intro r2f2 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Mark\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Mark\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–13)\n2. Jesus’ early ministry (1:14–3:6)\n3. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)\n4. Jesus expands his ministry and encounters opposition (6:7–8:21)\n5. Jesus instructs his disciples and journeys toward Jerusalem (8:22–10:52)\n6. Jesus in Jerusalem (11:1–13:37)\n7. Jesus’ last days and death (14:1–15:47)\n8. Jesus’ resurrection (16:1–8)\n\n### What is the book of Mark about?\n\nThe Gospel of Mark is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Mark wrote much about what Jesus did and how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. Mark also explained Jewish customs and some Aramaic words. This may indicate that Mark expected most of his first readers to be Gentiles. Many Christians believe that this Gospel was the first one to be written.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Mark,” or “The Gospel According to Mark.” Or they may choose a different title, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Mark Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Mark?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was Mark, also known as John Mark. This Mark did not know Jesus during his life on earth, and he did not witness the events that he writes about in this Gospel. However, he was a close friend of the Apostle Peter. Most likely, Mark recorded what Peter said about Jesus and then wrote this Gospel based on that eyewitness testimony.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What does the phrase “the kingdom of God” mean?\n\nMark refers to “the kingdom of God” 14 times. This phrase is both important and difficult to translate. In general, the word “kingdom” refers to a monarch ruling over a group of people in a specific area. In various contexts, the word can primarily emphasize the area, the people, or the ruling. However, the term usually refers to all three of these elements, even if one is emphasized more than the others. Consider how you might express the idea of “kingdom” in your language. Some translations emphasize the idea of ruling and express the idea with a clause like “God ruling as king” or “God’s reign.” Other translations emphasize the idea of the people who are ruled and express the idea with a clause like “belonging to God’s people.” However, both of these options do not fully express the idea of “kingdom.” If you have a word or phrase that describes a situation in which a king rules over people in a specific area, you could use it here. Since that word in English is “kingdom,” the ULT and UST both use “kingdom.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/kingdom]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### What were “disciples” in Jesus’ culture?\n\nIn both Jewish culture and in Greco-Roman culture, teachers had “disciples” who learned from them and were committed to them. Sometimes these disciples would go wherever their teacher went and imitate what the teacher did. Jesus’ disciples similarly were committed to him and learned from him. Some of his closest disciples traveled and lived with Jesus, particularly those whom Mark refers to as The Twelve. Other disciples would go to see Jesus and learn from him, but they did not always travel or live with him. Consider how you might refer to these kinds of relationships in your language. The ULT expresses the idea with the word “disciple,” and the UST uses the word “apprentice.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This phrase can express two primary ideas:\n\n1. It can refer to someone who is a human. This meaning for the phrase appears frequently in the book of Ezekiel (for example, see [Ezekiel 2:1](../ezk/02/01.md) or [Ezekiel 47:6](../ezk/47/06.md)). So, Jesus uses the phrase to refer to himself in the third person while identifying himself as a human being.\n2. It can refer more specifically to a specific person who appears in [Daniel 7:13–14](../dan/07/13.md). This person approaches God, who gives him dominion and authority. So, when he uses the phrase, Jesus is identifying himself with this person. Scholars are not sure whether people in Jesus’ culture used the title “Son of Man” to refer to the Messiah. However, Jesus is probably using the title to implicitly claim a special role, perhaps that of the Messiah.\n\nThere are three primary issues to consider when translating the phrase “the Son of Man”:\n\n1. When Jesus uses the phrase, he is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would not understand this, you may need to express the idea in the first person. See the notes on the phrase “the Son of Man” throughout the book for ways to do this.\n2. The phrase figuratively refers to someone who is human by identifying that person’s father as a “man.” If that figure of speech does not make sense in your language, you could refer to someone who is human in another way. Some translations use a phrase like “the human one” to express the idea.\n3. The phrase refers to the specific figure from the book of Daniel. If you have a translation of the book of Daniel, you could translate the phrase as it is expressed there. If you do not have a translation of the book of Daniel, you could consider translating the phrase as a title that refers to a special person, implicitly the Messiah. You could make this clear by capitalizing the phrase (for example, “the Human One”) or by using a different form that indicates that this is a title (for example, “the one called Son of Man”).\n\nA note related to translating the idea of “Son of Man” appears at its first occurrence. After that, if possible express the idea consistently throughout the rest of the book. Notes providing translation options for expressing the idea in first person instead of third person appear at every occurrence. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. The ULT represents these parallels by using the same words whenever the parallel passages are exactly the same. When the parallel passages are slightly different, the ULT represents the differences as much as possible by using different words. Make sure that your translation represents these similarities and differences as closely as possible.\n\n### Why does Mark use the word “immediately” so frequently?\n\nMark uses the word “immediately” 42 times. Most likely, he does this to make his narration more exciting and vivid. It is not always clear how close together events connected by the word “immediately” are. Because of that, it is best to use a general word or phrase that indicates that something happens soon after something else. If possible, express the idea with the same word or phrase throughout the book. The UST often expresses the idea with the phrase “as soon as.”\n\n### When is “you” singular, and when is “you” plural?\n\nAs he is telling his story, Mark uses both singular and plural forms of “you.” These were distinct in his language, but in English both singular and plural are expressed with the word “you.” So, in the introduction to each chapter, there is a section stating whether Mark uses the singular or plural form of “you” more frequently in that chapter. Then, notes throughout the chapter will indicate whenever Mark uses the less frequent form of “you.” Look for this section in each chapter introduction if your language distinguishes between singular and plural forms of “you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### Why does Mark uses present tense verbs for actions that happened in the past?\n\nThroughout this book, Mark often uses present tense verbs to refer to actions that happened in the past. Sometimes he uses a present tense verb in the same sentence with past tense verbs. He does this particularly frequently with verbs that introduce speech. Scholars debate why Mark uses these present tense verbs. Most likely, he included them to highlight or call attention to the action that they describe. In other words, when Mark uses a present tense verb in past narration, he probably does so in order to make his readers pay attention. If present tense verbs in past narration would not accomplish this goal in your language, you could use past tense verbs in your translation and draw the attention of your readers in another way. Since Mark uses these present tense verbs frequently, there are not translation notes at each occurrence. Instead, each chapter introduction lists the verses in which Mark uses present tense verbs in this way. Make sure that your translation deals with this issue consistently. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Mark?\n\nSome versions of the Bible include some verses in Matthew that other versions do not include. This is because some ancient manuscripts include these verses. However, the best ancient manuscripts do not include them. Here are the verses:\n\n* “If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear” ([7:16](../07/16.md)).\n* “where their worm does not end, and the fire is not quenched” ([9:44](../09/44.md)).\n* “where their worm does not end, and the fire is not quenched” ([9:44](../09/44.md)).\n* “But if you do not forgive, neither will your Father in the heavens forgive your trespasses” ([11:26](../11/26.md)).\n* “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, “And he was counted with lawless ones’” ([15:28](../15/28.md)).\n\nIt is recommended that you do not include these passages. However, if in your region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, you may include them. If they are included, they should be put in footnotes or inside square brackets to indicate that they were probably not originally part of Matthew.\n\nFurther, the manuscripts that scholars consider to be the most reliable do not include the words in [16:9–20](../16/09.md). So, the ULT and UST put these words in brackets, and there are no translation notes on these verses. It is recommended that you also indicate in some way that Mark probably did not write these words. See the introduction to chapter 16 for more information.\n\nFinally, in the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations with which your readers may be familiar to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n* “Jesus Christ, the Son of God” ([1:1](../01/01.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Jesus Christ.”\n* “having had compassion” ([1:41](../01/41.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “having become angry.”\n* “he appointed 12, whom he also named apostles” ([3:14](../03/14.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he appointed 12.”\n* “And he appointed the Twelve, and he added” ([3:16](../03/16.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “And he added.”\n* “guilty of an eternal sin” ([3:29](../03/29.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “deserving of eternal judgment.”\n* “your brothers” ([3:32](../03/32.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “your brothers and your sisters.”\n* “Gerasenes” ([5:1](../05/01.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Gadarenes.” Other manuscripts have this: “Gergesenes.”\n* “for a testimony against them” ([6:11](../06/11.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “for a testimony against them. Truly I say to you, it will be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city.”\n* “they were saying” ([6:14](../06/14.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he was saying.”\n* “he was much perplexed” ([6:20](../06/20.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he was doing many things.”\n* “his daughter, of Herodias” ([6:22](../06/22.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the daughter of Herodias herself.”\n* “copper vessels” ([7:4](../07/04.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “copper vessels and beds.”\n* “the tradition of men” ([7:8](../07/08.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the tradition of men, washings of pitchers and cups and many other similar such things you do.”\n* “you may keep” ([7:9](../07/09.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “you may establish.”\n* “enter into the town” ([8:26](../08/26.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “enter into the town nor speak to anyone in the town.”\n* “prayer and fasting” ([9:29](../09/29.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “prayer.”\n* “in your name” ([9:38](../09/38.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “in your name, who does not follow us.”\n* “into Gehenna” ([9:45](../09/45.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “into Gehenna, into the unquenchable fire.”\n* “salted with fire” ([9:49](../09/49.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “salted with fire, and every sacrifice will be salted with salt here.”\n* “will leave his father and mother” ([10:7](../10/07.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife.”\n* “follow me” ([10:21](../10/21.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “follow me, having taken up the cross.”\n* “how hard it is” ([10:24](../10/24.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “how hard it is for the ones trusting in riches.”\n* “saying to him” ([10:26](../10/26.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “saying to themselves.”\n* “he sends it back” ([11:3](../11/03.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he sends it.”\n* “under your feet” ([12:36](../12/36.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “as a footstool of your feet.”\n* “famines” ([13:8](../13/08.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “famines and troubles.”\n* “Stay awake and pray” ([13:33](../13/33.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “Stay awake.”\n* “blood of the covenant” ([14:24](../14/24.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “blood of the new covenant.”\n* “into the forecourt” ([14:68](../14/68.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “into the forecourt, and a rooster crowed.”\n* “having come up” ([15:8](../15/08.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “having cried out.”\n* “I do {with the one} you call the King of the Jews” ([15:12](../15/12.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “I do {with} the King of the Jews.”\n* “he expired in this way” ([15:37](../15/37.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “crying out in this way he expired.”\n +1:intro c6ep 0 # Mark 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–13)\n * Opening (1:1–3)\n * The ministry of John the Baptist (1:4–8)\n * Jesus is baptized and tempted (1:9–13)\n2. Jesus’ early ministry (1:14–3:6)\n * Jesus calls four disciples (1:14–20)\n * Jesus teaches and casts out a demon (1:21–28)\n * Jesus heals Simon’s mother-in-law and many others (1:29–34)\n * Jesus teaches and heals people throughout Galilee (1:35–39)\n * Jesus heals a leper (1:40–45)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:2–3](../01/02.md), which is made up of quotations from [Malachi 3:1](../mal/03/01.md) and [Isaiah 40:3](../isa/40/03.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Baptism\n\nThe word “baptism” refers to a ritual washing, usually with water. John’s baptism is similar to Christian baptism, but it does not mean exactly the same thing (see [Acts 18:24–26](../act/18/24.md)). Mark writes that John’s baptism is “of repentance” (see [1:4](../01/04.md)). Most likely, it symbolized the removal of the sins that people were repenting of and the beginning of a new way of living. However, even Jesus received this baptism despite the fact that he did not need to repent of any sins. In this case, the baptism may symbolize complete dedication to God. Consider how you might refer to this kind of ritual washing in your language.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that John the Baptist delivers to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 38, 40, 41, and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]]) +1:1-4 ewhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ & καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ: ἰδοὺ, ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου & φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ & ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης 1 Here, the phrase **Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet** and the quotation that follows could go with: (1) verse 1: **The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God**. In this case, Mark means that the**gospel** had its **beginning** just as Isaiah prophesied. Alternate translation: “The beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God, happened just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, “Behold, I am sending my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way; a voice crying out in the wilderness, ‘Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight.’” And so John came” (2) verse 4: **John came**. In this case, Mark means that **John came** as Isaiah had prophesied. Alternate translation: “This is the beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God. Just as it is written in Isaiah the prophet, “Behold, I am sending my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way; a voice crying out in the wilderness, ‘Make ready the way of the Lord; make his paths straight,’” John came” +1:1 ybv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beginning**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Here begins the gospel” +1:1 kpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe a **gospel** that is about **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of the gospel concerning Jesus Christ” +1:1 i3bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father. +1:1 et9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Many ancient manuscripts include the phrase **the Son of God**. The ULT follows that reading. A few ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +1:2 e3by rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 In Mark’s culture, **Just as it has been written in Isaiah the prophet** is a normal way to introduce quotations from important texts, in this case, the Old Testament books written by the prophet Malachi and by **Isaiah the prophet** (see [Malachi 3:1](../mal/03/01.md) and [Isaiah 40:3](../isa/40/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “Just as you can read in what Isaiah the prophet wrote” or “Just as it says in the Scriptures connected with Isaiah the prophet”\n +1:2 fc4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Just as Isaiah the prophet wrote” +1:2 z8b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ Ἠσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ 1 Here, **Isaiah the prophet** represents the book written by Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the scroll of Isaiah the prophet” +1:2 br10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “See” or “Pay attention” +1:2 gu7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 Here, the phrase **before your face** means before or in front of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “before I send you” +1:2 kl12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks of helping people to get ready for the coming of the Messiah as if it were preparing the **way** or road for the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will help people get ready for you to arrive” +1:3 cf0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 The author of the quotation is using **voice** to represent a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person calling out” or “someone calling out” +1:3 lkm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “of one calling out in the wilderness and saying” or “of one calling out in the wilderness, declaring” +1:3 dqi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of this quotation. Alternate translation: “the wilderness that people must make ready the way of the Lord, that they must make his paths straight” +1:3 v3n3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a connecting word in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Make ready the way of the Lord, yes, make his paths straight” +1:3 peh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks as if people should build or maintain roads for **the Lord** to travel on as he comes to visit his people. He means that people need to be living and acting in proper ways when **the Lord** appears to his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the metaphor in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Live and behave in a way that pleases God, as if you were making a road ready for him to travel on” +1:3 tz2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἑτοιμάσατε & ποιεῖτε 1 Because the person who is **crying out** is speaking to many people, the commands **Make ready** and **make** are plural. +1:4 pmse rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης, ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ κηρύσσων 1 Here, the phrase translated **the one baptizing** could be: (1) a description of what John did, in parallel with the word **preaching**. Alternate translation: “John came. He was baptizing in the wilderness and preaching” (2) a title (“the Baptist”) that people called **John**. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist came in the wilderness, preaching” +1:4 je3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης 1 This phrase introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “There was a man named John” or “A man called John appeared” +1:4 q9np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “preaching, ‘Receive a baptism of repentance for forgiveness of sins.’” +1:4 s05n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 Here Mark implies that John was **preaching** that people should undergo **a baptism of repentance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “preaching that people should receive a baptism of repentance” or “preaching that people should ask to receive a baptism of repentance” +1:4 dtqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **repentance** and **forgiveness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “that people should be baptized to show that they had repented, so that their sins would be forgiven”\n +1:4 vz74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe a **baptism** that shows or expresses **repentance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a baptism that expresses repentance” or “a baptism that demonstrates repentance” +1:4 p86z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 Here, the phrase **for the forgiveness of sins** indicates the goal of the **baptism of repentance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that indicates the goal of an action. Alternate translation: “that would lead to forgiveness of sins” +1:5 cf75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 Mark twice writes **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of the Judea region and most of the Jerusalemites” +1:5 u9yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα 1 Here, the phrase **all the Judea region** represents the people who live in that area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the inhabitants of the Judea region” +1:5 pgyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξεπορεύετο 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “were coming out” +1:5 b9u4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 Here the people were **confessing their sins** before they **were being baptized**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the elements so that these events are in sequential order, or you could use another form to indicate the sequence. Alternate translation: “confessing their sins, they were being baptized by him in the Jordan River” or “were being baptized by him in the Jordan River after they confessed their sins” +1:5 h8h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was baptizing them” +1:5 yezj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξομολογούμενοι 1 Here it is the people who are **confessing**, not John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as they confessed” +1:6 n3rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ & ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 Here Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. This background information is found in [1:6–8](../01/06.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Concerning this John, he” +1:6 kyy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦν & ἐνδεδυμένος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “clothed himself with” +1:6 j141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν & ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου 1 Here Mark implies that John wore clothes made from **camel hair**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of camels” +1:6 h518 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζώνην δερματίνην 1 A **leather belt** is a thin strap made from animal skin that holds clothing in place. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an animal skin strap” or “a band made from animal skin” +1:7 p7tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +1:7 bk1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχεται & ὀπίσω μου 1 Here John speaks as if someone is walking behind him. He means that soon someone will continue what he has started doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will preach after I have preached” +1:7 x7iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here. Alternate translation: “will come” +1:7 g8fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **to untie the strap** of someone’s **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John means that he is not worthy to be a slave to this person who is **coming after** him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am not worthy to be the slave who, stooping down, unties the strap of his sandals” or “I am not worthy to act as his slave” +1:7 lyjx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἱκανὸς, κύψας λῦσαι 1 The expression **stooping down** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “worthy to untie” +1:7 nnbj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, people wore **sandals** on their feet by tying them on with a **strap**. To take off the **sandals**, someone had to **untie the strap**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what it means **to untie the strap**, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to help him remove his sandals by untying the strap” or “to remove his sandals” +1:8 rtdf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἐβάπτισα 1 Here John could be using the past tense: (1) to refer generally to how he baptizes people. Alternate translation: “always baptize” (2) to refer specifically to how he just baptized some people. Alternate translation: “I have baptized” +1:8 ghzs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς -1 Since John is speaking to many people, the word **you** is plural throughout this verse. +1:8 e4qi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here John indicates that the one coming after him will cause people to experience **the Holy Spirit**, just as John caused people to experience **water** in baptism. If possible, preserve the baptism metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “but he will baptize you, as it were, with the Holy Spirit” or “and he also will perform something like baptism, but he will use the Holy Spirit” +1:8 r1j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces what the one coming after John will use for baptism in contrast to what John uses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “and, in contrast,” +1:9 u65k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 The phrase **And it happened that** marks the beginning of a new event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “Next,” +1:9 arc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Here, Matthew uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during that time” +1:9 y8ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when John was preaching and baptizing people at the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “John was preaching and baptizing people when” +1:9 zv8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +1:9 gi39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη & ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “John baptized him” +1:10 stwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐθὺς ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, εἶδεν 1 Here, the word **immediately** indicates that as soon as John baptized Jesus, Jesus **saw the heavens being split open** as he was **coming up out of the water**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “right away, as he was coming up out of the water, he saw” +1:10 jeof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus was in the Jordan River when he was baptized. Afterwards, he came up out of the river. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “leaving the water of the river” or “stepping out of the river” +1:10 vxaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβαίνων & καταβαῖνον 1 In contexts such as these, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “going up … going down” +1:10 d9zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶδεν σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ 1 Here Mark is referring to a phenomenon in which heaven and earth are connected in a special way so that someone or something can move from one place to the other. Jesus was able to see this happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what it means for the heavens to be **split open**. Alternate translation: “he could see the heavens being split open to connect heaven and earth, and he saw” or “he saw the entrance to the heavens opening and” +1:10 n8sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the heavens splitting open” or “God splitting the heavens open” +1:10 m5f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he was **coming down** upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit coming down on him, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit coming down on him as a dove comes down to earth” +1:10 c7c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Here Mark implies that **the Spirit** came down from **the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming down on him from the heavens” +1:11 jh9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ ἐγένετο 1 Mark is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person spoke” or “God the Father spoke” +1:11 s6f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father. +1:11 l2j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱός & ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Son, whom I love” +1:11 ogiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν σοὶ εὐδόκησα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You please me” +1:12 mh8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ εὐθὺς 1 Here, the phrase **And immediately** introduces the next major event in the story. Mark implies that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that” +1:12 yv6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει 1 Here Mark speaks as if **the Spirit** physically picked up Jesus and **casts him out** into the wilderness. He means that **the Spirit** compelled Jesus to go to the wilderness, although he did not force Jesus to go against his will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “compels him to go” or “leads him out” +1:13 k2kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Satan was tempting him” 1:13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus was living among the wild animals” -1:14 q12s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after the governor, Herod, had John arrested” or “But after Herod’s soldiers arrested John” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) -1:14 o4oh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The governor, Herod Antipas, had John arrested and put into prison because John continually rebuked Herod Antipas for his sins. See [6:14-29](../06/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could put this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -1:14 tmh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 This phrase provides background information that sets the time period for Jesus’ ministry. Jesus did not begin his ministry until John had been arrested. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this information. Alternate translation: “Later, John was arrested. After that,” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background) -1:14 ys3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Also, it might be more natural to indicate that Jesus was returning to Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus went back to Galilee” or “Jesus returned to Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -1:14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Alternate translation: “telling the people there about the good news” -1:15 fzq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **The time has been fulfilled** is an idiom that means that something which God said would happen has finally happened. Often, this refers to a prophecy of the Old Testament being fulfilled in New Testament times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God said that his rule would come near, and now it has come near” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -1:15 rhom rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” or “and informing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -1:15 quab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “What God promised is now happening” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive) -1:15 yo11 ἤγγικεν 1 The phrase **has come near** could mean: (1) has entered into human history and begun in a new and fuller way. Alternate translation: “has begun” or (2) will soon begin in a new and fuller way. Alternate translation: “will soon begin” -1:16 z3j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 The purpose of throwing the net was to catch fish in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -1:16 xor6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. You may also wish to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because they were fishermen, they were casting a net into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -1:17 zui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 **Come after me** is an idiom which means to become a disciple of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Join the group of my followers” or “Become my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:17 mlc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 The expression **fishers of men** means that Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:17 i2sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using it in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -1:18 tnuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθέως 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -1:18 gvia rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **they followed him** means that they went with Jesus and intended to remain with him as his disciples. Make sure that you use a phrase that does not imply that they followed him with any evil intention or followed far behind him. Alternate translation: “they walked away with Jesus to learn from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -1:19 xl2m καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 Here, **mending** refers to restoring something, usually by sewing, to make it ready to use. Since a net is made of ropes, this probably meant stitching, weaving, or tying it together. Alternate translation: “are repairing their nets” -1:20 zjz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly what Jesus **called** James and John to do. Alternate translation: “having called them to come with him” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -1:20 f77b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it more clearly. Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -1:20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 The phrase, **they went away after him** means the same as “they followed him” in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “James and John followed Jesus” -1:22 bsc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 The author intentionally leaves out the repeated information in this sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1:22 e9gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς. 1 Here, Jesus’ teaching is being contrasted with the way that the Jewish teachers taught. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -1:22 kmxf ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue were amazed” -1:23 w7z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 The person with the **unclean spirit** is in the **synagogue** while Jesus is preaching. If it would be helpful in your langauge, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was teaching, a man who was controlled by an evil spirit was also in the synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:24 ra8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 The demons ask the rhetorical question, **What to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth** in order to tell let Jesus know that they do not want him to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them alone. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1:24 m8gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 The demons ask the rhetorical question **Have you come to destroy us** in order to urge Jesus not to harm them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not destroy us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1:24 qsig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** refers to many spirits. Often times in the biblical passages about evil spirits, there are multiple spirits controlling one person (Mark 5:1-20). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come to destroy all of us evil spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:28 hrbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 The phrase **went out everywhere** means that the story of what just happened in the synagogue spread from person to person until many heard about it throughout the region of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “The story about Jesus quickly spread from person to person throughout all of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:29 ybs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -1:30 bvvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἡ & πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 This phrase gives background information about Peter’s mother-in-law. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -1:30 vnp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πυρέσσουσα 1 A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This usually results in the need to lie down in bed and rest, as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -1:31 bzd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός 1 Here, the author mentions Jesus helping her up before mentioning that Jesus took her by the hand, even though it happened in the opposite order. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Jesus took her hand and helped her up out of bed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -1:31 sff6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 This is a metaphor meaning that Jesus healed her of the fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “he healed her of the fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:31 i5br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that she probably served them food. Alternate translation: “she provided them with food and drinks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:32 h0y2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος 1 **Now when it became evening, after the sun had set** gives background information which helps the reader know the time in the day when this was occurring. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -1:32 d1i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους 1 The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize the great number of people who came. It is not likely that every single sick person was brought to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great number of people who were sick or possessed by demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -1:33 grp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The word **city** means the people who lived in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many people from that city gathered outside of Simon’s house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1:33 pa4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole καὶ ἦν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 The entire city did not gather at his door. This expression **the whole city** is used to express that a large number of people came to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Many people from the city gathered at Simon’s door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -1:37 vgc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 The word **Everyone** is an exaggeration to emphasize that many people were looking for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Many people are looking for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -1:38 plm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **us** to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -1:38 z53z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις 1 The passages which follow clarify what is meant by the **surrounding towns**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -1:39 lb9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous κηρύσσων, εἰς τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων 1 Jesus’ was both **preaching** and **casting out demons**. Jesus was not necessarily doing these in any order. Use the appropriate connecting word or phrase to show that Jesus was doing both of these things together. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous) -1:39 zs4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν & εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 The words **in all** express an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations in Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he went to many places in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -1:41 l9jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 Here, the word **moved** is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another person’s need. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having felt compassion for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1:41 flc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way. Alternate translation: “feeling compassionate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1:41 qjz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 If **I am willing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply what Jesus is willing to do from the context. Alternate translation: “I am willing to make you clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1:43 iw7t αὐτῷ 1 # General Information:\n\nThe pronoun **him** which is used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed. -1:44 xhu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest for inspection if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “get inspected by the priest to confirm that you are healed of the leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1:44 w6b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 Here, the word **yourself** represents the skin of the leper. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “show your skin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1:45 i91a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **spread the word widely** is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1:45 z363 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 The word **all sides** is a hyperbole used to emphasize from how very many places the people came. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -2:intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus heals the paralytic (2:1-12)\n1. Jesus tells Levi to follow him (2:13,14)\n1. The feast at Levi’s house (2:15-17)\n1. Questions about fasting (2:18-22)\n1. Picking grain on the Sabbath (2:22-28)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Sinners”\n\nWhen the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like theft or murder, or they committed sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Fasting and feasting\n\nPeople would fast (not eat food for a longer than usual period of time) when they were sad or were showing God that they were sorry for their sins. When they were happy, like during weddings, they would have feasts, or meals where they would eat much food. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nThe Jewish leaders used rhetorical questions to show that they were angry because of what Jesus said and did and that they did not believe that he was God’s Son ([Mark 2:7](../mrk/02/07.md)). Jesus used them to show the Jewish leaders that they were arrogant ([Mark 2:25-26](./25.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 14, 17, 18, 25. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -2:1 ir5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The people there heard that he was staying at his home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2:1 j6pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν πάλιν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 The author tells us that Jesus **entered again** to remind us that he had already been in Capernaum in [1:21](../01/21.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus came a second time to the town called Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -2:1 afvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ ἐστίν 1 There is some debate over whose **house** this is. It could possibly be: (1) Peter’s house. Peter’s house functioned as the place to which Jesus always returned when he was in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “He was in Peter’s house” or (2) you could leave it generic and not specify whose house it was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:3 s21g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 Here, **a paralytic** is someone who, because of injury or disease, is not able to use their arms, legs, torso, or some combination of those parts of their body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -2:4 v6ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 In the region where Jesus lived, houses had flat roofs made of clay covered with tiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered” or “they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -2:4 ouxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. Think of something in your culture on which you might carry an injured person to take them for medical attention. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” or “a cot” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) -2:5 trg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδὼν & τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 The implication is that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus recognized that the man’s friends were convinced that he could heal him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:5 hzg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τέκνον 1 The word **Child** here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. This man was not actually Jesus’ son. If your language has a term like this that would be appropriate in this context, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “Beloved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -2:6 le6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hearts** is a metonym for the people’s thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “thinking to themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2:7 yr5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ 1 These religious leaders do not expect someone to tell them who Jesus is. Instead, they are using the question form to emphasize how inappropriate they think it is for Jesus to tell someone that he forgives their sins. As the next sentence explains, they think this means that Jesus was claiming to be God, and so in their view he would be speaking blasphemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “This man should not be speaking this way!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2:7 sj6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός? 1 The scribes used this question to say that since no one **is able to forgive sins except God alone**, then Jesus should not say “Your sins are forgiven.” If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Only God can forgive sins, not a man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2:8 niy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **spirit** means Jesus’ inner thoughts. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his inner being” or “within himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2:8 h3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful in your language, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having become aware though no one told him” or “Jesus, without hearing them, knows” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:8 wga7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. It also shows that He knows what they are thinking without them saying it out loud. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What you are thinking is wrong.” or “Do not think that I am blaspheming.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2:8 s3m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ταῦτα & ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 The word **hearts** means their inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this inside yourselves” or “these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -2:9 wv5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει 1 Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to prepare the scribes and Pharisees for the miracle he is about to perform. It is easier to say, “Your sins are forgiven you,” because there is no visible proof when someone’s sins are forgiven. However, if someone says to a paralyzed person, “Get up and take up your mat, and walk,” but the person does not do so, then it is obvious that the person speaking lacks God’s authority. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is surely easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven you,’ than to say, ‘Get up and walk!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2:9 q905 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is it easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up, take his mat, and walk?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -2:10 g4jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδῆτε 1 The word **you** refers to the scribes and the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:10 jsyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “God has given me, the Son of Man, authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2:11 f369 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἔγειρε ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 The words **get up, take up your mat, and go** were not commands that the man was able to obey with his own strength. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed, and then the man was able to obey this command. Alternate translation: “I heal you, so you can get up, take up your mat, and go away to your house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -2:12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 Alternate translation: “in the presence of everyone in the house” -2:12 e0xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγέρθη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον, ἐξῆλθεν ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And all at once the man was healed, so he got up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:13 ma6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIn this verse Mark gives background information to tell the reader where the next event is taking place. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -2:13 zecn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “going” or “went” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “A large crowd was going to him” or “all the crowd went to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -2:14 sc4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁλφαίου 1 The word **Alphaeus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -2:14 ekv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 In this context, to follow someone means to become that person’s disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “There were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus” -2:15 zqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 These two groups are used to express that Jesus and his students were eating with many people upon whom the religious leaders looked down. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -2:16 rwu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Mark is using the possessive form to tell his readers that **the scribes** were members of the group known as **the Pharisees**. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scribes, who were members of the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -2:16 b1bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 The Pharisees and scribes are using the question form to express their disapproval. They believed that religious people should separate themselves from people whom they considered to be sinners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not eat and drink with sinful tax collectors!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2:17 ak1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a comparison. Just as sick people need a doctor to be healed, so sinners need Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need a doctor’s help; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) -2:17 c62j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 **The ones having sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **ones being healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are healthy. He thinks the opposite. He says these words while speaking to people who think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could be more explicit. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -2:17 lh4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 The words **have a need of a physician** are assumed in the second phrase. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Those who are healthy do not need a doctor, but those who are sick need a doctor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2:17 ca4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι & ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 The words **I came … to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2:18 z394 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἔρχονται 1 The phrase **they come** refers to an unknown group of people. It is best to leave this unknown, as it is not clear who is being talked about here. Alternate translation: “a group of unknown men came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -2:18 j1h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες 1 This fast is likely referring to the fast which the religious leaders performed twice per week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now, the students of John and the Pharisees were performing their bi-weekly fast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:18 y7bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. 1 This phrase provides background information. Mark is telling his readers this to help them understand why Jesus was being asked this question. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now, it happened at the time when the students of John the Baptizer and the Pharisees were fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -2:19 eke3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants the scribes and Pharisees to reflect on the actions of his disciples in light of a situation with which they are already familiar. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one tells the groom’s party at a wedding to fast while the groom is still with them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2:19 tiiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 It is best to keep this verse the way it is. Do not clarify that it is about Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -2:19 wetb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος 1 The expression **sons of** is a Hebrew idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend to the needs of the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. Alternate translation: “The groom’s attendants” or “The groom’s friends”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -2:20 vg2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **the bridegroom may be taken away** with an active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave his friends” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2:20 y79o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 Here, the word **then** shows the reader that the bridegroom must first leave, after which the friends will begin fasting. Make sure this is clear in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -2:21 v6xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was before. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:21 vdza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 1 This verse, as well as verse 22, is a parable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -2:22 fk15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσκοὺς 1 The word **wineskins** refers to bags made out of animal skins and used to store wine. If the bags were old and previously used, and someone put new wine in them, they would likely tear. This happens because wine expands as it sits for a long time, and the old wine skins could no longer stretch with the expanding wine. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -2:22 dgcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 In this phrase, it is assumed that **new wine** is being poured **into fresh wineskins**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that clear. Alternate translation: “but you should pour new wine into new wineskins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2:23 jya1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 Plucking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. It was actually a commandment of the Law to leave the grain on the edges of your field standing so that those who were hungry could eat it. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “plucking heads of grain, as the Law permitted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:23 k3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were **picking the heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: “the heads of grain and eating the seeds”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing and use it in your translation in place of the word **grain**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:24 h41a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 The Pharisees are not asking Jesus for information, but rather, they are using the question form here to make a statement and emphatically condemn him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look! They are breaking the Jewish law concerning the Sabbaths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2:24 ec3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:24 bf8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 **Look** is a word used to get the attention of someone to show them something. If there is a word in your language that is used to draw a person’s attention to something, you could use that here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -2:25 g8sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Jesus does not expect the Pharisees to tell him whether they have read this passage in the Scriptures. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize that the Pharisees should have learned a principle from that passage that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could state this (1) as a command. Alternate translation: “Remember what you read about what David did” or (2) as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have read that David did the same thing when he and those with him were hungry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -2:25 r14d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ 1 Jesus refers to reading about what David did, as recorded in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you not read in the scriptures what David did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:25 cjzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν 1 The phrase **had need** and the word **hungry** are both expressing the same idea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two expressions in your translation. Alternate translation: “when he was in need of food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -2:26 y57j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 The phrase **the bread of the presence** refers to the 12 loaves of **bread** that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -2:26 wz3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking of it as the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -2:27 i374 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 With the passive phrase **The Sabbath was made for man**, Jesus explains why God established the Sabbath. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for mankind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -2:27 u83s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον & ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -2:27 v3mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον & ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 The word **man** is a generic noun. It does not refer to any specific person but to mankind as a whole. Alternate translation: “people … people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -2:27 s2yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 The words **was made** are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated here if that would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “man was not made for the Sabbath” or “God did not make man for the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -2:28 wgwu ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). -2:28 kq1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -2:28 pwb5 ὥστε Κύριός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 There are two major interpretations of this passage. (1) Many think that Jesus is here appealing to his heavenly authority to speak about the Sabbath day to the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I, the Son of Man, am Lord of the Sabbath” (2) **Son of Man** is a popular title used in the Old Testament to refer to a human being. Jesus could be saying (functioning as the conclusion to the previous verse) that mankind has authority over the Sabbath, and that the Sabbath does not have authority over mankind. Alternate translation: “Therefore, mankind has authority over the Sabbath” -3:intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nIt was against the law of Moses to do work on the Sabbath. The Pharisees believed healing a sick person on the Sabbath was “work,” so they said that Jesus did wrong when he healed a person on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The 12 disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the 12 disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, Sons of Thunder), Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Judas, the son of James.\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 4, 5, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -3:1 bm6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 Mark uses this sentence to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -3:1 rn8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 This expression introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression that serves this purpose, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -3:1 ye6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it appear to be smaller. Alternate translation: “whose hand was shriveled” or “whose hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -3:2 vr25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 The Pharisees wanted Jesus to heal the man so that they could **accuse him** of breaking the law by doing work on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing” or “so that they could accuse him of breaking the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:2 q35x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase tells the reader why the Pharisees were watching Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. You might also want to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “They were doing this so that they could accuse him of working on the Jewish day of rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -3:3 nm6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 Here, **midst** is referring to the group of people who were gathered inside of the synagogue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Stand up in front of all of those meeting here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:4 mh3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is **lawful** to obey God and do good on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is allowed that people do good on the Sabbaths, but not do evil. Likewise it is allowed that a person save someone on the Sabbaths, but not kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -3:4 vz6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 The phrase **is it lawful** is assumed here. If it would be helpful in your language, you may clarify and add it again to the second phrase. Alternate translation: “is it lawful to save a life or to kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -3:4 nut4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 The phrase **a life** refers to physical life and means “a person.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “someone from dying” or “someone’s life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -3:5 n4ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 The phrase **hardness of heart** is a common metaphor which describes stubbornness towards God’s will. The Pharisees were stubborn about their unwillingness that anyone would do anything on the Sabbath—whether good or evil. They therefore leave this man to suffer with his crippled hand. If your readers would not understand what it means to have **hardness of heart** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “their stubbornness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:5 c3qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -3:6 nvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 **Herodians** is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:8 bi1b τῆς Ἰδουμαίας 1 **Idumea** is the region, previously known as Edom, which covered the southern half of the province of Judea. -3:8 mm5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅσα ἐποίει 1 This phrase refers to the miracles Jesus was performing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the great miracles that Jesus had performed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:9 zu5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν 1 As the large **crowd** was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally; the danger was because there were so many people who wanted to touch him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:10 e86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 This verse tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that they might crush him. Alternate translation: “For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone pressed against him so that they might touch him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -3:10 ge71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 They **pressed against him** because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “all the sick people pushed forward, eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:10 qyyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ & ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 Here, **pressed against him** means they came very close to Jesus to make physical contact with him. Usually this has to do with crowds surrounding someone. If this might be misunderstood, think of a way to express this more clearly in your language. Alternate translation: “so all the people who had diseases surrounded him closely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:11 ca5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 Here, **they** refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who cause the people they possess to do such things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:11 xf41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. See how you translated this title in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -3:13 fatx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 1 Here, **he goes up on the mountain** does not refer to a specific mountain. This phrase is an idiom which means that Jesus was in a mountainous area. If it would be helpful in your language, you may state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus went up into the mountainous regions” or “Jesus went up into area with many hills” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:16 ywli rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Some manuscripts do not include the words **and he appointed the Twelve**. This is likely original, but some writers decided to leave it out because verse 14 has a similar phrase. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -3:16 ozli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Mark is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had chose to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -3:16 rj1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case with **the Twelve**, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -3:16 i7tf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 The word **Simon** is the name of the first man listed. All of the names listed in [3:17-19](../03/17.md) are also names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -3:16 bt0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 In ancient times, people changed their names to show that something about themselves was changing. Here, Jesus changes Peter’s name to show that Peter is now one of his followers and to describe something about him that is important. This also happens in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood, think of something in your language that people do to signify a major change in their lives. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -3:17 n4gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 Jesus called the brothers **Sons of Thunder** because they were like **thunder**. Alternate translation: “the name Boanerges, which means ‘Men Who Are Like Thunder’” or “the name Boanerges, which means ‘Thunder Men’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:19 r3zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 Mark adds the phrase **who also betrayed him** to tell the reader that **Judas Iscariot** was the one who would betray the Lord. Alternate translation: “who later betrayed Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -3:20 jxr5 καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς οἶκον 1 This is likely the same **house** which was mentioned previously. See note on [2:1](../02/01.md). -3:20 rq6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 The word **bread** represents food. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all” or “they could not eat anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -3:21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 Here, **they** could refer to: (1) his relatives. (2) some people in the crowd. -3:21 mf5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 The phrase **out of his mind** is an idiom that refers to acting crazily. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:23 q8f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he **cast out** demons by Beelzebul. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out himself!” or “Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -3:23 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche Σατανᾶν 1 The name **Satan** is used here to refer to Satan’s “kingdom” and not just him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his own power” or “his own evil spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -3:24 j5sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη 1 Jesus uses this parable to show why the scribes are wrong to think Jesus is controlled by Satan. He is saying that if a group of people is not united, they will not be able to exist together successfully. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -3:24 b4z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 The word **kingdom** refers to the people who live in the **kingdom**. Alternate translation: “If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -3:24 k3bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 This phrase, **not able to stand** means that the kingdom, no longer united, will fall. Alternate translation: “will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:24 h7hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase in positive form. Alternate translation: “will fall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -3:25 zcr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἰκία 1 The phrase **a house** means the people who live in **a house**. Alternate translation: “a family” or “a household” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -3:25 dm6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι 1 This is another parable which shows the religious leaders why they are wrong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -3:25 dlev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι 1 This parable is almost identical to the previous one. If the repetition would confuse readers, you could use one or the other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -3:26 w7na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 The word **himself** is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -3:26 vif7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 While this parable is similar to the previous two, it would be good to retain it, as the parable refers back to the original problem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -3:26 df2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 This means Satan will fall and not endure. Alternate translation: “he will cease to be united and will be finished” or “he cannot endure, and he comes to an end” or “he will fall and come to an end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -3:27 mvr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ; καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 1 This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits and saving the people whom Satan had previously controlled. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -3:27 x9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐδεὶς 1 This phrase, **no one**, does not refer to a specific person but to people in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -3:28 f6fq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of his statement that follows. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement in this context. Alternate translation: “I am telling you truthfully” or “I can assure you” -3:28 p6sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the phrase **sons of men** is an idiom which refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:28 gp6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the terms **sons** and **men** are masculine, Jesus is using these words here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” or “of mankind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -3:29 ips3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς δ’ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ 1 Here, **whoever** does not refer to anyone in particular but is a generic word for any person. Alternate translation: “but the person who has blasphemed” or “but whichever person might have blasphemed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -3:30 sfa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 This is an idiom that means to be possessed by **an unclean spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An unclean spirit is controlling him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -3:31 gef8 καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “Then Jesus’ mother and brothers arrived” -3:33 qe8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach the people that he considers those who follow God to be his beloved ones. He has not forgotten who his physical family members are, but these are people who belong to his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you whom I consider to be my mother and brothers” or “I will tell you whom I love as a mother or brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -3:33 iu9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Jesus uses the words **mother** and **brothers** here not to refer to biological relatives but to those whom he loves and who obey God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -3:35 dr45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς & ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **whoever** does not refer to any specific person but to any person who does **the will of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whichever person may do the will of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -3:35 yr9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: “that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -4:1 i95e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐμβάντα, καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 Jesus **stepped into a boat** because the crowd was so big that, if he had stayed among them, it would have been very difficult for them all to hear him. If this would not be clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the crowd was so large, Jesus went out onto a boat on the water so the crowd could hear his teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -4:2 h2a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ actions to help readers understand what happens while Jesus is on the boat. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -4:3 vqh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων σπεῖραι 1 By telling a story, Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear what he teaches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story! Behold, a sower went out to sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -4:3 gmdi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἀκούετε 1 The word **Listen** is an command which Jesus uses to get his listeners to listen carefully to what he is about to say. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Listen to what I am about to say!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -4:4 si37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path were not hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell on the path, where they lay unprotected from hungry animals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -4:5 wuw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες 1 In this verse and in the following four verses, the word **other** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -4:6 z2el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος 1 Here, **the sun rose** is an idiom which means the sun approached its highest point in the sky, usually the hottest part of the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -4:6 ee49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can restate **it was scorched** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -4:7 bw62 ἄλλο ἔπεσεν 1 See the note on [4:5](../04/05.md) -4:8 v3sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis αὐξανόμενα, καὶ ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipses are used here to shorten the phrases, but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “producing a plant that bore 30 times as much grain or 60 times as much grain or even 100 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -4:8 u327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τριάκοντα & ἑξήκοντα & ἑκατόν 1 “thirty … sixty … a hundred.” These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -4:9 p2us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The phrase **has ears** here refers to the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -4:9 qxy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -4:10 u2nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 The phrase **he was alone** does not mean that Jesus was completely **alone**. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the 12 disciples and some of his other close followers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -4:10 kqcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [11:7](../11/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -4:11 t9ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμῖν τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have given you the mystery of the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -4:11 q2az rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκείνοις & τοῖς ἔξω 1 The phrase **to those, the ones outside** refers to the people who are not a part of Jesus’ group of disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those who are outside of this group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -4:12 p4fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 Here, **but may not see** means being spiritually blind and not understanding the significance of what Jesus is doing. If your readers would not understand what it means to “not see” in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “so that looking, they may not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:12 e33y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν 1 Mark is quoting Jesus, who is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. For clarity, you could also indicate the source of the words that Jesus is quoting. Alternate translation: “so that as the prophet Isaiah said, though they see, they will not perceive, and though they hear, they will not understand” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes) -4:12 p9yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 Here, **turn** means to “repent.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state it in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that they would not repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:13 fs1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? 1 Jesus used **Do you not understand this parable?** and **how will you understand all the parables?** to show how disappointed he was that his disciples could not understand his parable. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “If you cannot understand this parable, think about how hard it will be for you to understand all of the other parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -4:14 m72p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “The one sowing the seed represents a person who proclaims God’s message to others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:14 rp6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 Here, **the word** means the message which Jesus was proclaiming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sows the message which Jesus was proclaiming” or “sows the gospel message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -4:14 xdaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 Here, sowing **the word** means teaching Jesus’ words to others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The sower teaches people God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:15 p68u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Some people represent the instance when the seeds fell along the path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:15 gcuh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὗτοι 1 The word **these** is a generic noun for people. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “certain people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -4:16 ty3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “And in a similar way, some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:16 d7ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὗτοί 1 See the note on **these** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -4:16 gdq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones which the sower sowed on the rocky soil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -4:17 p5fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 This is a comparison to young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. If your readers would not understand what **they have no root in themselves** means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they did not allow the word to transform their lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:17 s5mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole οὐκ & ῥίζαν 1 They have **no root** in themselves is an exaggeration to emphasize how small the roots were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -4:17 t21w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σκανδαλίζονται 1 The phrase **they fall away** is an idiom which means to stop believing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they no longer believe in God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -4:18 uu9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “some people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed among the thorny plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:18 wlab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἄλλοι 1 See note about **others** on [4:15](../04/15.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -4:19 wa3k αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Alternate translation: “the worries in this life” or “the concerns about this present life” -4:19 s7s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰσπορευόμεναι, συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus uses the metaphor **choke** to depict what these peoples’ desires do to them. Similarly to how a thorny plant can choke a young plant, worldly desire choke faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not allow the faith to grow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:19 f4ip rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 Here, **unfruitful** means that God’s word in this person will not produce the desired results. In the Bible, a person who produces good works is spoken of as “fruitful” and a person who does not produce good works is spoken of as “unfruitful.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the person does not do good works, showing that they follow Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:20 axh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternative translation: “those people represent the seeds which the farmer sowed upon the good soil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:20 d3r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 30 grains, some produce 60 grains, and some produce 100 grains” or “some produce 30 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 100 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -4:20 tdwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τριάκοντα & ἑξήκοντα & ἑκατόν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “thirty … sixty … a hundred” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -4:21 zzw7 αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **to them** refers back to the Twelve and others around Jesus in verse [10](../mrk/04/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Twelve and others with him” -4:21 nn7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You certainly do not bring a light inside the house to put it under a basket or under a bed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -4:21 dkq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην 1 Mark mentions two household items here for the sake of emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases, as modeled by the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -4:22 y5kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ γάρ ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “For everything that is hidden will be made known, and everything that is secret will come out into the open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -4:22 kc6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 These two phrases, **nothing is hidden** and **nothing secret has happened**, both have the same meaning. Jesus is emphasizing that everything that is secret will be made known. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely everything that is hidden will be revealed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -4:23 k1a8 εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 See how you translated this in [4:9](../04/09.md) -4:24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:21](../04/21.md) -4:24 zis1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 This is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of “understanding” as if it were “measuring.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternately, you could express Mark’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The one who thinks carefully about the things I have said, God will allow him to understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -4:24 c4xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure that amount for you, and he will add even more to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -4:25 i24l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ & ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to him God will give more … from him God will take away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -4:26 n1mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Jesus tells his listeners a parable to explain the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -4:26 r5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ: ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Jesus begins a parable that continues through verse 29. In this parable, he compares the **kingdom of God** to a man who **throws the seed** on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning of **throws the seed** plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God: just as a farmer plants seed by scattering it over his field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -4:26 htar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 The word **man** is not speaking of any specific person but any people who scatter seed. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “As a farmer scatters seed upon the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -4:28 cew8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον χόρτον, εἶτα στάχυν, εἶτα πλήρης σῖτον ἐν τῷ στάχυϊ 1 These words show that this happened one after another. Make sure that this is clear to your audience in your translation. Alternate translation: “First the stalks appeared. After this the heads appeared. Finally, the mature grain in the heads appeared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -4:29 ah9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον 1 Here, **the sickle** is a metonym that stands for the farmer or the people whom the farmer sends out to harvest the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “he immediately goes into the field with a sickle to harvest the grain” or “he immediately sends people with sickles into the field to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -4:29 yd1d δρέπανον 1 A **sickle** is a handle with a curved blade or a sharp hook used to cut tall crops down to the ground to be harvested. If it would be helpful in your language, use a tool that is used to do this job in your culture. -4:29 hx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 Here, the phrase **the harvest has come** is an idiom for the grain being ripe for harvest. Alternate translation: “because it was time for the farmers to harvest the grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -4:30 ivk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 Jesus asked this question to cause his hearers to get the listeners attention, as he was about to speak another parable about **the kingdom of God**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “With this parable I can explain what the kingdom of God is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -4:31 w4l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅταν σπαρῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when someone sows it” or “when someone plants it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -4:32 x1xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 The mustard tree is described as causing its branches to grow large. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with large branches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -4:33 y7i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1 This verse marks the end of this section of Jesus’ parables. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -4:34 oo4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 Mark uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -4:34 gp99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 Here, **everything** does not actually mean everything, but rather, all of his parables which he had spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this clearly. Alternate translation: “he explained all his parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -4:38 b4xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα 1 The disciples asked this question to convey their fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you need to pay attention to what is happening; we are all about to die!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -4:38 phc3 Διδάσκαλε 1 **Teacher** is a respectful title. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it with an equivalent term that your language and culture would use. -4:38 qtb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 The word **we** includes the disciples and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -4:39 yym6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 These two phrases are similar and used to emphasize what Jesus wanted **the wind** and **the sea** to do. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be calm!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -4:40 w5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are **afraid** when he is with them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -4:41 u8e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ 1 The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -5:intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Talitha, koum”\n\nThe words **Talitha, koum** ([Mark 5:41](../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 19, 22, 23, 31, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -5:1 fix1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse acts as an introduction to the next story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this, they came to the other side of the Sea of Galilee, to the region where the Gerasenes lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -5:1 gt8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -5:1 vsc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -5:2 pf16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 This is an idiom meaning that the man is controlled by the unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “whom an unclean spirit controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -5:4 nsol rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 This verse and the next verse function as background information to tell the reader about this man who was controlled by an evil spirit. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -5:4 da4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις & δεδέσθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people had bound him many times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -5:4 nep6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he shattered his shackles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -5:4 fk7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πέδαις 1 Here, **shackles** are pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners. The shackles are then attached with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move far. Think of an object in your culture that is used to constrain people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -5:6 y6c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ 1 After **having seen Jesus**, the man then ran to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After the man saw Jesus from a distance, he then ran to him and bowed down before him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -5:7 ux6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIf it would be helpful in your language, the information in this verse and 5:8 may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -5:7 ppu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? 1 The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -5:7 kd19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -5:9 h6ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive λέγει αὐτῷ, Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 1 The spirit who is speaking speaks on behalf of all of the spirits who are possessing the man. Here, **we** includes him and all of the other spirits. Make sure that this is understood in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -5:9 oa64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν 1 A **legion** is the name of a group of 6,000 Roman soldiers. The unclean spirit uses this name to tell Jesus that they **are many**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “My name is Legion. This is our name because there are many of us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -5:10 gtq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας 1 Mark inserts this verse and the following verse to give important information about what Jesus does with the spirits. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -5:13 iff6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 It may be helpful to your readers to state clearly what Jesus allowed the **unclean spirits** to do. Alternate translation: “Jesus allowed the unclean spirits to do what they asked permission to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -5:13 a28z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ὡς δισχίλιοι 1 Alternate translation: “about two thousand pigs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -5:13 ntl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντα 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -5:15 qih4 τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 **Legion** was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md). -5:15 fb4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “being of a normal mind” or “thinking clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -5:18 pup5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “by pleading, ‘Please let me stay with you!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -5:19 e21m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 Jesus was not allowing the man to get into the boat and be with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But he did not allow the man to come with him in the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -5:20 g8ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τῇ Δεκαπόλει 1 This word is the name of a region that means “Ten Cities.” It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -5:20 y8vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πάντες ἐθαύμαζον 1 It may be helpful to state who the people were who were **marveling**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -5:22 v1dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰάειρος 1 The word **Jairus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -5:22 u1rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “goes” or “went” rather than “comes” or “came” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -5:23 jd27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας 1 The expression **lay your hands** often refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand or hands on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you might heal her” or “you might lay your hands on her to heal her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -5:23 kzz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that you might heal her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -5:25 e2cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα 1 This phrase introduces the woman as a new character in the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language and use that here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -5:25 h58w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη 1 The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -5:25 idh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 Alternate translation: “for twelve years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -5:27 z2hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 She had heard reports about how Jesus healed people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that Jesus had healed people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -5:28 alc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ 1 This verse tells the reader that the woman had determined to **touch his clothes** in her mind before she actually touched Jesus’ cloak. Think of a way in your language which makes it apparent that this is the reason why she touches Jesus’ cloak. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -5:28 wge2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -5:29 c1vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sickness had left her” or “she was no longer sick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -5:30 ma2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **his power** healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “power from his body had healed someone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -5:33 r3a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἡ δὲ γυνὴ, φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 Both the words **afraid** and **trembling** are similar words which are used to show that the woman was very fearful. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these two words into one expression. Alternate translation: “The woman was very afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -5:33 b6kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 The phrase **the whole truth** refers to how she had touched him and became well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “told him the whole truth about how she had touched him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -5:34 gbk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship θυγάτηρ 1 Jesus used the term **Daughter** to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is clear to your readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -5:35 t2wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 The rhetorical question **Why trouble the teacher any longer** is a statement used to express that they should not bother Jesus anymore. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is useless to bother the teacher any longer!” or “There is no need to bother the teacher any longer!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -5:35 vqt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν; τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 The statement **Your daughter died** explains why he asks the question here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Why trouble the teacher any longer? For your daughter died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -5:39 a3ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε 1 Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is not a time to be upset and crying!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -5:39 dzrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The words **The child** are assumed in the second phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The child is not dead, but the child is sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -5:39 g83c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 Jesus is using **is sleeping** to indicate that the death of child is only temporary. That is, although the child had died, Jesus intends to make her alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The child will not remain dead, but she has died for a short time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -5:41 hx3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! 1 This is an Aramaic phrase which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. In your translation, you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -5:42 pt5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἦν & ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Alternate translation: “she was twelve years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -5:42 m49c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Mark includes the information about her age to help his readers understand how **the little girl** immediately **rose up** and began **walking**. She was able to get up and walk because she was old enough to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking. She was able to do this because she was 12 years old” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -5:43 n29k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and he told them, ‘Give her something to eat’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -6:intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Anointed with oil”\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, 49 and 55. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -6:1 mi7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event occurred. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After a time, Jesus and those who followed him left there and returned to where he grew up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -6:1 lpci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν & ἔρχεται εἰς 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** or “went” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came out … went to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -6:2 y4xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is this wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -6:3 s3wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 Those who were in the synagogue with Jesus are asking all of these questions to emphasize that they know who Jesus is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -6:3 tlub rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσῆτος & Ἰούδα & Σίμωνος 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -6:3 d2g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The people in the synagogue were not **offended** by who Jesus was. They were offended by what he was teaching them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “by what he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -6:4 l436 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -6:4 b42w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only place that a prophet is not honored is” or “A prophet is honored everywhere except” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -6:4 y2oa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. In this case, the second and third phrases are more precise, smaller groups of people. If the repetition might confuse your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “among the people with whom he grew up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -6:4 mutm τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν 1 Here, **relatives** refers to people who are related to Jesus, but are not his siblings, mother, or father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to express this. -6:4 mgbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **in his own house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:7 d6sx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 Alternate translation: “2 by 2” or “in pairs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -6:7 ldbv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:15](../03/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -6:8 k5hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they should only bring a staff on their journey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -6:8 t9a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** means food in general. Alternate translation: “no food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -6:11 b2kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 The expression **shake off the dust that {is} under your feet** indicates strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture of rejection in your culture, you could use it here in your translation. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) -6:14 ly7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has caused John the Baptist to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -6:15 fgy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 It may be helpful to your readers to state why some people thought Jesus was **Elijah**. Alternate translation: “Some others said, ‘He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:15 n8sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But some were saying that he is Elijah, while others were saying that he is like one of the prophets who lived long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -6:16 ym2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 Here, Herod uses the word **I** to refer to himself. Although he says here that he beheaded John, his soldiers beheaded John at his command. The word **I** is a metonym for Herod’s soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom I commanded my soldiers to behead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:16 n6nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -6:17 vpr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸς & ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state clearly that **Herod** sent his soldiers to put **John** in **prison**. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:17 ojtd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why Herod was saying that John rose from the dead. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “He was saying this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -6:17 sf6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The word **Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -6:18 e2ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Herod put John into prison because he was saying **It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother**. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “Herod told his soldiers to arrest John because he was saying, ‘God’s law does not allow you to marry the wife of your brother’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -6:19 x35v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἡρῳδιὰς & ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 **Herodias** did not plan to personally kill John, but she wanted someone else to execute John for her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this in plain language. Alternate translation: “Herodias … wanted someone to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:20 k13z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον 1 The word **righteous** and the word **holy** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that John was a very righteous man. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “because he knew that he was a very righteous man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -6:21 m54q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἡρῴδης τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν, τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the name **Herod** actually means his servants, whom Herod would have commanded to prepare the meal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod had his servants prepare a dinner for his officials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:22 a1d7 εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 We know from verse 17 that Herod married **Herodias** after she divorced his brother. Herodias’ daughter, who danced for Herod, was Herod’s niece and step-daughter. There are a few possible reasons why Mark refers to her as **his daughter Herodias**. Mark could: (1) be referring to Herod’s daughter-in-law as if she were Herod’s daughter’s to emphasize how close they were. Alternate translation: “And his daughter by Herodias” (2) be speaking about the daughter by using the name of her better-known mother, Herodias. -6:25 caz0 εὐθὺς & μετὰ σπουδῆς & ἐξαυτῆς 1 The words **immediately**, **with haste**, and **at once** all communicate a sense of urgency. Make sure to communicate this urgency in your language. -6:25 ap2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δῷς μοι 1 The implication is that the daughter of Herodias wants King Herod to have someone cut off John the Baptizer’s head and then give it to her. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “you cut off John’s head and bring it to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:26 c1gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state clearly the content of the **oaths**, and the relationship between the **oaths** and the dinner guests. Alternate translation: “because his dinner guests had heard him make the oaths that he would give her anything she asked for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:34 j1td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 Jesus compares the people to **sheep**, which are confused and vulnerable when they do not have their **shepherd** to lead them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were confused when they did not have someone to lead them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -6:35 sei9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης 1 This phrase means it was the day was nearly ended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “near the end of the day” or “toward evening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -6:35 hz4h ἔρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος 1 The phrase **This place is desolate** means that there were no people or very few people in that place. See how you translated the similar phrase in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md). -6:37 cts5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd even if we had two hundred denarii!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -6:37 wowk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 The disciples are using a hypothetical situation to express how expensive it would be to buy enough food for all of the people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we had 200 denarii. Even that amount of money would not be sufficient to buy enough food from the market to feed all of these people” or “Suppose we go out to the market, how could we afford to spend 200 denarii on food to feed all of these people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -6:37 hs21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 The singular form of the word **denarii** is “denarius.” A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day’s wages for a laborer. Alternate translation: “200 days’ wages worth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -6:37 c65w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 Alternate translation: “two hundred denarii” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -6:39 xgb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 Describe the **grass** with the word used in your language to describe healthy grass, which may or may not be the color **green**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -6:40 e4cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 The phrase **according to hundreds and according to fifties** refers to the number of people in each of the groups. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in groups of a hundred people and in groups of fifty people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:41 l8q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 The phrase **having looked up to heaven** means that Jesus **looked up** toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Jesus looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:43 xk9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 Alternate translation: “twelve full baskets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -6:44 v4m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -6:44 deov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 Mark provides this background information about Jesus’ location to help readers understand how many people they fed. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -6:44 u413 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, that can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “there were 5,000 men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -6:45 y3ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 The word **Bethsaida** is the name of a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -6:48 g7ka rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς 1 The term **the fourth watch of the night** refers to the time between 3 AM and sunrise. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -6:50 et5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ εἰμι; μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 The phrases **Take courage** and **Do not be afraid** are similar in meaning. Jesus uses both phrases in order to emphasize to his disciples that they do not need to be afraid. These two phrases can be combined into one phrase if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “I am not a ghost! It is I, Jesus!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -6:52 m53m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 Here the phrase **about the loaves** refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread” or “what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -6:52 t1qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if **their heart had been hardened**. If the **heart** is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternately, you could use plain language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “they had become stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -6:52 m7yv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία 1 In this verse, the word **heart** is singular in form, but it refers to all of their hearts as a group. If this would confuse your readers, you could use the plural form. Alternate translation: “their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -6:53 p316 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 The word **Gennesaret** is the name of the region to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -6:55 d9k9 περιέδραμον & ἤκουον 1 Both occurrences of the word **they** in this verse refer to the people who recognized Jesus, not to the disciples. -6:56 gi6y ἐτίθεσαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the people. It does not refer to Jesus’ disciples. -6:56 y6hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 The phrase **the sick** refers to sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -6:56 bqzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “any village and city, or even in the rural area” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -7:intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:6-7, which are words quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Hand washing\n\nThe Pharisees washed many things that were not dirty, because they were trying to make God think that they were good. They washed their hands before they ate, even when their hands were not dirty. and even though the law of Moses did not say that they had to do it. Jesus told them that they were wrong and that people please God by trusting and obeying him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Ephphatha”\n\nThis is an Aramaic word. Mark wrote it the way it sounds using Greek letters and then explained what it means. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 18, 32, 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -7:1 b9ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 This verse introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -7:2 wd6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe following verses explain the significance of this verse. Since it is explained in the following verses, you do not need to explain its meaning here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -7:3 mj6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 This verse and the next verse are added to explain why the Jewish leaders did not approve of what Jesus’ disciples were doing. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “They were appalled because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -7:3 x0b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 The **tradition of the elders** consisted of teachings that were handed down from generation to generation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “observing strictly the teachings which past generations had taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:4 wsb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background χαλκίων 1 See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -7:4 d3qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων 1 The **cups, and pots, and copper vessels** would have been used for consuming food and drinks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “cups, pots, and copper vessels for eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:5 hts4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 The phrase **walk according to** is way of saying “obey.” If your readers would not understand what **walk** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Why do your disciples not obey what the elders have taught us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -7:5 ugom rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, **but** is used here to contrast what the Pharisees thought Jesus’ disciples should be doing with what they were actually doing. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -7:5 j7ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** represents food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -7:6 oavh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν Ἠσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to them, ‘Isaiah prophesied well about you hypocrites when God wrote through him that people honor him with their lips, but their desires are for other things’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -7:6 ep7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 Here, **lips** is used to signify speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -7:6 zgt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν 1 The word **heart** means inner thoughts and desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “their desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -7:6 xtab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The expression **their heart is far from me** is a way that God is saying that the people are not truly devoted to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” or “but they are not truly devoted to me” or “but they are not really committed to honoring me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -7:8 hnw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε 1 Here, to **hold fast to** something means to adhere to something consistently. If your readers would not understand what **hold fast** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you cling to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -7:9 e3qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 Jesus says **You do well at rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition** to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God’s **commandment**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You think you have done well by rejecting the commandment of God so that you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -7:10 d4sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς γὰρ εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -7:11 cd57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 **Corban** is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it, using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning and then leave out Mark’s explanation of the meaning that follows. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -7:11 ev2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 The author says **that is a gift** to provide background information to his audience, who may not have understood this word. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “meaning ‘a gift’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -7:14 u3nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 The words **Listen** and **understand** are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “All of you, take heed to what I am about to say to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -7:15 gk5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν & ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nothing which a person can eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:15 ms5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 By using the phrase **the things that come out from the man**, Jesus is speaking about the thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the things which a person thinks and does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -7:17 l7d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ὅτε 1 Here, the phrase **And when** is being used as a comment about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -7:18 z8w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -7:18 yqve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι 1 See the note in [7:15](../07/15.md) regarding the similar expression. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -7:19 y2cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** means a person’s inner being or mind. Here, Jesus means that food does not affect a person’s character. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “it cannot go into his inner being” or “it cannot go into his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -7:19 hm98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 The phrase **making all foods clean** explains to the reader the significance of Jesus’ saying. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -7:20 r12p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ 1 **What is coming out from the man** means the thoughts and intentions of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “It is what a person thinks and desires that defiles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -7:21 chkk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. Alternate translation: “out of the inner being of a person come evil thoughts” or “out of the mind of a person come evil thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -7:21 eey1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι 1 Mark lists out a number of sins here and in the next verse. Use a natural form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -7:24 k9bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν, οὐδένα ἤθελεν γνῶναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη λαθεῖν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe phrase **and having entered into a house, he was wanting no one to know it, but he was not able to hide** provides background information to what Jesus was thinking as he traveled to this area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Having entered someone’s house, he was hoping he would not be found, but he was unable to hide from the people of that place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -7:26 aik7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει 1 This sentence gives us background information about the woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -7:26 e39y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 The phrase **a Syrophoenician** explains the woman’s nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -7:27 gsj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Here, Jesus speaks about the Jews as if they are **children** and the Gentiles as if they are **dogs**. This is not meant as a derogatory remark, but he is talking in terms of whether they are Israelites or not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let the children of Israel first eat, for it is not right to take the children’s bread and throw it to the Gentiles, who are like household pets compared to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -7:27 r898 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We must first feed the children of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -7:27 k2wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** refers to food in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -7:29 sa9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 Jesus was implying that the woman no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this. Alternate translation: “you may go now” or “you may go home in peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:29 sbqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 **The demon** left the **daughter** because Jesus commanded it too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have commanded the demon to leave your daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:31 cxa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 This word, **Decapolis**, is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:20](../05/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -7:32 jlj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 Prophets and teachers would put place their **hand on** a person in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, people plead with Jesus to heal a man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they begged Jesus to put his hand on the man to heal him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:33 ld3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πτύσας 1 Here, Jesus **spit** on his fingers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after spitting on his fingers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -7:34 lbw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 **Ephphatha** is an Aramaic word. Mark spelled it using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it meant, “**Be opened**”. In your translation you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -7:35 yg15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 The phrase **his ears were opened** means that the man was enabled to hear. Alternate translation: “Jesus opened his ears, and he was able to hear” or “he was able to hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -7:35 yj4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 The phrase **his tongue was released** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking” or “Jesus loosened his tongue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -7:35 gssm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the band of his tongue was released** means he became able to speak. Alternate translation: “his tongue was freed and he was able to speak” or “he was able to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -7:36 eb2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅσον & αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 This refers to Jesus ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the more he ordered them not to tell anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -7:37 dh17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς κωφοὺς & ἀλάλους 1 The phrase **the deaf** and the phrase **the mute** both refer to groups of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” or “people who cannot hear … people who cannot speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -8:intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nWhen Jesus worked a miracle and provided bread for a large crowd of people, they probably thought about when God miraculously provided food for the people of Israel when they were in the wilderness.\n\nYeast is the ingredient that causes bread to expand before it is baked. In this chapter, Jesus uses yeast as a metaphor for things that change the way people think, speak, and act. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Adulterous generation”\n\nWhen Jesus called the people an “adulterous generation,” he was telling them that they were not faithful to God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29 and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nJesus used many rhetorical questions as a way of both teaching the disciples [Mark 8:17-21](./17.md) and rebuking the people [Mark 8:12](../mrk/08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” [Mark 8:35-37](../08/35.md) -8:1 rmd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 The phrase **In those days** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events in the story that Mark has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -8:1 sgv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo μὴ ἐχόντων τι φάγωσιν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nFollowing this, Jesus explains why the crowd did not have anything to eat. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -8:3 u3mu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to bring to the disciples attention the dangers of making the people return home without eating. Alternate translation: “If I should send them to their houses hungry, some of them might collapse on the way home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -8:4 jdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 The disciples are expressing surprise that Jesus would expect them to be able to find enough food for the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This place is so deserted that there is no place here for us to get enough loaves of bread to satisfy these people!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:6 x2jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations παραγγέλλει τῷ ὄχλῳ ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to recline on the ground** as a direct quotation, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -8:7 bio6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **to serve these also** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the disciples, ‘Serve these fish also’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -8:8 v5zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 This refers to the **broken pieces** of bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: “the remaining broken pieces of bread, which filled seven large baskets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -8:9 m81z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦσαν δὲ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι 1 Mark includes the phrase **Now there were about 4,000** to help his reader to know how many people are there. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “There were approximately 4,000 people that Jesus fed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -8:10 qnt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 **And immediately, having gotten into the boat with his disciples** is a comment concluding the story of Jesus feeding the 4,000 people. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -8:10 y8u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 They got to Dalmanutha in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he traveled over the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -8:10 x33a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 The word **Dalmanutha** is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -8:11 zi91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, **heaven** refers to where God dwells and is an indirect way of referring to “God” himself. If your readers would not understand the use of the word **heaven** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a sign from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -8:12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 The phrase **sighed greatly in his spirit** means that Jesus groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus’ deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated the word “sighed” in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md). -8:12 s8xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 The phrase **in his spirit** means “within himself” or “to himself.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -8:12 g4lz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Jesus asks **Why does this generation seek for a sign** to show that they have not understood the miracles that he has done up until this point. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This generation should not seek a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:12 l335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον 1 When Jesus speaks of **this generation**, he is referring to some of the people who lived at that time and who were not following God. He was not speaking of every single person alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Why do you Pharisees ask for a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -8:12 a2x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται & σημεῖον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -8:12 q4wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 The phrase **if a sign will be given to this generation … ** is an idiom which means that a sign certainly will not be given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -8:13 i2se rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 Jesus’ was not the only one who left; his disciples were with him also. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left them and got into the boat again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -8:13 u1qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 The phrase **to the other side** is referring to **the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -8:14 gtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 If it would appear in your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples only brought one loaf of bread onto the boat with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -8:15 bd2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 The warning phrases **Keep watch** and **Be on guard** both have very similar meanings and are repeated here for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Make sure you keep watch” or “Be sure to guard yourselves against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -8:15 nszl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 Jesus is comparing the Pharisees’ and Herod’s teachings to **yeast**. When yeast is put into bread, it affects the entire batch of bread which is made. You should not explain this when you translate it, for the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -8:16 zfw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 The word **no** is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not enough for all of them. Alternate translation: “they have very little bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -8:17 hnh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε 1 Here, Jesus is not seeking information from the disciples. but rather. he is rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not think that I am speaking of actual bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:17 dmt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε 1 The phrase **Do you not yet perceive** and the phrase **nor understand** have the same meaning. Jesus uses these phrases together here to emphasize the fact that they do not understand. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet understand?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -8:17 wf6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε 1 Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “By now, you should perceive and understand the things I say and do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:17 fn31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Here, the word **hearts** refers to a person’s mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Have you become resistant to understanding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -8:17 rq8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 The phrase **hearts become hardened** is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -8:17 mihv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Here, Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your thinking has become so dull!” or “You are so slow to understand what I mean!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:18 u1gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Jesus continues to rebuke his disciples by asking them more questions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember the things that I have said and done.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:18 qt58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 The phrases **do you not see** and **do you not hear** are both idioms meaning that the disciples did not understand. They heard and saw everything Jesus did, but they did not understand what it meant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do you not understand the things which I have said and done the whole time you have been with me?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -8:19 t7ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 Alternate translation: “the five thousand people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -8:20 lip5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 Alternate translation: “the four thousand people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -8:21 kh42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 Jesus is not seeking information from his disciples, but rather, he is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he has done in front of their eyes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should understand by now the things I have said and done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:22 c92c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -8:22 mj78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχονται εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Jesus and his disciples traveled to Bethsaida in a boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they came to Bethsaida in a boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -8:22 mul4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 The word **Bethsaida** is the name of a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -8:22 mx9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 They wanted Jesus to touch the man in order to heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to touch him in order to heal him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -8:24 r6tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 The man sees people **walking** around, yet they are not clear to him. To the man, people just look like tall figures, so he compares them to **trees**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yes, I see people! They are walking around, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -8:25 td9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη 1 The phrase **was restored** can be written is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Jesus restored the man’s sight, and then the man opened his eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -8:27 e4l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώμας 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples came out into the villages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -8:28 nn1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι & ἄλλοι 1 The two occurrences of **others** in this verse both refer to “other people.” If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “other people say you are … other people say you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -8:30 rgy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express **they might tell no one about him** as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus warned them, ‘Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -8:31 d4dc τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). -8:31 m32p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -8:31 gjg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 The events of this verse progress in chronological order. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “first, and for the elders and the chief priests and the scribes to reject me. Then, people will kill me. But after that, on the third day, I will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -8:31 h9t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν 1 By referring to himself as **the Son of Man**, Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “it was necessary that he, the Son of Man, should suffer many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -8:33 nu32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ 1 By saying **Get behind me, Satan**, Jesus could mean: (1) that Satan is directly influencing Peter to think and act the way he is. (2) that Peter is acting like **Satan** because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do, which is the very thing that Satan also tried to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -8:33 r9gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 In this verse Jesus is saying that Peter is acting in a way that he should not act. Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast between setting one’s mind (thoughts) on the things of God and setting one’s mind (thoughts) on the things of men. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -8:33 clxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 To **set your mind** on something means to think about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you are not focusing your thoughts on what God desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -8:33 t6jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus leaves some words out in the phrase **on the things of men** that would be needed in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you are not thinking about what God desires, but you are thinking about what man desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -8:33 tn0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women and refers to humans in general. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of people” or “that humans think about” or “that people think about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -8:34 m732 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν 1 Here, ** to follow after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -8:34 c6ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake and follow me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -8:35 d5rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -8:35 nn0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here, **lose it** is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -8:36 ua46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is not seeking information here, but rather, he is using the question form for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:36 mxuj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Mark is using the phrase **a man** here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -8:36 jde6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 The phrase **the whole world** is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “to gain everything he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -8:37 wua4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -8:38 c53y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 Jesus speaks of this **generation** as **adulterous**, meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. If your readers would not understand what **adulterous** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this generation of people who have committed adultery and sinned against God” or “in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -8:38 ov1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 See how you translated **this generation** in [8:12](../08/12.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -8:38 s5tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md).(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -8:38 hvx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -9:intro n92j 0 # Mark 9 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus’ clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Hyperbole\n\nJesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, “If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off” ([Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so that his hearers would pay close attention to what he was saying and realize how important it is to avoid sin.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Elijah and Moses\n\nElijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all” ([Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md)). -9:1 q4b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:1 ad4e ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the statement **Truly, I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -9:1 xm40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Here, the pronoun **you** is plural, in the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, and **you** refers to everyone to whom Jesus is speaking. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “Truly, I say to all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -9:1 kg4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -9:1 qloy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:1 ymou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **power** by using an adverb such as “powerfully.” Alternate translation: “before they would see the kingdom of God come powerfully” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:1 yjf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει 1 The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** represents God showing himself as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly. The phrase **the kingdom of God come with power** probably refers to God powerfully confirming that Jesus is the Messianic king through the transfiguration of Jesus which immediately follows this verse in [9:2-10](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “God powerfully showing himself as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:2 uf5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 Mark uses the reflexive pronoun **themselves** here to emphasize that they were alone and that only Jesus, Peter, James, and John went up the mountain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -9:2 krt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could state the meaning of this word in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ appearance was changed in front of them” or “when they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -9:2 b3bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning of the phrase **he was transfigured before them** with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God changed Jesus’ appearance before them” or “God transfigured Jesus before them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:3 gp48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth to clean and bleach cloth and clothing. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who bleached cloth could make them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -9:4 f2d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἠλείας 1 The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -9:4 j83a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -9:4 r3uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:4 pj3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:4 sh7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the passive phrase **were seen** with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they saw Elijah and Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:4 y9r3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:5 w6vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, the word **answering** is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -9:5 iqc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 Here, the pronoun **us** could: (1) refer only to Peter, James, and John, in which case **us** would be exclusive. (2) include Jesus, in which case **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -9:5 k3y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 **Shelters** are simple, temporary places with roofs under which to sit or sleep. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -9:5 ou1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μωϋσεῖ 1 The word **Moses** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 1:44](../mrk/01/44.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -9:5 u7di rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἠλείᾳ 1 The word **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated his name in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -9:6 r3bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +1:14 sp0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +1:14 q12s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετὰ & τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context (see [6:17–29](../06/17.md)) that it was the soldiers of King Herod Antipas, the ruler of **Galilee**. Alternate translation: “after soldiers handed John over to the authorities” or “after the king of Galilee arrested John” +1:14 lzry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθεν & εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus was going back **to Galilee**, since he had originally come from there to meet John (see [1:9](../01/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came to Galilee again” or “returned to Galilee” +1:14 ys3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +1:14 ns6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe a **gospel** that relates to **God**. More specifically, the **gospel** could: (1) come from **God**. Alternate translation: “the gospel that came from God” (2) be about **God**. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” +1:15 rhom rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +1:15 fzq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 When **time has been fulfilled**, that means that it is now the moment that God has appointed for something to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The time that God appointed has arrived” or “The time is right” +1:15 quab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The time has come” or “The time is here” +1:15 yo11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤγγικεν 1 Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen” +1:15 gtpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular μετανοεῖτε & πιστεύετε 1 Since Jesus is speaking to many people, the commands **Repent** and **believe** are plural. +1:16 giar rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “One time,” +1:16 ba2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν, τὸν ἀδελφὸν Σίμωνος, ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Here Mark introduces two new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two fishermen who were net-casting into the sea. They were Simon and Andrew, Simon’s brother” +1:16 cnl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν Σίμωνος 1 Mark never says whether **Simon** or **Andrew** was older, but he mentions **Simon** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **Andrew** was younger. Alternate translation: “the younger brother of Simon” +1:16 z3j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 Here Mark implies that they were **net-casting** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “net-casting into the sea to catch fish” +1:16 cccr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A **net** is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch fish in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in” or “trying to catch fish in” +1:16 xor6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand why **Simon and Andrew** were **net-casting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of background information. Alternate translation: “which they did because” or “since” +1:17 zui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, the phrase **Come after me** is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Travel with me as my students” +1:17 gufa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δεῦτε & ὑμᾶς 1 Since Jesus is speaking to Simon and Andrew, the command **Come** and the word **you** are plural. +1:17 mlc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus speaks of preaching the gospel and helping people believe in Jesus as if it were fishing. He means that, just as fishermen catch many fish, so Simon and Andrew will help many people believe. If possible, preserve the metaphor here, since it relates directly to what Simon and Andrew were doing when Jesus saw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile. Alternate translation: “I will make you to become people who collect men for me, just as you now collect fish” +1:17 i2sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of men and women” +1:18 tnuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα 1 See how you expressed the idea of “net-casting” in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “having stopped fishing” +1:18 gvia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **they followed him** indicates that they traveled with Jesus and were his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they became his disciples” or “they traveled with him as his students” +1:19 xqa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προβὰς ὀλίγον 1 Here Mark means that Jesus walked a short distance beside the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having gone a short way along the shore” +1:19 rpej rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 Here Mark introduces two more new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two men who were in a boat, mending their nets. They were James, the son of Zebedee, and his brother John” +1:19 iwe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Mark never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother” +1:19 xl2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ δίκτυα 1 Translate the word **nets** as you did in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “the tools they used for fishing” +1:20 zjz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **called them** to “come after him,” that is, to travel with him and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he called them to come after him” or “he called them to travel with him as his students” +1:20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 See how you expressed the similar clause “they followed him” in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “they became his disciples” or “they traveled with him as his students” +1:20 f77b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 Here, **they** refers to James and John. It does not refer to the servants, who stayed in the boat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to James and John more directly. Alternate translation: “James and John went away” +1:21 xu4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰσπορεύονται 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and the four disciples he just called to follow him: Simon, Andrew, James, and John. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples enter” +1:21 guzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 Here Mark uses the phrase **on the Sabbaths** to indicate that this event occurred on one specific Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day” +1:22 bsc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ; ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes. So, they were astonished at his teaching” +1:22 mio6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “his teaching astonished them” +1:22 axno rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people who in the “synagogue” (see [1:21](../01/21.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “those who were in the synagogue were astonished” +1:22 gmpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Mark could be focusing primarily on: (1) the way in which Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at how he taught” (2) what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “at what he taught” +1:22 e9gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν ἔχων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one having been authorized” +1:22 kmxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to put a comma before it. Alternate translation: “and he was not teaching them as the scribes were teaching them” +1:23 l591 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 Here Mark is introducing this **man** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man in their synagogue. He had an unclean spirit”\n +1:23 kzko rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** refers to the Jewish people living in this region. Mark means that this is the same **synagogue** that Jesus was teaching in. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “that Jewish synagogue” or “that synagogue” +1:23 w7z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 Here Mark implies that an **unclean spirit**, or demon, was possessing or controlling this **man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a demon-possessed man” or “a man controlled by an unclean spirit” +1:24 edx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked” +1:24 ra8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ? 1 The demon is using the question form to confront Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to us and to you, Jesus of Nazareth!” +1:24 jl0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί 1 Here, the question **What to us and to you** asks whether **you** and **us** have anything in common or have any reason to be together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What do you and we have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with us” +1:24 qsig rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἡμῖν & ἡμᾶς 1 In both places, the pronoun **us** could refer to: (1) the demon and other demons like it. Alternate translation: “to us demons … all of us demons” (2) the multiple demons controlling the man. Alternate translation: “to us who control this man … us who control this man” +1:24 m8gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς? 1 This sentence could be: (1) a rhetorical question. In this case, the demon uses the question form to indicate what it thinks Jesus has **come** to do. Alternate translation: “I know that you have come to destroy us!” or “You have come to destroy us.” (2) a true question. In this case, the demon is asking Jesus whether his mission includes destroying the demons. Alternate translation: “Tell me, have you come to destroy us?” +1:24 xscp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the demon could be using the possessive form to describe a **Holy One**: (1) whom **God** has made holy in a special way. Alternate translation: “the one whom God has made holy in a special way” (2) whom **God** sent. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” or “the Holy One whom God sent” +1:25 dgy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded” +1:25 hs43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φιμώθητι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Stop speaking” or “Keep quiet” +1:25 gdm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus is commanding the demon to stop possessing or controlling the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “stop controlling him” or “cease possessing him” +1:26 bpii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 Here Mark is referring to a fit or seizure in which a person cannot control his or her body, which shakes violently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having caused him to have a seizure” +1:26 hvbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 Here, the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** means that the demon raised the volume of its voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly”\n +1:26 uuiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [1:25](../01/25.md). Alternate translation: “stopped controlling him” or “ceased possessing him” +1:27 oi1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθαμβήθησαν ἅπαντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus did and taught. Alternate translation: “what they saw and heard amazed all of them” +1:27 miqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντας 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they asked” +1:27 z90b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν τοῦτο? 1 The people in the synagogue are using the question form to express their surprise and amazement. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are impressed.” or “This is amazing!” +1:27 ahqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure διδαχὴ καινή κατ’ ἐξουσίαν! καὶ τοῖς πνεύμασι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει 1 Here, the phrase **according to authority** could go with: (1) **A new teaching**. Alternate translation: “A new teaching, one according to authority! And he commands the unclean spirits” (2) **And he commands the unclean spirits**. Alternate translation: “A new teaching! According to authority he commands even the unclean spirits” +1:27 zuvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατ’ ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from one having been authorized” or “that sounds authoritative” +1:28 pzq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς, πανταχοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 This sentence marks the end of this story by describing how people in the area responded. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. Alternate translation: “After that, the hearing of him immediately went out everywhere into the whole surrounding region of Galilee” +1:28 hrbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς 1 Mark speaks of **the hearing of him** as if it were something that could go out actively by itself. This expression means that those who heard about Jesus told other people about him, who then told even more people about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people immediately spread the hearing of him” +1:28 kv2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came out” +1:28 mpzh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe what people were **hearing** about **Jesus**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what people were hearing about Jesus” or “the news about him” +1:28 lomb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Here, Mark could be using the possessive form to describe a **surrounding region** that is: (1) the region of **Galilee**. Alternate translation: “the whole surrounding region, which is Galilee” (2) the area within **Galilee** that is near Capernaum. Alternate translation: “all the regions of Galilee that surround Capernaum” (3) made up of the regions that border on **Galilee**. Alternate translation: “all the regions that surround Galilee” +1:29 q252 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ εὐθὺς 1 Here, the phrase **And immediately** introduces the next major event in the story. Mark implies that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that” +1:29 uyuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out” +1:29 jpbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ Ἀνδρέου, μετὰ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωάννου 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus and his four disciples (Simon, Andrew, James, and John) together went to **the house of Simon and Andrew**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus went with Simon and Andrew into their home, and James and John went with them” +1:29 ybs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went” +1:30 bvvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα καὶ εὐθὺς 1 Here Mark provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “While all that was happening, the mother-in-law of Simon was sick with a fever and was lying down in the house. Immediately” +1:30 gwkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Here Mark introduces **the mother-in-law of Simon** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Now the mother-in-law of Simon was in the house. She was lying down, being sick with a fever” +1:30 dxak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἡ & πενθερὰ 1 The word **mother-in-law** refers to the mother of Simon’s wife. In your translation, you could use the term or expression in your own language for this relationship. +1:30 vnp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πυρέσσουσα 1 A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. People with fevers feel sick and weak. If your reader would not be familiar with fevers, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate Translation: “having a high body temperature” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” +1:30 hysq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγουσιν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people who were in the house of Simon and Andrew. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these people. Alternate translation: “some people who were in the house speak” +1:31 bzd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν, κρατήσας τῆς χειρός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause describes what Jesus did before what the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “having taken hold of her hand, he raised her up” +1:31 sff6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 Here Mark speaks of **the fever** as if it were a person that **left her**. He means that she was no longer sick with the fever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “she was no longer sick with a fever” or “her fever was gone” +1:31 wi9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ πυρετός 1 See how you translated **fever** in [1:30](../01/30.md). Alternate translation: “the high body temperature” or “the elevated temperature” +1:31 i5br rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 Here Mark implies that she took food and offered it to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “she was giving them food” +1:32 h0y2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +1:32 ytjq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος 1 The implication is that the people waited until **the sun set** because that marked the end of the Sabbath, and they could then do the work of bringing the sick to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after the sun set and the Sabbath had ended” +1:32 ph2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔφερον 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “other people were bringing” +1:32 d1i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Mark says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “a large group of” +1:32 hg82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people” +1:32 y4ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom demons possessed” +1:33 grp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅλη ἡ πόλις 1 Here, the word **city** represents the people who lived in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone in the city”\n +1:33 pa4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ὅλη 1 Mark says **whole** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “majority of” +1:33 k4dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦν & ἐπισυνηγμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered together” or “came together” +1:33 vkx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 Here Mark implies that **the door** is the entrance to house where Simon and Andrew lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the door of the house of Simon and Andrew” or “at the door of the house where Jesus was” +1:34 ogir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “men and women who were ill” +1:34 a168 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια, ὅτι ᾔδεισαν αὐτόν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because the demons knew him, he was not permitting them to speak” +1:34 m04o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν αὐτόν 1 Here Mark implies that the **demons** knew that Jesus was the Christ, the Son of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they knew who he really was” or “they knew that he was the Christ” +1:35 mffz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρωῒ ἔννυχα λείαν 1 Here Mark is referring to a time early in morning before the sun rose. Consider how you might naturally refer to this time period in your language. Alternate translation: “early the next day, before dawn” +1:35 dmov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **went out** of Simon and Andrew’s house and then **went away** from the town of Capernaum into **a desolate place**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he went out of Simon and Andrew’s house and went away from the town of Capernaum to a desolate area” +1:35 y1bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came out” +1:36 sy21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark is referring to other people who were there with **Simon** in the house, including Andrew, James, and John and probably other people who were staying there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to people who were staying at the house of **Simon**. Alternate translation: “the other people staying in his house” +1:36 emic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole κατεδίωξεν 1 Here Mark speaks as if **Simon and the ones with him** were hunting Jesus down or trying to capture him. He uses the word **pursued** as an overstatement to emphasize how urgently they were looking for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “looked everywhere” or “diligently looked” +1:37 p2s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Here the disciples imply that they think that Jesus should come back with them to **All** the people who are **seeking** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All are seeking you! Will you come back with us?” +1:37 o3hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Mark is using the adjective **All** as a noun to mean all the people in Capernaum. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “All people” +1:37 vgc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 Simon and those with him say **All** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Very many” +1:38 tzvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις, ἵνα καὶ ἐκεῖ κηρύξω; εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐξῆλθον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first clauses describe. Alternate translation: “Because I went out to preach in many places, let us go elsewhere, into the surrounding towns, so that I may preach there also” +1:38 plm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that he will not go back to Capernaum to meet all the people who were looking for him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Instead of going back to Capernaum, let us go elsewhere” +1:38 z53z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐξῆλθον 1 Here Jesus does not start where he **went out** from. He may be referring to how he left Capernaum, or he may be referring to how he came to the world as a human being, or he may be implying to both of these meanings. If possible, do not indicate where Jesus **went out** from. Alternate translation: “I came” or “I went here” +1:38 lz0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “I came out” +1:38 jh2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τοῦτο 1 The pronoun **this** refers to Jesus preaching in **the surrounding towns**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to that action more directly. Alternate translation: “to do that very thing” or “to preach in many places” +1:39 pu9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἦλθεν κηρύσσων & εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. However, it was only Jesus who was **preaching** and **casting out demons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went in all Galilee, and he was preaching” +1:39 lb9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he went” +1:39 sntp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τὰς συναγωγὰς αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** refers to the Jewish people living in **Galilee**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish synagogues” or “the synagogues in that area”\n +1:40 wryd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς 1 Here Mark introduces **a leper** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man who was a leper. He comes to Jesus”\n +1:40 fn8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes” +1:40 kq50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction γονυπετῶν 1 In this man’s culture, **kneeling down** before a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what **kneeling down** means. Alternate translation: “prostrating himself before him” or “bowing down to him in respect” +1:40 mwv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 The man is using this statement to make a request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in request form. Alternate translation: “please make me clean” +1:40 uotm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit με καθαρίσαι 1 The man talks about becoming **clean** ceremonially, but it is implicit that he has become unclean because of his leprosy, so he is primarily asking Jesus to heal him of this disease. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to heal my disease” +1:41 l9jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having sympathized with him” +1:41 jz24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **having had compassion**. The ULT follows that reading. A few ancient manuscripts read “having become angry.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +1:41 qjz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θέλω 1 Here Jesus implies that he is **willing** to cleanse or heal the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am willing to cleanse you” +1:42 lc7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα 1 Here, Mark speaks of the man’s **leprosy** as if it were a person who **departed from him**. He means that the man no longer had **leprosy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his leprosy was gone” or “he was no longer a leper” +1:42 lkks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαθερίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “he was clean” or “Jesus had made him clean” +1:43-44 iw7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events καὶ ἐμβριμησάμενος αὐτῷ, εὐθὺς ἐξέβαλεν αὐτόν & καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς; ἀλλὰ ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου ἃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus **strictly warned** the man using the words recorded in [1:44](../01/44.md) before he **sent him away**. It might be helpful to make it clear that Jesus **strictly warned** the man before he **sent him away**. Alternate translation: “While he was immediately sending him away, he strictly warned him by saying to him, ‘See that you say nothing to anyone, but go, show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.’” or “He immediately sent him away. Before he went, Jesus strictly warned him, saying to him, ‘See that you say nothing to anyone, but go, show yourself to the priest, and offer for your cleansing what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.’” +1:44 xc4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς 1 The implication is that the man is not to tell **anyone** that Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you tell no one that I healed you” +1:44 k2e0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς 1 The words translated **nothing** and **anyone** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “you certainly do not say anything to anyone” +1:44 xhu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 Jesus told the man to **show** himself **to the priest** so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest for inspection if they had been unclean but were now clean. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “ask to be inspected by the priest” or “let yourself be examined by the priest” +1:44 he7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου ἃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς 1 Jesus assumes that the man will know that the law required a person who had been healed from a skin disease to make a specific sacrifice. This made the person ceremonially clean, and they could participate once again in community religious activities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the sacrifice that Moses commanded so that you could become ceremonially clean once again” +1:44 w6b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Here Jesus means that the man should show himself to the priest and offer the gift to prove or provide **testimony** that he had been healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for a testimony to them that you have been cleansed” +1:44 plof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that it testifies to them” +1:44 a6tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “to people” (2) the priests specifically. Alternate translation: “to the priests” +1:45 yjjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out” +1:45 i91a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 The phrases **to proclaim often** and **to report the word** mean similar things. Mark is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “to proclaim the word much” or “to report the word much” +1:45 ov5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** represents what the man said about how Jesus healed him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Jesus had done for him” +1:45 b9n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **was able no longer to enter into a town openly** because people who had heard about him would crowd around him so much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “so that, because so many people would crowd around him, he was able no longer to enter into a town openly” +1:45 tq0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤρχοντο 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “they were going” +1:45 z363 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντοθεν 1 The phrase **from all sides** is an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “from all over the region” or “from very many places” +2:intro zhb5 0 # Mark 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ early ministry (1:14–3:6)\n * Jesus heals a paralytic (2:1–12)\n * Jesus calls Levi and dines at his house (2:13–17)\n * Jesus brings something new (2:18–22)\n * Picking heads of grain on the Sabbath (2:22–28)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Sinners”\n\nWhen Mark uses the word “sinners,” he is describing a group of people whom many Jewish religious groups would have considered to be living in ways that were improper for those who were part of God’s people. Some of these people may have committed significant sins, while others may have disagreed with many of the Jewish religious groups about how Jews could properly behave. If possible, use a word or phrase that identifies people who are not living as many religious groups think that people should live. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Fasting and feasting\n\nIn Jesus’ culture, people would “fast,” or abstain from eating for a period of time, in order to honor God or to repent of their sins. They would “feast,” or eat a lot of food, when they were celebrating some important event, such as a wedding. Consider how you will refer to these behaviors in [2:15–22](../02/15.md), in which Jesus feasts and teaches about why he and his disciples do not fast. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fast]])\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nIn the law that God gave to Moses, God commanded the Israelites to rest on the seventh day, which was called the Sabbath. The Jewish religious leaders disagreed with each other about what kinds of things a person could do on the Sabbath and still rest as God had commanded. In [2:22–28](../02/22.md), the Pharisees and Jesus engage in these kinds of debates about the Sabbath. Jesus disagrees with how the Pharisees understand the Sabbath, and he argues for a different view. If your readers may not understand what the Sabbath is and why Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about it, you may need to include some information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The short parables in [2:19–22](../02/19.md)\n\nIn these verses, Jesus gives three short parables that emphasize how certain things do not go well together. Fasting does not happen during a wedding celebration. An unshrunk piece of cloth does not make a good patch for an old garment. Old wineskins do not make good containers for fresh wine that still needs to ferment. Jesus tells these parables to illustrate how his ministry and preaching do not match well with how people had previously done things. In other words, Jesus wants people to expect what he does to be new, and this may require thinking and doing many new things. You should preserve these parables, since they are not direct metaphors. If necessary, you could introduce them in such a way that your readers recognize that they are parables or illustrations. See the notes on each verse for possible translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogues between Jesus and other individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 14, 17, 18, 25. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]]) +2:1 j6pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δι’ ἡμερῶν 1 Here, the phrase **after {some} days** indicates that the events Mark is about to narrate occurred a few, but not very many, days after the event he just narrated, the healing of the leper. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that indicates that a few **days** passed between the previous event and this event. Alternate translation: “a few days later” +2:1 ir5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was people who were in **Capernaum**. Alternate translation: “the people there heard” +2:1 afvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Here Mark implies that this **house** was Jesus’ home while he was in Capernaum. This **house** could belong to: (1) Simon and Andrew, since he stayed at their house previously (see [1:29](../01/29.md)). Alternate translation: “in Simon and Andrew’s house” (2) Jesus and his relatives, who may have moved to Capernaum. Alternate translation: “in his house” +2:2 zja1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ 1 Mark is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women” +2:2 pv8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together”\n +2:2 m8pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μηκέτι χωρεῖν 1 Here, the clause **it could no longer receive** means that the house was so full that no one else could fit inside. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there was no space left” or “no one else could fit” +2:2 ilsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μηδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν 1 Here Mark means that there were so many people even outside the house that no one could get near **the door**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and no one could even get to the door” or “and there was no space even at the door into the house” +2:2 zkka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, that Jesus preached using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” +2:3 sotm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχονται φέροντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν, αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων 1 Here Mark could be implying that: (1) more than four people came, but only **four** of them were carrying the paralytic. Alternate translation: “people come bringing to him a paralytic, being carried by four of them” (2) **four** people came and were carrying the paralytic. Alternate translation: “four men come bringing to him a paralytic, whom they were carrying” +2:3 h1t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go” +2:3 s21g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 A **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control some or all of his or her arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a paralyzed person” or “a person who could not move his limbs” +2:3 k1ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom four men were carrying” +2:3 i2wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰρόμενον 1 As the next verse states, the **four men** carried the **paralytic** on a “mat.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea explicit here. Alternate translation: “being carried on a mat” +2:4 gbvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “when, because of the crowd, they were not able to bring to him” +2:4 i44b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ 1 Here Mark implies that they were not able to **bring** the paralytic to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to bring the paralytic to Jesus” +2:4 v6ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες, χαλῶσι 1 In the region where Jesus lived, houses usually had flat roofs that could be reached by staircases on the outside of the houses. These roofs were usually made of wooden beams, branches, and packed dirt or clay. Here Mark describes how these people **dug** through the branches and clay to create a hole in the roof through which they could lower the paralytic on his mat. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of roof, you could use descriptive phrases, or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “they demolished the part of the flat roof above where he was, and having dug a hole in it, they lower” or “they cut a hole in the roof and lower through it” +2:4 rrvf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐξορύξαντες 1 Here Mark uses the phrase **having dug {it} out** to indicate that they finished making a hole before they lowered the man down. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this sequence more explicitly. Alternate translation: “once they had dug it out” or “after digging it out” +2:4 q22b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν 1 Here Mark implies that they first climbed up onto **the roof** before they **removed** it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they climbed onto the roof of the house where he was and removed it” +2:4 ouxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κράβαττον 1 A **mat** was a portable bed that could also be used to transport a person. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bed, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a stretcher” +2:4 b32f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ παραλυτικὸς 1 See how you translated the word **paralytic** in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the paralyzed person” or “the person who could not move his limbs” +2:5 trg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδὼν & τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus recognized that the friends of this paralyzed man strongly believed that he could heal him. Their actions proved that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having recognized that they were convinced that he could heal the paralytic” +2:5 u57m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how they trusted” +2:5 kuvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ παραλυτικῷ 1 See how you translated the word paralytic in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs” +2:5 hzg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Here Jesus calls the paralytic **Child** to indicate that he cares for him. The word also implies that the paralytic was younger than Jesus. The paralytic was not actually Jesus’ son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Young one”\n +2:5 lix5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus. Alternate translation: “I forgive your sins” +2:6 ihb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces something that was happening while Jesus was speaking to the paralytic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happened at the same time as something that has already been narrated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,” +2:6 le6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 In Mark’s culture, **hearts** are the places where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **hearts** by referring to the places where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in their heads” or “within themselves” +2:7 yr5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ? 1 The scribes are using the question form to show that they disapprove of how Jesus was speaking. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is not right for this one to speak in this way.” or “This one should not be speaking in this way!” +2:7 fp38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 If, in your language, it would appear that the scribes were making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Only one, God, is able to forgive sins, right?” or “Who is able to forgive sins? It is only God, right?” +2:7 sj6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός? 1 The scribes are using the question form to indicate that they are confident that only God can forgive sins. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “No one is able to forgive sins except one, God.” or “No one can ever forgive sins except one, God!” +2:8 h3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus knew what the scribes were thinking even though they did not say it out loud. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having known in his spirit their thoughts,” +2:8 niy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **spirit** refers to inner parts of Jesus, the parts where he thought and willed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the inner part of Jesus or to Jesus more generally. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in himself” +2:8 wga7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “What you are debating in your hearts is wrong.” or “Stop debating in your hearts whether I am blaspheming!” +2:8 vfkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular διαλογίζεσθε & ὑμῶν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the scribes, the words **you** and **your** are plural. +2:8 s3m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated **hearts** in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “in your heads” or “within yourselves” +2:9 wv5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show the scribes which of these things is **easier** to say. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. He could mean: (1) that saying **Your sins are forgiven** is easier than saying **Get up and take up your mat and walk**. This is because it is easy to show that someone is lying when they try to heal a paralytic, but it is not easy to show that someone is lying when they claim to forgive sins. Alternate translation: “It is easier to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ than to say, ‘Get up and take up your mat and walk.’” (2) that both things are equally easy to say. Alternate translation: “Saying ‘Your sins are forgiven’ is just as easy as saying, ‘Get up and take up your mat and walk.’”\n +2:9 q905 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence so that there are no quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to say to the paralytic that his sins are forgiven or to tell him to get up and take up his mat and walk” +2:9 r5bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ παραλυτικῷ 1 See how you translated the word paralytic in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs” +2:9 aiif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” +2:9 nmp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν κράβαττόν σου 1 See how you translated **mat** in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “your stretcher” +2:10 cmms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a slight contrast with the comparison in the previous verse. Jesus now shows that he will both forgive and heal the paralytic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a slight contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “But now,” or “Leaving that aside,” +2:10 g4jn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα & εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, (λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ) 1 Here, the phrase **in order that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus **says to the paralytic** the commands that he gives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that provides the stated purpose for which a person performs an action. Alternate translation: “here is what I will do so that you might know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins.’ Then he says to the paralytic,”\n +2:10 jhy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἰδῆτε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the scribes, the word **you** is plural. +2:10 jsyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, have” +2:10 ipgg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus for the first time in Mark uses the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself. He is using the title to refer to himself, a human, and also to implicitly identify himself with the important and powerful figure named “the son of man” in the Old Testament book of Daniel (see [Daniel 7:13–14](../dan/07/13.md)). See the book introduction for more information about this title. Consider how you might best translate this title here and throughout the rest of Mark. Alternate translation: “the Human One” or “the one called Son of Man” +2:10 uedr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν ἔχει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has been authorized” +2:10 t8qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ παραλυτικῷ 1 See how you translated the word paralytic in [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “to the paralyzed person” or “to the person who could not move his limbs” +2:11 f369 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τὸν κράβαττόν σου 1 See how you translated **mat** in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “your stretcher” +2:12 la3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγέρθη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον, ἐξῆλθεν 1 The implication is that the man was able to get up because Jesus had healed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been healed, he got up, immediately took up the mat, went out” +2:12 ki94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν κράβαττον 1 See how you translated **mat** in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “the stretcher” +2:12 e0xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came out” +2:12 c6zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων & πάντας 1 In both places, Mark is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “all the people there … all those people” +2:12 zid9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξίστασθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “marveled” +2:12 btim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντας, ὅτι οὕτως οὐδέποτε εἴδομεν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that they had never seen thus” +2:12 q3u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντας 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +2:13 ma6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +2:13 eaev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came out” +2:13 zecn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤρχετο 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “was going” +2:14 xi5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants εἶδεν Λευεὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου, καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον 1 Here Mark introduces a tax collector named **Levi** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “he saw a man who was called Levi, the son of Alphaeus. Levi was sitting at the tax collector’s office” +2:14 sc4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁλφαίου 1 The word **Alphaeus** is the name of a man. +2:14 jhhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον 1 Here Mark means that Levi worked as a tax collector. He would sit at **the tax collector’s office** and make sure that people paid their taxes to the Roman empire, who had control over this area. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who worked to collect taxes for the Romans at the tax collection office” +2:14 ekv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι & ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **Follow me** is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. Similarly, the phrase **he followed him** indicates that Levi did travel with Jesus and become his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciple … he was his disciple” or “Come with me as my student … he went with him as his student” +2:15 e2bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καὶ γίνεται 1 Here, the phrase **And it happens {that}** introduces something that happened soon after what Mark previously narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a word or phrase that introduces an event that came soon after the previous event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” +2:15 zafq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατακεῖσθαι 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “was sitting down to eat” or “was eating” +2:15 zqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces an explanation that gives further information about the people who were dining with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “and indeed” +2:15 l0on rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἦσαν & πολλοὶ 1 The pronoun **they** could refer to: (1) the **tax collectors and sinners** who were dining with Jesus. Alternate translation: “the tax collectors and sinners were many” (2) Jesus’ **disciples**. Alternate translation: “his disciples were many” +2:15 bwv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **they were following him** indicates that these people were traveling with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were his disciples” or “they were traveling with him as his students” +2:16 rwu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἱ γραμματεῖς τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe **scribes** who were also **Pharisees**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the scribes, ones who were Pharisees” or “some scribes, who were also Pharisees” +2:16 b1bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει? 1 The scribes of the Pharisees are using the question form to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “He has no reason to eat with tax collectors and sinners.” or “He should by no means eat with tax collectors and sinners!” +2:17 ak1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ’ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the following sentence, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you could translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do” +2:17 c62j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness have need of a physician” +2:17 lh4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones who are sick” +2:17 re1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἦλθον 1 Here, the word **come** refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I did not come to this world” or “I am not acting” +2:17 lgl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δικαίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun to mean righteous people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people” +2:17 ca4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners”\n +2:18 j1h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later,” +2:18 y7bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες & καὶ 1 Here Mark introduces background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “it happened that the disciples of John and the Pharisees were fasting. And”\n +2:18 z394 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔρχονται 1 The pronoun **they** refers to some people who asked Jesus this question. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people without identifying who they are. Alternate translation: “certain people come” +2:18 nywl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ σοὶ μαθηταὶ οὐ νηστεύουσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this sentence into two sentences, one giving the reason for the question, and the other asking the question. Alternate translation: “The disciples of John and the disciples of the Pharisees fast. For what reason do your disciples not fast?” +2:19-20 l0f0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? ὅσον χρόνον ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον μετ’ αὐτῶν, οὐ δύνανται νηστεύειν & ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 To help the people who asked him the question understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers a brief illustration. He wants them to think of him as if he were a **bridegroom** and of his disciples as if they were the **sons of the bridal chamber**. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that Jesus is like the **bridegroom**, and his disciples are like the **sons of the bridal chamber**. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? As much time as they have the bridegroom with them, they are not able to fast. But days will come when the bridegroom will be taken away from them, and in those days, then they will fast. I am like the bridegroom, and my disciples are like the sons of the bridal chamber.” +2:19 eke3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν νηστεύειν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach the people who asked him the question. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to fast while the bridegroom is still with them.” or “The sons of bridal chamber cannot fast while the bridegroom is still with them!” +2:19 wetb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος 1 The expression **sons of** describes people who share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of being an integral part of a wedding. These are the male friends who attend the groom during the ceremony and the festivities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The groom’s attendants”\n +2:20 y79o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐλεύσονται & ἡμέραι ὅταν & ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here Jesus is using the word **days** to refer to a particular time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a time will come when … in that time” or “there will be a time when … at that time” +2:20 vg2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ & ὁ νυμφίος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone will take the bridegroom away” +2:20 vfc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τότε & ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 The expression **in those days, then** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “in those days” +2:21 vdza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν; εἰ δὲ μή αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 1 To help the people who asked the question understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants them to think of the new things that he teaches and does as **a patch of unshrunk cloth** and of the current ways of doing things as if they were **an old garment**. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the **patch of unshrunk cloth**, and the normal way of doing things is like **an old garment**. Alternate translation: “no one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, but if not, the patch tears away from it, the new from the old, and a worse tear happens. What I say and do is like the unshrunk cloth, and the normal way of doing things is like an old garment.”\n +2:21 v6xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 Here Jesus refers to the practice of patching a hole or tear in a **garment** by sewing or attaching a **patch** to the **garment** to cover the hole or tear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “no one patches an old garment with a patch of unshrunk cloth” +2:21 vzsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo εἰ δὲ μή 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “but if someone actually did” or “but were a person to do that” +2:21 opbt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that **the patch** will tear away when the garment is washed, because **the patch** will shrink and rip the old garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the garment is washed, the patch shrinks and tears away from it” +2:21 m3sx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **new** and **old** as nouns to mean new and old cloth. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the new patch from the old garment” +2:22 q5fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοί; ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 To help the people who asked the question understand why his disciples do not fast, Jesus offers another brief illustration. He wants them to think of the new things that he teaches and does as **new wine** and of the current ways of doing things as if they were **old wineskins**. You should preserve the form of the parable, but if it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that what Jesus does and teaches is like the **new wine**, and the normal way of doing things is like **old wineskins**. Alternate translation: “And no one puts new wine into old wineskins, but if not, the wine will burst the wineskins and the wine and the wineskins are destroyed, but new wine into new wineskins. What I say and do is like the new wine, and the normal way of doing things is like the old wineskins.” +2:22 fk15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo εἰ δὲ μή ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοί 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “but if someone actually did, the wine would burst the wineskins and the wine and the wineskins would be destroyed” or “but were a person to do that, the wine would burst the wineskins and the wine and the wineskins would be destroyed” +2:22 alse rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς 1 Here Jesus implies that the new **wine**, when it ferments, will expand and burst the **wineskins**, which are old and so no longer able to stretch. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the wine ferments, the wineskins cannot stretch and will burst” +2:22 n0iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ οἶνος ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wine and the wineskins become useless” or “this destroys the wine and the wineskins” +2:22 dgcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but people put new wine into new wineskins” +2:23 bb93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Here, the phrase **And it happened {that}** introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a word or phrase that introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,” or “One time,” +2:23 u6ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 Here Mark uses the phrase **on the Sabbaths** to indicate that this event occurred on one specific Sabbath day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on one of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day” +2:23 gwir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche αὐτὸν & παραπορεύεσθαι 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, was passing”\n +2:23 ko42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 The word **grainfields** refers to places where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of field, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “fields where grain is grown” +2:23 s8rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἤρξαντο ὁδὸν ποιεῖν 1 Here, the phrase **to make a way** means that the disciples were traveling or walking along. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “also began to travel along” or “started to go with him” +2:23 jya1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 Here Mark implies that the disciples ate the **heads of grain** after **picking** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “picking and eating the heads of grain” +2:23 k3pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς στάχυας 1 The **heads** are the topmost part of the **grain** plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant, which are the parts that people eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tops of the grain plants” or “the edible parts of the grain plants” +2:24 qybi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **Behold** is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the person to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “See” or “Listen:” +2:24 h41a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν? 1 The Pharisees are using the question form to confront Jesus about the behavior of his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “they are doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths.” or “they should certainly not be doing what is not lawful on the Sabbaths!” +2:24 ec3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 The Pharisees considered even the small action of picking heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. This kind of work was prohibited on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are they harvesting grain, which is work that is not lawful to do on the Sabbaths” +2:24 bf8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “on any of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day” +2:25-26 g8sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἱερεῖς; καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show the Pharisees that they should have learned a principle from the story about **David** that indicates that they are wrong to criticize the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have not understood what you have read about what David did when he had need and was hungry, he and the ones with him—how he went into the house of God in the time of Abiathar the high priest and ate the loaves of the presence, which is not lawful to eat except for the priests, and he also gave to the ones being with him.” +2:25-26 jyt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ & πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπὶ Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἱερεῖς; καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν? 1 Here Jesus refers to a story about **David** before he became king. The current king, Saul was trying to kill David. So, David ran away to the priest who was serving God at the time, **Abiathar**. David and the men who ran away with him were very hungry, so they asked the Abiathar for food. Abiathar gave them the special bread that was laid out in God’s presence every day, and David and his men ate this bread. You can read this story in [1 Samuel 21:1–6](../1sa/21/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Have you never read what David did when he had need and was hungry after he and the ones with him escaped from King Saul, who wanted to kill him? He visited the high priest Abiathar, went into the house of God, and ate the loaves of the presence, which was not lawful to eat except for the priests. He also gave some of it to the ones being with him.” +2:25 wxd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, the word **you** is plural. +2:25 cjzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χρείαν ἔσχεν 1 Here Jesus is implying that David did not have everything that he needed, especially food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had need of something to eat” +2:26 nion rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go εἰσῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came” +2:26 xeac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **the house of God** to refer to the tabernacle, the place where God’s presence was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the sanctuary” +2:26 y57j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 The phrase **the loaves of the presence** refers to loaves of bread that were placed every day on a table in the tabernacle or temple as an offering to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the loaves that were presented to God” or “the loaves of bread that were placed in God’s presence every morning” +2:26 wz3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἱερεῖς 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “which is lawful for only the priests to eat” +2:27 fse5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, καὶ οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that God set up the **Sabbath** for the sake of people. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Humans were made first, and then the Sabbath was set up because of them. It is not true that the Sabbath was set up first, and then humans were made because of it” +2:27 i374 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ Σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God made the Sabbath for man” +2:27 v3mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον & ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 The word **man** represents men and women in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people … people” +2:27 s2yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ Σάββατον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “man was made not for the Sabbath” or “it is not that God made man for the Sabbath” +2:28 wgwu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion or inference that Jesus draws from what he just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “In the end, then” +2:28 kq1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am” +2:28 twr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Κύριός & καὶ τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **Lord** who rules over **the Sabbath**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has authority over even the Sabbath” or “rules over even the Sabbath” +3:intro x969 0 # Mark 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ early ministry (1:14–3:6)\n * Healing a man on the Sabbath\n3. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)\n * Jesus ministers to many people (3:7–12)\n * Jesus appoints the twelve apostles (3:13–19)\n * Jesus and his family, part one (3:20–21)\n * Jesus and the scribes debate whether he has a demon (3:22–30)\n * Jesus and his family, part two (3:31–35)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Sabbath\n\nIn this chapter, just as in chapter 2, the Pharisees and Jesus are in conflict about the Sabbath. For more information about the Sabbath, see the General Notes to chapter 2.\n\n### Blaspheming against the Spirit\n\nIn [3:29](../03/29.md), Jesus speaks about blaspheming against the Spirit. He indicates that God will forgive all kinds of sins, but he will not forgive people who blaspheme against the Holy Spirit. Jesus says these things because the Pharisees said that he cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. Jesus implies that he actually cast out demons by the power of the Holy Spirit. So, since the Pharisees have called the Holy Spirit Beelzebul, they have blasphemed or spoken against the Spirit. Christians debate what counts as this kind of blasphemy and why God will not forgive people for it. In your translation, you should not be more specific than Jesus is. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The parable about the strong man\n\nIn [3:27](../03/27.md), Jesus describes how thieves must subdue and tie up a strong man before they can steal things from his house. Jesus does not directly state how to apply this proverb. However, most Christians think that Satan is like the strong man, and the demons that Jesus casts out are like the strong man’s things. In this case, Jesus is like the thieves who tie up the strong man. Jesus is saying that, since he can cast out demons, it proves that he has subdued and conquered Satan, just as thieves can only steal things after they have subdued the strong man. You should not include this extra information in your translation, but if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include it in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### Jesus’ mother and brothers\n\nIn [3:31–35](../03/31.md), Jesus’ mother and brothers arrive and want to talk with Jesus. In response, Jesus says that his disciples, those who do God’s will, are his mother and brother and sister. In other words, Jesus calls his disciples, who are those who do God’s will, his family members. He means that they are as close and important to him as his own family. This is an important metaphor that appears throughout the Bible, so preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The 12 disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the 12 disciples in Matthew, Mark, and Luke:\n\nIn [Matthew 10:2–4](../mat/10/02.md):\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn [Mark 3:16–19](../mrk/03/16.md):\n\nSimon (Peter), James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn [Luke 6:14](../luk/06/14.md):\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, Judas son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThese lists do not always follow the same order or use the same names for the disciples. In that culture, people often had two or three names. For example, it is likely that that Thaddaeus was also named Judas or Jude. So, do not harmonize these lists by using the same sequence or names in each case. You should translate Mark’s list as Mark presents it.\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogues between Jesus and other individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 3, 4, 5, 13, 20, 31, 32, 33, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]]) +3:1 bm6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +3:1 mjfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν εἰς συναγωγήν 1 Here Mark implies that this is a **synagogue** that Jesus has already visited, most likely the one in Capernaum (see [1:21](../01/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “again into the synagogue in Capernaum” +3:1 rn8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος, ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 Here Mark introduces a **man** with **a withered hand** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man was in the synagogue, and he had a withered hand” +3:1 ye6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα 1 This means that the man’s **hand** was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Use a word or phrase that expresses this idea clearly. Alternate translation: “having a shriveled hand” or “whose hand was atrophied” +3:2 mw6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result παρετήρουν αὐτὸν, εἰ τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύσει αὐτόν, ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first and second clauses describe. Alternate translation: “And they wanted to accuse him. So, they were watching him closely, if he will heal him on the Sabbaths” +3:2 vr25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παρετήρουν αὐτὸν & κατηγορήσωσιν 1 The pronouns **they** and **they** refer to the Pharisees who were there, as [3:6](../03/06.md) shows. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees were watching him closely … they might accuse” +3:2 dw2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day” or “during a Sabbath day” +3:2 q35x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that they would **accuse** Jesus of breaking the Sabbath commandments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might accuse him of wrongdoing” or “they might accuse him of breaking the law of Moses”\n +3:3 pi5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἔχοντι ξηράν 1 See how you expressed this idea in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “having the shriveled hand” or “whose hand was atrophied” +3:3 nm6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον 1 Here, the implication is that Jesus wanted this man to stand where everyone could see him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Stand up where everyone can see you” +3:4 dujn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς & οἱ 1 Just as in [3:2](../03/02.md), the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Pharisees who were there, as [3:6](../03/06.md) shows. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to the Pharisees … they” +3:4 mh3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees. He knows that they would agree with what his question implies. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you realize that it is lawful on the Sabbaths to do good and not to do harm; to save a life and not to kill.” or “Surely you know that it is lawful on the Sabbaths to do good and not to do harm; to save a life and not to kill!” +3:4 zvln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς Σάββασιν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “on any of the Sabbath days” or “during a Sabbath day” +3:4 fodz ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι 1 Alternate translation: “to help people or to hurt people” +3:4 vz6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is it lawful on the Sabbaths to save a life or to kill” +3:4 nut4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ψυχὴν σῶσαι 1 Here, the phrase **save a life** refers to preventing a person from dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to rescue from death” or “to keep people from dying” +3:5 x9ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μετ’ ὀργῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **anger**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in an angry way” +3:5 los0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνλυπούμενος ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what caused the action, it is clear from the context that it was **the hardness of their heart**. Alternate translation: “the hardness of their heart grieving him” +3:5 thek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hardness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how hard their heart was” +3:5 n4ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of the Pharisees’ **heart** as if it were characterized by **hardness**. He means that the Pharisees are stubborn and refuse to listen and learn. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their stubbornness” or “their unwillingness to listen”\n +3:5 zr89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “of their hearts”\n +3:5 itqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρα σου 1 This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “I heal you. Now stretch out your hand!” +3:5 c3qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand” or “his hand became healthy” +3:6 nmkb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out” +3:6 nvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν συμβούλιον ἐποίουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The **Herodians** were a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a short phrase to describe them. Alternate translation: “were making counsel against him with people who wanted King Herod to continue to rule”\n +3:6 qu9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν συμβούλιον ἐποίουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **were making counsel with the Herodians against him** indicates that the Pharisees were working together with the Herodians to figure out ways to harm Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were making plans with the Herodians concerning Jesus” or “were coming up with ideas with the Herodians about how they could harm Jesus” +3:7-8 bi1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἠκολούθησεν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας & καὶ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰδουμαίας, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, καὶ περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα; πλῆθος πολύ ἀκούοντες ὅσα ἐποίει, ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here Mark twice uses the phrase **a great multitude**. He could be: (1) distinguishing between two groups, one group from Galilee who **followed** Jesus to the Sea of Galilee, and one group from all the other areas who traveled to meet Jesus by the Sea of Galilee. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to create a verse bridge for these two verses. Alternate translation: “and a great multitude followed from Galilee. And hearing how much he was doing, a great multitude from Judea and from Jerusalem and from Idumea and beyond the Jordan and around Tyre and Sidon came to him” (2) referring twice to the same group of people, who came from all these areas. Alternate translation: “and a great multitude followed from Galilee and from Judea and from Jerusalem and from Idumea and beyond the Jordan and around Tyre and Sidon. That great multitude, hearing how much he was doing, came to him” +3:8 nibm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the phrase **beyond the Jordan** refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River” +3:8 mm5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅσα ἐποίει 1 Here Mark refers to the powerful and amazing things that Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the amazing things that he was doing” or “about all the miracles he was doing” +3:8 weie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +3:9-10 ib6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν & πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [3:9](../03/09.md) and [3:10](../03/10.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason why Jesus wants to get into a boat before he gives his disciples instructions about the boat. Alternate translation: “And he healed many, so that as many as had afflictions pressed against him so that they might touch him. So, because of the crowd, he spoke to his disciples so that a small boat might be ready for him, so that the crowd might not press against him” +3:9 tozr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he said to his disciples, ‘Make sure that a small boat is waiting for me because of the crowd, so that they do not press against me.’” +3:9 lmvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus plans to get into this **small boat** to get away from **the crowd**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a small boat might be ready for him to embark on to get away from the crowd” +3:9 zu5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus is concerned that the **crowd** will **press against him** and crush or injure him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might not press against him and injure him” or “they might not hurt him” +3:10 e86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Jesus was concerned about people pressing against him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for something, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is why Jesus wanted a boat:” or “Indeed,” +3:10 ywtb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὺς 1 Mark is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women” +3:10 qyyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἶχον μάστιγας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **afflictions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “were afflicted” +3:10 bkh0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ 1 Here Mark implies that the people in the crowd **pressed** against each other, or were shoving and pushing each other, in order to get to **him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “pressed against each other to reach him” or “shoved each other around” +3:10 ge71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται 1 Here Mark implies that they wanted to **touch** Jesus because they thought that touching him would heal them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “so that they might touch him and be healed” +3:11 ca5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζον λέγοντα 1 Here Mark implies that **the unclean spirits** forced the people whom they were possessing to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they were making the people they possessed fall down before him and cry out, saying” +3:11 tful rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ 1 In Mark’s culture, the phrase **falling down before him** refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground in front of someone. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “they were throwing themselves on the ground before him” or “they were lying down before him to show respect” +3:11 ogev rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +3:11 xf41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father. +3:12 w7to rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations πολλὰ & αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them much, ‘Do not make me known.’” +3:12 wypa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ αὐτὸν φανερὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 Here, the phrase **make him known** refers to telling people who Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might not say who he was” or “they might not speak about him” +3:13 zq1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +3:13 dfy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβαίνει 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “comes” instead of **goes**. Alternate translation: “he comes up” +3:13 fatx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸ ὄρος 1 Mark does not clarify what **mountain** this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain” +3:14 vjl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δώδεκα 1 Mark is using the number **12** as a noun to mean 12 men. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “12 people” +3:14 v0y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οὓς καὶ ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **whom he also named apostles**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +3:14 ild2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὦσιν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark means that these **12** men would go wherever Jesus went, listen to what he said, and spend much time with him as his closest disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might go everywhere with him” or “they might always follow him” +3:15 c2wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be authorized” +3:16 ndtw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα: καὶ 1 Here Mark repeats a phrase that he already used in [3:14](../03/14.md). He does not mean that Jesus **appointed the Twelve** again. Rather, he is using this phrase to introduce who these **Twelve** were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Here are the names of the Twelve that he appointed:” +3:16 ywli rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **And he appointed the Twelve**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts do not include these words. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +3:16 ozli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 Mark is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun to refer to Jesus’ closest disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”\n +3:16 bt0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ὄνομα τῷ Σίμωνι, Πέτρον 1 Here Mark introduces the first person in the list of **the Twelve**, and he clarifies that Jesus gave a new name to **Simon**: **Peter**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates both that **Simon** is the first in the list of twelve men and that Jesus named him **Peter**. Alternate translation: “and they were Simon, to whom he gave the name Peter” +3:17 puod rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Ἰακώβου 1 Mark never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. Alternate translation: “the younger brother of James” +3:17 n1be rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Βοανηργές 1 The word **Boanerges** is a Hebrew word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Mark states what this word means at the end of the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language. +3:17 n4gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 The expression **Sons of** describes people who shares the qualities of something. In this case, the name indicates that James and John share the qualities of **Thunder**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “People Like Thunder” or “Thunder-Like” +3:18 bugz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Θαδδαῖον 1 The word **Thaddaeus** is the name of a man. +3:18 tgmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate τὸν Καναναῖον 1 **Cananaios** is a word borrowed from Aramaic that describes someone as a “zealot,” that is, someone who is very zealous about something. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. If you translate the word’s meaning, **Cananaios** could be: (1) a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the Patriot” (2) a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the Passionate One” +3:19 r3zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 Mark writes **who also handed him over** to provide some extra information about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “who would later also hand him over” +3:20 d9uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +3:20 qy7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἔρχεται 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, comes” +3:20 whej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “he goes” +3:20 jxr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἶκον 1 This is probably the same **house** that Mark mentioned in [2:1](../02/01.md). See how you expressed the idea there. Alternate translation: “Simon and Andrew’s house” or “his house” +3:20 v0y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 Here Mark implies that the **crowd** was so large that Jesus and his disciples did not have time, or perhaps even space, to **eat**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they were so busy that they could not even eat bread” or “they had no opportunity even to eat bread” +3:20 rq6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 Mark is using **bread** to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to eat anything”\n +3:21 koc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here the phrase **the ones from him** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ relatives, most specifically his mother and brothers, who are the ones who arrive at the house in [3:31](../03/31.md). Alternate translation: “his family” (2) Jesus’ friends from his hometown, Nazareth. Alternate translation: “his friends” +3:21 ar7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν; ἔλεγον γὰρ, ὅτι ἐξέστη 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “were saying, ‘He is out of his mind.’ Therefore, they went out to seize him” +3:21 sgba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came out” +3:21 hjdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρατῆσαι αὐτόν 1 Here Mark implies that **the ones from him** intend to compel Jesus to return with them in their custody or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to take him into their custody” or “to restrain him” +3:21 vqyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον & ὅτι ἐξέστη 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that he was out of his mind” +3:21 uyl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 The pronoun **they** could refer to: (1) **the ones from him**. Alternate translation: “the ones from him were saying” or “these ones were saying” (2) people in general. Alternate translation: “people were saying” +3:21 mf5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 Here, the clause **He is out of his mind** means that these people think that Jesus is insane, that is, acting irrationally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is crazy” or “He is acting irrationally” +3:22 e45n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish οἱ γραμματεῖς, οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβάντες ἔλεγον 1 Here Mark uses the phrase **having come down from Jerusalem** to distinguish these **scribes** from any other scribes. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “the scribes, the ones having come down from Jerusalem, were saying” +3:22 a971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go καταβάντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone down” +3:22 egv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον, ὅτι Βεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει; καὶ, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “were saying that he had Beelzebul and that by the ruler of the demons he was casting out the demons.” +3:22 prj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Βεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει 1 Here the scribes mean that Jesus is possessed or controlled by **Beelzebul**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is possessed by Beelzebul” or “Beelzebul possesses him” +3:22 mhmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 Here the scribes mean that Jesus has power from **the ruler of the demons** to cast out demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “By the power of the ruler of the demons” or “As he is empowered by the ruler of the demons” +3:22 t3ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 The phrase **the ruler of the demons** refers to the devil, that is, **Beelzebul**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Beelzebul, the ruler of the demons,” +3:23 iuqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the scribes and the people who were nearby. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the scribes and the rest of the people” or “the people who were nearby” +3:23 q8f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the scribes. The question shows that it does not make any sense for **Satan** to cast out **Satan**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Satan cannot cast out Satan.” or “It makes no sense for Satan to cast out Satan!” +3:23 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν 1 In both places, **Satan** represents people who act by the power of **Satan**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are Satan’s followers able to cast out Satan’s followers” or “are those who act by Satan’s power able to cast out others who also act by Satan’s power”\n +3:24 j5sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη 1 To teach the people, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this illustration: If a kingdom has been divided against itself, that kingdom is not able to stand” +3:24 my56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a **kingdom** were **divided against itself**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a kingdom that has been divided against itself. That kingdom is not able to stand” +3:24 b4z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 Here, the word **kingdom** represents the people who live in that kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people in one kingdom have been divided against each other” +3:24 mc3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “attacks itself” +3:24 k3bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **is not able to stand** means that the **kingdom** will not exist much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fall” or “will no longer exist” +3:25 dm6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι 1 To teach the people, Jesus offers a second story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to another illustration: If a house has been divided against itself, that house will not be able to stand” +3:25 dlev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δυνήσεται ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if a **house** were **divided against itself**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine a house that has been divided against itself. That house will not be able to stand” +3:25 zcr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἰκία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 Here, the word **house** represents the people who live in that house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people in one house have been divided against each other” +3:25 jagu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “attacks itself” +3:25 w62b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δυνήσεται & σταθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **will not be able to stand** means that the **house** will not exist much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fall” or “will no longer exist” +3:26 w7na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if **Satan rose up against himself and was divided**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that Satan rose up against himself and was divided. In that case, he would not be able to stand, but he would have an end” +3:26 g3ob rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 Jesus is using **Satan** to represent Satan and his demons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Satan and the demons that obey him rose up against themselves and were divided” +3:26 niio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 The phrases **rose up against himself** and **was divided** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “was divided against himself” +3:26 vc3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐμερίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “attacked himself” +3:26 vif7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐ δύναται στῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει 1 The clauses **he is not able to stand** and **he has an end** mean similar things. The first clause states the meaning negatively, and the second clause states the meaning positively. Jesus is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “he is not able to stand; yes, he has an end” or “he has his end” +3:26 df2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται στῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **is not able to stand** means that **Satan** will not have authority or power much longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will no longer have power” or “he will not remain in control” +3:26 m3pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τέλος ἔχει 1 Here, the word **end** refers to a time when Satan no longer has power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his rule ends” or “his authority fails” +3:27 mvr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἀλλ’ οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς 1 To teach the people, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But listen to this story: No one is able” +3:27 rzbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what is true in contrast to the hypothetical situations he has been using to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces what is true in contrast to a hypothetical situation, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In reality, though,” or “However, as it really is,” +3:27 x9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐ δύναται οὐδεὶς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “no one, unless he has first bound the strong man, is able, entering into the house of that strong man, to steal his belongings”\n +3:27 i7tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun μὴ πρῶτον & δήσῃ & διαρπάσει 1 Although the term **he** in both these places is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person has not first bound … that person will plunder” +3:27 o503 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 Here, the word **he** refers to the person who is stealing. The word **his** refers to the strong man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the thief will plunder the strong man’s” +3:28-29 m0s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πάντα ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν & ὃς δ’ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only sin or blasphemy that will not be forgiven the sons of men is the blasphemy against the Holy Spirit. Whoever does that” or “most sins and blasphemies, as much as they blaspheme, will be forgiven the sons of men, but the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven. Whoever has done that” +3:28 w02f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the crowd, the word **you** is singular. +3:28 x85u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sons of men for all the sins and the blasphemies, as much as they may blaspheme” +3:28 moeq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα ἀφεθήσεται & τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν 1 Here Jesus is indicating that God forgives all kinds of **sins** and **blasphemies**, not that God will forgive every single sin or blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all sins and blasphemies, as much as they may blaspheme, can be forgiven” or “all kinds of sins and blasphemies, as much as they may blaspheme, will be forgiven men” +3:28 vbwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πάντα ἀφεθήσεται & τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sins** and **blasphemies**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “all sinful and blasphemous things, as much as they may blaspheme, will be forgiven” or “whenever anyone sins or blasphemes in any way, it will be forgiven” +3:28 gg74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἀφεθήσεται & αἱ βλασφημίαι, ὅσα ἐὰν βλασφημήσωσιν 1 The expression **whatever they may blaspheme** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “all the blasphemies will be forgiven” +3:28 p6sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the phrase **the sons of men** refers to people in general, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans” +3:29 ips3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔχει ἄφεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **forgiveness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will not be forgiven” +3:29 kx41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Here, the phrase **to eternity** means that something lasts forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” +3:29 zznr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἔνοχός & αἰωνίου ἁμαρτήματος 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **guilty of an eternal sin**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “deserving of eternal judgment.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +3:29 xea7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰωνίου ἁμαρτήματος 1 Here Jesus means that the **sin** has **eternal** consequences. In other words, the person who commits this **sin** will always be guilty for it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sin with eternal consequences” or “eternally of this sin” +3:30 yt1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **because** introduces a reason why Jesus gave the teaching that Mark quotes in [3:23–29](../03/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of reason. Alternate translation: “which things he said because” or “and the reason for his teaching was that” +3:30 etf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον, πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that he had an unclean spirit” +3:30 sfa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 Here the scribes meant that they thought that Jesus was possessed or controlled by **an unclean spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He is possessed by an unclean spirit” or “An unclean spirit possesses him” +3:31 c8oa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +3:31 gef8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 These were Jesus' younger **brothers**. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you could use it here.\n +3:31 xxfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go” +3:31 d6w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔξω στήκοντες 1 Here Mark implies that they are **standing outside** the house that Jesus is in, most likely the house mentioned in [3:20](../03/20.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “standing outside the house” or “standing outside the place where Jesus was teaching” +3:31 pu1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν 1 Here Mark means that Jesus’ mother and brothers sent a person to Jesus to ask him to come out and meet them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they sent a messenger to him to summon him” or “they had someone go in and tell him to come out” +3:32 n20m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου, ἔξω ζητοῦσίν σε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they say to him that his mother and his mothers were seeking him outside” +3:32 dkbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** is intended to draw the attention of Jesus and to ask him to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Excuse me” +3:32 tivd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοί σου 1 See how you translated **brothers** in [3:31](../03/31.md). +3:32 kucs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οἱ ἀδελφοί σου 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **your brothers**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “your brothers and your sisters.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +3:32 lbfz ἔξω ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Alternate translation: “want to see you outside” or “are outside, and they want to talk with you” +3:33 qe8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his audience about whom he considers to be part of his family. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Since Jesus answers the question in [3:34–35](../03/34.md), you should not include an implied answer here. Alternate translation: “I will inform you about whom I call my mother and my brothers.” or “Let me tell you whom I love as if they were my mother or my brothers.” +3:33 j6u0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 See how you translated **brothers** in [3:31](../03/31.md). +3:34 j305 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ μου 1 Here, the word **Behold** indicates that the audience should look where Jesus looked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Consider these people to be my mother” or “These are my mother” +3:34 aw65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Here Jesus speaks of **the ones sitting in a circle around him** as if they were his **mother** and **brothers**. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning of the metaphor more explicitly. Alternate translation: “those whom I call my mother and my brothers” or “the people I love as if they were my mother and my brothers” +3:34 bouy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 See how you translated **brothers** in [3:31](../03/31.md). +3:35 wmif rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation concerning why Jesus can call the people who are sitting around him his mother and brothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “I say that because” +3:35 dr45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God desires” +3:35 yr9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 Here Jesus speaks of everyone who does God’s will as if they were his **brother and sister and mother**. He means that he considers them to be part of his family. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse ([3:34](../03/34.md)). Alternate translation: “I call this one my brother and sister and mother” or “this is a person whom I love as if he or she were my brother and sister and mother”\n +4:intro f5ua 0 # Mark 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n3. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)\n * The parable of the sower (4:1–9)\n * Jesus explains the parable of the sower (4:10–20)\n * Jesus teaches about secrets and knowledge (4:21–25)\n * The parable of the seeds growing by themselves (4:26–29)\n * The parable of the mustard seed (4:30–32)\n * Summary statement (4:33–34)\n * Jesus calms a storm (4:35–41)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [4:12](../04/12.md), which is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:9–10](../isa/06/09.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Farming\n\nJesus refers to several different farming practices in this chapter. In his culture, farmers often threw seeds over their fields, a process called sowing. After throwing the seeds, they would use a tool called a plow to cover the seeds with dirt. Then, they would water and take care of the seeds until they sprouted and grew. Finally, when the plants produced grain or other kinds of crops, they would cut down the plants, separate the edible parts from the inedible parts, and store the edible parts in a safe place. See the notes on the verses in which Jesus discusses farming practices for specific information and translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus uses several parables to teach the crowds and his disciples. Each parable is a short story that includes a specific lesson. Jesus uses parables to teach so that people who already know his message will learn more but people who do not know his message will not learn anything (see [4:11–12](../04/11.md)). Jesus explains one of the parables, but he does not explain any of the others. Possible explanations for each parable are included below, but only for help in translation. Your translation should not directly explain the meaning of any parable more than Jesus does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n* The parable of the sower—In [4:3–9](../04/03.md), Jesus tells a story about a man who sows seed and about what happens to the seed. Jesus explains this parable in [4:14–20](../04/14.md). Even with this explanation, Christians debate who the sower is, what the seed represents, and what the different areas in the field represent. The sower could be Jesus himself, God, or anyone who preaches the gospel. The seed could be the gospel or the person who hears the gospel. The different areas in the field could be regions or areas where people hear the gospel, different kinds of people, or different ways of responding to the gospel. Most likely, the seed and the area in the field together describe what happens when people respond to the gospel in these four ways.\n\n* The parable of the seeds growing by themselves—In [4:26–29](../04/26.md), Jesus tells a story about a farmer who sows seed. The seed sprouts, grows, and produces a crop all by itself, and the farmer does not know how it happens. However, when the crop is ready, he harvests it. Most likely, Jesus is describing how God’s kingdom grows and expands, even without help from people. By the time God judges everyone, which is like a harvest, the kingdom will be very large and productive, even though people do not always know how that happens.\n\n* The parable of the mustard seed—In [4:30–32](../04/30.md), Jesus tells a story about how a very small seed (a mustard seed) grows into a very large plant. Most likely, he is describing how his group of followers was very small but will eventually become very large. Jesus mentions that birds nest in the shadow of this large plant. Some people think that Jesus is referring to passages like [Ezekiel 17:23](../ezk/17/23.md), which could suggest that the birds represent Gentiles who become part of God’s kingdom. Others think that the detail about the birds simply illustrates how large the plant is. If possible, your translation should allow for all of these interpretations.\n\n### Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in teaching that Jesus gives to his disciples and to the crowds. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 13, 35, 36, 37 and 38. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]]) +4:1 q0xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “One day,” +4:1 cqq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ὄχλος πλεῖστος 1 Mark says **the largest crowd** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “an enormous crowd” +4:1 ufxn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνάγεται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered to him” or “came to listen to him” +4:1 i95e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually **sat down** when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sat down on the sea to instruct them” or “sat down on the sea as a teacher does” +4:1 bzp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 Here Mark means that Jesus sat down in the boat, which was floating **on the sea**. Jesus did not sit directly on top of the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the boat as it was on the sea” or “in it” +4:1 fnuh πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “on the shore” +4:2 h2a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “here is what he taught:” +4:3 vqh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων 1 To teach the people in the crowd, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: Behold, the sower went out” +4:3 gmdi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἀκούετε! ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the words **Listen** and **Behold** draw the attention of the audience and ask them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express these words with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Picture this:” or “Pay attention to this:” +4:3 w0ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων 1 Here Jesus introduces a **sower** as a character in his story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a sower. He went out” +4:4 xqj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ ἐγένετο 1 Here, the phrase **And it happened that** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next action, or you could leave **And it happened that** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +4:4 zc07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπείρειν 1 While there are many ways to sow or plant seeds, here Jesus is describing a practice in which farmers pick up handfuls of seed and throw them so that they are scattered all over the top of the soil. This method is a quick and easy way to plant seeds in large fields, but some seeds land on ground that is not good for them to grow in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit what kind of sowing this is. Alternate translation: “as he threw the seeds over the ground” or “as he scattered the seeds over the field” +4:4 si37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτό 1 Here Jesus implies that the seeds that fall **beside the road** do not sink into the ground. Instead, they just sit on top of the hard-packed dirt by the **road** and are unprotected from birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “some fell on the hard ground beside the road, and the birds came and easily devoured them” +4:4 w50s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὃ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **some** as a noun to mean some of the seeds. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some seed” +4:4 ob8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὰ πετεινὰ 1 The phrase **the birds** represents any birds, not particular birds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “birds” +4:4 j2w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 Here, although the pronoun **it** is singular, it refers to the seeds that the farmer sowed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “them” +4:5 wuw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλο 1 Jesus is using the adjective **other** as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seed that did not fall beside the road. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seed” +4:5 w3g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πετρῶδες, ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν 1 Here Jesus describes an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes this kind of area. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area, where there was very little soil” +4:5 uhlr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἄλλο & οὐκ εἶχεν & ἐξανέτειλεν & τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 1 In this verse, the word **other** and the word **it** throughout the verse are singular in form, but they refer to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “others … they did not have … they sprang up … they did not have” +4:5 hyj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εὐθὺς ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because it did not have deep soil, immediately it sprang up” +4:5 u5rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐξανέτειλεν 1 Here, the phrase **sprang up** refers to how plants sprout or begin to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “it came up” or “it began to grow” +4:6 z2el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος 1 Here, the phrase **the sun rose** refers to the sun coming up over the horizon in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sun came up” or “the sun began to shine in the morning” +4:6 bm38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκαυματίσθη & τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη 1 Here, although the pronoun **it** is singular throughout the verse, it refers to the seeds that the farmer sowed in [4:5](../04/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they were scorched … they had no root, they withered” +4:6 ee49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the sun. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched it” +4:6 yzk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν 1 Jesus says **no root** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it had almost no root” or “it had very small roots” +4:7 dfph rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἄλλο & αὐτό & οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 In this verse, the word **other** and the word **it** throughout the verse are singular in form, but they refer to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “others … them … they did not produce” +4:7 bw62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλο 1 Jesus is using the adjective **other** as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seed that did not fall beside the road or on rocky soil. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated the word in [4:5](../04/05.md). Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seed” +4:7 f0j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό 1 Here Jesus means that the **thorns** grew quickly and took all the nutrients, water, and sunlight, so the farmer’s plants could not grow well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew very large and crowded it out” or “the thorns grew faster and kept it from growing well” +4:7 fgz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καρπὸν οὐκ ἔδωκεν 1 Here the word **fruit** refers to the crop that the plants that grew from the seeds should have produced. Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would have been more wheat seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it did not produce more seeds” or “when it sprouted it did not produce a harvest” +4:7 pj8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρπὸν 1 Here, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits” +4:8 oo4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **others** as a noun to mean some of the rest of the seeds that did not fall beside the road, on rocky soil, or onto thorns. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “some of the rest of the seeds” +4:8 u327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐδίδου καρπὸν, ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ αὐξανόμενα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the phrases **growing up and being increased** describe something that happened before what the phrase **it was giving fruit** describes. Alternate translation: “growing up and being increased, it was giving fruit” +4:8 b0of rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐδίδου καρπὸν 1 Here the word **fruit** refers to the crop that the plants that grew from the seeds produced. Since the farmer is sowing wheat seeds, this crop would be more seeds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it was producing more seeds” or “it sprouted and produced a harvest” +4:8 isto rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐδίδου 1 Here, although the pronoun **it** is singular, it refers to the seeds that the farmer sowed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the plural form here. Alternate translation: “they were giving” +4:8 yzp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρπὸν 1 Here, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits” +4:8 c0r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ αὐξανόμενα 1 The terms **growing up** and **being increased** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “growing very large” or “quickly increasing in size” +4:8 cukq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐξανόμενα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “increasing” +4:8 ym3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 Here Jesus means that each of the plants produced either **30**, **60**, or **100** new seeds. Jesus does not mean that there were only three plants. Scholars estimate that these numbers of seeds are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “some plants were producing 30 seeds, and some plants were producing 60 seeds, and other plants were producing 100 seeds” or “they were bearing many times more than the farmer planted: one group of plants 30 times more, and one group of plants 60 times more, and one group of plants 100 times more” +4:8 d5q7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἔφερεν εἰς τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 Jesus is using the number **one** as a noun to mean one of the plants. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one plant was bearing 30, and one plant, 60, and one plant, 100” +4:8 v3sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “one was bearing 60, and one was bearing 100” +4:9 p2us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Here, the phrase **ears to hear** represents the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Whoever wishes to understand, let him understand and obey” or “Whoever can listen to me should pay attention”\n +4:9 qxy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, not about other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person plural here. Alternate translation: “You who have ears to hear should hear” or “If you have ears to hear, then hear”\n +4:9 f0ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἀκουέτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should hear” +4:9 fr1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀκουέτω 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person hear” +4:10 u2nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτε ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας 1 The phrase **he was alone** does not mean that there was no one at all with Jesus. Rather, it means that the crowds were gone, and Jesus was only with the 12 disciples and some of his other close followers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the crowds left” or “when the crowds were gone” +4:10 nlf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν 1 Here, the phrase **the ones around him** refers to disciples who were near Jesus at the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the disciples who were near him” +4:10 kqcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles” +4:10 hvgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἠρώτων αὐτὸν & τὰς παραβολάς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “were asking him, ‘Please tell us about the parables’” +4:11 t9ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δέδοται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has given” +4:11 rs81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ μυστήριον & τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **the mystery** that is about **the kingdom of God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the mystery concerning the kingdom of God” +4:11 q2az rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκείνοις & τοῖς ἔξω 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who are not his disciples as if they were **outside**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to those, the ones who are not my disciples” +4:11 espn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται 1 Here Jesus implies that **everything** is what is he teaches, and he only teaches **in parables**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “everything I teach is in parables” or “I use parables whenever I teach anything” +4:12 c18b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus uses parables when teaching people who are not his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “which is true in order that” or “and that is so that” +4:12 e33y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἵνα βλέποντες, βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν; καὶ ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν; μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἀφεθῇ αὐτοῖς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “so that, as the Scriptures say, looking, they may look but may not see, and hearing, they may hear but may not understand, lest they might turn back, and it might be forgiven to them” +4:12 ydqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἵνα 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Isaiah 6:9–10](../isa/06/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that, in the words of one of the prophets,” or “so that, as Isaiah the prophet wrote in the Scriptures,” +4:12 p4fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέποντες, βλέπωσι & ἀκούοντες, ἀκούωσι 1 Here the author of the quotation repeats the words **look** and **hear** in order to emphasize that the people really do **look** and **hear**. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Otherwise, you could express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “They will certainly look … they will certainly hear” or “They will indeed look … they will indeed hear” +4:12 p9yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 The author of the quotation is speaking of the people of Israel as if they had been traveling somewhere and had taken the wrong way and needed to **turn back** onto the right way. So, to **turn back** would be to start listening to and obeying God again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might start obeying God again” +4:12 g14p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφεθῇ αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “they might receive forgiveness” or “God might give them forgiveness” +4:13 fs1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You do not understand this parable. Because of that, you will not understand all the parables.” or “If you do not understand this parable, you cannot understand all the parables!” +4:14 m72p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 Here Jesus speaks about what **the word** as if it were what the **sower sows** in the parable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what the sower sows is like the word” +4:14 xdaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λόγον σπείρει 1 See how you translated “sow” in [4:4](../04/04.md). Alternate translation: “throws the word like seeds over the ground” or “scatters the word like seeds over the field” +4:14 rp6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” +4:15 j8ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +4:15 p68u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτοι & εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 Here Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown **beside the road**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happens to some people is like what happened to the seeds that were sown beside the road” +4:15 jzok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπείρεται ὁ λόγος & τὸν ἐσπαρμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone is sowing the word … that someone sowed” +4:15 xea4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος & τὸν λόγον 1 Just as in [4:14](../04/14.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel … the gospel” +4:15 gcuh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὐθὺς ἔρχεται ὁ Σατανᾶς, καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον εἰς αὐτούς 1 Here Jesus speaks about the gospel as if it were seeds that had been **sown in** people. He speaks of **Satan** as if he were a bird that swoops down and **takes away** the seeds. Since these figures of speech connect to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve them or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “Satan immediately comes like a bird and takes away the word, which had been sown like seeds in them” +4:16 jm75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ & ὁμοίως 1 Here, the phrase **And similarly** indicates that Jesus is about to describe what happens to other people and that what happens is similar to what happened to the people he described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar event or experience. Alternate translation: “Likewise” or “In a similar way” +4:16 ty3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὗτοί εἰσιν & οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι; οἳ 1 Here Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were **sown on the rocky ground**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “what happened to the seeds having been sown on the rocky ground is like what happens to those who” +4:16 d7ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπειρόμενοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “whom the farmer sowed” +4:16 l3oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ πετρώδη 1 Here, just as in [4:5](../04/05.md), Jesus refers to an area that has a thin layer of soil on top of a layer of rocks. Express the idea as you did in that verse. Alternate translation: “a thin layer of soil on top of rocks” or “a rocky area” +4:16 gdq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Just as in [4:14](../04/14.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” +4:16 fcfj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μετὰ χαρᾶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “joyfully” +4:17 s057 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces what happens to these people in contrast with how they at first received the good news. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” +4:17 p5fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί εἰσιν 1 Here Jesus speaks about these people as if they were the plants in the parable that had **no root** and were only **temporary** since they withered when the sun rose. Since this figure of speech connects to the parable that Jesus told, if possible you should preserve it or express the ideas in simile form. Alternate translation: “they are like plants with no roots that do not live for long”\n +4:17 s5mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole οὐκ & ῥίζαν 1 Here, just as in [4:6](../04/06.md), Jesus says **no root** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost no root” or “very small roots” +4:17 mwg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “when they are afflicted or persecuted” +4:17 hqvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Just as in [4:14](../04/14.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” +4:17 cazb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλίζονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they stumble”\n +4:17 t21w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζονται 1 Here, Jesus speaks of ceasing to believe the gospel as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the stop believing” or “they cease to trust the good news”\n +4:18 uu9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι 1 Here Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown **into the thorns**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seeds having been sown into the thorns is like what happens to others” +4:18 wlab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπειρόμενοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “whom the farmer sowed” +4:18 o3pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Just as in [4:14](../04/14.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” +4:19 glok rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces what happens to these people in contrast with how they received the good news. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” +4:19 wa3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος, καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου, καὶ αἱ περὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **worries**, **deceitfulness**, and **desires**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they worry about this age and are deceived by riches and desire other things. These things” +4:19 r7ez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **worries** that are related to **this age**. In other words, the **worries** are about things and problems that exist in **this age** or world. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worries about things in this age” or “the worries about what happens in this age” +4:19 k04f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **riches** that are characterized by **deceitfulness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitful riches” or “riches that deceive” +4:19 g1v0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification εἰσπορευόμεναι 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the worries of the age and the deceitfulness of riches and the desires concerning other things** were people who could be **entering in** a place. He means that these things begin to be part of these people’s lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which these people start to experience” or “which characterize these people’s lives” +4:19 s7s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συνπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about what happens to these people as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown into the thorns. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “prevent the word from being effective, just as the thorns choked the seeds and made them unfruitful” +4:19 zg3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Just as in [4:14](../04/14.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” +4:20 axh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες; οἵτινες ἀκούουσιν τὸν λόγον καὶ παραδέχονται καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν, ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 Here Jesus speaks about what happens to this person as if it were what happened in the parable when the seeds were sown **on the good soil** and produced crops of various sizes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternative translation: “what happened to the seeds sown on the good soil is like what happens to the one hearing the word and receiving it. That person will be like a seed that bears fruit—one, 30, and one, 60, and one, 100”\n +4:20 tdwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπαρέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the farmer who was sowing seed. Alternate translation: “whom the farmer sowed” +4:20 cxfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Just as in [4:14](../04/14.md), Jesus is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, which people preach using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” +4:20 xbq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρποφοροῦσιν 1 Here, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “bear fruits” +4:20 pwiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 Here Jesus means that each of the plants produced either 30, 60, or 100 new seeds. Jesus does not mean that there were only three plants. Scholars estimate that these numbers of seeds are very good in Jesus’ time period, although not impossible or unheard of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. See how you expressed the idea in [4:8](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “some producing 30 seeds, and some producing 60 seeds, and some producing 100 seeds” +4:20 d3r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “one was bearing 30, and one was bearing 60, and one was bearing 100” +4:20 a9yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἓν τριάκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα, καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν 1 Jesus is using the number **one** as a noun to mean one of the plants. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one plant, 30, and one plant, 60, and one plant, 100” +4:21 enzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) all the people who were nearby, including both the disciples and the crowds. Alternate translation: “to the disciples and the crowds” or “everyone who was with him” (2) just the disciples. Alternate translation: “to the disciples” +4:21 nn7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τεθῇ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “The lamp does not come so that it might be put under a basket or under the bed but so that it might be put on the lampstand.” or “The lamp certainly does not come so that it might be put under a basket or under the bed! No, it comes so that it might be put on the lampstand!” +4:21 l79p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ, ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην? οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τεθῇ 1 The words **The lamp**, **the basket**, **the bed**, and **the lampstand** represent lamps, baskets, beds, and lampstands in general, not one particular lamp, basket, bed, or lampstand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Lamps do not come so that they might be put under baskets or under beds, do they? Is it not so that they might be put on lampstands” +4:21 zzw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μήτι ἔρχεται ὁ λύχνος 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **lamp** were a person who could **come**. He means that someone lights the lamp and brings it into a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The lamp is not lit … is it” or “The lamp is not brought into a house … is it” +4:21 dkq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τεθῇ & οὐχ ἵνα & τεθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone might put it … Is it not so that someone might put it” +4:21 u7lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον 1 A **basket** is a large circular container that stores food or other items. If someone put a lamp under this kind of container, it would completely hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in a box” or “under a container that hides its light” +4:21 y7f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην 1 A **bed** is a piece of furniture that people would lie on when they were eating or sleeping. Most likely, this kind of **bed** had short legs that raised it off the floor. If someone put a lamp under this kind of furniture, it would hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “under a couch” or “under furniture” +4:21 gc4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν 1 Here Jesus implies that the lamp can illuminate a large area when it is on a **lampstand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the lampstand to that it illuminates the whole room” or “on the lampstand where it lights up the area” +4:22 pjxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of the illustration that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “As you can see,” or “And so,” +4:22 ov23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that things that are **hidden** or **secret** only in order that they might **be revealed** or **come into visibility**. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “things are not hidden except so that they might be revealed. Things have not become secret except so that they might come into visibility”\n +4:22 kc6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “it is not hidden except so that it might be revealed; yes, it has not become secret except so that it might come into visibility” or “it is not hidden except so that it will come into visibility” +4:22 y5kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making statements here and then contradicting them, you could reword this sentence to avoid using exception clauses. Alternate translation: “it is only hidden so that it might be revealed, and it has only become secret so that it might come into visibility” +4:22 hou4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ & ἐστιν κρυπτὸν, ἐὰν μὴ ἵνα φανερωθῇ; οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the actions, you could: (1) use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “they do not hide it except so that they might reveal it, nor do they make it secret except so that they might bring it into visibility” (2) indicate that God did them. Alternate translation: “God has not hidden it except so that he might reveal it, nor has he made it secret except so that he might bring it into visibility” +4:22 x0dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐ & ἐστιν & οὐδὲ ἐγένετο 1 The pronoun **it** in both places refers generally to anything. Jesus may more specifically have in mind the meaning of his preaching or the kingdom of God. However, since Jesus uses a general proverb form, if possible you also should use a general form that could refer to many things. Alternate translation: “nothing is … nothing has become” or “something is not … nor has something become” +4:22 h8pk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **visibility**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it might become visible” +4:22 qzfx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν 1 Here, the phrase **it will come into visibility** means that something will be revealed or become known. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will be known” +4:23 k1a8 εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 See how you translated the similar sentence in [4:9](../04/09.md). +4:24 r2r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, just as in [4:21](../04/21.md), the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) all the people who were nearby, including both the disciples and the crowds. Alternate translation: “to the disciples and the crowds” or “everyone who was with him” (2) just the disciples. Alternate translation: “to the disciples” +4:24 d1bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε 1 Here Jesus speaks as if people who **Watch** things that they **hear**. He means that they need to pay attention to what they **hear**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to” +4:24 en93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb. He could be using it to teach: (1) that people learn and understand only whatever they chose to listen carefully to. Alternate translation: “Whatever you pay attention to is what you will learn and know” or “How you listen shows what you will know and understand” (2) that people eventually experience for themselves how they have treated other people. Alternate translation: “what you give to others is what you will get and acquire in return” or “what you do to others will be done to you” +4:24 zis1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure” +4:24 c4xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will measure it to you, and he will add it to you” +4:24 lqor rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 In both places, the word **it** refers to what **you measure**. Jesus is speaking in general about anything that people **measure**, so you should avoid making the phrase specific. Alternate translation: “the same thing will be measured to you, and it will be added to you” or “that very thing will be measured to you, and it will be added to you” +4:24 sbmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **will be added to you** to indicate that God will give all what is **measured**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it will be given to you” +4:25 xmeh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about paying careful attention to what one hears. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is what I mean:” or “To put it another way,” +4:25 nkth rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὃς & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ; καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people who have something usually gain more of it, while people who have very little usually lose everything. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “people who have things receive more, and people who do not have things lose what they used to have” +4:25 arv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς & ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ; καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that what the person has or does not have is knowledge or understanding about the good news that Jesus proclaims. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he who has understanding, it will be given to him, and he who does not have understanding, even what he has will be taken away from him” or “he who has knowledge about the gospel, more will be given to him, and he who does not have knowledge about the gospel, even what knowledge he has will be taken away from him” +4:25 i24l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take away” +4:25 jfog rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὃς & αὐτῷ & ὃς οὐκ ἔχει & ἔχει & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **he** and **him** are masculine in this verse, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “the person who … to that person … the person who does not have … that person … him or her” +4:25 oceg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces a person **who does not have** in contrast to the person **who has**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” +4:25 emrz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ὃς οὐκ ἔχει 1 Jesus says **he who does not have** here as a generalization for emphasis. It is clear in the second half of the sentence that the person did have something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “he who has almost nothing” or “he who does not have much” +4:26 n1mq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ: ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 To teach his audience, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story. Thus is the kingdom of God: As a man throws seed on the ground” +4:26 r5n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ: ὡς ἄνθρωπος 1 Jesus is saying that the **kingdom of God** is like **a man** who throws seed on the ground. The following verses will give further information about this comparison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form that introduces this kind of comparison. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of God is like a man who” +4:26 htar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Here and in the following verses, Jesus tells a story about a specific **man**. It is not important for the story whether the person is a man or a woman. If you have a form that refers to any person without identifying a gender, you could use it here. Otherwise, you could identify the person as a man, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “a person” +4:26 in2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 While there are many ways to sow or plant seeds, here Jesus is describing a practice in which a farmer picks up handfuls of **seed** and **throws** them so that they are scattered all over the top of the soil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what the **man** is doing. Alternate translation: “sows the seed on the earth” or “scatters the seeds over the field” +4:26 gd9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τὸν σπόρον 1 Here, the word **seed** is singular in form, but it refers to many seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the seeds” +4:27 b0us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 Here Jesus means that the farmer **sleeps** at **night** and **gets up** when it is **day**. This indicates that the farmer lives a normal life and does what he normally does over a period of many days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he sleeps at night and gets up in the morning each day” or “he lives a normal life over the next days” +4:27 dgym rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ σπόρος 1 See how you translated **the seed** in [4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “the seeds” +4:27 pul0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς 1 Here Jesus implies that the farmer does not understand the process by which **the seed sprouts and grows**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “how the seed does that” or “the way in which that happens” +4:27 yqr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτός 1 Jesus uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that the farmer **does not know**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “he indeed” +4:28 b4xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ γῆ καρποφορεῖ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **The soil** as if it were a person who could produce **a crop**. He means that the plants grow out of the **soil** and produce **a crop**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The crop grows from the soil” or “Each plant sprouts out of the soil to produce a crop” +4:28 dcwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτομάτη 1 Here, the phrase **of its own accord** indicates that the **soil** produced the crop without help or assistance from anyone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by itself” or “without any help” +4:28 cew8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χόρτον 1 Here, the word **blade** refers to a leaf of the grain plant. This is the first part of the plant that comes up through the soil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a leaf” or “a sprout” +4:28 i7lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown στάχυν & τῷ στάχυϊ 1 The **head** is the topmost part of the grain plant. The **head** holds the **mature grain** or seeds of the plant, which are the parts that people eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the top of the grain plant … the top of the grain plant” or “the edible part of the grain plant … the edible part of the grain plant” +4:28 gesi πλήρης σῖτον 1 Alternate translation: “full-grown grain” or “grain that is ready to eat” +4:29 s2cf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns παραδοῖ ὁ καρπός 1 Here, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits, or seeds of grain, as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “grain seeds hand over” +4:29 hepg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παραδοῖ ὁ καρπός 1 Here, the clause **the fruit hands over** means that the crop of grain is ripe and ready to be used for food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fruit is ripe” or “the fruit is ready” +4:29 hdp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εὐθὺς ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον, ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because the harvest has come, he immediately sends the sickle” +4:29 ah9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ δρέπανον 1 Here, **the sickle** represents workers who use sickles to harvest the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people with sickles” or “workers who use sickles to harvest the crop” +4:29 yd1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δρέπανον 1 A **sickle** is a tool with a curved blade that agricultural workers use to cut down standing crops in order to harvest them. If your readers would not be familiar with what a sickle is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “sharp harvesting tool” +4:29 hx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός 1 Here, the clause **the harvest has come** means that it is the right time for **the harvest** to begin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is harvest time” or “it is the right time for the harvest” +4:30 ivk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to introduce what he is about to teach. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We will now compare the kingdom of God to something. We will put it in a parable.” +4:30 v30a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive πῶς ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν 1 By **we**, Jesus means himself and his audience, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Jesus uses this form because he wants his audience to be involved in thinking about how parables can help explain the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “What would be a good comparison for us to use for the kingdom of God, or what parable could we use for it” +4:30 lj2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **or** introduces another similar question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a related question, or you could leave **or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “and” or “or again,” +4:30 jduf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the kingdom of God** were an object that he could **put** in a **parable**, which he speaks about as if it were a container. He means that he can explain **the kingdom of God** by using a **parable**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with what parable will we describe it” or “what parable can we use to explain it” +4:31 qvr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὡς κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 To teach his audience, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: It is like a mustard seed” +4:31 l8gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of seed, in your translation you could use the name of another seed like it, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “a very small seed” +4:31-32 dfkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὃς ὅταν σπαρῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μικρότερον ὂν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς & καὶ ὅταν σπαρῇ, ἀναβαίνει 1 Here Jesus repeats the clause **when it has been sown**. This was a natural way in his language to describe the seed and the action. If repeating this clause would be redundant in your language, you could rearrange the clauses and only include the repeated clause once. Alternate translation: “which, being the smallest of all the seeds on the earth, when it has been sown, grows” +4:31 w4l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπαρῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “a person has sown it” or “they have sown it” +4:31 jf5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole μικρότερον & πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 Jesus says **smallest of all the seeds** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “one of the smallest seeds” or “smaller than most seeds” +4:32 osdk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σπαρῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. See how you expressed the idea in [4:31](../04/31.md). Alternate translation: “a person has sown it” or “they have sown it” +4:32 p9nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πάντων τῶν λαχάνων 1 The phrase **vegetable plants** refers to plants that people grow so that they can eat them or parts of them. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “all the other plants that people grow to eat” or “all the plants that people have in their gardens” +4:32 x1xh ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους 1 Alternate translation: “it grows large branches” +4:32 tyok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 In your language, it might seem that this phrase expresses unnecessary extra information. If so, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the birds” +4:32 lu6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατασκηνοῦν 1 Here, the word **nest** could indicate that: (1) the birds are building nests in the **shadow** of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “build nests” (2) the birds are perching or resting in the **shadow** of the mustard plant. Alternate translation: “perch” or “roost” +4:32 dywv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπὸ τὴν σκιὰν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in its shadow** could imply that the birds are nesting: (1) in the lower branches of the plant, which are in the **shadow** of the higher branches. Alternate translation: “in its shadow in the lower branches” (2) on the ground that is in the **shadow** of the plant. Alternate translation: “in its shadow on the ground” +4:33-34 y7i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς, ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν & χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς, κατ’ ἰδίαν δὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις μαθηταῖς, ἐπέλυεν πάντα 1 This sentence marks the end of Jesus’ teaching by summarizing how Jesus taught the crowds. Use a natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a speech. Alternate translation: “Before he stopped teaching them, he used many such parables to speak the word to them, just as they were able to hear; but he did not speak to them without a parable, but by himself he explained everything to his own disciples” +4:33 nfck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is using the term **word** to mean the gospel, which Jesus preached using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the gospel” +4:33 vofc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who were there with him, not just the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the crowds” or “to the people who were near him” +4:33 u82i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν 1 Here Mark could mean that: (1) Jesus told his audience as much as he knew that they could **hear**. Alternate translation: “teaching them all the things that they were able to hear” (2) Jesus spoke to his audience in a way that he knew they could **hear**. Alternate translation: “teaching them in a way that they could hear” +4:33 kol8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούειν 1 Here Mark uses the word **hear** to refer to both hearing and understanding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to realize what he meant” +4:34 oo4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς & παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “he was only speaking to them with a parable”\n +4:34 gp99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, the word **everything** refers to every parable that Jesus spoke to the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “every parable” +4:35 jz5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Here Jesus implies that he wants to go with the disciples **to the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee” +4:36 y2y2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν 1 Here Mark implies that they took Jesus across the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they take him across the lake with them” +4:36 iybd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς ἦν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 Here Mark means that Jesus was already in the boat, so they could leave right away (see [4:1](../04/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as he was already in the boat” or “using the boat he was sitting in” +4:36 z8gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλα πλοῖα ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that other people got into **boats** and sailed with Jesus and his disciples across the lake. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “many people got into other boats to sail with him” +4:37 fmgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλλεν εἰς 1 When waves are **breaking into** a boat, they are high enough that they come over the side of the boat and splash water into it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were coming over the sides into” +4:37 oad8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι τὸ πλοῖον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the waves. Alternate translation: “the waves were already filling the boat” +4:38 cets rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ἦν 1 Mark uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that Jesus was **in the stern, sleeping**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “as for Jesus, he was” +4:38 uauq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῇ πρύμνῃ 1 The word **stern** is a nautical term that means the back of a ship. If your language does not have a comparable nautical term, you could state the meaning plainly in your translation. Alternate translation: “the back end of the boat” +4:38 lwed rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ προσκεφάλαιον 1 A **cushion** is a soft object that person would lie or rest on. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the sleeping pad” or “a soft surface” +4:38 b4xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα? 1 The disciples are using the question form to show Jesus that they are afraid and to convince him to do something to help them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it should be a concern to you that we are perishing.” or “it is clearly not a concern to you that we are perishing!” +4:38 viz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μέλει σοι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **concern**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “does it not concern you” +4:38 fu0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι 1 Because the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the word **you** here is singular. +4:38 qtb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀπολλύμεθα 1 Here, the word **we** includes both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form. +4:39 yym6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 The terms **Be silent** and **Be still** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be very calm!” or “Be completely still!” +4:39 mnsa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σιώπα, πεφίμωσο 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the sea, the commands **Be silent** and **Be still** are singular. +4:39 ydoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **calm**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sea became very calm” +4:40 w5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for being **cowardly** and for **not yet** having **faith**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “You should not be cowardly. I am disappointed that you do not have more faith.” or “Do not be cowardly! You should already have faith!” +4:40 t6qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Jesus could be implying that this **faith** is in: (1) God. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet believe God” (2) himself. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet trust me” +4:41 txh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν 1 Here, the phrase **feared a great fear** means that they were extremely afraid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were extremely afraid” or “they were terrified” +4:41 u8e1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ? 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could turn this into two sentences, one asking the question, and the other giving the reason for the question. Alternate translation: “Who then is this? Even the wind and the sea obey him!” +4:41 biog τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ 1 This is a genuine question, not a statement in question form. The disciples are looking for information about what kind of person Jesus could be if he can do these things. Alternate translation: “Who then is this person, for even the wind and the sea obey him” +4:41 hc6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τίς ἄρα 1 Here, the word **then** indicates that the disciples ask this question in response to what Jesus has done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “So then, who” or “Given what he just did, who” +5:intro lh25 0 # Mark 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n3. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)\n * Casting demons out of a man (5:1–20)\n * Healing a woman and resurrecting a girl (5:21–43)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Resurrecting the dead\n\nIn [5:21–24](../05/21.md) and [5:35–43](../05/35.md), Mark narrates how Jesus raised a girl from the dead. While Jesus describes her as only “sleeping,” he uses this word to indicate that the girl will “wake up” from being dead. The story clearly indicates that the girl had died and that Jesus raises her from the dead by touching her.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### How to refer to the demons and the demon-possessed man\n\nIn [5:1–20](../05/01.md), Jesus encounters a man whom demons had possessed. As Jesus interacts with this man, it becomes clear that there are three different entities who are involved. First, there is the man himself, but what he says and does is only what the demons want him to do. Second, there is a specific demon who seems to act as the spokesperson or leader for multiple demons. Third, there are the other demons, of whom there are so many that the man is called “Legion.” As Mark narrates the story, he sometimes refers to the man, sometimes to the individual demon, and sometimes to all the demons. Further, it is not always clear which of these three entities speaks and is spoken to by Jesus. Consider how you might refer to a demon-possessed person in this situation. If possible, preserve Mark’s switches between singular and plural, since learning that there are many demons is an important part of the story. Further, Mark implies that the man and the demons are so closely connected that referring to what the man did is the same as referring to what the demons did, and vice versa.\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in dialogues between Jesus and other individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 7, 9, 15, 19, 22, 23, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40 and 41. If it would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]]) +5:1 fix1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +5:1 gt8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they came” +5:1 vsc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 The name **Gerasenes** refers to the people who lived in and near the town of Gerasa. +5:1 dzc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τῶν Γερασηνῶν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **Gerasenes**. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts read “Gadarenes,” and other ancient manuscripts read “Gergesenes.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +5:2 pf16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντος 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out” +5:2 zwtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 Here Mark introduces **a man with an unclean spirit** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man came from the tombs to meet him. This man had an unclean spirit” +5:3 pinm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὃς τὴν κατοίκησιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν 1 Here Mark provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. This background information continues in [5:4](../05/04.md) and [5:5](../05/05.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “and here is what that man was like. He had his dwelling in the tombs” +5:3-4 nll4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge καὶ οὐδὲ ἁλύσει οὐκέτι οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο αὐτὸν δῆσαι & διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσι δεδέσθαι, καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:4](../05/04.md) into a verse bridge in order to include the basis for the claim that **no one was able to bind him anymore** before the claim. Alternate translation: “and he had often been bound with shackles and chains, and the chains had been torn apart by him and the shackles had been shattered. So, no one was strong enough to subdue him or to bind him anymore, not even with a chain” +5:3 pjsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκέτι οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο αὐτὸν δῆσαι 1 Here Mark implies that people tried to **bind** this man to keep him from hurting people and breaking things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “no one was able to bind him anymore to keep him from hurting others” or “no one was able to use bonds to restrain him anymore” +5:3 dryi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκέτι οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο 1 The words translated **no one** and **anymore** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “people were able … no longer”\n +5:3 nsol rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἁλύσει 1 A **chain** is a long, flexible fastener that is made from multiple rings of metal connected together. Chains are usually used to secure objects or bind things together. If your readers would not be familiar with chains, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with metal links connected together” +5:4 da4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις & δεδέσθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who lived nearby. Alternate translation: “the people who lived there had often bound him” +5:4 fk7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πέδαις & τὰς πέδας 1 The word **shackles** refers to pieces of metal that are fastened around the ankles of prisoners. These pieces of metal are connected together by ropes or chains, which prevent the prisoners from moving quickly or far. If your readers would not be familiar with shackles, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with leg irons … the leg irons” or “with strong restraints … the restraints” +5:4 dk1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἁλύσεσι & τὰς ἁλύσεις 1 See how you translated the word **chains** in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “metal links connected together … the metal links” +5:4 rjo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces what the demon-possessed man did in contrast to what the people who tied him up wanted him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” +5:4 nep6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διεσπάσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had torn apart the chains and had shattered the shackles” +5:5 ohvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **throughout every night and day** indicates that this man was **crying out and cutting himself with stones** during both the day and the night. This means that he was doing those things very often every day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “during every day and every night” +5:6 y6c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 Here Mark stops giving background information and returns to the events in the story that he is telling. He implies that the man saw Jesus when he arrived in the boat from the other side of the Sea of Galilee (see [5:1–2](../05/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Now, having seen Jesus from a distance when he got out of the boat” +5:6 w9zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ 1 In the Jesus’ culture, bowing down to a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what bowing down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated himself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect” +5:7-8 ux6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge καὶ κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγει, τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν, μή με βασανίσῃς & ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ, ἔξελθε, τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [5:7](../05/07.md) and [5:8](../05/08.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason why the man cried out as he did before stating that the man cried out. Alternate translation: “And Jesus was saying to him, ‘Come out from the man, unclean spirit.’ So, crying out with a loud voice, he says, ‘What to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? I make you swear by God, do not torment me.’” +5:7 x6qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 Here, the phrase **crying out with a loud voice** means that the demon raised the volume of its voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly” +5:7 ppu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί Ἰησοῦ, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου? 1 The man, controlled by the demon, is using the question form to insist on something urgently. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is nothing to me and to you, Jesus, Son of the Most High God!” +5:7 fatr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί 1 Here, the question **What to me and to you** asks whether **you** and **me** have anything in common or have any reason to be together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What do you and I have in common” or “What reason do you have to get involved with me” +5:7 kd19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 **Son of the Most High God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father. +5:7 urq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula ὁρκίζω σε τὸν Θεόν 1 Here the man, controlled by the demon, puts Jesus under oath, or makes him **swear by God** that he will not **torment** him. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I make you swear before God” or “I require that you solemnly promise God” +5:8 ahtn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the man, controlled by the demon, acted as he did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for an action, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “He said that because” or “That was because” +5:9 h6ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result Λεγιὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “We are many, so my name is Legion” +5:9 oa64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Λεγιὼν 1 A **Legion** is the name of a group of about 6,000 soldiers. So, translate the word **Legion** with a word in your language that refers to a large number of soldiers. You could show that this was the name of the man by using the convention in your language for proper names. Alternate translation: “is Army” or “is Battalion” or “is Brigade” +5:9 pdyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλοί ἐσμεν 1 Here the demon indicates that he is speaking for many demons who are together controlling the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I and the other demons with me are many” +5:10 gtq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations πολλὰ, ἵνα μὴ αὐτὰ ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “much, ‘Do not send us demons out of this region’” or “much, ‘Do not send the legion of demons out of this region’” +5:11 jvrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Mark uses the word **But** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. It does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “At the same time,” +5:12 ttpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +5:12 kkf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέμψον ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους 1 Here the demons imply that they want Jesus to **Send** them **into the pigs** when Jesus casts them out of the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Whenever you cast us out of this man, send us into the pigs” +5:12 trn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative πέμψον 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you send” +5:12 zmsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς & εἰσέλθωμεν 1 Here, the words **us** and **we** refer only to the demons, not to Jesus or any of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark this form. +5:12 z2j0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσέλθωμεν 1 Here the demons speak of wanting to **enter into** the herd of pigs. They mean that they want to enter and control the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “we might enter into them and possess them” +5:13 iff6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **permitted** the demons to enter into the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he permitted them to enter into the pigs” +5:13 lfgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he told them, ‘You may do so’” +5:13 lv3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθόντα 1 Here Mark implies that the demons came out of the man whom they had been controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out of the man whom they had been possessing” +5:13 ntl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντα 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out” +5:13 zsd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [5:12](../05/12.md). Alternate translation: “entered into the pigs and possessed them” +5:13 a28z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς δισχίλιοι 1 Here Mark indicates that the herd was made up of **about 2,000** pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which was made up of about 2,000 pigs” or “about 2,000 pigs in all” +5:13 tdfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπνίγοντο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “died by drowning” +5:14 cw1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ οἱ βόσκοντες αὐτοὺς ἔφυγον 1 Here Mark introduces **the ones feeding them** as new characters in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing new characters. Alternate translation: “And the ones feeding them were there. They ran away” +5:14 e32p οἱ βόσκοντες αὐτοὺς 1 Alternate translation: “the ones who were herding the pigs” +5:14 m4r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς 1 Here, Mark is referring to that whole region by naming its two primary parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “throughout the whole area” +5:14 zser rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς 1 Here, the **city** is most likely Gerasa, since Jesus got out of the boat near this town (see [5:1](../05/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the town of Gerasa and in the countryside around it” +5:14 hlen rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people who were living **in the city and in the countryside**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in those places went out” +5:14 y60p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “they came out” +5:15 yghh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go” +5:15 g5j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 Here Mark is referring to the man who had been **demon-possessed** until Jesus forced the demons out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one who used to be demon-possessed” +5:15 jkqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom the demons possessed” +5:15 vvsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἱματισμένον καὶ σωφρονοῦντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wearing clothes and having a sound mind” +5:15 fb4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 Here, the phrase **being sound-minded** means that the man was acting rationally and thinking like a normal person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thinking sanely” or “acting rationally” +5:15 dg5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν ἐσχηκότα τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 Here Mark means that the man had been possessed or controlled by **the legion**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one that had been possessed by the legion” or “the one whom the legion had possessed” +5:15 qih4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 See how you translated the word **legion** in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md). Here, however, the word is a not a name, so use the appropriate form to refer to a large number of demons. Alternate translation: “the army” or “the battalion” or “the brigade” +5:15 ntu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν 1 The implication is that **they were afraid** of what else such a powerful person as Jesus might do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what else Jesus might do, since they recognized what great power he had” +5:16 yy4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἰδόντες 1 Here Mark implies that these people saw what happened to the man and the pigs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who had seen what had happened” +5:16 is0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ 1 Here Mark is referring to the man who had been **demon-possessed** until Jesus forced the demons out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [5:15](../05/15.md). Alternate translation: “to the one who used to be demon-possessed” +5:16 nivb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the one whom the demons possessed” +5:17 hhqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please depart from our region’” +5:18 z69m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς 1 Here Mark is referring to the man who had been **demon-possessed** until Jesus forced the demons out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [5:15](../05/15.md). Alternate translation: “the one who used to be demon-possessed” +5:18 ayyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whom the demons had possessed” +5:18 pup5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτὸν & ἵνα μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please let me be with you!’” +5:18 gbni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μετ’ αὐτοῦ ᾖ 1 Here Mark means that the man wanted to go wherever Jesus went, listen to what he said, and spend much time with him as a disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he might go with him” or “he might follow him” +5:19 m8oq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the man wanted him to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “But” +5:19 p7iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς σούς 1 Here, the phrase translated **your {people}** could refer to: (1) the man’s family, relatives, and friends. Alternate translation: “the people you know” (2) just the man’s family. Alternate translation: “your family” +5:19 dxnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὅσα ὁ Κύριός σοι πεποίηκεν, καὶ ἠλέησέν σε 1 The phrases **has done for you** and **had mercy on you** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “as much as the Lord has done for you; yes, as much as he has had mercy on you” or “as much as the Lord has mercifully done for you” +5:19 h82t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Κύριός & πεποίηκεν 1 Here, the phrase **the Lord** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “God, the Lord, has done” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord, have done” +5:19 e4y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἠλέησέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “been merciful to you” +5:20 g8ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τῇ Δεκαπόλει 1 The word **Decapolis** is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The nadaughtersans “the Ten Towns.” +5:20 y8vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Mark is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the people who heard what the man proclaimed. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all the people who listened to him” +5:21 lbcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ πάλιν εἰς τὸ πέραν, συνήχθη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπ’ αὐτόν, καὶ ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This verse introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a new event. Alternate translation: “At that time, Jesus crossed over again to the other side in the boat. When he arrived, a great crowd was gathered around him, and he was beside the sea.” +5:21 pf3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Mark is referring to **Jesus** to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, along with his disciples, having crossed over” +5:21 wzus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus crossed over **to the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee” +5:21 mtol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered” or “came together” +5:22 ilnk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly” +5:22 s3xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων ὀνόματι Ἰάειρος 1 Here Mark introduces the synagogue ruler as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “a man comes. He was one of the synagogue rulers, Jairus by name” +5:22 v1dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰάειρος 1 The word **Jairus** is the name of a man. +5:22 u1rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes” +5:22 ueds rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πίπτει πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, falling at someone’s feet was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “he throws himself on the ground” or “he falls at his feet to show respect” +5:23 oku2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +5:23 x9qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐσχάτως ἔχει 1 Jairus is using the phrase **is having {her} end** to indicate that his daughter is about to die. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is on her deathbed” or “will soon breath her last” or “will die soon” +5:23 jd27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα ἐλθὼν, ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces what Jairus wants Jesus to do in response to what Jairus has told him about his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduce a desired response to a situation. Alternate translation: “so I ask that you, coming, lay your hands on her” or “and so, coming, I wish that you will lay your hands on her” +5:23 budr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “going” +5:23 kzz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Jesus. Alternate translation: “you might heal her” +5:24 ptj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀπῆλθεν 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went away” +5:25 e2cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants γυνὴ οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη 1 Here Mark introduces this **woman** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a woman there. She had been with a flow of blood for 12 years” +5:25 h58w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος 1 Mark uses the phrase **a flow of blood** to refer discreetly to her condition or illness. She was probably experiencing menstrual bleeding at many times, even when it was not the normal time for that. If your language has a polite way of referring to this condition, you could use that expression here, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “suffering from abnormal menstruation” or “suffering from frequent menstrual bleeding” +5:26 mn67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ πολλὰ παθοῦσα ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν 1 Here Mark provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. This background information continues in the first part of [5:27](../05/27.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “and in the past having suffered much from many physicians” +5:26 dus5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλὰ παθοῦσα ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν 1 Here Mark could mean that the woman: (1) **suffered** from the treatments that the **physicians** used. Alternate translation: “having suffered much from the physicians’ treatments” or “being made to suffer by many physicians” (2) suffering while being treated by the **physicians**. Alternate translation: “having suffered much as physicians tried to treat her” +5:26 ogxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δαπανήσασα τὰ παρ’ ἑαυτῆς πάντα 1 Here Mark implies that she **spent everything {that was} from herself** to pay the **physicians** to treat her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having spent everything that was from herself to pay for her treatments” +5:26 k9yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰ παρ’ ἑαυτῆς πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **everything {that was} from herself** refers to all the money and belongings that the woman had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that she had” or “all her money and possessions” +5:26 ewnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα 1 Here, the phrase **having come to the worse** means that the woman’s situation was getting **worse**. In other words, she was becoming more sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “getting worse” or “worsening” +5:27-28 lhrl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ἀκούσασα τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐλθοῦσα ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ & ἔλεγεν γὰρ, ὅτι ἐὰν ἅψωμαι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [5:27](../05/27.md) and [5:28](../05/28.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include what the woman is thinking before she acts based on what she is thinking. Alternate translation: “heard the things about Jesus. She was saying, ‘If I touch just his clothes, I will be saved.’ So, having come up behind him in the crowd, she touched his cloak.” +5:27 z2hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that the woman heard **the things** that Jesus had done to heal people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that Jesus had healed people” +5:27 qitt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθοῦσα 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone up” +5:27 lfzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἥψατο τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark does not explain why she touched the edge of his cloak. Since Mark does explain it in the next verse, you should not explain its meaning here. +5:28 alc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the woman touched Jesus’ clothes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for an action, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is why she did that:” or “She did that because” +5:28 ru14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγεν & ὅτι ἐὰν ἅψωμαι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “she was saying that if she could touch just his clothes, she would be saved” +5:28 ob1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔλεγεν 1 Here Mark implies that the woman was **saying** these things to herself or that she was thinking these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “she was saying to herself” or “she was thinking” +5:28 krs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἅψωμαι κἂν 1 Here, the word **just** indicates that the woman thinks that, to be healed, she does not need to do anything more than **touch** Jesus’ clothes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all I do is touch” or “I can just touch” +5:28 wge2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God will save me” or “he will save me” +5:29 ku4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξηράνθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “dried up” or “ceased” +5:29 c1vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could indicate that is God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God had healed her from the disease” or “Jesus had healed her from the disease” +5:29 fszt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from how she was afflicted” +5:30 zk5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιγνοὺς ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 Here Mark means that Jesus **realized** that power had gone out from him because of something inside him, not because he saw or felt what the woman had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sensed” or “having felt inside” +5:30 ma2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt **the power** going out from him to heal her. However, this does not mean that Jesus no longer had that **power**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the power from him effecting somebody else” or “the power from him healing someone” +5:30 m1si rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that something powerful had happened because of him” or “that how powerful he was had accomplished something” +5:31 pgpc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέπεις τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε 1 By saying this, the disciples were implying that anyone could have touched Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You see the crowd pressing around you, so any one of them might have touched you” +5:31 t31q καὶ λέγεις, τίς μου ἥψατο? 1 Here, the disciples could be: (1) making a statement that quotes Jesus’ question. Alternate translation: “and you are asking, ‘Who touched me?’” (2) asking a rhetorical question that implies that Jesus’ question is unreasonable. Alternate translation: “so why do you say, ‘Who touched me?’” +5:31 qfp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces what Jesus asked in contrast to the situation that he was in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” or “yet” +5:31 cxmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγεις, τίς μου ἥψατο 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “you ask who touched you.” +5:31 l40w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony λέγεις 1 Here the disciples repeat what Jesus said to show that they think this is an unreasonable or silly question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you still say” or “for some reason you say” +5:32 ts64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces what Jesus did in contrast to what the disciples suggested he do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Despite that,” +5:32 x9gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο ποιήσασαν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to touching Jesus’ clothing. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to this action more directly. Alternate translation: “having touched his robe” or “having done the touching” +5:33 e8xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα, εἰδυῖα ὃ γέγονεν αὐτῇ, ἦλθεν 1 Here, the phrase **having known what had happened to her** gives a reason for why the woman behaved as she did. It could most specifically give the reason for why: (1) she **came** to Jesus. Alternate translation: “having become afraid and trembling, came because she knew what had happened to her” (2) she was **afraid** and **trembling**. Alternate translation: “having become afraid and trembling because she knew what had happened to her, came” +5:33 r3a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two terms connected with **and**. The word **trembling** tells how the woman physically experienced being **afraid**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “trembling with fear” or “trembling fearfully” +5:33 uefx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +5:33 fxxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ 1 In the Jesus’ culture, falling down before a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what falling down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated herself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect” +5:33 b6kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “truthfully told him everything” +5:33 b39m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 Here Mark implies that the woman told **the whole truth** about what she had done and what happened to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the whole truth about what she had done” or “the whole truth about the events that had just occurred” +5:34 k971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +5:34 gbk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θυγάτηρ 1 Here Jesus calls the woman **Daughter** to indicate that he cares for her. The word also implies that the woman was younger than Jesus. The woman was not actually Jesus’ daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that an older person would use to show that they care for a younger person. Alternate translation: “My friend” or “Dear woman” +5:34 unp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you believed, and that has caused you to be saved” +5:34 sbvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Jesus speaks of the woman’s **faith** as if it had actively **saved** her. He means that her faith was the necessary condition for the healing that she received from God. Alternate translation: “because of your faith, you have been saved” +5:34 lfh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην 1 This is a way of saying goodbye and giving a blessing at the same time. Alternate translation: “May God give you peace as you go” or “As you go, do not worry anymore,” +5:34 h342 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς εἰρήνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “peacefully” +5:34 d8uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγός σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no longer have your affliction” or “be healthy, without your affliction” +5:34 sgvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγός σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **affliction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from how you were afflicted” +5:35 n9nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus was **still** saying what Mark recorded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He still saying those things” or “He still speaking to the woman” +5:35 gyx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go” +5:35 cxr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔρχονται 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people who were at Jairus’ house. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “people come” +5:35 sau6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 Here, **the synagogue ruler** represents the house of the synagogue ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the synagogue ruler’s home” +5:35 iftj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +5:35 t2wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 The people from Jairus’ house are using the question form to suggest how Jairus should behave. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no need to bother the teacher further.” or “It is useless to bother the teacher further!” +5:35 vqt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον? 1 This question implies that Jesus will not be able to do anything to help, since the girl is dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Since there is nothing more that Jesus can do for you, why make him come to your house” +5:36 r1jw παρακούσας 1 Here, the word translated **having overheard** could mean that Jesus: (1) listened in on the conversation between the messengers and Jairus. Alternate translation: “having listened in on” (2) ignored what the messengers told Jairus. Alternate translation: “having ignored” or “having disregarded” +5:36 edb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον 1 Here, **word** represents what the messengers said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they spoke” or “the news they brought” +5:36 wuej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λαλούμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who came from Jairus’ house. Alternate translation: “that those people spoke” +5:36 q8at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πίστευε 1 Here Jesus implies that Jairus, the **synagogue ruler**, should **believe** in Jesus, specifically that Jesus can help his daughter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “believe in me” or “believe that I can save your daughter” +5:37 g616 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀφῆκεν οὐδένα μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι, εἰ μὴ τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰακώβου 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “he allowed only Peter and James and John the brother of James to accompany him” +5:37 kk98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that Jairus, the synagogue ruler, went with Jesus as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “him and the synagogue ruler” or “him and Jairus” +5:37 pshl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰακώβου 1 Mark never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. See how you expressed the idea in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the younger brother of James” +5:38 nb2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχονται 1 Here Mark implies that Peter, James, John, and Jairus were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they come” or “Jesus, Jairus, and the three disciples come” +5:38 pcgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “he goes” +5:38 flu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys θόρυβον, καὶ κλαίοντας καὶ ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two terms connected with **and**. The phrase **weeping and much wailing** explains what actions created the **commotion**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “a commotion, including weeping and much wailing” or “a commotion caused by weeping and much wailing” +5:38 u8ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαίοντας καὶ ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά 1 The terms **weeping** and **much wailing** mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “very much mourning” or “a great deal of weeping” +5:39 atr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε? τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “The child did not die but is sleeping. So, why are you being disturbed and weeping?” +5:39 a3ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the people who were at the house. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Stop being disturbed and weeping.” or “This is not a time to be disturbed and weeping!” +5:39 p5ah rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive θορυβεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are you making a commotion” or “are you being noisy” +5:39 t35h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θορυβεῖσθε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to many people in the house, the word **you** is plural. +5:39 dzrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ παιδίον 1 Here, the word **child** refers to a very young woman. Mark clarifies in [5:42](../05/42.md) that she was about 12 years old. Use a word or phrase in your language that refers to a girl who is about this age. Alternate translation: “The young girl”\n +5:40 g8k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark is referring to the three disciples (Peter, James, and John) whom Jesus took with him (see [5:37](../05/37.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the three disciples” +5:41 hx3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ! ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον τὸ κοράσιον, σοὶ λέγω ἔγειρε! 1 The phrase **Talitha, koum** is an Aramaic phrase. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he explained what it meant: **Little girl, I say to you, arise**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “‘Talitha, koum!’ which is Aramaic for, ‘Little girl, I say to you, arise.’” +5:41 igcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which we translate as,” +5:42 lfi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα & καὶ ἐξέστησαν εὐθὺς ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ 1 In this verse, Mark introduces some extra information about the **little girl**: **she was 12 years** old. Consider where you might include this information and how you might introduce it. Alternate translation: “And immediately the little girl, who was 12 years, rose up and was walking, and they were immediately astonished with great amazement” or “And immediately the little girl rose up and was walking, and they were immediately astonished with great amazement. Now the little girl was 12 years.” +5:42 edfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέστη 1 Here, the phrase **rose up** indicates both that the girl came back to life and that she stood up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came back to life and got up” +5:42 j8lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces an explanation that indicates that the **little girl** was old enough to walk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “she was able to walk because” or “as a matter of act,” +5:42 pt5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦν & ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 Here Mark means that the **little girl** was **12 years** old. Use whatever form your language commonly uses to indicate how old someone is. Alternate translation: “she had lived 12 years” or “she was 12 years of age” +5:42 m49c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξέστησαν εὐθὺς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they immediately marveled” +5:42 p1dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐξέστησαν εὐθὺς ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ 1 Here, the phrase **astonished with great amazement** means that they were extremely astonished. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were immediately extremely astonished” or “they were immediately totally amazed” +5:42 atv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and greatly amazed” +5:43 po7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them much, ‘No one must know about this’” +5:43 wcr2 μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο 1 Alternate translation: “they should let no one know about this” +5:43 n29k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he said, ‘Something should be given to her to eat’” +5:43 j8ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθῆναι αὐτῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that would be the girl’s parents. Alternate translation: “her parents should give her something” +6:intro kl7n 0 # Mark 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n3. Jesus teaches and performs miracles (3:7–6:6)\n * Jesus teaches in his hometown (6:1–6)\n4. Jesus expands his ministry and encounters opposition (6:7–8:21)\n * Jesus sends out the Twelve (6:7–13)\n * Herod hears about Jesus (6:14–16)\n * Flashback: Herod executes John the Baptist (6:17–29)\n * Jesus feeds 5,000 men (6:30–44)\n * Jesus walks on water (6:45–52)\n * Jesus heals people in the region of Gennesaret (6:53–56)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Jesus’ instructions on how to travel\n\nJesus instructs the disciples not to bring money, food, or extra clothing with them when they travel and preach the good news. Instead, he wants the disciples to rely on the hospitality of people they visit. Make sure that your translation indicates that the disciples should not pack money, food, or extra clothing because they will be staying with people who welcome and provide for them.\n\n### Herod and Herodias\n\nThe man named “King Herod” ([6:14](../06/14.md)) ruled over the area to the northwest of the Sea of Galilee, which is where Jesus spent much of his ministry. Herodias was married to Herod’s brother Philip, and the two of them had a daughter. However, Herodias divorced Philip and married Herod, who had also divorced his previous wife. Since the Jewish law condemned anyone who married his brother’s wife while his brother was still alive (see [Leviticus 20:21](../lev/20/21.md)), John the Baptist rebuked Herod for doing this. It was in response to this rebuke that Herod had John the Baptist put in prison and eventually executed. Make sure that your translation accurately refers to the relationships between Herod, Herodias, and Herodias’ daughter.\n\n### The miracle of multiplying food\n\nIn [6:30–44](../06/30.md), Mark tells a story in which Jesus provides 5,000 men with food. They were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were five loaves of bread and two fish. Despite that, Jesus used the five loaves of bread and the two fish to feed everyone who was there. Mark does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle.\n\n### The miracle of walking on water\n\nIn [6:45–52](../06/45.md), Mark tells a story in which Jesus walks on top of the Sea of Galilee, even though there was a storm. When Jesus climbs into the boat that the disciples were in, the storm miraculously stops. Your translation should not explain exactly how Jesus walked on the water, but it should be clear that Jesus walking on the water and the storm stopping were both miracles.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The flashback to John’s death\n\nIn this chapter, Mark includes a story that happened before the stories that appear before and after it in his narrative. Previously, Mark narrates how Jesus sent out the Twelve ([6:7–13](../06/07.md)). Then, he describes how people, and especially Herod Antipas, respond to Jesus (see [6:14–16](../06/14.md)). Then, to explain how Herod responded to Jesus, Mark includes a story that happened earlier. This type of storytelling is called a flashback. Here, the flashback tells about how John the Baptist died (see [6:17–29](../06/17.md)). In [6:30](../06/30.md), Mark returns to the main narrative and tells what happened after the events recorded in [6:7–13](../06/07.md). Make sure that you use a form that shows your readers that [6:17–29](../06/17.md) is a flashback that describes something that happened previously, and [6:30](../06/30.md) continues with the main narrative. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to his disciples. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 7, 30, 31, 37, 38, 45, 48, and 50. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]]) +6:1 mi7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later,” or “Then” +6:1 lpci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν & ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went** or “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “he came out … goes” +6:1 jcu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the house of Jairus, the synagogue ruler. His house was in the town of Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from Jairus’ house” or “from Capernaum” +6:1 vf56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” +6:2 qu8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ πολλοὶ ἀκούοντες ἐξεπλήσσοντο λέγοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he said and did. Alternate translation: “he astonished many of the ones hearing him, who were saying” or “what he said astonished many of the ones hearing him, who were saying” +6:2 uf10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ πολλοὶ ἀκούοντες 1 Here, the phrase translated **the many ones hearing him** could refer to: (1) the **many** people who were **hearing him**. In this case, all of the **many** people were astonished. Alternate translation: “all the many people hearing him” (2) **many** of the people who were **hearing him**. In this case, not all of the people were astonished. Alternate translation: “many of the ones hearing him” +6:2 xeh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +6:2 bpq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτῳ ταῦτα, καὶ τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τοιαῦται διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι? 1 The people in Jesus’ hometown are using the question form to express their surprise that Jesus has **wisdom** and can do **miracles**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We are surprised to see this one doing these things, and we are surprised that this one has been given the wisdom and such miracles happening by his hands.” or “We have no idea where these things that this one does are from, and we do not know what the wisdom that has been given to this one is, and such miracles happening by his hands!” +6:2 s2jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πόθεν τούτῳ ταῦτα 1 Here, the phrase **From where to this one {are} these things** asks about the source from which **this one**, Jesus, was able to do **these things**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What is the source of these things for this one” or “How is this one able to do these things” +6:2 cpf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τοιαῦται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wisdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how is he as wise as he has been enabled to be, and what are these miracles” +6:2 y4xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ δοθεῖσα τούτῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that someone has given to this one” +6:2 insz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ 1 These people are using **hands** to represent Jesus acting powerfully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by him” or “through his actions” +6:3 s3wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος? καὶ οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 The people are using the question form to show that they know Jesus and his family. They mean that Jesus is just an ordinary person. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “He is only a carpenter, the son of Mary and a brother of James, Joseph, Judas, and Simon. His sisters are here with us.” or “He is only a carpenter! He is the son of Mary a brother of James and Joseph and Judas and Simon! His sisters are right here with us!” +6:3 no4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ τέκτων 1 The word **carpenter** refers to someone who builds things with wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of worker, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the man who builds with wood” or “the construction worker” +6:3 i9qi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἀδελφὸς 1 Jesus was the older **brother** of these men. They were sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, Jesus was actually their half-brother. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “older brother,” you could use it here. +6:3 tlub rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσῆτος & Ἰούδα & Σίμωνος 1 The words **Joses**, **Judas**, and **Simon** are the names of men. +6:3 cxgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ 1 These were Jesus' younger **sisters**. They were daughteres of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-sisters. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger sister,” you could use it here. +6:3 d2g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here Mark speaks as if Jesus were a lump or rock that the people in Jesus’ hometown were stumbling on. He means that these people were offended by him and rejected him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were offended by him” or “they did not listen to him” +6:3 m412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they were stumbling on him” +6:4 b42w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “A prophet is only without honor” +6:4 l436 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν & ἄτιμος 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “has honor” or “is always honored”\n +6:4 yg9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄτιμος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **honor**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonored” or “treated dishonorably” +6:4 y2oa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐν τῇ πατρίδι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses three terms that refer to people who know the **prophet** well. The list starts with the broadest category (**hometown**) and ends with the most specific category (**his house**). If you have three terms that refer to different groups of people who know a person, you could use them here. Alternatively, if it would be clearer for your readers, you could use one or two terms. Alternate translation: “except among his relatives” or “in his hometown and among his family” +6:4 mgbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “among his father, mother, or siblings” +6:5 qajx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἐδύνατο ἐκεῖ ποιῆσαι οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν, εἰ μὴ ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας, ἐθεράπευσεν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only miracles he was able to do there were healing some sick people, having laid his hands on them” +6:5 ystk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἐδύνατο ἐκεῖ ποιῆσαι οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν 1 The words translated **not** and **any** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “he was able to do not even one miracle there” +6:6-7 swqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ ἐθαύμασεν διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν. καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ διδάσκων & καὶ προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοὺς ἀποστέλλειν δύο δύο, καὶ ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν ἀκαθάρτων 1 Here, the clause **he was going around the villages teaching** could be: (1) the end of the story about Jesus visiting his hometown. Alternate translation: “And he was amazed because of their unbelief, and he was going around the villages in a circle teaching. And he calls the Twelve and began to send them out two by two, and he was giving them authority over the unclean spirits” (2) the beginning of the story about how Jesus sent out the twelve disciples. Alternate translation: “And he was amazed because of their unbelief. And he was going around the villages in a circle teaching, and he calls the Twelve and began to send them out two by two, and he was giving them authority over the unclean spirits” +6:6 e1bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθαύμασεν διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was **their unbelief**. Alternate translation: “their unbelief amazed him”\n +6:6 j8mo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they did not believe” +6:6 h8f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς κώμας 1 Here Mark is referring to **the villages** in a specific area. He probably means the area near Nazareth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these villages are in a specific region. Alternate translation: “the villages of that region” +6:6 fs98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς κώμας, κύκλῳ 1 Here, the phrase **in a circle** indicates that Jesus went from village to village in the general pattern of a **circle**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the villages in a circular pattern” or “around the villages, one by one,” +6:7 tdsp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +6:7 fd56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤρξατο αὐτοὺς ἀποστέλλειν 1 Here, the phrase **began to send them out** indicates that Jesus prepared them for when he would **send them out**. The **Twelve** do not actually leave on their mission until [5:12](../05/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “prepared to send them out” or “began to get them ready to send them out” +6:7 d6sx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δύο δύο 1 Here, the phrase **two by two** means that Jesus sent out **the Twelve** in six groups with **two** disciples in each group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in pairs” or “in sets of two” +6:7 ldbv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν ἀκαθάρτων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he was empowering them to control the unclean spirits” +6:8-9 pydl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge καὶ παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον, μὴ ἄρτον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν & ἀλλὰ ὑποδεδεμένους σανδάλια, καὶ μὴ ἐνδύσησθε δύο χιτῶνας 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [6:8](../06/08.md) and [6:9](../06/09.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to put all the negative and positive commands together. Alternate translation: “and he commanded them that they should take nothing for the road—no bread, no bag, no money in the belt—and, ‘You may not wear two tunics.’ However, he allowed them to take a staff and to put on sandals.” +6:8-9 arcb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον, μὴ ἄρτον, μὴ πήραν, μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν & ἀλλὰ ὑποδεδεμένους σανδάλια, καὶ μὴ ἐνδύσησθε δύο χιτῶνας 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation for all these commands. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Take nothing for the road except only a staff—no bread, no bag, no money in the belt—but having put on sandals, and you may not wear two tunics.’” +6:8 k5hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions μηδὲν αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδὸν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only thing they should take for the road was a staff” +6:8 r5so rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁδὸν 1 Here, **road** represents a journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the journey” +6:8 t9a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 Mark is using **bread** to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nothing to eat” +6:8 ykr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πήραν 1 The term **bag** means something a traveler would use to carry things that were needed on a journey. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “knapsack” +6:8 rm8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown εἰς τὴν ζώνην 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would often wrap their money up in long strips of cloth and then tie them around their waists as belts. This was a way to keep the money safe while the people were traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in their money bag” or “to have with you as you travel” +6:8 y56y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὴν ζώνην 1 The word **belt** represents belts in general, not one particular belt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “their belts” +6:9 p4hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations καὶ μὴ ἐνδύσησθε δύο χιτῶνας 1 If you preserved the indirect quotation in the previous clauses, it may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here also. Alternate translation: “and not wearing two tunics” +6:9 g5gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύο χιτῶνας 1 Here Jesus implies that they should bring only one tunic instead of **two**. In other words, they should not bring an extra one in case they needed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a second tunic” or “a spare tunic” +6:10 cbln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσέλθητε εἰς οἰκίαν 1 Here Jesus implies that they **enter** this **house** as a guest who has been invited to stay there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you enter into a house as a guest” or “you are invited to stay at a house” +6:10 icco rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the city or village that the **house** is in. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from that city or village” +6:11 uh18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃς ἂν τόπος μὴ δέξηται 1 Here, **place** represents represents the people who live in that place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “when the people in any place do not receive” +6:11 oa4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευόμενοι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming out” +6:11 b2kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν χοῦν τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 This action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a house or city to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider referring to it here, or you could explain the meaning of the action. Alternate translation: “wash the dirt of that place off your hands” or “shake off the dust that is under your feet to sever your relationship with that place and” +6:11 njlk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Here Jesus implies that the **testimony** indicates that these people are in danger of being punished by God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for a testimony that they will be punished” +6:11 q73q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to testify” +6:11 pkdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Most ancient manuscripts end the verse with the words **for a testimony against them**. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts include another sentence after these words: “Truly I say to you, it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah in the day of judgment than for that city.” This sentence was probably added from [Matthew 10:15](../mat/10/15.md). If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, it is recommended that you use the reading of the ULT. +6:12 qkz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out” +6:12 hqco rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐκήρυξαν ἵνα μετανοῶσιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they proclaimed, ‘You should repent’” +6:12 gkv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μετανοῶσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “everyone should repent” or “men and women should repent” +6:13 bf3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἤλειφον ἐλαίῳ πολλοὺς ἀρρώστους 1 In Jesus’ culture, **anointing** people **with oil** was both a simple medical treatment and also a way to ask God to show favor to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what **anointing** people **with oil** means. Alternate translation: “anointing many sick people with oil to help them” or “anointing many sick people with oil to show God’s blessing” +6:14 ykou rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης 1 Here Mark introduces **King Herod** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Now the ruler over that area was King Herod. And he heard about Jesus”\n +6:14 btoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Sometime later,” +6:14 lyiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρῴδης, φανερὸν γὰρ ἐγένετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because his name became known, King Herod heard about him” +6:14 rzor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **name** represents the person or news about that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he” or “stories about him” +6:14 sx0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐνεργοῦσιν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that John the Baptist had been raised from the dead, and because of this the powers worked in him” +6:14 qzxu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many were saying” or “people were saying” +6:14 ylqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἔλεγον 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **they were saying**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “he was saying.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +6:14 wixk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 These people are implying that Jesus is actually **John the Baptist**, who **has been raised from the dead** and now goes by the name Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “This man Jesus is actually John the Baptist raised from the dead” or “John the Baptist has been raised from the dead and is now called Jesus” +6:14 vxo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 Here, the word** raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has been restored to life” +6:14 ly7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, these people could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised John the Baptist” (2) John himself did it. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist has risen” +6:14 wbgy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 These people are using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to all people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses” +6:14 s0le rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **because of this** introduces the result of what these people think about John being raised from the dead. They think that Jesus has powers because he has already been raised from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he has been raised,” +6:14 emjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐνεργοῦσιν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here these people speak as if **the powers** were people that could work in Jesus. They mean that Jesus is powerful and can do powerful things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has his powers” or “he is very powerful” +6:15 n8sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι Ἠλείας ἐστίν; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι προφήτης, ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “But others were saying that he was Elijah. But others were saying that he was a prophet, like one of the prophets” +6:15 s5cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis προφήτης 1 These people are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a prophet” +6:15 xnin rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here these people are referring to the famous **prophets** who lived many years earlier. There are many stories in the Old Testament about the amazing things these **prophets** did and said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these specific **prophets** more explicitly. Alternate translation: “one of the famous prophets from the Scriptures” or “one of the ancient prophets” +6:16 a5hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, Ἰωάννην οὗτος ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the phrase **this one** refers directly back to **{The one} whom I beheaded, John**. Herod expresses the idea in this way to introduce the person he is talking about and then explain what he thinks has happened to that person. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the phrase **this one** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “The one whom I beheaded, John, has been raised” +6:16 tc0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα, Ἰωάννην οὗτος ἠγέρθη 1 Herod is implying that Jesus is actually **John**, who **has been raised** and now goes by the name Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “This man Jesus is actually the one whom I beheaded, John, who has been raised” or “The one whom I beheaded, John, this one has been raised and is now called Jesus” +6:16 ym2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 Here Herod implies that he had his soldiers behead John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “my soldiers beheaded” or “I had my soldiers behead” +6:16 oidb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὗτος ἠγέρθη 1 See how you expressed the similar phrase in [6:14](../06/14.md). Alternate translation: “has been restored to life” +6:16 n6nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτος ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Herod could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God has raised this one” (2) John himself did it. Alternate translation: “this one has risen” +6:17-18 recp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν & ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [6:17](../06/17.md) and [6:18](../06/18.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reasons why Herod **seized John and bound him in prison** before stating that he did those things. Alternate translation: “For Herod had married Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip. Then, John was saying to Herod, ‘It is not lawful for you to have the wife of your brother.’ So, because of Herodias, Herod himself, having sent, seized John and bound him in prison.” +6:17 ojtd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces background information that tells about how John died. This background information continues in [6:18–29](../06/18.md). In your translation, present this information in a way that makes it clear that this is background information, not the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Now sometime earlier,” or “By this time, John had already died. Here is what happened:” +6:17 kphw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these elements, since the second half of the verse gives reasons for the result that the first half of the verse describes. Alternate translation: “Herod married Herodias, the wife of his brother Philip. Because of her, Herod himself, having sent, seized John and bound him in prison” +6:17 vpr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸς & ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Here Mark implies that **Herod** sent his soldiers to do these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Herod himself, having sent his soldiers, had them seize John and bind him in prison” +6:17 wail rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς & ὁ Ἡρῴδης 1 Mark uses the word **himself** to emphasize how significant it was that **Herod** was the one did these things. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “it was Herod who” or “indeed Herod” +6:17 gimy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Ἡρῳδιάδα, τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 Here Mark introduces **Herodias** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman named Herodias, who was the wife of his brother Philip, because he married her” +6:17 ywv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod married Herodias after she divorced Philip, Herod’s brother. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whom he married after she divorced his brother Philip” or “who had been the wife of his brother Philip, because he married her after she divorced Philip” +6:17 sf6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The word **Philip** is the name of a man. This is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. +6:17 szok rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 It is not certain whether **Philip** was older or younger than Herod, but it is slightly more likely that he was older. So, if you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **Philip** was older. Alternate translation: “his older brother” +6:18 a46w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Herod put John in prison. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “He did that because” +6:18 e2ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to Herod that it was not lawful for him to have the wife of his brother” +6:18 vl4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι & σου 1 Because John is speaking to Herod, the words **you** and **your** are singular. +6:18 psjw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 See how you translated **brother** in [6:17](../06/17.md). Alternate translation: “of your older brother” +6:19-20 lj6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ἡ δὲ Ἡρῳδιὰς ἐνεῖχεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο & ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον, καὶ συνετήρει αὐτόν; καὶ ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ ἠπόρει, καὶ ἡδέως αὐτοῦ ἤκουεν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [6:19](../06/19.md) and [6:20](../06/20.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reasons why Herodias **was not able** to kill John before stating that she was not able to kill him. Alternate translation: “But Herodias was angry with him and was wanting to kill him. But Herod was fearing John, knowing him {to be} a righteous and holy man, and he was keeping him safe, and having heard him, he was much perplexed, yet he was listening to him gladly. So, Herodias was not able to kill him” +6:19 x35v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Here Mark implies that Herodias wanted to send someone to **kill** John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was wanting to have him killed” or “was wanting to have Herod’s soldiers kill him” +6:19 ujer rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces Herodias could actually do in contrast with what she wanted to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” +6:19 ft31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἠδύνατο 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “she was not able to kill him” +6:20 lmbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Herodias was not able to kill John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for something, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “which was because” or “since” +6:20 k13z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνετήρει αὐτόν 1 Here Mark implies that Herod kept John **safe** while he was in jail. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was keeping him safe in prison” +6:20 zcw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants πολλὰ ἠπόρει 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **he was much perplexed**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “he was doing many things.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +6:20 kciv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πολλὰ ἠπόρει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what John said. Alternate translation: “what John said perplexed him much” +6:20 l3mo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 4 Here, the word **and** introduces how Herod listened to John in contrast with how he was **perplexed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “yet” +6:21 l96u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου 1 Here Mark implies that it was **an opportune day** for Herodias to convince Herod to have John executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a good opportunity for Herodias to kill John having come” or “a day having come when it was a good time for Herodias to have Herod execute John” +6:21 m54q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεῖπνον ἐποίησεν 1 Here Mark implies that Herod had his servants make **a dinner**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “had his servants make a dinner” +6:21 vg8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς γενεσίοις αὐτοῦ 1 In some cultures, people celebrate a **birthday**, the day that someone was born. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of celebration, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “for his birthday celebration” or “for celebrations on the anniversary of his birth” +6:21 kxru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **his great ones** refers to the important people in Herod’s court. They were probably high-ranking officials who served under Herod. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his high-ranking courtiers” or “the important people in his court” +6:21 s0y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖς πρώτοις τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 Here, Mark refers to important or respected people as if they were **first**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the respected of Galilee” or “the significant ones of Galilee” +6:21 eouo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς πρώτοις 1 Mark is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean first people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “for the first people” or “for the people who were first” +6:22 mjaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος, καὶ ὀρχησαμένης καὶ ἀρεσάσης τῷ Ἡρῴδῃ καὶ τοῖς συνανακειμένοις & ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 Here Mark introduces Herod’s **daughter** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “a young woman entered. She was his daughter, of Herodias. She danced and pleased Herod and the ones reclining to eat with him, so the king” +6:22 qd9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **his daughter, of Herodias**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the daughter of Herodias herself.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +6:22 a1d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῳδιάδος 1 The phrase translated **his daughter, of Herodias** could indicate that: (1) the young woman, who is not named, was the **daughter** of **Herodias** and so also Herod’s stepdaughter. Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias, Herod’s stepdaughter” (2) the young woman, named Herodias, was the **daughter** of Herod. She had the same name as the woman Herod had married. Alternate translation: “Herod’s daughter Herodias” +6:22 tni8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς συνανακειμένοις 1 In Herod’s culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, at a table when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat with him” or “the ones eating with him” +6:22 cxf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν & τῷ κορασίῳ, αἴτησόν με ὃ ἐὰν θέλῃς, καὶ δώσω σοι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “told the girl that she should him whatever she desired, and he would give it to her” +6:22 mpv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κορασίῳ 1 Here, the word **girl** refers to a woman who has reached puberty but who is still young, probably between 12 and 20 years old. Use a word in your language that refers generally to a young woman who has reached puberty. Alternate translation: “to the young lady” +6:22 jmdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular αἴτησόν & θέλῃς & σοι 1 Because Herod is speaking to the girl, the command **Ask** and the word **you** throughout this verse are singular. +6:23 tvwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτῇ, ὅτι ἐάν με αἰτήσῃς, δώσω σοι, ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “her that if she asked him, he would give it to her, up to half of his kingdom” +6:23 er6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular αἰτήσῃς & σοι 1 Because Herod is speaking to the girl, the word **you** is singular throughout this verse. +6:23 vwbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἕως ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου 1 Herod says **up to half of my kingdom** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that he will definitely give the young woman what she asks for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Herod is making an overstatement, or you could express the idea more generally. Alternate translation: “even if it were up to half of my kingdom” or “no matter how valuable” or “even if it is very difficult to give” +6:24 fn58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθοῦσα 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out” +6:24 b57y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῆς, τί αἰτήσωμαι? ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτίζοντος 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “she asked her mother what she should ask. And her mother said that she should ask for the head of John the Baptist” +6:24 wlxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ μητρὶ αὐτῆς 1 Here Mark implies that **her mother** is Herodias, Herod’s wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to Herodias, her mother” +6:24 skbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτίζοντος 1 The mother is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “You should ask for the head of John the Baptist” +6:24 v8ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτίζοντος 1 Here the mother is implying that the daughter should ask King Herod to behead **John the Baptist** and then present his severed **head** to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The head of John Baptist after he has been beheaded” or “The head of John the Baptist severed from his body” +6:25 caz0 μετὰ σπουδῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **haste**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “quickly” or “hurriedly” +6:25 v2q6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and she said” +6:25 ap2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θέλω ἵνα ἐξαυτῆς δῷς μοι ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Here the woman implies that she wants Herod to have John killed by having his **head** cut off and brought to her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I desire that you would have one of your soldiers at once behead John the Baptist and then give me his head here on a platter” +6:25 h3x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δῷς 1 Because the girl is speaking to Herod, the word **you** is singular. +6:25 icqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πίνακι 1 A **platter** is a large, flat serving dish. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of dish, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate” +6:26 lh9k περίλυπος γενόμενος 1 Alternate translation: “feeling very sorry” +6:26 c1gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 Here Mark indicates two reasons why Herod kept his word. First, he had made **oaths** that he did not want to break. Second, he had promised in front of **the ones reclining to eat with him**, and it would be embarrassing and shameful to break his promise when everyone had heard it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these reasons more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he had used oaths and because the ones reclining to eat with him had heard what he promised” +6:26 gtal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς συνανακειμένους 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, at a table when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. See how you translated this phrase in [6:22](../06/22.md). Alternate translation: “the ones sitting down to eat with him” or “the ones eating with him” +6:26 mu7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἀθετῆσαι αὐτήν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **refuse**. Alternate translation: “had to allow it” or “was compelled to do what she asked” +6:27 xmyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events ἀποστείλας & σπεκουλάτορα, ἐπέταξεν ἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause describes what the king **commanded** before he **sent** the executioner. Alternate translation: “having commanded an executioner to bring his head, sent him off” +6:27 kx53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπεκουλάτορα 1 An **executioner** is a soldier who executes people for his commander. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of soldier, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “one of his soldiers” +6:27 k89i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνέγκαι τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that Herod commanded the executioner to cut off John’s **head** and then **bring** it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to behead John Baptist and then to bring his head” or “to bring the head of John the Baptist severed from his body” +6:28 jeax rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πίνακι 1 See how you translated the word **platter** in [6:25](../06/25.md). Alternate translation: “a tray” or “a large serving plate” +6:28 a2bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κορασίῳ & τὸ κοράσιον 1 See how you translated **girl** in [6:22](../06/22.md). Alternate translation: “to the young lady … the young lady” +6:29 uzl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦλθον 1 Here Mark implies that John’s disciples went to the jail where John had been imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “came to the place where John had been imprisoned” +6:29 k77n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +6:30 u01i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. This event continues the story about how Jesus sent the twelve apostles out to drive out demons and to preach (see [6:7–13](../06/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Make sure that it is clear that Mark is continuing the story from earlier in the chapter. Alternate translation: “Now to return to the story,” or “Now” +6:30 cq4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνάγονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gather together” or “assemble” +6:30 v44x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησαν καὶ ὅσα ἐδίδαξαν 1 The expression **everything, as much as they did and as much as they taught** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “as much as they did and taught” +6:31 o97p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, δεῦτε ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ κατ’ ἰδίαν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, καὶ ἀναπαύσασθε ὀλίγον & ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί, καὶ οὐδὲ φαγεῖν εὐκαίρουν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “And the ones coming and the ones going were many, and they were not even having opportunity to eat. Therefore, he says to them, ‘You yourselves, come by yourselves to a desolate place and rest a little while.’” +6:31 bpmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize that he wants the disciples to come with him. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: “As for you” +6:31 vu17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἐρχόμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντες 1 Here Mark means that many people were visiting the place where Jesus and the disciples were. Many people were visiting and many others were leaving all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the people visiting that place and then leaving” or “the people who were there” +6:31 y7sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐδὲ φαγεῖν εὐκαίρουν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **opportunity**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they could not even find time to eat” or “they were so busy that they could not eat” +6:32 dhhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “they came away” +6:32 exy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῷ πλοίῳ 1 Here, the phrase **the boat** could refer to: (1) a boat, without specifying which one. Alternate translation: “a certain boat” (2) the same boat that Jesus and his disciples used in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “the same boat they had used earlier” +6:33 bi18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν πολλοί 1 The word **many** could go with: (1) just **knew**. Alternate translation: “people saw them leaving, and many people knew” (2) both **saw** and **knew**. Alternate translation: “many saw them leaving and knew” +6:33 yq0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἶδον 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “some saw” or “people who were there saw” +6:33 b5hj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοί 1 Mark is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many people” +6:33 tekx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπέγνωσαν 1 Here Mark could be implying that they **knew**: (1) that Jesus and his disciples were the ones who were **leaving**. Alternate translation: “recognized them” (2) where Jesus and disciples were going. Alternate translation: “realized where they were going” +6:33 ec62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πεζῇ & συνέδραμον ἐκεῖ 1 The expression **on foot** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “they ran there together” +6:33 lxrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν πόλεων 1 Here Matthew refers to the cities near where Jesus and the disciples had been. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from all the cities in that region” or “from all the nearby cities” +6:34 u25j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus came out of the boat in which he and the disciples were sailing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come out of the boat” or “having disembarked” +6:34 t449 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out” +6:34 jdg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὅτι ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they were like sheep not having a shepherd, he had compassion on them” +6:34 sh2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ’ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he sympathized with” +6:34 j1td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὅτι ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 Here Mark compares the people who were there to **sheep** who do not have **a shepherd**. Just as **sheep** without **a shepherd** have no one to lead and take care of them, so the people have no one to lead and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the simile more explicitly. Alternate translation: “because, like sheep without a shepherd, they did not know what to do or where to go” +6:35 sei9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἤδη ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης & ἤδη ὥρα πολλή 1 When Mark says that an **hour** is **much**, he means that it is a time later in the day, probably soon before sunset. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the late afternoon having already arrived … the late afternoon is already here” or “the evening having almost come … the evening is almost here” +6:35 hz4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +6:36 zrnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπόλυσον αὐτούς 1 Because the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the command **Send them away** is singular. +6:36 ruhn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἀπόλυσον αὐτούς 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you send them away” +6:36 essv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τοὺς κύκλῳ ἀγροὺς καὶ κώμας 1 Here, Mark is referring to that whole region by naming its two primary parts, the **countryside** and the **villages**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole surrounding area” +6:37 cxcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus says in a contrast with what the disciples asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +6:37 cts5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀπελθόντες, ἀγοράσωμεν δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους, καὶ δώσομεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν? 1 The disciples are using the question form to show that Jesus’ command is absurd or impossible. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We cannot go away and buy loaves of 200 denarii and give them to them to eat.” or “We could not go away and buy enough loaves to give to them to eat even if we had 200 denarii!” +6:37 c65w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession δηναρίων διακοσίων ἄρτους 1 Here, the disciples are using the possessive form to describe **loaves** that are worth **200 denarii**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “loaves worth 200 denarii” or “loaves with 200 denarii” +6:37 hs21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 The word **denarii** refers to silver coins, each equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “of 200 silver coins” or “of 200 days’ wages” +6:38 rw5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus says in a contrast with what the disciples just implied about how impossible it would be for them to feed everyone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +6:38 b90s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους 1 The word **loaves** refers to loaves of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bread, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread” +6:38 n83x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπάγετε, ἴδετε 1 Here Jesus commands to the disciples to **Go** to where they kept their food and **See** how much they have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Check your supplies and note what you have” or “Go to where you keep your food and see what is there” +6:38 ssyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γνόντες 1 Here Mark implies that they knew how many loaves of bread they had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having known how many loaves they had” +6:38 d7u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πέντε καὶ δύο ἰχθύας 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We have five loaves, and we also have two fish” +6:39 z5pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐπέταξεν αὐτοῖς ἀνακλῖναι πάντας 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) **all** the people who were there. In this case, Jesus directly commanded the crowd **to recline**. Alternate translation: “he commanded the whole crowd to recline” (2) the disciples, who them told **all** the people who were there **to recline**. In this case, Jesus commands the disciples, who command the crowd. Alternate translation: “he commanded the disciples to have all the people recline” +6:39 dfv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτοῖς ἀνακλῖναι πάντας, συμπόσια συμπόσια ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them all, ‘Recline group by group on the green grass’” +6:39 cys0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνακλῖναι 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually **recline**, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “to sit down to eat” or “to get ready to eat” +6:39 rr46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμπόσια συμπόσια 1 Here, the phrase **group by group** indicates that the people were supposed to sit down in many smaller groups of people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in many smaller groups” or “in separate groups” +6:39 xgb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 Mark describes the **grass** as **green** because it was growing and healthy. If your readers would not be familiar with **green grass**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the growing grass” or “the healthy grass”\n +6:40 g8dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέπεσαν 1 See how you translated “recline” in [6:39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “they sat down to eat” or “they got ready to eat” +6:40 e4cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ κατὰ πεντήκοντα 1 The phrase **according to hundreds and according to fifties** refers to the number of people in each of the groups. In other words, some groups had a hundred people in them, and other groups had fifty people in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in groups of 100 people and in groups of 50 people” or “group by group, some with 100 people and some with 50 people” +6:40 wls7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ 1 See how you translated **group by group** in [6:39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “in many smaller groups” or “in separate groups” +6:41 lydm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους & τοὺς ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [6:38](../06/38.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread … the large chunks of bread” +6:41 l8q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 In Jesus’ culture, most people thought that **heaven** was up above the earth. Looking up towards **heaven** was a common posture for someone who was praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a common posture for prayer in your culture, or you could explain the meaning of this posture. Alternate translation: “having raised his arms in prayer” or “having looked up to heaven to pray” +6:41 b1yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλόγησεν 1 Here Mark could be implying that Jesus **blessed**: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed God” or “he praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “he blessed the food” or “he asked God to make the food holy” +6:41 yrv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατέκλασεν τοὺς ἄρτους 1 Here Mark means that Jesus **broke the loaves** of bread in **pieces** so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “divided the loaves into servings” or “broke the loaves into smaller pieces” +6:41 uqzs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **divided the two fish** as he had divided the **loaves** among everyone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the same way he divided the two fish among all” or “he broke the two fish and gave them to his disciples so that they might set them also before all” +6:41 q3mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πᾶσιν 1 Mark is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the people who were there. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “among all of them” +6:42 szop rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔφαγον πάντες 1 The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they all ate** refers to the crowds who were there. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds all ate” or “all the groups of people ate” +6:42 wi2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full” +6:43 rw83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰχθύων 1 Here Mark means that they filled the baskets with the leftovers from the meal, including **broken pieces** of bread and pieces **from the fish**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the broken pieces of bread and parts of fish, the fillings of 12 baskets” or “the leftover pieces of bread and fish, the fillings of 12 baskets” +6:43 bsvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe **fillings** that consisted of **baskets** that were stuffed with **broken pieces**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “enough to fill 12 baskets” or “which filled up 12 baskets” +6:43 bjou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fillings**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “12 baskets full” +6:43 u5ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 The word **baskets** refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of 12 boxes” or “of 12 containers” +6:44 deov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ 1 Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,” +6:44 v4m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [6:38](../06/38.md). Alternate translation: “the large chunks of bread” +6:44 t68v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοὺς ἄρτους 1 Mark is using **loaves** to represent all the food that they ate, including the bread and the fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the food” or “the loaves and the fish” +6:44 u413 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦσαν & πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 Here Mark indicates that **5,000 men** ate the food that Jesus provided. He does not state whether there were other people there. If possible, use a phrase that refers to **5,000 men** without implying whether other people were there. If you must imply or state whether other people were there, you could: (1) indicate that there were women and children there who were not counted. Alternate translation: “were 5,000 men, and there were women and children there too” (2) indicate that only these men ate the food. Alternate translation: “were the 5,000 men who were there” +6:45 s6yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ εὐθὺς 1 Here, the phrase **And immediately** introduces the next major event in the story. Mark implies that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” +6:45 o3wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Here Mark implies that the disciples are sailing **to the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “across the sea to the opposite side” +6:45 y3ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 The word **Bethsaida** is the name of a town. It was located on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. +6:46 hedu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the crowd that had eaten the bread and fish. Alternate translation: “to the crowd” (2) the disciples. Alternate translation: “to the disciples” +6:46 fovx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸ ὄρος 1 Mark does not clarify what **mountain** this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small mountain without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain” +6:47 ff7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀψίας γενομένης 1 Mark indicated that it was late in the day earlier in the story (see [6:35](../06/35.md)). Here, he uses a similar phrase but implies that it was later on in the evening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes a time later than the time described in [6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “when it was even later in the evening” or “further into the evening”\n +6:47 wczi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πλοῖον 1 Here Mark implies that **the boat** has the disciples in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the boat with the disciples inside” +6:48 a0u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result αὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν, ἦν γὰρ ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς; καὶ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “that the wind was against them and so they were being tormented as they rowed,” +6:48 bz2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the wind. Alternate translation: “the wind tormenting them” +6:48 co87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βασανιζομένους 1 Here Mark refers to how hard the disciples were working to row the boat against the wind as if they were **being tormented**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “working very hard” or “making almost no progress” +6:48 cd73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν 1 When people row a boat, they stick long, flat pieces of wood, called oars, into the water and push or pull so that the boat moves. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of making a boat move, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “as they pushed the boat along with oars” or “as they worked to move the boat” +6:48 k087 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν & ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς 1 When**wind** is **against** people in a boat, that means that it is blowing directly opposite to the direction in which the boat is traveling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the wind was opposite to the direction they were sailing” or “the wind was blowing directly against them” +6:48 g7ka rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown περὶ τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς 1 Here, the phrase **about the fourth watch of the night** refers to the period of time between 3:00 AM and 6:00 AM. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to this period of time. Alternate translation: “in the last part of the night” or “shortly before dawn” +6:48 nbw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “he goes” +6:48 wpbk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here Mark means that Jesus was miraculously **walking** on the surface of **the sea**. He did not sink into the water. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea” +6:48 b0vo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς 1 Here, the clause **he was wishing to pass by them** could indicate that: (1) Jesus intended to walk past them. Alternate translation: “he intended to pass them by” (2) it looked like Jesus was going to walk past them. Alternate translation: “he was about to pass by them” or “it looked like he was going to pass by them” +6:49-50 pi8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge οἱ, δὲ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντα, ἔδοξαν ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν, καὶ ἀνέκραξαν & πάντες γὰρ αὐτὸν εἶδον, καὶ ἐταράχθησαν & ὁ δὲ εὐθὺς ἐλάλησεν μετ’ αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ εἰμι; μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [6:49](../06/49.md) and [6:50](../06/50.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to give all the reasons why the disciples **cried out** before stating that they **cried out**. Alternate translation: “But they, having seen him walking on the sea, thought that he is a ghost. In fact, they all saw him and were troubled. So, they cried out. But immediately he spoke with them and says to them, ‘Take courage! It is I! Do not be afraid!’” +6:49 go9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +6:49 ddd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης περιπατοῦντα 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:48](../06/48.md). Alternate translation: “walking on the surface of the sea” or “miraculously walking on top of the sea” +6:49 xa2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔδοξαν ὅτι φάντασμά ἐστιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “thought, ‘He is a ghost,’” +6:49 e4o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φάντασμά 1 Here, the word **ghost** refers to a spiritual or supernatural being that people see. In Jesus’ culture, when people saw a **ghost**, they usually assumed that something bad was going to happen. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of unusual experience, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an apparition” or “some powerful and dangerous being” +6:50 lr8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples cried out (see [6:49](../06/49.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for an action, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “because” or “which they did because” +6:50 xph7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐταράχθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were very nervous” or “were very anxious” +6:50 st68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἐλάλησεν μετ’ αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 The expression **spoke with them and says to them** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “says to them” or “spoke to them” +6:50 et5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θαρσεῖτε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” +6:51 vfo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo λείαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο 1 The expression **they were very amazed within themselves** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “they were very amazed” +6:51 s26w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λείαν & ἐξίσταντο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they marveled very much” +6:52 etr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation about why the disciples reacted the way they did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “They were so amazed because” or “They responded like that since” +6:52 m53m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ & συνῆκαν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 Here Mark implies that they **did not understand** what Jesus’ miracle with **the loaves** indicated about him. In other words, when Jesus fed many people with just five **loaves**, it meant that he was a very powerful, special person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they did not understand what it meant when Jesus fed many people with the five loaves” or “they did not realize the significance of the miracle Jesus had performed with the loaves” +6:52 e5uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς ἄρτοις 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [6:38](../06/38.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread” +6:52 ufmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast τοῖς ἄρτοις ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces what was true about the disciples (they had hard hearts) in contrast with what they should have done (**understand about the loaves**). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **but** untranslated. Alternate translation: “the loaves; instead,” +6:52 t1qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 Here, Mark is speaking of the disciples’ **heart** as if it **were having been hardened**. He means that the disciples were stubborn and refused to listen and learn. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were being stubborn” or “they were unwilling to pay attention” +6:52 lxd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that it was the disciples themselves. Alternate translation: “their hearts had become hard” or “they had hardened their hearts” +6:52 m7yv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts” +6:53 twem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διαπεράσαντες 1 Mark implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having crossed over the lake” +6:53 bxnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went” +6:53 p316 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Γεννησαρὲτ 1 The word **Gennesaret** could refer to: (1) a region on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the area called Gennesaret” (2) a small town on the northwest side of the Sea of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the village of Gennesaret” +6:53 p79w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown προσωρμίσθησαν 1 When people anchor a boat, they fasten it securely to something solid so that it cannot float away. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of action, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “pulled the boat up on the shore” or “tied the boat to something on the shore” or “secured the boat there” +6:54 xlpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντων 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out” +6:55 d9k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns περιέδραμον & ἤρξαντο & ἤκουον 1 Here, the pronoun **they** in the phrase **they ran** refers to the people who recognized Jesus. The pronoun **they** in the phrases **they began** and **they were hearing** refer to people who lived throughout **that whole region**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people there ran throughout … those who lived in that region began … they were hearing” +6:55 ufvx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς κραβάττοις 1 The word **mats** refers to portable beds that could also be used to transport a person. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of bed, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “their stretchers” +6:55 rcq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐπὶ τοῖς κραβάττοις τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 The pronoun **their** refers to **the ones having sickness**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the ones having sickness on their mats” +6:55 svpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the sick people” +6:55 f5s2 ὅπου ἤκουον ὅτι ἐστίν 1 Alternate translation: “wherever they were hearing that Jesus had gone” +6:55 afpm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἤκουον ὅτι ἐστίν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were hearing, ‘He is there’” +6:56 bqzf εἰς κώμας, ἢ εἰς πόλεις, ἢ εἰς ἀγροὺς 1 Alternate translation: “into little towns or into big towns or into rural areas” +6:56 gi6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐτίθεσαν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “men and women were placing” +6:56 eh2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 The word **marketplaces** refers to large, open-air areas where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the town squares” or “the parks” +6:56 y6hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παρεκάλουν & ἅψωνται 1 The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they might touch** refers to **the ones being sick**. The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they were begging** could refer to: (1) **the ones being sick**. Alternate translation: “these sick people were begging … they might touch” (2) the people who were **placing the ones being sick in the marketplaces**. Alternate translation: “the people who placed the sick people there were begging … the sick people might touch” +6:56 k4tq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτὸν ἵνα κἂν τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται; καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please let us even touch the edge of your garment.’ And” +6:56 gsdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἂν & ἅψωνται 1 Here, the word **even** indicates that these people think that, to be healed, they do not need to do anything more than touch Jesus’ garment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all they might do is touch” or “they could only touch” +6:56 zo6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅσοι ἂν ἥψαντο αὐτοῦ ἐσῴζοντο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that was God or Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “God was healing as many as touched it” or “Jesus was healing as many as touched it” +6:56 cir0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 2 Here, the word translated **it** could: (1) refer to a thing, in this case **the edge** of Jesus’ garment. Alternate translation: “the edge of his garment” (2) refer to a person, in this case Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “him” +7:intro vq1j 0 # Mark 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n4. Jesus expands his ministry and encounters opposition (6:7–8:21)\n * Argument with the Pharisees and scribes about washing hands (7:1–13)\n * Jesus teaches about what defiles people (7:14–23)\n * Jesus meets a Canaanite woman (7:24–30)\n * Jesus heals a man who is deaf and can barely speak (7:31–37)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [7:6–7](../07/06.md), which is a quote from [Isaiah 29:13](../isa/29/13.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “tradition of the elders”\n\nThe “tradition of the elders” included interpretations of Moses’ law that Jewish religious leaders had developed and passed down to their disciples, and they to their disciples. These interpretations explained what specific laws meant and how to obey them. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for specific interpretations of the law that he disagreed with. In this chapter, Jesus and the Pharisees argue about washing hands, honoring parents, and giving gifts to God. When you translate the phrase “tradition of the elders,” use a form that refers to teachings that teachers pass down to their students. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tradition]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/elder]])\n\n### Washing hands before eating\n\nIn [7:5](../07/05.md), the scribes and Pharisees rebuke Jesus for failing to have his disciples wash their hands before eating. One of the traditions that the Pharisees followed was a requirement that people wash their hands before eating. They did this to make their hands ceremonially clean, not primarily to clean off dirt. Make sure that your translation indicates that Jesus and the Pharisees are debating about ceremonial or ritual washing, not washing off dirt.\n\n### The gift for God\n\nIn [7:10–13](../07/10.md), Jesus rebukes the Pharisees for allowing people to promise to give something to God instead of using it to help their parents. Jesus is not saying that giving things to God is wrong. Instead, he is saying that honoring one’s parents is one of the most important commandments that God gave, and no tradition should prevent people from honoring their parents. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Things that go in and out of people\n\nIn [7:14–23](../07/14.md), Jesus speaks about things that are outside people and that go into them, and he speaks about things that are inside people and come out of them. When he speaks about things that are outside people and go into them, he is referring more specifically to food and drink. He teaches that these things do not make people unclean. When he speaks about things that are inside people and go out of them, he is referring more specifically to people’s thoughts and desires that lead to actions. He teaches that these things do make people unclean. Since Jesus explains what he means when he refers to things going in and out of people, if possible preserve the movement and location language.\n\n### Feeding little dogs\n\nIn [7:27](../07/27.md), Jesus tells the Canaanite woman that it is not right to give food that is meant for children to little dogs. In [7:28](../07/28.md), the woman responds that little dogs eat the little bits of food that fall down from what the children are eating. The children represent Jews, and the little dogs represent non-Jews. The food represents things that Jesus does for people. What Jesus means is that he is supposed to do things for Jews first, before he does things for non-Jews. What the woman means is that what she is asking Jesus to do is unimportant enough that he can do it without taking away from what he does for Jews. If possible, do not directly express the meaning of what Jesus and the woman say about little dogs, but make sure that your translation can naturally imply this meaning.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 5, 18, 28, 32, and 34. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### Verse 16\n\nSome of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [7:16](../07/16.md). Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.” Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +7:1-2 wd6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων & καὶ ἰδόντες τινὰς τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ὅτι κοιναῖς χερσίν, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις, ἐσθίουσιν τοὺς ἄρτους 1 Here, verse 2 could: (1) begin a sentence that continues in verse 5, after being interrupted by explanatory information in verses 3–4. See the ULT. (2) end the sentence that began in verse 1. In this case, the explanatory information in verses 3–4 stands by itself, and a new sentence begins in verse 5. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the dash at the end of verse 4 and start a new sentence at the beginning of verse 5. Alternate translation: “And the Pharisees and some of the scribes are being gathered to him, having come from Jerusalem and having seen some of his disciples, that they eat bread with defiled hands, that is, unwashed.” (3) be a sentence fragment that stands by itself, with the implication being that the Pharisees disapproved of what they saw. In this case, the explanatory information in verses 3–4 stands by itself, and a new sentence begins in verse 5. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the dash at the end of verse 4 and start a new sentence at the beginning of verse 5. Alternate translation: “And the Pharisees and some of the scribes, having come from Jerusalem, are being gathered to him. And having seen some of his disciples, that they eat loaves with defiled hands, that is, unwashed, they disapproved of that.” +7:1 b9ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave And untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,” +7:1 e2ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες τῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 Here Mark could be implying that: (1) both **the Pharisees** and **the scribes** came **from Jerusalem**. Alternate translation: “having come from Jerusalem, the Pharisees and some of the scribes are being gathered to him” (2) only **the scribes** came **from Jerusalem**. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees and some of the scribes who came from Jerusalem are being gathered to him” +7:1 j32n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +7:1 ye06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνάγονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are gathering” or “are coming together” +7:2 ea9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἰδόντες τινὰς τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ὅτι & ἐσθίουσιν 1 Here, the phrase **that they eat** refers directly back to the phrase **some of his disciples**. Mark expresses the idea in this way to introduce whom the Pharisees and scribes saw and then explain what they saw them doing. If referring to who were seen and then referring back to them with the phrase **that they eat** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “having seen some of his disciples eating” +7:2 a7xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐσθίουσιν τοὺς ἄρτους 1 The Pharisees and scribes are using **loaves** to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they eat their meals” +7:2 tmyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κοιναῖς χερσίν, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις 1 Here Mark explains that **defiled hands** are hands that are **unwashed**. Consider how you might include an explanation like this. Alternate translation: “with unwashed hands, which are defiled” or “with defiled—that is to say, unwashed—hands” +7:3 mj6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 Here Mark introduces background information that will help readers understand why the Pharisees and scribes are interested in whether Jesus’ disciples wash their hands. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “that was important to them because” or “now you should know that” +7:3 bj69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & Φαρισαῖοι καὶ πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here Mark mentions **the Pharisees** separately because they follow this **tradition** particularly strictly. He does not mean that **the Pharisees** are not **Jews**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees and all the rest of the Jews” or “especially the Pharisees, but also all the Jews,” +7:3 dvgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Mark says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of the Jews” or “very many Jews” +7:3 q9xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ πυγμῇ νίψωνται τὰς χεῖρας οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only eat if they have washed their hands with a fist” +7:3 hz8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πυγμῇ 1 Here, the phrase **with a fist** refers to a specific way of washing one’s hands. It could refer to the position of the hands during washing, how much of the hands were washed, or how much water was used. Since scholars are not sure exactly what the phrase indicates, you could use a general term that indicates that this was a special washing for ceremonial or ritual purposes. Alternate translation: “ceremonially” or “in the proper way” +7:3 x0b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, the Pharisees and scribes are using the possessive form to describe a **tradition** that came from **the elders**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the tradition given to us by the elders” or “the tradition handed down to us by the elders” +7:3 lj2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tradition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what the elders taught them” +7:3 ij02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here, the word **elders** refers to respected ancestors whose teaching is trusted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the ancestral teachers” or “of our respected forefathers” +7:4 jspb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀγορᾶς ἐὰν μὴ βαπτίσωνται οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν 1 Here Mark could be indicating that the Pharisees and other Jews: (1) **do not eat** anything unless they **baptize** themselves when they return home **from the marketplace**. Alternate translation: “returning from the marketplace, they do not eat unless they baptize themselves” (2) **do not eat** what they brought home **from the marketplace** unless they **baptize** it first. Alternate translation: “they do not eat anything from the marketplace unless they baptize it” +7:4 zieq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀγορᾶς 1 See how you translated **marketplace** in [6:56](../06/56.md). Alternate translation: “a town square” or “a park” +7:4 guwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ βαπτίσωνται οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only eat if they have baptized” +7:4 sdg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλα πολλά ἐστιν ἃ παρέλαβον κρατεῖν 1 Here Mark is referring to **many other** traditions that the Pharisees and other Jews **received** from the elders and **hold to**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “there are many other traditions that they received from the elders and that they hold to” +7:4 d3qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων 1 The terms **cups**, **pitchers**, and **copper vessels** all refer to containers that people would use for making, serving, and storing food. Mark is using the three terms together to refer to many different kinds of containers like these. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could refer to many different kinds of containers by using only one or two terms. Alternate translation: “of various dishes” or “of pots and pans” +7:4 qhd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξεστῶν 1 A **pitcher** is a container for holding liquids. This specific type of container could hold about half a liter, or about one pint. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “jugs” +7:4 x44f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χαλκίων 1 Here, the word translated as **copper vessels** refers to any household container made from **copper** or copper alloys such as brass or bronze. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “metal serving dishes” or “bronze pots” +7:4 wa3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants χαλκίων 1 Some ancient manuscripts do not include any other items after the **copper vessels**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add the phrase “and beds” after the words **copper vessels**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +7:5 tn2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 Make sure that your translation fits with how you chose to express the relationship between this verse, the explanatory information in verses 3–4, and the statement in verse 2. See the note at the beginning of this chapter on verses 1–2. +7:5 et51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ κοιναῖς χερσὶν ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον? 1 The Pharisees and the scribes are using the question form to rebuke Jesus for what his disciples are doing. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples should walk according to the tradition of the elders, and they should not eat bread with unwashed hands.” or “We are shocked that your disciples do not walk according to the tradition of the elders, instead eating bread with unwashed hands!” +7:5 hts4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Here the Pharisees and the scribes speak of behavior in life as if it were walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do your disciples not behave according to the tradition of the elders” or “do your disciples not live according to the tradition of the elders” +7:5 wtli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 Because the Pharisees and the scribes are talking to Jesus, the word **your** is singular. +7:5 g2ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the tradition given to us by the ancestral teachers” or “what the respected forefathers taught us” +7:5 ugom rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces what the disciples actually did in contrast with what the Pharisees and the scribes thought that they should have done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave but untranslated. Alternate translation: “but instead” +7:5 j7ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον 1 The Pharisees and scribes are using **bread** to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they eat their meals” +7:6 ae1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +7:6 bf9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλῶς 1 Here, the word **well** indicates that what **Isaiah prophesied** accurately describes the scribes and the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “accurately” or “truly” +7:6-7 oavh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὡς γέγραπται, ὅτι οὗτος ὁ λαὸς τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ & μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με, διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “As it is written, God said that this people honors him with their lips, but their heart is far away from him. But they worship him in vain, teaching as doctrines commandments of men.” +7:6 khhl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὡς γέγραπται 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Isaiah 29:13](../isa/29/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “He wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “As he said” +7:6 j26f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ὁ λαὸς 1 Here, the phrase **This people** refers to the Israelites about whom Isaiah was speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The Israelites honor” or “These Jewish people” +7:6 czz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns με & ἐμοῦ 1 Here, both uses of the word **me** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “me, their God, … me” +7:6 ep7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῖς χείλεσίν 1 Here, **lips** represent someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with their speech” or “with their words”\n +7:6 xtab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Isaiah speaks as if the Israelites’ **heart** were **far away** from God. He means that they do not think about God or want to obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if their hearts were far away from me” or “they do not want to serve me”\n +7:6 zgt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their hearts are far away” +7:6 vxlk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & καρδία αὐτῶν 1 In the author’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “their mind” or “their thinking” +7:7 etib rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next idea in the quotation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” +7:7 e0s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διδάσκοντες 1 Here, the word **teaching** introduces a reason why their worship is **in vain**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “since they teach” +7:7 uc2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **doctrines** and **commandments**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as authoritative what men have commanded” +7:7 sfvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe **commandments** that are given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things commanded by men” +7:7 pnq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Isaiah is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of people” +7:8 cusf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀφέντες 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the commandment of God** were a place that the scribes and Pharisees could leave. He means that they have stopped obeying **the commandment of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Having abandoned” or “Having stopped obeying” +7:8 bg0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **commandment** that came from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the commandment given by God” or “the commandment we received from God” +7:8 iltj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded us” +7:8 wn0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **tradition** that came from **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the tradition handed down by men” or “the tradition you received from men” +7:8 hnw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tradition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what men teach” +7:8 bw32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of people” +7:8 gxi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Some ancient manuscripts do not include any words in this verse after the phrase **of men**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add the words “washings of pitchers and cups and many other similar such things you do” after the words **of men**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +7:9 e3qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony καλῶς ἀθετεῖτε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν τηρήσητε 1 Here Jesus says that the scribes and Pharisees do something **well** when he thinks that they are actually doing something wrong. He speaks in this way in order to make a point. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition” or “you should not reject the commandment of God so that you may keep your tradition” +7:9 jqnt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ & τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **commandment** and **tradition**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what God commanded us … what you were taught” +7:9 j9po rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **commandment** that came from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the commandment given by God” or “the commandment we received from God” +7:9 t4hw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τηρήσητε 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **you may keep**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “you may establish.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +7:10 p1q0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of how the scribes and Pharisees reject God’s law. This explanation continues in [7:11–13](../07/11.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Here is how you do that:” or “What I mean is that” +7:10 ulzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς & εἶπεν 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The first quotation could be from [Exodus 20:12](../exo/20/12.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:16](../deu/05/16.md). The second quotation could be from [Exodus 21:17](../exo/21/17.md) or [Leviticus 20:9](../lev/20/09.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a quotation from an important text, and you could include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote in the law” or “as you can read in the Scriptures, Moses said” +7:10 d4sd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου; καί, ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that all people should honor their father and their mother and that everyone speaking evil of his father or mother should end in death.”\n +7:10 vdg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular τίμα & σου & σου 1 Since God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command **Honor** and the words **your** and **your** are singular. +7:10 ogpv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one speaking evil of his father or mother, he should end in death” or “Anyone who speaks evil of his father or mother must end in death” +7:10 ypvx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ κακολογῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The one saying evil things about” +7:10 vcx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations πατέρα ἢ μητέρα & τελευτάτω 1 Although the terms **his** and **him** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of one’s own father or mother, let that person end” +7:10 b9yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 Here, the phrase **end in death** means that the person is killed or executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him be put to death” or “let him be killed” +7:11-12 ras6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ἐὰν εἴπῃ ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, κορβᾶν, (ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον), ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς & οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί 1 Here Jesus quotes the scribes and Pharisees using a hypothetical or imaginary situation to help explain what would happen **if a man says to his father or his mother** that anything he might have given them is **Corban**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical or imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “But you say, ‘Suppose that a man says to his father or his mother, “Whatever you might have benefited from me is Corban”’ (that is, a gift). In that case, you no longer permit him to do anything for his father or his mother” +7:11 sswz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ἐὰν εἴπῃ ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, κορβᾶν, (ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον), ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς, 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or his mother that whatever they might have benefited from him is Corban (that is, a gift)” +7:11 ycru rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the scribes and Pharisees allow in contrast to what God commanded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “Despite that,” +7:11 nhii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations εἴπῃ ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί 1 Although the terms **man**, **his**, and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a person says to his or her father or mother” +7:11 ax49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 Here, the phrase **Whatever you might have benefited from me** refers to money or goods that children might give to their parents when they need help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Whatever I might have given to help you” or “Anything you might have received from me” +7:11 i49n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὠφεληθῇς 1 Because the man are talking to his father or his mother, the word **you** is singular. +7:11 cd57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate κορβᾶν 1 The word **Corban** is a Hebrew word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Mark states what this word means at the end of the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language. +7:11 ev2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κορβᾶν & ὅ ἐστιν δῶρον 1 Here Mark provides an explanation of what **Corban** means. Use a form that shows that Mark is explaining what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “is Corban’”—which means a gift—” or “is Corban’” (which can be translated as “gift”)” +7:11 nuk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δῶρον 1 Here Mark implies that the person is giving something as a **gift** to God. Because of that, the person will not give it to his or her parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a gift for God” or “a gift to God only” +7:12 dyx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκέτι ἀφίετε αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι 1 The words translated **no longer** and **anything** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “you permit him to do nothing any longer” or “you certainly do not permit him to do anything any longer” +7:12 o66s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτὸν & τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί 1 Although the terms **him**, **his**, and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “that person … for his or her father or mother” +7:13 kmww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀκυροῦντες 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the word of God** were an object that people could set aside. He means that they are ignoring **the word of God** and treating it like it is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “nullifying” or “ignoring” +7:13 i349 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **word** to refer to the commands that God gave using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God said” or “God’s command” +7:13 ifh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ παραδόσει ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tradition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by what you received” +7:13 fg2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρεδώκατε 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the tradition** were a physical object that the scribes and Pharisees had **handed down** to others. He means that they taught people to observe **the tradition**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you instructed” or “you told to other people” +7:15 gk5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν & ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are **outside the man** and enter **into him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Since the disciples ask about the meaning of this saying in [7:17](../07/17.md), include as little implied information as possible. Alternate translation: “no food or drink, entering into him” or “nothing outside the man, being eaten by him” +7:15 y6ws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν & αὐτόν & τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the terms **man** and **him** throughout the verse are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person … him or her … him or her … the person … the person” +7:15 nneo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 The phrase **the man** throughout this verse represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a person … a person … that person” +7:15 ms5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενά 1 Here Jesus is referring to words and deeds, which are what **come out from** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Since the disciples ask about the meaning of this saying in [7:17](../07/17.md), include as little implied information as possible. Alternate translation: “the words and deeds that come out from the man” or “the things that the man says and does” +7:15 f380 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευόμενά 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “that go out” +7:16 p6fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The note below discusses translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. +7:16 y48u Εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω 1 See how you translated the similar sentence in [4:9](../04/09.md). +7:17 cfzl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰσῆλθεν 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, entered” +7:17 l7d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 Here Mark implies that when Jesus **entered into a house**, he was avoiding or getting away from **the crowd**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “where they were not with the crowd” or “to avoid the crowd” +7:17 vkui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὴν παραβολήν 1 Here the disciples ask Jesus to explain **the parable** about things that go into and out of a person (see [7:15](../07/15.md)). Alternate translation: “the parable about what goes into a person” +7:18 z8w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples for how they still do not understand what he is saying. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I can tell that you also are without understanding.” or “I am amazed that you also do not understand!” +7:18-19 txj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐ δύναται αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι & ὅτι οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to remind his disciples about what happens to the food that people eat. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should already understand that everything that enters into the man from outside is not able to defile him, because it does not go into his heart, but into the stomach, and passes out into the latrine (making all foods clean).” or “You already know that everything that enters into the man from outside is not able to defile him, because it does not go into his heart, but into the stomach, and passes out into the latrine (making all foods clean)!” +7:18 yqve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here Jesus is referring to food and drink, which are **outside** a person and enter **into the man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar words in [7:15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “all food and drink, entering into him,” or “everything outside the man, being eaten by him,” +7:18 h4nr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον & αὐτὸν 1 Although the terms **man** and **him** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person … him or her” +7:18 wda0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 The phrase **the man** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a person” +7:19 dtx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, the word **because** introduces an explanation about why nothing from outside a person can defile that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **because** untranslated. Alternate translation: “for” or “and that is because” +7:19 e710 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “it does not come” +7:19 h4sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν 1 The phrases **his heart** and **the stomach** represent people’s hearts and stomachs in general, not one particular heart and stomach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “into a person’s heart but into a person’s stomach” +7:19 y2cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὴν καρδίαν 1 In Jesus’ culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “into his head” or “into his mind”\n +7:19 kgu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her” +7:19 qlbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται 1 Jesus is referring to the process of expelling and removing feces and urine in a polite way by using the phrase **passes out into the latrine**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “is evacuated from the bowels” or “passes out of the body as waste” +7:19 ifcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα 1 A **latrine** is a place where people expel and remove feces and urine. If your readers would not be familiar with this word, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the bathroom” or “the water closet” +7:19 hm98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα & καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 Here, the phrase **cleansing all foods** is Mark’s explanation of the implication of what Jesus has said. He means that Jesus’ teaching indicates that **all foods** are clean. If it would be helpful in your language, you make that idea more explicit. Make sure that you use a form that shows that this phrase is not part of what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “the latrine?’ So, Jesus cleansed all foods.” or “the latrine?’ Now that implies that all foods are clean.” +7:20 rihs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” or “After that,” +7:20 fvew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο 1 Here, the word **that** refers directly back to **What is coming out from the man**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce the topic he is sepaking about and then explain what he wants to say about that topic. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **that** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “What is coming out from the man”\n +7:20 r12p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκπορευόμενον 1 Here Jesus is referring to words and deeds, which are what **is coming out from** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar words in [7:15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “The words and deeds that come out from the man” or “The things that the man says and does” +7:20 zu40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευόμενον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “is going out” +7:20 hesw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine throughout this verse, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person … the person” +7:20 r7yp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 The phrase **the man** throughout this verse represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a person … that person” +7:21 u74o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse about how what comes out from a person is what defiles that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “I say that because” +7:21 chkk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In Jesus’ culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think, feel, and desire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think, feel, and desire in your culture, or you could express the idea plainly. See how you translated **heart** in [7:19](../07/19.md). Alternate translation: “from the head of men” or “from the mind of men” or “from what men think and desire” +7:21 nwik rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῆς καρδίας 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “the hearts”\n +7:21 pycp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” +7:21 cb8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορεύονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go out” +7:21 wi9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκπορεύονται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if evil deeds and desires **go out** from the inside of a person. He means that these evil deeds and desires have their origin from the person, not from anything outside the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spring” or “originate” +7:21-22 eey1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ & πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι & μοιχεῖαι, πλεονεξίαι, πονηρίαι, δόλος, ἀσέλγεια, ὀφθαλμὸς, πονηρός, βλασφημία, ὑπερηφανία, ἀφροσύνη 1 If your language does not use nouns for some or all of the ideas in this list, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “evil things that people do, including evil thinking, acting in sexually immoral ways, stealing things, murdering, acting in adulterous ways, desiring what others have, doing what is wicked, deceiving people, acting in sensual ways, having an evil eye, blaspheming, being prideful, and being foolish”\n +7:22 ho3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀσέλγεια 1 The word **sensuality** describes behavior that is unrestrained and that is unacceptable according to common standards. Often, this word refers especially to the act of indulging in unacceptable sexual behavior. If your readers would not be familiar with this category, you could use the name of a similar category in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “sexual self-indulgence” or “shameful sexual behavior” +7:22 g1el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀφθαλμὸς, πονηρός 1 The phrase **an evil eye** describes someone who is jealous or envious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “jealousy” or “envy” +7:23 l4by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πάντα ταῦτα τὰ πονηρὰ ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evils**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “People do all these evil things because of what is within” +7:23 gq36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορεύεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go out” +7:23 nm4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκπορεύεται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if evil deeds and desires **go out** from **within** a person. He means that these evil deeds and desires have their origin from the person, not from anything outside the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [7:21](../07/21.md). Alternate translation: “spring” or “originate”\n +7:23 uwxa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “from within a person” +7:23 a51m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the person” +7:23 q2c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 The word the **man** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a person” +7:24 k9bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +7:24 xyh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the word **there** refers to the region of Gennesaret (see [6:53](../06/53.md)), which is where Jesus was teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from where he was” or “from Gennesaret” +7:24 r0lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀπῆλθεν 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went away” +7:24 nm7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came away” +7:24 og69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσελθὼν εἰς οἰκίαν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **entered** this **house** as a guest who had been invited to stay there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having entered into a house as a guest” or “having been invited to stay at a house” +7:24 hcyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γνῶναι 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus did not want people **to know** that he was staying in this specific **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to know that he was there” +7:25-26 ue8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ἀλλ’ εὐθὺς ἀκούσασα γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἐλθοῦσα, προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ & ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει, καὶ ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐκβάλῃ ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [7:25](../07/25.md) and [7:26](../07/26.md) into a verse bridge in order to include all the information about the woman before narrating what the woman did. Alternate translation: “But immediately a woman heard about him. She was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent. Her little daughter had an unclean spirit. She, having come, fell down at his feet. She was asking him that he would cast out the demon from her daughter.” +7:25 wjgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what **a woman** did in contrast to what Jesus wanted people to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead,” +7:25 p33v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants εὐθὺς ἀκούσασα γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἐλθοῦσα, προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark introduces **a woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman heard about him. Her little daughter had an unclean spirit. Immediately, having come, she fell down at his feet” +7:25 eofq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐθὺς ἀκούσασα γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἐλθοῦσα 1 Here, the word **immediately** could go with: (1) **having heard**. Alternate translation: “having heard about him immediately, a woman, of whom her little daughter had an unclean spirit, having come” (2) **having come**. Alternate translation: “having heard about him, a woman, of whom her little daughter had an unclean spirit, immediately having come” +7:25 fix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθοῦσα 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +7:25 tdv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσέπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 In the woman’s culture, falling down at someone’s feet was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what falling down means. Alternate translation: “prostrated herself before him” or “bowed down to him in respect” +7:26 aik7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἦν Ἑλληνίς, Συροφοινίκισσα τῷ γένει, καὶ ἠρώτα 1 Here Mark provides background information that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “By the way, the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent. She was asking” +7:26 e39y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 The word **Syrophoenician** identifies the woman as someone who was native to the region of Syrophoenicia. This region was a smaller portion of Syria that was known as Phoenicia. Phoenicia was the area where the cities of Tyre and Sidon were. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some explanation of this word. Alternate translation: “from that region, called Syrophoenicia,” or “from the region of Phoenicia within the province of Syria” +7:26 w21g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐκβάλῃ ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “she was asking him, ‘Please cast out the demon from my daughter’” +7:27 zpbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs, so permit the children first to be fed” +7:27 gsj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα; οὐ γάρ ἐστιν καλόν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 To answer the woman, Jesus offers a story or illustration. In the story, the **children** represent the Jewish people, the **little dogs** represent non-Jewish people, and the **bread** represents the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “Listen to this illustration: Permit the children first to be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs” or “Permit the children first to be fed, for it is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs. That is why I am helping my fellow Jews before I help you” +7:27 o8nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἄφες 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the woman, the command **Permit** is singular. +7:27 r898 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι τὰ τέκνα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the children first to receive food” or “someone to feed the children first” +7:27 ghtr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **bread** that was prepared for **the children** to eat. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the food prepared for the children” or “the food that the children were going to eat” +7:27 k2wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the meals” +7:27 cjec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν 1 Here, Jesus implies that the bread is thrown **to the little dogs** so that they can eat it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to throw it to the little dogs for them to eat” +7:27 p3e5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 Here, the phrase **little dogs** could describe: (1) domesticated animals that eat pests and can protect houses and families. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the guard animals” (2) scavenging animals that were generally considered unclean and dirty. You could use the name of a similar animal in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “to the scavenging animals” or “to the dirty animals” +7:28 xgl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the woman says in contrast to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet” +7:28 k43f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ναί 1 Here, the woman uses the word **Yes** to indicate that she understands and agrees with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Yes, I agree” or “Yes, that is true” +7:28 ddof rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the woman’s further explanation of what Jesus said about children and little dogs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **and** untranslated. Alternate translation: “but it is also true” or “yet even further,” +7:28 na7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables τὰ κυνάρια ὑποκάτω τῆς τραπέζης ἐσθίουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν παιδίων 1 To ask Jesus to help her, the woman offers a story or illustration based on the parable that Jesus told in [7:27](../07/27.md). In the story, the **little dogs** represent non-Jewish people, and the **crumbs** represent the help that Jesus gives to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is a story with a specific message, or you could explain what the parable means. Alternate translation: “here is a similar story: the little dogs under the table eat from the crumbs of the children” or “the little dogs under the table eat from the crumbs of the children. That is what helping me would be like” +7:28 nlfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ κυνάρια 1 See you how you translated this phrase in [7:27](../07/27.md). Alternate translation: “to the domesticated animals” or “to the scavenging animals” +7:28 u7ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ κυνάρια ὑποκάτω τῆς τραπέζης 1 The woman means that **the little dogs** are where the **children** are eating the food. In her culture, they would lie **under the table** where the food was served. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the little dogs near the food” or “the little dogs that are nearby when the food is served” +7:28 y0hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῶν ψιχίων τῶν παιδίων 1 Here, the woman is using the possessive form to describe **crumbs** that fall from the food that the **children** are eating. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crumbs from what the children are eating” or “crumbs that fall from the children’s meals” +7:29 vwsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the term **word** to mean what the woman said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this answer” or “how you responded” +7:29 sa9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 When Jesus tells the woman to **go**, he implies that he will do what she asked. In other words, he sends her away because he wants her to see that he has cast out the demon. Alternate translation: “go, for I have done what you asked” or “I will help you. So go” +7:29 n2s0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὕπαγε & σου 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the woman, the command **go** and the word **your** are singular. +7:29 sbqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 Here Jesus implies that the **demon** left the **daughter** because Jesus himself commanded it to do so. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I have caused the demon to go out from your daughter” or “The demon has gone out from your daughter as you requested” +7:29 p74n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελήλυθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “has come out” +7:30 xo9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ παιδίον βεβλημένον ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην 1 Here Mark could be implying that **the child** was **having been put on the bed** because: (1) she had been healed and could sleep and rest normally. Alternate translation: “the child having been put on the bed, sleeping normally” or “the child lying peacefully on the bed” (2) the demon had exhausted her when it left her. Alternate translation: “the child having been thrown on the bed” or “the child lying exhausted on the bed” +7:30 y3x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ παιδίον βεβλημένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the child lying” or “the child had lain down” +7:31 iif6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ πάλιν 1 Here, the phrase **And again** introduces the next major event in the story. The word **again** implies that Jesus has already **gone out** from a location recently (see [7:24](../07/24.md), where he left for Tyre and Sidon). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And again** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Later on,” +7:31 gjcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθὼν & ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” and “came” instead of **gone** and **went**. Alternate translation: “having come out … he came” +7:31 yzf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἦλθεν 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went” +7:31 cxa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 The word **Decapolis** is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The name means “the Ten Towns.” See how you translated this name in [5:20](../05/20.md). +7:32 v23f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants φέρουσιν αὐτῷ κωφὸν καὶ μογιλάλον 1 Here Mark introduces a man who is **deaf and barely able to speak** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man there who was deaf and barely able to speak. They bring him to Jesus” or “they bring to him a man. He was deaf and barely able to speak” +7:32 fa0c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns φέρουσιν & παρακαλοῦσιν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “certain people bring … they beg” +7:32 m7xk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please lay your hand on him’” +7:32 jlj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιθῇ αὐτῷ τὴν χεῖρα 1 Here the people are implying that they want Jesus to **lay his hand on him** to heal the man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he would lay his hand on him and heal” or “he, by laying his hand on him, would heal him” +7:33 jdfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔβαλεν τοὺς δακτύλους αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **put** one finger from one of his hands into one of the man’s **ears**, and he **put** one finger from the other hand into the man’s other ear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he put a finger in both of the man’s ears” +7:33 ld3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo πτύσας 1 Here Mark does not state where Jesus **spit**. He may have spit on the ground, on his own fingers, or on the man’s tongue. If possible, do not state where exactly Jesus spit. Alternate translation: “having spit saliva” +7:34 hu66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 In Jesus’ culture, most people thought that heaven was up above the earth. Looking up towards heaven was a common posture for someone who was praying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a common posture for prayer in your culture, or you could explain the meaning of this posture. Alternate translation: “having raised his arms in prayer” or “having looked up to heaven to pray” +7:34 iyxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐστέναξεν 1 When Jesus **sighed**, it could indicate that he was praying deeply, that he felt compassion for the man, or that healing the man required much energy or power. If possible, use a general word or phrase that refers to someone breathing deeply in or out. Alternate translation: “he breathed deeply” or “he exhaled loudly” +7:34 xh89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐφφαθά, ὅ ἐστιν, διανοίχθητι 1 Here Mark provides an explanation of what **Ephphatha** means. Use a form that shows that Mark is explaining what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “‘Ephphatha!’—that is, ‘Be opened.’” or “‘Ephphatha!’ That is translated, ‘Be opened!’” +7:34 lbw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 The word **Ephphatha** is an Aramaic word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Mark states what this word means at the end of the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language. +7:34 q6qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διανοίχθητι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Open” or “Become open” +7:34 ihql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular διανοίχθητι 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the man, the command **Be opened** is singular. +7:35 yj4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί, καὶ ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “his ears opened, and the bond of his tongue loosened” or “Jesus opened his ears, and he loosed the bond of his tongue” +7:35 yg15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 Here Mark speaks as if the man could not hear because something was blocking his ears. When Jesus healed him, it was as if **his ears were opened**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his ears were repaired” or “his ears began to work properly” +7:35 gssm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark speaks as if the man’s inability to speak clearly was because of a **bond** that restricted or restrained **his tongue**. When Jesus healed the man, it was as if that **bond** was **loosed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his mouth was repaired” or “what kept him from speaking clearly was removed” +7:35 yusk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe a **bond** that binds or restricts the man’s **tongue**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the bond that held his tongue” or “the bond that restrained his tongue” +7:36 oo1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς & λέγωσιν & αὐτοῖς & αὐτοὶ 1 The pronouns **them** and **they** throughout this refer to the people who saw that Jesus had healed the man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who saw what he had done … they would tell it … them … they” or “those who knew about the healing … they would tell it … them … they” +7:36 u56m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Tell it to no one’” +7:36 eb2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **ordered** them not to tell anyone about what he had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he ordered them to tell it to no one” +7:37 lg0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο λέγοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus and what he had done. Alternate translation: “what he had done extremely astonished them, and they said” or “this story about Jesus astonished them extremely, and they said” +7:37 hwj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὑπέρπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 The pronoun **they** refers to everyone who witnessed or heard about how Jesus healed the man. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “everyone who knew about what Jesus had done was extremely astonished” or “all the people were extremely astonished” +7:37 a8dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +7:37 qmx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλῶς πάντα πεποίηκεν 1 Here the people are referring to **all things** that Jesus had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Everything that he has done, he has done well” or “He has done all his deeds well” +7:37 dh17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς κωφοὺς & ἀλάλους 1 Mark is using the adjectives **deaf** and **mute** as nouns to mean people who are deaf and mute. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “deaf people … mute people” +8:intro ry56 0 # Mark 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n4. Jesus expands his ministry and encounters opposition (6:7–8:21)\n * Jesus feeds 4,000 people (8:1–10)\n * The Pharisees test Jesus (8:11–13)\n * The yeast of the Pharisees and Herod (8:14–21)\n5. Jesus instructs his disciples and journeys toward Jerusalem (8:22–10:52)\n * Jesus heals a blind man (8:22–26)\n * Who Jesus really is (8:27–30)\n * What Jesus and his disciples must do (8:31–9:1)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The miracle of multiplying food\n\nIn [8:1–10](../08/01.md), Mark tells a story in which Jesus provides 4,000 people with food. All these people were in a place where no people lived, and all the food that Jesus and his disciples had were seven loaves of bread and a few fish. Despite that, Jesus used the seven loaves of bread and the few fish to feed everyone who was there. Mark does not tell us exactly how Jesus did this, but he does say that there were more leftovers than what they started with. Your translation should not explain how Jesus multiplied the food, but it should be clear that he did a miracle. Mark told a similar story about how Jesus fed 5,000 men in [6:30–44](../06/30.md), so see how you expressed the ideas there.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod\n\nIn [8:14–21](../08/14.md), Jesus tells his disciples to watch out for the “yeast” of the Pharisees and the “yeast” of Herod. The disciples misunderstand him and think that he is saying something about bread, which they forgot to bring with them. In response, Jesus reminds them that he is not talking about lack of bread, since he has proved twice that he can multiply food. He implies that “yeast” refers to what the Pharisees and Herod teach and do. Since the disciples misunderstanding “yeast” is an important part of this passage, and since Jesus never directly explains what “yeast” means, if possible you should avoid making that idea more explicit. If you do explain what “yeast” means, if possible only do so after Jesus has made it clear that he is not speaking about literal yeast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to his disciples. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 6, 12, 17, 19, 20, 22, 29, and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n +8:1 rmd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Here, the phrase **In those days** introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon after the previous event this new event occurred. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Later during those days” or “During one of those days” +8:1 sn4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Here, Mark uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “During that time” +8:1 m327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 The phrase **those days** refers to the time period when Jesus in the region of the Decapolis, on the southeastern side of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it more clearly. Alternate translation: “While Jesus was in the region of the Decapolis” +8:2 gsez rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν τι φάγωσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The crowd is remaining with me already three days and does not have anything that they might eat, so I have compassion on them” +8:2 drmz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I sympathize with” +8:3 u3mu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς νήστεις εἰς οἶκον αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if he sent the people **away to their home hungry**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “imagine that I were to send them away to their home hungry. In that case, they would faint on the way” +8:3 fyjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns οἶκον αὐτῶν 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **home**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “their homes” +8:3 yvak ἐκλυθήσονται 1 Alternate translation: “they will become weary” or “they will lose their strength” +8:3 v5m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, Jesus implies that the people would be walking **on the way** to their homes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the way to their homes” or “while they going home” +8:3 o0zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καί τινες αὐτῶν 1 Here, the word **and** introduces something that makes the situation even more difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that intensifies the situation. Alternate translation: “and even worse, some of them” or “and that is especially true for those who” +8:4 jdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτους δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ἄρτων ἐπ’ ἐρημίας? 1 The disciples are using the question form to tell Jesus that they will not be able to find enough food for the crowd. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is impossible for anyone here in a desolate place to satisfy these people with loaves.” or “There is certainly nowhere here in this desolate place where anyone is able to get enough loaves to satisfy these people!” +8:4 zma4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτων 1 The disciples are using **loaves** to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with food” +8:5 lcov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἠρώτα αὐτούς, πόσους ἔχετε ἄρτους? οἱ δὲ εἶπαν, ἑπτά 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “he asked them how many loaves they had. And they said that they had seven” +8:5 qm6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [6:38](../06/38.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread” +8:5 p7k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑπτά 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We have seven loaves” +8:6 x2jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually **recline**, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “to get ready to eat on the ground” +8:6 iwre rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [6:38](../06/38.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread” +8:6 sygx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔκλασεν καὶ ἐδίδου 1 Here Mark means that Jesus **broke** the loaves of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar words in [6:41](../06/41.md). Alternate translation: “he divided the loaves into servings and was giving them” or “he broke the loaves into smaller pieces and was giving the pieces” +8:6 p17m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἵνα παρατιθῶσιν, καὶ παρέθηκαν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 The clauses **so that they might set {them} before {them}, and they set {them} before the crowd** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “so that they set them before the crowd” or “and they were setting them before crowd” +8:7 bio6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he said, ‘Set these also before them’” +8:8 wrye rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔφαγον & ἦραν 1 The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they ate** refers to the crowds. The pronoun **they** in the phrase **they took up** refers to the disciples. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the crowds ate … the disciples took up” +8:8 ehu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they were full” +8:8 v5zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom περισσεύματα κλασμάτων 1 Here, the phrase **the remaining** refers to what was left after everyone ate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leftovers” or “what was left of the broken pieces” +8:8 bcjq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “seven baskets full” or “filling up seven baskets” +8:8 k95y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπυρίδας 1 The word **baskets** refers to large circular containers that store food or other items. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers” +8:9 m81z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that helps the readers understand how amazing what Jesus did was. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for how many people were there,” or “In the end,” +8:9 d2xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τετρακισχίλιοι 1 Mark is using the number **4,000** as a noun to mean 4,000 people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “4,000 individuals” +8:10 qnt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory καὶ εὐθὺς ἐμβὰς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 Here Mark concludes the story about how Jesus fed 4,000 people. He concludes the story by indicating that Jesus left the area. Use the natural form in your language for expressing this conclusion. Alternate translation: “The, after feeding all those people, Jesus immediately got into the boat with his disciples and left. He went into the regions of Dalmanutha” +8:10 syq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ πλοῖον 1 Here, the phrase **the boat** could refer to: (1) a boat, without specifying which one. Alternate translation: “a certain boat” (2) the same boat that Jesus and his disciples used earlier. Alternate translation: “the same boat they had used earlier” +8:10 y8u3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came” +8:10 x33a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 The word **Dalmanutha** is the name of an area. Its location is unknown, but it may have been on the northwestern side of the Sea of Galilee. +8:11 kbik rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “While he was there,” +8:11 ztj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθον 1 Here Mark implies that the Pharisees **came out** from wherever they were and went to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “departed to Jesus” or “left where they were and went to where Jesus was” +8:11 m1xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went out” +8:11 u4pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ζητοῦντες παρ’ αὐτοῦ σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking him, ‘Give us a sign from heaven,’ testing him” +8:11 zi91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The implication is that the Pharisees wanted Jesus to do a miracle to prove that his authority came from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign from heaven that proved that his authority was from God”\n +8:11 beh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **from heaven** indicates that the **sign** originates in heaven, where God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from heaven, where God rules” or “that comes from the place where God is” +8:11 hb7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **testing** introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees came to Jesus and were seeking a sign from heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order to him” +8:12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 When Jesus **sighed greatly**, it indicated that he was sad and upset about what the Pharisees had asked him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people in your culture express sadness or frustration nonverbally, or you could explain the meaning of what Jesus did. Alternate translation: “having breathed out loudly” or “having shown that he was upset by sighing greatly” +8:12 s8xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **spirit** refers to the nonphysical part of people. Mark means that Jesus **sighed** inwardly, to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in his heart” or “within himself” +8:12 plu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 Jesus is speaking about his audience in the third person instead of directly addressing them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person here instead. Alternate translation: “Why do you who are of this generation seek a sign? Truly I say to you, if a sign will be given to you who are of this generation …” +8:12 g4lz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “This generation has no reason to seek a sign.” or “I am surprised that this generation seeks a sign!” +8:12 l335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ & τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do today’s people seek … to today’s people” or “do the people of this generation seek … to the people of this generation” +8:12 swpm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σημεῖον -1 Here, just as in [8:11](../08/11.md), the implication is that the **sign** is a miracle that proves that Jesus’ authority comes from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a sign that shows that my authority is from God … such a sign” +8:12 cnz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 Here Jesus uses the word **if** to introduce a statement that he knows will not be true. What the form means is that **a sign** will definitely not **be given to this generation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “A sign will never be given to this generation!” +8:12 q4wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον 1 The phrase **if a sign will be given to this generation** is an oath formula. This kind of oath does not complete the condition, but it implies that something bad will happen to the speaker if the condition actually happens. Use a natural way in your language to express an oath. Alternate translation: “I will be accursed if a sign will be given to this generation!” or “I swear that a sign will not be given to this generation!” +8:12 a2x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται & σημεῖον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it could be: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will give a sign” (2) God the Father. Alternate translation: “God will give a sign” +8:13 i2se rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀπῆλθεν 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, went away” +8:13 cmz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came away” +8:13 u1qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus went away **to the other side** of the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the lake” or “to the opposite side of the Sea of Galilee” +8:14 qxvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ 1 Here Mark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “As for the disciples,” or “As it happened,” +8:14 ldif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρτους 1 Mark is using **loaves** to represent any food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “anything to eat” +8:14 gtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰ μὴ ἕνα ἄρτον οὐκ εἶχον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only had one loaf with them in the boat” +8:14 knfj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 See how you translated this word in [6:38](../06/38.md). Alternate translation: “large chunk of bread” +8:15 oqwl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +8:15 bd2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε ἀπὸ 1 The terms **See** and **watch out for** similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Carefully watch out for” or “Keep away from” +8:15 lt70 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε, βλέπετε 1 Here, the word **See** means that the disciples need to make sure that something happens or does not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you watch out” +8:15 mspe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **yeast** that the **Pharisees** and **Herod** have or use. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the yeast that the Pharisees and Sadducees have” +8:15 nszl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to what the **Pharisees** and **Herod** teach and do. However, the disciples did not immediately understand that Jesus was using a metaphor; instead, Jesus has to explain it to them in the following verses. So, you should preserve the metaphor here without explaining its meaning, since Jesus provides an explanation in the following verses. +8:16 fjt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἀλλήλους, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “each other, ‘We have no loaves’” +8:16 uqra rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι 1 Here, the word translated **that** could introduce: (1) what the disciples **were reasoning**. Alternate translation: “and saying that” (2) what the disciples think might be the reason for why Jesus said what he did about yeast. Alternate translation: “that Jesus had said that because” +8:16 kh1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρτους οὐκ 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “nothing to eat” +8:16 zfw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἄρτους οὐκ 1 Mark says **no** here as an overstatement for emphasis. The disciples do have one loaf of bread (see [8:14](../08/14.md)) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “almost no loaves” or “only one loaf of bread” +8:17 hnh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you to be reasoning that you do not have loaves. You do not yet perceive nor understand. Your hearts have become hardened.” or “Do not reason that you do not have loaves! I am disappointed that you do not yet perceive nor understand! Your hearts have become hardened!” +8:17 dmt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε 1 The terms **perceive** and **understand** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet know” or “Do you not yet perceive” +8:17 wf6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Here Jesus is implying that the disciples do not **perceive** or **understand** who Jesus is and what he can do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Do you not yet perceive who I am, nor understand what I can do” +8:17 rq8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of the disciples’ **heart** as if it had **become hardened**. He means that the disciples are stubborn and refuse to listen and learn. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have you become stubborn” or “Have you become unwilling to pay attention” +8:17 yd7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that it was the disciples themselves. Alternate translation: “Has your heart become hard” or “Have you hardened your heart” +8:17 mihv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people had only one **heart**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “Have your hearts” +8:17 fn31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 In Jesus’ culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “your head” or “your mind” +8:18 u1gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε? καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Having eyes, you do not see. And having ears, you do not hear. And you do not remember.” or “Surely you have eyes, yet you do not see! Surely you have ears, yet you do not hear! And you certainly do not remember!” +8:18 qt58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two sentences. Alternate translation: “Having eyes, do you not see? Indeed, having ears, do you not hear” or “Having eyes and ears, do you not see and hear” +8:18 jirs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 Here Jesus is implying that the disciples have **eyes** to look at things and **ears** to hear things, but they do not really pay attention to what they **see** and **hear**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Having eyes, do you fail to pay attention to what you see? And having ears, do you fail to pay attention to what you see” or “Having eyes to see with, do you not see properly? And having ears to hear with, do you not hear properly” +8:18-19 w1s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ οὐ μνημονεύετε & ὅτε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους, πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε 1 Here, the clause **And do you not remember** could: (1) stand alone as a question. See the ULT. (2) begin the question that is found in verse 19. Alternate translation: “And do you not remember, when I broke the five loaves among the 5,000, how many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up” or “And do you not remember when I broke the five loaves among the 5,000? How many baskets full of broken pieces did you take up” +8:18 vz05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μνημονεύετε 1 Here Jesus implies that the disciples should **remember** what it is that he has done. As the next verses will show, Jesus is thinking specifically of how he has fed 5,000 and 4,000 people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do you not remember my miracles” +8:19 qgpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα 1 Here Jesus refers to how he **broke** the **loaves** of bread in pieces so that they could be served to the crowds. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:41](../06/41.md). Alternate translation: “I divided the five loaves into servings” or “I broke the five loaves into smaller pieces” +8:19 e90h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτους 1 See how you translated **loaves** in [6:38](../06/38.md). Alternate translation: “large chunks of bread” +8:19 t7ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 Jesus is using the number **5,000** as a noun to mean 5,000 people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 5,000 men” +8:19 xppw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε 1 Here Jesus means that the disciples filled the **baskets** with the leftovers from the meal, including **broken pieces** of bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect” or “baskets full of leftover pieces of bread did you take up” +8:19 v6lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κοφίνους 1 See how you translated **baskets** in [6:43](../06/43.md). Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers” +8:19 y0h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δώδεκα 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We took up 12 baskets full” +8:20 ji16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτε καὶ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus is speaking again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then he said, ‘And when” +8:20 gxwi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοὺς ἑπτὰ εἰς τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I broke the seven for the 4,000” +8:20 h45u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἑπτὰ 1 Jesus is using the number **seven** as a noun to mean seven loaves. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the seven loaves” +8:20 lip5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 Jesus is using the number **4,000** as a noun to mean 4,000 people. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 4,000 individuals” +8:20 hzgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **fillings** that consisted of **baskets** that were stuffed with **broken pieces**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how many baskets containing broken pieces” or “how many baskets, each one filled with broken pieces,” +8:20 q3f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fillings**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how many baskets full” +8:20 wvmn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπυρίδων 1 See how you translated **baskets** in [8:8](../08/08.md). Alternate translation: “boxes” or “containers” +8:20 tdnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κλασμάτων 1 Here Jesus is referring to **broken pieces** of bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of broken pieces of bread” or “of broken pieces of leftover bread” +8:20 jfbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἑπτά 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We took up seven baskets full” +8:21 kh42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. See how you expressed the similar rhetorical question in [8:17](../08/17.md). Alternate translation: “You should understand by now.” or “I am disappointed that you do not yet understand!” +8:21 kmt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πῶς οὔπω συνίετε? 1 Here Jesus is implying that the disciples do not **understand** who Jesus is and what he can do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed the similar idea in [8:17](../08/17.md). Alternate translation: “How do you not yet understand who I am and what I can do” +8:22 q45u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +8:22 c92c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go” +8:22 mul4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 The word **Bethsaida** is the name of a town. It was located on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you referred to this town in [6:45](../06/45.md). +8:22 t5ho rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns φέρουσιν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “certain people bring” or “some people bring” +8:22 n503 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτῷ τυφλὸν, καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν 1 Here Mark introduces a man who is **blind** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “and there was a blind man there. People bring him to Jesus and beg him” +8:22 mj78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτὸν ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Please touch him’” +8:22 mx9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτοῦ ἅψηται 1 Here the people are implying that they want Jesus to **touch** the man to heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he would touch him and heal him” or “he, by touching him, would heal him” +8:23 bnry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ 1 As [8:25](../08/25.md) makes clear, Jesus **laid his hands** on the man’s eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that more explicit here. Alternate translation: “having laid his hands on the man’s eyes” +8:23 s7in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, εἴ τι βλέπεις 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “he was asking him if he saw anything.” +8:23 dbjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βλέπεις 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the blind man, the word **you** is singular. +8:24 raqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβλέψας 1 Here, the word translated **having looked up** could mean that: (1) the man raised his head and looked around him. Alternate translation: “having looked at what was around him” (2) the man began to be able to see again. Alternate translation: “having begun to see again” +8:24 j47q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the man is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans” +8:24 slxx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, the word **for** could introduce: (1) a further explanation of what the man saw. Alternate translation: “and more specifically,” or “and in fact” (2) a reason why the man knew that he was seeing **men**. Alternate translation: “since” or “which I know because” +8:24 r6tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς δένδρα ὁρῶ περιπατοῦντας 1 The man is saying that the people he sees look like **trees**. This means that he cannot see them clearly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I see them walking, but I cannot see them clearly. They look like trees” +8:25 nfod rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure διέβλεψεν καὶ ἀπεκατέστη καὶ ἐνέβλεπεν τηλαυγῶς ἅπαντα 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that when the man looks and what the man sees are more closely connected. Alternate translation: “he was restored, and he looked intently, and he was seeing everything clearly” or “he looked intently and was seeing everything clearly, and he was restored” +8:25 td9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεκατέστη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus had restored him” or “became healthy” +8:26 uf6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εἰς οἶκον αὐτοῦ λέγων, μηδὲ εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς 1 It may be more natural in your language to make everything that Jesus commands in this verse a direct quotation or an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he told him, ‘Go to your home. You may not even enter into the town’” or “And he sent him away to his home, telling him that he might not even enter into the town” +8:26 gpqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +8:26 cuu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular μηδὲ & εἰσέλθῃς 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the man who was blind, the word **You** is singular. +8:26 w303 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Many ancient manuscripts do not include any words in this verse after the phrase **into the town**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “nor speak to anyone in the town” after the phrase **into the town**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +8:27 dojr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,” +8:27 e4l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came out” +8:27 utrs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰς κώμας Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **villages** that are near the larger city of **Caesarea Philippi**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the villages that belonged to Caesarea Philippi” or “the villages that surrounded Caesarea Philippi” +8:27 qfyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων αὐτοῖς 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said to them” or “and he asked them” +8:27 djp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” +8:28 lqfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +8:28 xmty rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they answered” +8:28 nn1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, καὶ ἄλλοι Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Some say John the Baptist; and others say Elijah; but others say one of the prophets” +8:28 chn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννην τὸν Βαπτιστήν, καὶ ἄλλοι Ἠλείαν, ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 Since all these people and prophets had died before the disciples answered this question, the disciples are implying that people think that Jesus is one of these people who has come back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist come back to life; and others, Elijah come back to life; but others, one of the prophets come back to life” +8:28 v870 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλοι -1 The disciples are using the adjectives **others** and **others** as nouns to mean various groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “others among the people … others among the people” +8:28 vpwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here the disciples are not excluding **John the Baptist** or **Elijah** from the group of the prophets. Instead, they are referring to the many other prophets that God had sent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another one of the prophets” +8:29 czb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς & σὺ 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the disciples, the word **you** in the phrase **who do you say** is plural. Because Peter is speaking to Jesus, the word **You** in the clause **You are the Christ** is singular. +8:30 rgy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ λέγωσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he strongly warned them, ‘Tell no one about me’” +8:30 tcdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus warned the disciples to **tell no one about** who he really was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that he was the Christ” or “about his true identity” +8:31 lvfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτοὺς ὅτι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘It is necessary for the Son of Man to suffer many things and to be rejected by the elders and the chief priests and the scribes and to be killed and to rise up after three days’” +8:31 d4dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “him, who is the Son of Man,” +8:31 m32p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν γραμματέων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to experience rejection from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes” +8:31 rn9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “to die” or “to allow someone to kill him” +8:31 h9t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **rise up** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be restored to life” or “to resurrect” +8:31 gjg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **after three days** refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as day one, tomorrow as day two, and the day after tomorrow as day three. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days from now” +8:32 q8p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** represents what Jesus said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had just said” or “that teaching” +8:32 cuac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns παρρησίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **openness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “openly” +8:33 ri3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus did in contrast to what Peter wanted him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +8:33 ddeh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus **looked at** all the other **disciples**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the rest of his disciples” +8:33 bski rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἐπετίμησεν Πέτρῳ καὶ λέγει 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **says** indicates how Jesus **rebuked Peter**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “rebuked Peter by saying” +8:33 z6f1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ, ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “You are not considering the things of God, but the things of men. So, get behind me, Satan!” +8:33 nu32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if he wants Peter to **Get behind** him. He means that Peter should not rebuke him but should instead accept what Jesus says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stand in my way” or “Do not rebuke me”\n +8:33 ltyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὕπαγε & οὐ φρονεῖς 1 Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the command **Get** and the word **you** are singular. +8:33 kbb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Σατανᾶ 1 Here Jesus calls Peter **Satan** because Peter is asking like **Satan** by tempting Jesus to disobey God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or explain the metaphor. Alternate translation: “you who are acting like Satan” or “for you are tempting me as Satan does” +8:33 r9gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “you are considering the things of men, not the things of God” +8:33 clxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὰ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but you are considering the things” +8:33 t6jv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of human beings” or “of people” +8:34 j3zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἴ τις θέλει 1 Here Jesus uses the conditional form to refer to **anyone** who **wants** to follow after him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form naturally introduces anyone who wants to follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Anyone who wants” or “When someone wants” +8:34 m732 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀπίσω μου ἀκολουθεῖν & ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 Here, the phrases **follow after me** and **follow me** refer to traveling with Jesus and being his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciples … be my disciple” or “to travel with me as my students … travel with me as my student”\n +8:34 mdgh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 If your language does not use third-person imperatives in this way, you could state these in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he should deny himself and take up his cross and follow me” +8:34 j3kh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **him**, **himself**, and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “let that person deny himself or herself … his or her” +8:34 yxe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν 1 Here, the phrase **deny himself** refers to a person choosing not to do what they would naturally do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “let him exercise self-control” or “let him choose not to do what he naturally desires” +8:34 dulq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar that was set upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. Jesus also assumes that the disciples will know that the Romans made these criminals carry these wooden crosses through the streets to the place where they were going to be executed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some of this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “take up the wooden cross on which he will be executed” +8:34 c6ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks of taking up a **cross** in order to describe people who are ready and willing to suffer and even die because they follow Jesus. Because this figure of speech is connected to how Jesus himself died on a cross, if possible you should preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “be ready to suffer, which is like taking up his cross,” or “take up his cross, ready to suffer or die,”\n +8:35 opx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “In fact,” +8:35 d5rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς & ἐὰν θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν, ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of how people’s attitudes toward their current lives affects their eternal lives after they resurrect. He means that those who want **to save** their current lives will **lose** their eternal, resurrection lives, and that those who have lost their current lives will **save** their eternal, resurrection lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whoever wants to save his current life will lose it forever, but whoever loses his current life for the sake of me and of the gospel will save it forever” +8:35 nn0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of trying to preserve one’s **life** as if it were saving it. He speaks of dying as if it were losing one’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wants to preserve his life will die”\n +8:35 ppsi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ -1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … his or her” +8:35 p8hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν ἀπολέσει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, σώσει αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus speaks of dying or being willing to die as losing one’s **life**. He speaks of experiencing eternal life as if it were saving one’s **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but whoever has died for the sake of me and of the gospel will have eternal life” +8:35 ypth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 When Jesus says **for the sake of me and of the gospel**, he means that some people will lose their lives because they are his disciples and because they believe the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple and believes the gospel” or “because he believes in me and in the gospel” +8:36 nux8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another basis for what Jesus said in [8:34](../08/34.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Another reason I say that is because” or “Even further,” +8:36 ua46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man benefits nothing if he gains the whole world and forfeits his life.” or “a man never benefits anything if he gains the whole world and forfeits his life!” +8:36 qfk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τί & ὠφελεῖ ἄνθρωπον, κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον καὶ ζημιωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that forfeiting one’s **life** is bad enough that gaining anything else cannot make up for it. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “image a man who gained the whole world but forfeited his life. What does that man benefit” +8:36 mxuj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … his or her” +8:36 ps8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces something bad that happens in contrast to gaining **the whole world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” +8:36 jde6 τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “his soul” +8:37 u1bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Even further,” +8:37 wua4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to teach his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “a man can give nothing in exchange for his life.” or “a man cannot give anything in exchange for his life!” +8:37 d0c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that make this clear. Alternate translation: “a person … his or her” +8:37 x78o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus could be implying: (1) that there is nothing that is worth as much as a person’s **life**. Alternate translation: “that is as worth as much as his life” (2) that there is nothing that is valuable enough to redeem one’s **life** when it has been forfeited. Alternate translation: “that can buy back his life” +8:37 ofje τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “his soul” +8:38 ysvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for what Jesus has said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. More specifically, the word **For** could introduce the basis for: (1) what Jesus has said in [8:34–37](../08/34.md). Alternate translation: “I have said all those things because” (2) Jesus’ command to follow him in [8:34](../08/34.md). Alternate translation: “You should follow me as I have commanded because” +8:38 zcdn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς & ἐὰν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever finds me and my words shameful” or “whoever worries that I and my words will shame them” +8:38 ji2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 Jesus is using the term **words** to describe the things he teaches by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of my teaching” +8:38 ov1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “among today’s people, who are adulterous and sinful” or “among the adulterous and sinful people of this generation”\n +8:38 c53y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μοιχαλίδι 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who do not fully trust and obey God as if they were **adulterous**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unfaithful” or “disobedient” +8:38 b5dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται αὐτὸν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man will also find him shameful” or “the Son of Man knows that such a person will also shame him” +8:38 hvx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ἔλθῃ & αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, … I come … my” +8:38 fo9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 Here Jesus implies that he, **the Son of Man**, will come back to this world at some point in the future. He is also implying that he will leave this world before he comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he comes back to this world” or “when, after leaving this world, he comes back” +8:38 hpc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the holy angels in a way that his Father has made glorious” or “with the holy angels as one who is as great as his Father” +8:38 s5tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son. +9:intro n92j 0 # Mark 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n5. Jesus instructs his disciples and journeys toward Jerusalem (8:22–10:52)\n * What Jesus and his disciples must do (8:31–9:1)\n * Jesus is transfigured (9:2–8)\n * Jesus and the disciples discuss Elijah (9:9–13)\n * Jesus heals a demon-possessed boy (9:14–29)\n * Jesus predicts his suffering and death (9:30–32)\n * Jesus teaches about how his disciples should behave (9:33–50)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nIn [9:1–8](../09/01.md), Mark describes how Jesus was “transfigured.” This word indicates that Jesus looked very different to the disciples. Mark does not tell us all the ways in which Jesus looked different, but he does say that Jesus’ clothes became extremely white. What this means is that the disciples were able to see some of the glory and majesty that Jesus has as God’s Son. Make sure that your translation shows that Jesus looked great and glorious.\n\n### Elijah\n\nWhen Jesus was transfigured, the disciples saw Moses and Elijah talking with him. Later, they ask Jesus about Elijah. They refer specifically to what the scribes say about a prophecy in [Malachi 4:5–6](../mal/04/05.md), which indicates that God will send “Elijah” to prepare the way before God comes to judge his enemies and reward his people. Malachi is referring to a prophet who lived even earlier. This prophet, named Elijah, performed many miracles and spoke messages from God (see [1 Kings 17–19](../1ki/17/01.md) and [2 Kings 2:1–17](../2ki/02/01.md)). The disciples ask about whether this Elijah is supposed to come before the Messiah does. Jesus says that this is true, and he talks about this “Elijah” in a way that shows the disciples that John the Baptist was “Elijah.” He means that John fulfills the prophecy in Malachi that someone like the prophet Elijah will prepare the way before God comes to judge and reward people. If your readers would not know the prophecy in Malachi or the stories about the prophet Elijah, you may need to include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Hyperbole\n\nIn [9:43–48](../09/43.md), Jesus commands his disciples to cut off or throw out body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language.\n\n### Stumbling\n\nIn [9:42–47](../09/42.md), Jesus discusses people and things that cause “stumbling”. He uses this term to refer to sinning. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations, and many of the conversations are with one person. Because of this, the majority of the forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. So, you should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 5, 19, and 35. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### The allusion to Isaiah 66:24 in verse 48\n\nIn verse 48, Jesus uses words that are very similar to words in [Isaiah 66:24](../isa/66/24.md). However, Jesus does not introduce his words as a quotation. So, Jesus is not directly quoting from Isaiah, but he intended his audience to think of [Isaiah 66:24](../isa/66/24.md) when they heard what he said. If your readers would not think of [Isaiah 66:24](../isa/66/24.md), you could refer to it in a footnote.\n\n### Verses 44 and 46\n\nSome of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [9:44](../09/44.md) and [9:46](../09/46.md). Some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words in each verse: “where their worm does not end, and the fire is not quenched.” Since these words also appear in all of the manuscripts in [9:48](../09/48.md), it is likely that people who copied the manuscripts accidentally or intentionally added these words earlier as verses 44 and 46. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +9:1 q4b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state who **he** refers to in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying to them” +9:1 lsa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to everyone who was there, the word **you** here is plural. +9:1 kg4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not experience death” +9:1 qloy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” +9:1 f95z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +9:1 yjf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **the kingdom of God** were a person who could **come**. He means that God will establish or begin his **kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God having been inaugurated” or “the kingdom of God having begun” +9:1 ymou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in a powerful way” +9:2 t08m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ μετὰ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 Here, the phrase **And after six days** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then, after six days had passed” or “Six days after those things happened” +9:2 uf5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κατ’ ἰδίαν μόνους 1 The terms **by themselves** and **alone** mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “completely alone” or “totally by themselves” +9:2 krt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μετεμορφώθη 1 The word **transfigured** means to be changed in appearance or form. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of this word, you could express the idea with a short phrase. Alternate translation: “his appearance was changed” or “he began to look different” +9:2 b3bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Mark could be implying that: (1) Jesus did the action. Alternate translation: “he transfigured himself” (2) God did the action. Alternate translation: “God transfigured him” +9:2 jjlt ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “in front of them” or “as they watched” +9:3 gp48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐ δύναται οὕτως λευκᾶναι 1 The word **launderer** refers to a person who worked with cloth to clean and bleach cloth and clothing. If your readers would not be familiar with the meaning of the word **launderer**, you could state the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “whiter than any person who bleached cloth could make them” or “such as no person on earth who washed cloth could make them” +9:4 f2d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὤφθη αὐτοῖς Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they saw Elijah with Moses” +9:4 r3uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “by Peter, James, and John” +9:4 pj3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 Here, the word **they** refers to Elijah and Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Elijah and Moses were talking with” +9:5 w6vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Peter was responding to what he saw. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to seeing those things”\n +9:5 iqc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 By **us**, Peter could mean: (1) everyone who was there, including himself, the other two disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “for us all” (2) just himself and the other two disciples. Alternate translation: “for us disciples” +9:5 i0iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ποιήσωμεν 1 By **us**, Peter here means himself and the other two disciples, not Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. So, use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction.\n +9:5 k3y1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 The term **tents** means simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep. Peter probably had in mind that they would build them from the materials available on the mountain such as tree branches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of temporary shelter. Alternate translation: “booths” +9:6 r3bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 This entire verse is a parenthetical statement which gives background information about Peter, James, and John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now as a matter of fact, he did not know what he should answer, for they were terrified” +9:6 w4qz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ & ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they were terrified, he did not know what he should answer” 9:6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι & ἐγένοντο 1 Alternate translation: “they were very frightened” or “they were very afraid” -9:7 e3id ἐγένετο & ἐπισκιάζουσα αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “appeared and covered them” -9:7 x4mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Mark speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could come from the cloud to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud and said” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) -9:7 ybu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus. Here, the word **Son** describes Jesus’ relationship with God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -9:7 lg0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀκούετε 1 **Listen** is a command or instruction God gave to Peter, James, and John. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -9:8 hq73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκέτι & εἶδον 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:9 q2qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:9 pdmm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:9 w1nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter, James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:9 wter διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered them not tell anyone about what they had just seen” -9:9 t07p ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). -9:9 zttm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify that Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “he, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -9:9 w98g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 Jesus speaks in this way of coming back to life, since it involves rising out of the grave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “would come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:10 edv3 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, Mark is using the term **word** in a specific sense, to mean “matter” or “event.” Alternate translation: “And they kept the matter to themselves” -9:10 to7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Mark is describing something Jesus would say by association with the words that came from his mouth when he taught them this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +9:7 e3id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπισκιάζουσα 1 Here Mark could be implying that: (1) the cloud enveloped or surrounded them. Alternate translation: “enveloping” or “surrounding” (2) the cloud cast a shadow on them. Alternate translation: “casting a shadow on” +9:7 jukl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the three disciples, Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “them all” (2) just Jesus, Moses, and Elijah. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Moses, and Elijah” +9:7 x4mv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγένετο φωνὴ 1 Mark is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person was speaking” or “God the Father spoke” +9:7 ybu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. +9:7 ql9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my Son, whom I love” +9:7 o80a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀκούετε 1 Because the voice is speaking to the three disciples, the command **Listen** is plural. +9:8 c4dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐξάπινα περιβλεψάμενοι, οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον 1 Here, the word **suddenly** could go with: (1) **saw**. Alternate translation: “having looked around, suddenly they no longer saw anyone” (2) **having looked around**. Alternate translation: “having suddenly looked around, they no longer saw anyone” +9:8 hq73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 If it would in appear your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus with them any longer” +9:9 q2qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The first occurrence of the word **they** in this verse refers to Jesus and Peter and James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, Peter, James, and John” +9:9 wter rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go καταβαινόντων 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “going down” +9:9 pdmm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται, εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “them, ‘Relate to no one what you have seen, until the Son of Man has risen from the dead’” +9:9 w1nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται 1 Here, the pronoun **them** and the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **they** all refer to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus ordered Peter and James and John not to tell anyone about what they had just seen” +9:9 zttm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he, who was the Son of Man,” +9:9 w98g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 Here, the phrase **risen from the dead** refers to people who had died then coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “had been restored to life” or “had resurrected” +9:9 t07p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” or “the corpses”\n +9:10 gxwy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς, συνζητοῦντες 1 Here Mark could mean that: (1) the disciples **kept the word to themselves**, which means they kept it secret (see the following note). Further, they were **discussing together** what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “they kept the word to themselves, and they were discussing together” (2) the disciples **kept the word**, which means that they did what Jesus said. Further, they were **discussing** among **themselves** what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “they kept the word, discussing among themselves” or “they obeyed what Jesus said, discussing with each other” (3) the disciples **kept the word**, which means that they focused on it. Further, they were **discussing** among **themselves** what **the word** meant. Alternate translation: “they seized on the word, discussing among themselves” +9:10 edv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 When people have **kept** something **to themselves**, it means that they have not talked about it with anyone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they kept the word secret” or “they did not speak to anyone else about the word” +9:10 to7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** represents an event that could be narrated using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the event” or “the things that they had seen” +9:10 o87r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations συνζητοῦντες τί ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “discussing together, ‘What is it “to rise from the dead”?’” +9:10 z9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 Here Mark implies that the disciples are **discussing together** what Jesus said about rising from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what Jesus meant when he said, ‘rise from the dead’” 9:10 wfu9 ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 See how you translated the phrase “risen from the dead” in [9:9](../09/09.md). -9:11 s9zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning Jesus, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:11 je29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 Here, the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they were questioning Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:11 wgsr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [Mark 6:15](../mrk/06/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -9:12 o8hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔφη 1 Here, the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:12 s3q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the **Son of Man** must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -9:12 xazj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 Here, it is implied that those who would despise the **Son of Man** would be people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “would be despised by people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:12 toik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning behind the phrase **been written** with an active form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:12 i3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could state the phrase **would be despised** in active form. Alternate translation: “that people would hate him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:13 k3kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating explicitly what the Jewish people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: “our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:14 n8fd ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 Alternate translation: “when Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the other disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain” -9:14 qsp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς & αὐτούς 1 Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not went up on the mountain with Jesus, Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:15 qhc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & προστρέχοντες & αὐτόν 1 All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:16 w679 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not gone up on the mountain. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked his disciples” (2) the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the people in the crowd” (3) the scribes. Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the scribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:17 a2j6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -9:17 eluu πνεῦμα 1 See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md). -9:18 h98h ξηραίνεται 1 Alternate translation: “his body becomes rigid” -9:18 zre6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 The phrase **they were not strong enough** refers to the disciples not being able to drive the spirit out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could not drive it out of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:19 tb67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει 1 Here, the pronoun **them** is plural, so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly to whom **them** refers. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here,**them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “But answering all of them, Jesus said” or “Addressing them all, Jesus said” or “Addressing everyone present, Jesus said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -9:19 azc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **generation**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **generation** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:19 nbw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean all the people who were alive at that time in history, and specifically, to refer to all the people who were present with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) -9:19 c88a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 Here, Jesus uses two rhetorical questions, **until when will I be with you** and **Until when will I bear with you**, to show his frustration and disappointment with their unbelief. If you do not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You unbelieving generation. You test my patience” or “You unbelieving generation. Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you” or “You have all gone wrong because you do not believe, so I hope I do not have to stay here and put up with you much longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -9:19 n4dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “how long must I be with you and endure your unbelief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -9:19 b7u5 ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 Alternate translation: “Until when should I endure you” or “Until when must I put up with you” or “How long must I endure you” -9:19 nrya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός με 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **Bring** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -9:20 bw3l πνεῦμα 1 See how you translated the word **spirit** in [Mark 1:23](../mrk/01/23.md). -9:20 l4r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 In this verse the first and fourth occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son”, who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:20 vdj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν. καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately threw the boy into a convulsion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:21 f5zm καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 Alternate translation: “And Jesus asked the boy’s father, ‘How long of a time has this been happening to him?’ And the father said, ‘This has been happening to him since childhood’” -9:22 f5yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 In the sentence **help us, having had compassion on us**, Mark records the father using a figure of speech in which the logical flow of events is altered in order to put what is most important in the mind of the speaker first (here the speaker is the father). The normal way of saying this would be, “having had compassion on us, help us”, because it shows the natural order of events, since **having had compassion** on someone normally precedes helping them. Mark records the father saying **help us** first because receiving help was what was most important to the father. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “have compassion on us and help us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -9:22 fbup rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **compassion** in another way, such as by using the verb “pity,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:23 vh6c εἰ δύνῃ 1 The phrase **If you are able** is Jesus repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be more helpful in your language, you could express this as a statement or in some other way that is natural. Alternate translation: “You should not say to me, ‘If you are able’” or “You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able” or “Why do you say, ‘If you are able’” -9:23 kp1x πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 Alternate translation: “Everything is possible for the person who believes” or “Anything is possible for the person believing in God” -9:23 e5kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 The word **believing** refers to belief in God, and here it specifically refers to belief in Jesus and his power. The phrase **the one** means “any person” or “any one.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say these things explicitly. Alternate translation: “for anyone who believes that God is able to do them” or “for any person who believes in God’s power” or “for anyone one who believes in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:24 h4y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 The sentence **Help my unbelief** does not mean that the man had no belief in Jesus or his power, but rather, these words express that the man realized he did not believe fully or believe to the extent that he should. The man is asking Jesus to help him overcome his unbelief and increase his faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Help me to have more faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:24 wssi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **unbelief** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:25 qaw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 The phrase **the crowd is running to them** means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:25 b54j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in this way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people was running to them” or “many people were running to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -9:25 ul8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα 1 The words **mute** and **deaf** can be explained if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “You unclean spirit who are causing this boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:25 zd5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “go out from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -9:26 adb6 κράξας 1 Alternate translation: “after the unclean spirit cried out” -9:26 i8dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 Your language may say “went out” rather than **came out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “it went out” or “the spirit went out of the boy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -9:26 n7h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς 1 Mark is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the boy appeared dead” or “the boy looked like a dead person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -9:26 ns4t ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς λέγειν 1 Alternate translation: “so that many people said” -9:28 f0x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Your language may say “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when he had come into a house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -9:28 zwjp εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς οἶκον 1 Alternate translation: “when he had entered into a house” -9:28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 Alternate translation: “privately” -9:29 pdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 The words **nothing** and **except** are both negative words. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This kind can be cast out only by prayer and fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -9:29 v2s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 Here, the phrase **This kind** refers to a kind of unclean spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This kind of unclean spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:29 kh4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go τοῦτο τὸ γένος & δύναται ἐξελθεῖν 1 Your language may say “go out” rather than **come out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “This kind is able to go out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -9:29 yrzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns προσευχῇ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **prayer** by using a verb form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:29 l6ok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns νηστείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fasting**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **fasting** in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:31 f4gm ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). -9:31 vpj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -9:31 w75k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **is being delivered** with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Evil men will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:31 y5cw ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is being betrayed” -9:31 z8ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, **hands** means control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “into the control of men” or “into the custody of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:31 s1n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστήσεται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate the phrase **having been killed** with an active form and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “once they kill him, he will rise again after three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:33 xv94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went to Capernaum” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -9:33 l2kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος 1 Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone into the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -9:34 gdg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:35 z754 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -9:35 fkf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act as if he is the least important, and he must serve everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -9:35 jzl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 Being **first** refers to people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** refers to people who are not esteemed by others, because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If it would help your readers to understand what it means to be **first** and **last** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternately, you could express the meaning using plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -9:35 ioiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to describe a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be most important in God’s sight, he should act as if he is the least important in God’s sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -9:35 um58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -9:35 jqo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he will be last of all people and a servant of all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -9:35 z9x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται & ἔσχατος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **he will be last** to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must be last” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -9:35 t526 πάντων & πάντων 1 Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” -9:36 qqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -9:37 h242 ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 Alternate translation: “a child such as this one” -9:37 ul12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person. Alternate translation: “on my behalf” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:37 uik3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 The phrase **does not receive me but the one who sent me** means that the people who receive Jesus are not just receiving him but are also receiving God, who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives not just me, but also receives God who has sent me” or “receives not only me, but receives God who sent me to represent him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:37 y24n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who has sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:38 dxq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. The expression **in your name** means that the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:38 a3d3 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md). -9:38 k2i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 Here, **following** does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was acting in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express this. Alternate translation: “he does not travel with you in our group” or “he is not part of our group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -9:39 oynl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **prevent**. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -9:39 yw2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνόματί 1 See how you translated **name** in [9:38](../09/38.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:39 h7ez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κακολογῆσαί 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **evil** by using an adjective to describe it or by expressing it some other way that is natural in language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:40 tma4 οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν 1 Alternate translation: “is not opposing us” -9:41 lz5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** as an example of how one person may help another, and the example could refer to any possible way that a person might help someone else. Here, giving one of the disciples a cup of water in Jesus’ name refers to helping them because they represent Jesus and are doing his work. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar expression from your language or say this using plain language. Alternate translation: “gives you a cup of water because you are working for me” or “helps you on my account” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -9:41 m0d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνόματι 1 See how you translated **name** in [9:37](../09/37.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:41 u325 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν ὀνόματι 1 Here, the phrase **in the name** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “in my name” or “in the name of me, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -9:41 bpz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 Here, **in the name because** is an idiom which means to do something for the sake of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “because you belong to Christ” or “because you serve me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -9:41 bgq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 Here, Jesus uses the negative phrase **certainly not** together with the negative word **lose**to express a strong positive meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he will certainly receive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -9:41 wnb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reward**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **reward** by using a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “he will certainly be rewarded” or “God will certainly reward that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:41 jjq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose their reward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -9:42 cj0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 The phrase **these little ones** could be: (1) a reference to children who love Jesus and who are physically little compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (2) a reference to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these new believers” or (3) a reference to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these common people” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -9:42 gef5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Here, Jesus is making a comparison to the punishment that people will receive from God for causing other people to sin. Jesus means that the person’s punishment from God for causing people to sin will be worse than if that person had drowned in the sea. He is not saying that someone would actually put a stone around a person’s neck and throw them into the sea as an alternative to being punished by God. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “The punishment he will receive will be worse than if” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -9:42 z6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύλος ὀνικὸς 1 These **large millstones** were round stones used for grinding grain into flour. They were so heavy that they required a donkey or an ox to turn them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of an object in your area that is very heavy, or you could use a general expression such as “a very heavy stone,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -9:42 bx6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 The implication is that someone would tie the stone around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if someone were to attach a millstone around his neck” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -9:43 g8dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 Here, **hand** is a metonym for doing, or desiring to do, something sinful with your hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to do something sinful with one of your hands” or “if you are doing something sinful with one of your hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:43 ifcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν 1 When Jesus says, **if your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off**, he is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the seriousness of sin and the importance of avoiding it. Jesus is not being literal when he says to cut off **your hand**, because Judaism taught against harming one’s body, and Jesus taught in [Mark 7:14-23](../mrk/07/14.md), and elsewhere that the human heart is what causes people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -9:43 wd7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here, the phrase **enter into life** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into eternal life” or “to die and live forever” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -9:43 h9lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life maimed**, he is not being literal, but rather, he is using hyperbole in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -9:43 l5bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **life** in another way. Alternate translation: “to live with God forever” or “live forever with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -9:43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 Alternate translation: “where the fire cannot be put out” -9:45 lx2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 Here, the word **foot** refers to going, or desiring to go someplace for the purpose of sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you use your foot to walk someplace in order to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:45 so26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 See how you translated the phrase **enter into life** in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md). (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -9:45 vj49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 When Jesus speaks of entering into eternal **life lame**, he is not being literal, but rather is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical injuries or impairments. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -9:45 hbt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **to be thrown** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:47 okc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 Being the organ of vision, the **eye** substitutes for looking at something. In this case, the person looks at something which God has prohibited, which in turn can cause the person to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of looking at something, tear your eye out” or “if you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -9:47 h4dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **enter into the kingdom of God** is referring to living eternally with God after one’s life on earth has ended. This phrase has a similar meaning to the phrase “to enter into life” which was used in [Mark 9:43](../mrk/09/43.md) and [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning of this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to enter into God’s kingdom and live with him forever with only one eye” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -9:47 t7uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 When Jesus speaks of entering **into the kingdom of God with one eye** he is not being literal, but rather is using exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of striving against sin and things that could prevent one from receiving eternal life. The Bible teaches that when people enter into eternal life with God, he will restore their bodies of any physical defects. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a footnote if you are using footnotes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -9:47 r2gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 See how you translated the phrase **to be thrown into Gehenna** in [Mark 9:45](../mrk/09/45.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:49 mr5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς & πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the phrase **will be salted** in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -9:49 ma3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 Here, **fire** is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them, so **will be salted with fire** is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: “will be made pure in the fire of suffering” or “will suffer in order to be purified, as a sacrifice is purified with salt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +9:11 s9zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐπηρώτων 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John were questioning” +9:11 je29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they asked” +9:11 s1cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν 1 Here the disciples are referring to a prophecy in [Malachi 4:5–6](../mal/04/05.md). This prophecy states that God will send **Elijah** before the day of the Lord arrives, and he will prepare people. Elijah was a prophet who did many powerful things a long time before Malachi wrote down this prophecy. The **scribes** teach that this means that **Elijah** must come before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for Elijah, who was a prophet long ago, to come” or “the Scriptures indicate that it is necessary for Elijah the prophet to come” +9:11 t8hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐλθεῖν 1 Here, the word **come** refers to Elijah appearing in the world and doing what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to appear” or “to do what he is predicted to do” +9:11 fly4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρῶτον 1 Here the disciples imply that Elijah comes **first** because he comes before the Messiah does. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “first, before the Messiah comes” +9:12 p09o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +9:12 o8hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense Ἠλείας μὲν ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe something that is generally true. He does not necessarily mean that **Elijah** is currently doing these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form is natural for stating a general truth. Alternate translation: “Elijah, having come first, will restore all things” +9:12 pjbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθὼν πρῶτον 1 See how you translated “come first” in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “having appeared first, before the Messiah does” +9:12 qno2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces something further that Jesus wants the disciples to think about. What he asks about at first appears to contrast with what he has said about Elijah. However, in the following verse Jesus will show how these things actually go together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further, potentially contrasting idea. Alternate translation: “Beyond that, though,” or “And yet,” +9:12 s3q3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα πολλὰ πάθῃ καὶ ἐξουδενηθῇ? 1 Jesus uses a rhetorical question here to remind his disciples that the Scriptures also teach that the **Son of Man** must suffer and be despised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The Scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be despised.” +9:12 toik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through prophets. Alternate translation: “did the prophets say” or “did God have the prophets write” +9:12 ldt3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἵνα & πάθῃ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man, that I would suffer” +9:12 i3j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that many would despise him” or “that they would despise him” +9:13 myp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces more information about Elijah that contrasts with what Jesus said in the previous verse about Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “And yet” or “Now” +9:13 yvjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the three disciples, the word **you** here is plural. +9:13 k6b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν 1 See how you translated **come** in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “has appeared” or “has done what he was predicted to do” +9:13 yixs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν & ἤθελον 1 The pronouns **they** and **they** could refer to: (1) people in general who mistreated Elijah. Alternate translation: “certain ones did … they were wanting” (2) the Jewish religious leaders. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … they were wanting” +9:13 k3kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅσα ἤθελον 1 Here Jesus implies that **whatever they wanted** was to mistreat and harm this **Elijah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whatever harmful things they were wanting to do” or “any evil things they were wanting to do” +9:13 st2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through prophets. Alternate translation: “the prophets said” or “God had the prophets write” +9:14 lsk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +9:14 n8fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the rest of **the disciples**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when Jesus, Peter, James, and John returned to the rest of the disciples who had not gone with them up the mountain” +9:14 dgk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +9:14 qsp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς & αὐτούς 1 Here, both occurrences of the pronoun **them** refer to the other disciples of Jesus who had not gone up on the mountain with Jesus, Peter, James, and John. +9:15 k82v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐξεθαμβήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the whole crowd saw him, which amazed them” +9:15 qhc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & προστρέχοντες & αὐτόν 1 All three occurrences of the pronoun **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus … running to him … him” +9:16 ju59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτούς, τί συνζητεῖτε πρὸς αὑτούς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “them what they were arguing with them about.” +9:16 w679 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς & πρὸς αὑτούς 1 Here, the first occurrence of the pronoun **them** could refer to: (1) the disciples of Jesus who had not gone up on the mountain. In this case, the second occurrence of the pronoun **them** refers to the scribes. Alternate translation: “his disciples … with the scribes” (2) the scribes. In this case, the second occurrence of the pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “the scribes … with my disciples” (3) the people in the crowd. In this case, the second occurrence of the pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd … with my disciples” +9:16 mk3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular συνζητεῖτε πρὸς αὑτούς 1 Because Jesus is speaking to a group of people (see the previous note), the word **you** here is plural. +9:17 a2j6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤνεγκα τὸν υἱόν μου πρὸς σέ, ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον 1 Here the man implies that he **brought** his **son** so that Jesus would cast out the demon and heal his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I brought my son to you, having a mute spirit, so that you could cast the spirit out” +9:17 eluu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον 1 Here the man mean that his son was possessed or controlled by a **mute spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “being possessed by a mute spirit” or “because a mute spirit possesses him” +9:17 eb86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πνεῦμα ἄλαλον 1 Here the man implies that the **spirit** makes his son **mute**, that is, unable to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a spirit that makes him mute” +9:18 n09m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτὸν καταλάβῃ 1 Here, the phrase **seize him** refers to when the demon forces a person to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it might begin to control him” or “it might force him to do something” +9:18 s5gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφρίζει 1 When people are having convulsions, they can have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to form around their mouths. If your readers would not be familiar with this symptom, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “foam comes out of his mouth” or “he cannot swallow properly” +9:18 h98h ξηραίνεται 1 Alternate translation: “his body stiffens up” or “he cannot move” +9:18 iu9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπα τοῖς μαθηταῖς σου, ἵνα αὐτὸ ἐκβάλωσιν, καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “I asked your disciples, ‘Please cast it out,’ and” +9:18 x7vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 6 Here, the word **and** introduces what the disciples were not able to do in contrast to what the man wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but” +9:18 zre6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 The man is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they were not able to cast it out” +9:19 pc2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +9:19 tb67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** is plural, so Jesus is addressing more than one person. However, it is not clear exactly to whom **them** refers. It could refer to the disciples, the crowd, the boy and his father, some combination of them, or to all of them at once. Here, **them** probably refers to everyone who was present. Use the form in your language that would be used for addressing a group of people. Alternate translation: “answering all of them” or “addressing them all” or “addressing everyone present” +9:19 feix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος! ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is speaking to something that he knows cannot hear him. He is addressing the entire **generation** of people who were living at that time, and they are not all present to hear him. He is doing this to show in a very strong way how he feels about this **generation**. He is actually speaking to the people who were there and who could hear him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to the people who were there, since they are included in the generation that Jesus is addressing. Alternate translation: “You who are part of this unbelieving generation, until when will I be with you? Until when will I bear with you?” +9:19 nbw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the **generation**, which means that they are adults who are currently alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “O today’s people who are unbelieving” or “O unbelieving people of this generation” +9:19 c88a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the people who were there and to show how frustrated he is by them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “I do not want to be with you for long. I do not want to bear with you for long.” or “I want to leave you! I want to stop bearing with you!” +9:19 azc9 ἕως πότε -1 Alternate translation: “how long … How long” +9:19 n4dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 The question **until when will I be with you** and the question **Until when will I bear with you** have very similar meanings. Jesus uses these two similar questions together in order to emphasize his frustration and disappointment. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “until when will I be with you and endure your unbelief” +9:19 nfqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the people who are part of the **generation**, the words **you** and **you** here are plural. +9:19 b7u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase bear with refers to being charitable or kind to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “will I be charitable to you” or “will I act kindly with you” +9:19 a61k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular φέρετε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to some people who were there, the command **Bring** is plural. +9:19 nrya rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to the man’s son. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “the man’s son” or “the one who has the mute spirit” +9:20 l4r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν & καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 In this verse the first and fourth occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the man’s “son”, who was possessed by a mute **spirit** and was mentioned in [Mark 9:17](../mrk/09/17.md). If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen him, the spirit immediately shook the boy with convulsions” +9:20 vdj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν & καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν, τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 In this verse, the second and third occurrence of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this in your translation in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they brought the man’s son to Jesus, and having seen Jesus, the spirit immediately shook the boy with convulsions” +9:20 bw3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συνεσπάραξεν αὐτόν 1 Here Mark is referring to a fit or seizure in which a person cannot control his or her body, which shakes violently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “caused him to have a seizure” +9:20 ssax rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφρίζων 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:18](../09/18.md). Alternate translation: “foam coming out of his mouth” or “not being able to swallow properly” +9:21 f5zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ? ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “he asked his father how much time it was while this had been happening to him. And he said that it was from childhood.” +9:21 bu6m πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “For how much time has this been happening to him” or “This has been happening to him for how long of a time” +9:21 n215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 The father is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “This has been happening to him from childhood” +9:21 x33v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **childhood**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Since he was very young” +9:22 kqal rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces what the man wants Jesus to do in contrast with what his son is experiencing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **but** untranslated. Alternate translation: “and so” +9:22 f5yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure βοήθησον ἡμῖν, σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since Jesus would have **compassion** on them before he would **help** them. Alternate translation: “having compassion on us, help us” +9:22 vwcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative βοήθησον ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you help us” +9:22 y1qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν & ἡμᾶς 1 By **us**, the man means himself and his son but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +9:22 fbup rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **compassion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sympathizing with” +9:23 hhgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the man said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “In response,” +9:23 vh6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ δύνῃ 1 With the phrase **If you are able**, Jesus is repeating back to the man what the man had just said to Jesus. Jesus does this in order to rebuke the man’s doubt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Why did you say, ‘If you are able’” or “For what reason did you use the words, ‘If you are able’” +9:23 gc6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τὸ εἰ δύνῃ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have said, ‘If you are able.’” or “Do not say, ‘If you are able’!” +9:23 zt0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τὸ εἰ δύνῃ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “Did you speak about whether I was able” +9:23 kp1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 Here Jesus could be stating that **All things**: (1) can can be done for **the one believing**. Alternate translation: “All things can be done for the one believing” (2) can be done by **the one believing**. Alternate translation: “All things can be done by the one believing” +9:23 e5kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 Here Jesus could be implying that: (1) God can do anything for **the one believing** in him. Alternate translation: “are possible for God to do for the one believing in him” (2) Jesus can do anything for **the one believing** in him. Alternate translation: “are possible for me to do for the one believing in me” +9:24 nik2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πιστεύω 1 Here the man could be implying that he believes: (1) in God and that God will help him and his son. Alternate translation: “I believe in God” or “I believe that God will help us” (2) in Jesus and that Jesus will help him and his son. Alternate translation: “I believe in you” or “I believe that you will help us” +9:24 h4y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 Here the man implies that he wants Jesus to **Help** him overcome or remove his **unbelief**. In other words, while the man does believe, he also has **unbelief**, and he wants Jesus to help him get rid of that **unbelief**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Help me overcome the unbelief I still have” or “Assist me in removing my unbelief” or “Help me so that I always believe” +9:24 wssi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unbelief**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “me with how I do not believe” or “me whenever I fail to believe” +9:25 qaw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 The phrase **a crowd is running to {them}** means that more people were **running** toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “many people were gathering around them” or “people were gathering quickly around them” +9:25 b54j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he told it” +9:25 ul8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν πνεῦμα 1 Here the Jesus implies that **the spirit** makes the boy **mute and deaf**, that is, unable to speak or hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Spirit that makes the boy mute and deaf” +9:25 m3ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηκέτι εἰσέλθῃς εἰς αὐτόν 1 Here Jesus is commanding the demon to stop possessing or controlling the boy and to never start possessing or controlling him again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “cease controlling him, and never start controlling him again” or “cease possessing him, and never possess him again” +9:25 zd5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔξελθε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go out” +9:26 adb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλὰ σπαράξας, αὐτόν 1 Here Mark is referring to a fit or seizure in which a person cannot control his or her body, which shakes violently. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:20](../09/20.md). Alternate translation: “having caused him to have a powerful seizure” +9:26 s78v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 Here Mark means that the demon stopped possessing or controlling the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it no longer controlled him” or “it ceased possessing him” +9:26 i8dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “it went out” +9:26 n7h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐγένετο ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς 1 Mark is saying that the boy was like **a dead {person}** because he was lying so still and quietly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he became so quiet and still that he was like a dead person” or “he lay completely still on the ground, like a dead person” +9:26 ns4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 Mark is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many of the people there” +9:26 hjf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγειν ὅτι ἀπέθανεν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said that he had died” +9:28 zwjp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who went with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, going” +9:28 f0x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go εἰσελθόντος 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come” +9:28 sd45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations κατ’ ἰδίαν ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him privately why they were not able to cast it out.” +9:28 y9av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +9:28 a1m9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the demon more directly. Alternate translation: “the demon” +9:29 v2s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 Here Jesus implies that he is speaking about a **kind** of demon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “This kind of demon” +9:29 pdk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “is able to come out only by prayer and fasting” +9:29 kh4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθεῖν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “to go out” +9:29 rdkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **prayer and fasting**. The ULT follows that reading. Some ancient manuscripts read “prayer.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +9:30 kyue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out” +9:30 vrbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γνοῖ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus did not want anyone to **know** that he was passing through Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “would know that he was there” +9:31 vpj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται & αὐτόν & ἀναστήσεται 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am being handed over … me … I will rise up” +9:31 w75k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “Someone is handing the Son of Man over” +9:31 z8ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας 1 The term **hands** represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”\n +9:31 y5cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the word **men** refers to people who have authority and who want to get rid of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of powerful people” or “of people who hate him” +9:31 s1n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after they have killed him” +9:31 op9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται 1 Here, the phrase **rise up** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life” or “he will resurrect” +9:31 whyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **after three days** refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as day one, tomorrow as day two, and the day after tomorrow as day three. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. See how you expressed this phrase in [8:31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days from then” +9:32 kmc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ῥῆμα 1 Here, **word** represents what Jesus said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had just said” or “that teaching” +9:33 xv94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went” +9:33 l2kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Here Mark is referring to **the house** where Jesus and his disciples were staying in Capernaum. It may have been Peter’s house (see [1:29](../01/29.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “into the house in which they were going to live” +9:33 irb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτούς, τί ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ διελογίζεσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “them what they had been discussing on the way.” +9:33 ew7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular διελογίζεσθε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the word **you** here is plural. +9:34 rlot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οἱ & ἐσιώπων, πρὸς ἀλλήλους γὰρ διελέχθησαν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, τίς μείζων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “they had been arguing with one another on the way about who was greatest, so they were silent” +9:34 gdg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίς μείζων 1 Here, **greatest** refers to who was the **greatest** among the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who was the greatest among them” +9:35 nw8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθίσας 1 In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually sat down when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having sat down to instruct them” or “having sat down as a teacher does” +9:35 z754 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles” +9:35 jzl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 Being **first** refers to people who are esteemed by others because of their social position, wealth, and privileges. Being **last** refers to people who are not esteemed by others, because they lack social position, wealth, and privileges. Jesus speaks of being the “most important” as being **first** and of being the “least important” as being **last**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone wants to be respected, he will be the least respected of all” or “If anyone wants to be significant, he will be the least significant of all” +9:35 um58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “number one” +9:35 fkf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος 1 Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “he must act like the last of all and a servant of all” +9:35 t526 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων & πάντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all people … of all people” +9:36 l62w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτὸ -1 Here, the word translated **him** refers to the child without identifying whether the child was male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “this child … this child” +9:36 qqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the midst of his disciples” +9:37 uo2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς ἂν ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων δέξηται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive **one of these little children** were actually receiving him. He means that these people, by receiving the **little children**, show that they would receive Jesus too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever receives one of these little children in my name, it is as if he or she received me” or “whoever receives one of these little children in my name proves that he or she would receive me” +9:37 h242 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τῶν τοιούτων παιδίων 1 Here Jesus is referring to **little children** like the little child whom he set in their midst (see [9:36](../09/36.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “any little child like the one standing here” or “any little child, like this one here,”\n +9:37 ul12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, the phrase **in my name** could mean that: (1) the person receives a little child because the person follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because that person is acting as my disciple” (2) the person receives the little child because the little child follows Jesus. Alternate translation: “because the child is my disciple” +9:37 zs6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃς ἂν ἐμὲ δέχηται, οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 Here Jesus speaks as if people who receive him were actually receiving God, who sent him. He means that these people, by receiving him, show that they would receive God too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever receives me, it is as if he or she did not receive me but the one having sent me” or “the one receiving me proves that he or she would not only receive me but also the one having sent me” +9:37 uik3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 Jesus says **does not receive me** here as an overstatement for emphasis. He means that the people who receive him are not just receiving him but are also receiving God, who sent him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “receives not just me but also the one having sent me” or “does not receive me only but also the one having sent me” +9:37 y24n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 Here Jesus implies that **the one having sent** him is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, the one who sent me” +9:38 a3d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive εἴδομέν & ἐκωλύομεν & ἡμῖν 1 When John says **we** and **us**, he is speaking of himself and the other disciples, so **we** and **us** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. +9:38 dxq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with him. The expression **in your name** means that the person was acting with the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “on your behalf” or “as your representative” or “by your authority” +9:38 rmm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου & καὶ ἐκωλύομεν αὐτόν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **in your name, and we were preventing him**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “in your name who does not follow us, and we were preventing him.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +9:38 vpiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκωλύομεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because he was not following with us, we were preventing him” +9:38 k2i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν 1 Here, **following** does not seem to mean “to be one of Jesus’ disciples”, since this man was claiming to act in Jesus’ **name**. Here, **following with us** means that this man did not travel in the group of Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was not traveling with us in our group” or “he was not part of our group” +9:39-40 xrm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν; οὐδεὶς γάρ ἐστιν ὃς ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, καὶ δυνήσεται ταχὺ κακολογῆσαί με & ὃς γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [9:39](../09/39.md) and [9:40](../09/40.md) into a verse bridge in order to include the reasons for Jesus’ command not to **prevent** the man before including the command. Alternate translation: “But Jesus said, ‘Whoever is not against us is for us. In fact, there is no one who will do a mighty work in my name and will be able soon afterwards to speak evil about me. Therefore, do not prevent him” +9:39 hbu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν; οὐδεὶς γάρ ἐστιν ὃς ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, καὶ δυνήσεται ταχὺ κακολογῆσαί με 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “There is no one who will do a mighty work in my name and will be able soon afterwards to speak evil about me, so do not prevent him” +9:39 oynl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **prevent**. Alternate translation: “Allow him to continue” +9:39 ouab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular μὴ κωλύετε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the command **Do not prevent** is plural. +9:39 wyk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ποιήσει & δυνήσεται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to describe something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever form is natural for stating a general truth. Alternate translation: “does … is able” +9:39 yw2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 See how you translated **name** in [9:38](../09/38.md). Alternate translation: “on my behalf” or “as my representative” or “by my authority” +9:39 h7ez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κακολογῆσαί 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to say evil things about” +9:40 ozrh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason for what Jesus has just told his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a statement, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Here is why:” +9:40 tma4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔστιν καθ’ ἡμῶν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 Here, the phrase **against us** describes people who attack or hate Jesus and his disciples. The phrase **for us** describes people who support or are friendly to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is not our enemy is our friend” or “is not attacking us is helping us”\n +9:40 hp68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν -1 By **us**, Jesus means himself and his disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +9:41 gzql rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an example that explains what Jesus has just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an example, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “Here is what I mean:” +9:41 lz5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς & ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον ὕδατος 1 Jesus speaks about giving someone **a cup of water** to drink as an example of one small way in which a person can help another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that this is an example, or you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “whoever, for example, gives you a cup of water” or “whoever helps you in any way” +9:41 nmx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς & ἐστε & ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is talking to his disciples, the word **you** throughout this verse is plural. +9:41 m0d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ὀνόματι, ὅτι 1 Here, the phrase **in the name that** introduces the reason or basis for something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the ground that” or “since” +9:41 ypgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Χριστοῦ ἐστε 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “you belong to me, Christ” +9:41 bgq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **certainly not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “he will most certainly receive” +9:41 jjq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Although the pronouns **he** and **his** are masculine, they are being used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person will certainly not lose his or her reward” +9:41 wnb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +9:42 nhbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces a situation that contrasts with the situation that Jesus described in the previous verse. In this verse, people are harming instead of helping Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” or “However,” +9:42 v8qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes one of these little ones who believe in me to sin” +9:42 cj0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ 1 The phrase **these little ones** could refer: (1) to people who are not important from a human perspective. Alternate translation: “one of these unimportant people who believe in me” (2) to children who love Jesus and who are physically **little** compared to adults. Alternate translation: “one of these children who believe in me” (3) to people whose faith is new and has not yet become mature and strong. Alternate translation: “one of these people who recently believed in me” +9:42 gef5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ 1 Here Jesus implies that what he is about to describe is **better** than being punished by God for causing one of these little ones to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “rather than being punished by God for doing that, it is better for him if” +9:42 t9fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ & βέβληται 1 Although the terms **him**, **his**, and **he** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “for that person … his or her … he or she has been thrown” +9:42 bami rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περίκειται μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ βέβληται εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that people might put a millstone of a donkey around his neck and throw him into the sea” +9:42 z6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύλος ὀνικὸς 1 A **millstone** was a round stone used for grinding grain into flour. The phrase **of a donkey** indicates that this kind of **millstone** was heavy enough that it took a **donkey** to turn it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a very large rock” or “a very heavy object” +9:42 bx6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περίκειται & περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ 1 The implication is that someone would tie the **millstone** around the person’s neck. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is attached to his neck” +9:43 ifcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their **hand** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your hand causes you to stumble. If that were to happen” +9:43 g8dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σου 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your foot** as if they were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **hand** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your hand’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your hand” +9:43 m3k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σκανδαλίσῃ σε & σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν & σε 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** and **you** throughout this verse as well as the command **cut it off** are singular. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural. +9:43 gxu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίσῃ σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” +9:43 qo45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but you could use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off!” +9:43 wd7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **life** were a house into which someone could **enter**. He is referring to experiencing or receiving **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience life” or “to receive life” +9:43 l5bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be able to live” +9:43 h9lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ζωὴν 1 Here Jesus implies that this **life** is everlasting or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “everlasting life” +9:43 wlu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Γέενναν 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. The valley named **Gehenna** was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley” +9:43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 Here, the phrase **the unquenchable fire** refers to **Gehenna**, or hell, and describes it as a very unpleasant place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which is as hot as unquenchable fire” or “a terrible place” +9:44 f0g0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. +9:44 yh4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται 1 Here the author describes hell as if it were a place where there were worms and fire. He means that it is a very unpleasant place where people experience punishment and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “where it is as if their worm does not end, and it is as if the fire is not quenched” or “which is like a place where their worm does not end and the fire is not quenched” +9:44 vpk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** refers to people who are in Gehenna. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the worm of the people there” +9:44 urrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, the author is using the possessive form to describe a **worm** that devours them. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worm that devours them” +9:44 kj46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ σκώληξ & οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people were being devoured by only one **worm**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “worms do not end” +9:44 m6z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 The author is referring to death in a polite way by using the word **end**. He means that **the worm** continues to devour the people there because it never dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “does not pass away” or “does not die” or “never ceases to devour” +9:44 lm09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people do not quench the fire” +9:44 s37j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πῦρ 1 Here the author implies that **the fire** burns the people who are in Gehenna. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the fire that burns them” +9:45 lx2b ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἀπόκοψον αὐτόν; καλόν ἐστίν σε εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν, ἢ τοὺς δύο πόδας ἔχοντα 1 Here Jesus repeats what he said in [9:43](../09/43.md) except he refers to a **foot** and being **lame** rather than a “hand” and being “crippled.” Express the idea as you did there, making the necessary changes to refer to a **foot**. +9:45 vj49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you” +9:45 hbt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Γέενναν 1 See how you translated **Gehenna** in [9:43](../09/43.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley” +9:45 zhf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τὴν Γέενναν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **Gehenna**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts add the words “into the unquenchable fire” after **Gehenna**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +9:46 c8fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. Since this verse is identical to [9:44](../09/44.md), those who decide to include it should express the idea as they did there. +9:47 p0ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples might experience their **eye** causing them to stumble. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen” +9:47 okc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your eye** as if it were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **eye** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your eye”\n +9:47 lcbs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν & σέ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** and **you** throughout this verse as well as the command **throw it out** are singular. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who is speaking to a group of people, you could use plural forms in your translation. If you do so, you may also need to make some other words plural. +9:47 j65u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” +9:47 t7uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but you could use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even throw it out!” +9:47 qy91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “for God to throw you” +9:47 r2gn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Γέενναν 1 See how you translated **Gehenna** in [9:43](../09/43.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley” +9:48 sss2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται 1 Here Jesus describes hell as if it were a place where there were worms and fire. He means that it is a very unpleasant place where people experience punishment and pain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “where it is as if their worm does not end, and it is as if the fire is not quenched” or “which is like a place where their worm does not end and the fire is not quenched” +9:48 sss3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **their** refers to people who are in Gehenna. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the worm of the people there” +9:48 sss4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **worm** that devours them. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the worm that devours them” +9:48 sss5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ σκώληξ & οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 If it would not be natural in your language to speak as if a group of people were being devoured by only one **worm**, you could use the plural form of that word in your translation. Alternate translation: “worms do not end” +9:48 sss6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the word **end**. He means that **the worm** continues to devour the people there because it never dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “does not pass away” or “does not die” or “never ceases to devour” +9:48 sss7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people do not quench the fire” +9:48 sss8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πῦρ 1 Here Jesus implies that **the fire** burns the people who are in Gehenna. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the fire that burns them” +9:49 k379 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation related to what Jesus has just said about using extreme means to make sure that one does not sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a related explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “As a matter of fact,” +9:49 mr5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς & ἁλισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God will salt everyone” +9:49 ma3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if people were food or sacrifices that **will be salted with fire**. In Jesus’ culture, people would put salt on their food and on sacrifices that they offered to God. The salt preserved the food and made it taste better. When someone is salted **with fire**, it most likely refers to that person experiencing difficult or painful situations that eventually help and sanctify that person. However, Jesus does not explain the metaphor, and Christians disagree on what it means. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. If necessary, you could state more explicitly that Jesus is referring to some form of suffering and its effects on people. Alternate translation: “will experience something like being salted with fire” or “will suffer as if they were being burned, and that will help them as if they were being salted” +9:49 mlnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants πυρὶ 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **with fire**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “and every sacrifice will be salted with salt” after **with fire**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +9:50 qt9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καλὸν τὸ ἅλας 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this illustration: Salt is good” +9:50 oaep rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας ἄναλον γένηται, ἐν τίνι 1 Jesus means that it is possible for **salt** to become **unsalty**, and he is speaking about what can or cannot happen after **salt** has become **unsalty**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose that the salt becomes unsalty. With what” 9:50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 Alternate translation: “loses its salty taste” -9:50 fqb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 By using the phrase **with what will you season it**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form to emphasize a truth that he wants his listeners to understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot make it salty again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +9:50 fqb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that no one can make ruined salt salty again. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you cannot season it with anything!” or “you are not able to season it.”\n 9:50 t76n αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 Alternate translation: “will you make it taste salty again” -9:50 f34y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were **salt**. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **salt** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -9:50 syc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 The plural reflexive pronoun **yourselves** is used here to emphasize that Jesus wanted his 12 disciples to apply what he was saying to themselves. Use a form that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “make sure that each of you has salt within yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -9:50 tind rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις 1 The command, **be at peace with one another**, is an instruction to all of Jesus’ 12 disciples. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -10:intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in [Mark10:7-8](../mrk/10/07.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Jesus’ teaching about divorce\n\nThe Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. As Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage, he shows that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nMetaphors are mental pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of “the cup which I will drink,” he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant” ([Mark 10:43](../mrk/10/43.md)). -10:1 qq93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς, ἔρχεται 1 Jesus’ disciples were traveling with him, and they were leaving Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “getting up, Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum and went from that place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:1 goki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “comes” rather than **goes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -10:1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Alternate translation: “and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River” or “and to the area east of the Jordan River” -10:1 s6fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go συνπορεύονται & ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “the crowds went together to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -10:1 vzb4 εἰώθει 1 Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he usually did” -10:5 m73x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν 1 Here, **heart** refers to a person’s inner being or mind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -10:5 xqzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **hardness of heart** is an idiom which describes stubbornly choosing to resist God’s will and desires and instead choosing one’s own will and desires. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the phrase “the hardness of their heart” in [Mark 3:5](../mrk/03/05.md). Alternate translation: “your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -10:6 m6lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the adjectives **male** and **female** are being used as nouns in order to describe two groups of people, men and women. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these in another way. Alternate translation: “God made people to be men and women” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -10:6 jz57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 Beginning in the previous verse, Jesus begins directly addressing the Pharisees with the words “Because of your hardness of heart.” Here and in the next two verses, he continues to address the Pharisees. In this verse, Jesus begins quoting two Old Testament scripture passages, [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md) which he concludes at the end of [Mark 10:8](../mrk/10/08.md). Jesus’ entire address is enclosed with double quotation marks. His quotation of the Old Testament is enclosed with single quotation marks, because it is a quote within a quote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation, the Scriptures tell us that God made people male and female” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -10:7 lfzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Here, the word **man** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -10:8 rd63 καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 In this verse Jesus finishes his quotation of [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). Jesus began quoting Genesis in the second half of [Mark 10:6](../mrk/10/6.md). -10:8 p7yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 A husband and wife **no longer** being **two** but instead being **one flesh** is metaphor illustrating the husband and wife’s close union as a couple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or clarify this using plain language. Alternate translation: “the two people are like one person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:9 ty4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ οὖν ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one separate them” or “Therefore, since God has joined together husband and wife, let no one tear them apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:9 pty4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “should not be separated by any person” or “let people not separate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -10:10 l8fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked Jesus about the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:11 i5kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἂν 1 Here the word **Whoever** does not refer to anyone in the world, but rather to any person who **divorces his wife and marries another** person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -10:12 sn1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 Here, the phrase **she commits adultery** means that a woman who divorces her husband and marries another man commits adultery against her previous husband. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “she commits adultery against the first man she married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:13 zx1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -10:13 nmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσέφερον 1 Here, **they** refers to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:13 pk8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 Here, **he might touch them** means that Jesus would lay his hands on the children and bless them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might touch them with his hands and bless them” or “Jesus might lay his hands on them and bless them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:14 yi5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 The phrase **Permit the little children to come to me** and the phrase **do not prevent them** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Be sure to allow the little children to come to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -10:14 qj7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 If the double negative **do not prevent** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “allow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -10:15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 Alternate translation: “if anyone will not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, that person will definitely not enter it” -10:15 a1e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 The point of the comparison, **as a little child**, is that Jesus is comparing how a person must receive the kingdom of God with how a little child would receive things. If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with humble faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -10:15 q3ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 Here, the word **it** refers to the kingdom of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not enter the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 Alternate translation: “embracing the children in his arms” -10:17 fpp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 Here, the word **inherit** means “be given” or “receive” and is being used to mean “receive eternal life” or “be given eternal life.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to receive eternal life” or “in order to obtain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:17 d0iy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -10:17 h45i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you can express the idea behind **life** by using a verbal form like “live,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -10:18 lw1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν 1 Jesus’ statement “Why are you calling me good” is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using in order to make a point and not to obtain information. If you would not use a rhetorical question to make a point in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -10:18 gyod rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 By saying, **Why are you calling me good? No one is good except God alone**, Jesus is correcting the man’s misunderstanding regarding eternal life and about what it takes to please God. In the previous verse, the man called Jesus “Good Teacher,” thinking that Jesus was a good man but not knowing that Jesus was God. In this verse, Jesus redirects the man’s focus away from people and towards God. As evidenced by the man’s question to Jesus in the previous verse, the man thinks that in order to merit God’s approval and “inherit eternal life,” a person simply needs to know the right things and do them. Jesus’ words in this verse are meant to correct the man’s thinking and show the man that only God is fully good and that to please God, a person must focus on God and put their trust in God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:19 qs3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 In the previous verse Jesus begins directly addressing the man who came to him. This verse continues Jesus’ direct speech to the man. However, in this verse, beginning with the phrase **Do not kill**, Jesus begins quoting several Old Testament passages. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate Jesus’ direct quotation of the Old Testament as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “You know that the Scriptures tell us that we should not kill, commit adultery, steal, testify falsely, or defraud others, and that each person must honor their father and mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -10:19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 Alternate translation: “do not testify falsely against anyone” or “do not lie about someone in court” -10:20 bd3s Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -10:21 syq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 Here, **lack** is a metaphor for still needing to do something. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **lack** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:21 rd85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 Here, the word **it** refers to the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:21 ux1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate the phrase **the poor** with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -10:21 iij4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 Jesus speaks of rewards in heaven as if these rewards are **treasure**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you will be rewarded in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:22 afu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ λόγῳ 1 Although the term **word** is singular, Mark is using this term to refer to all of the instructions that Jesus gave the man in the prior verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -10:22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 Alternate translation: “someone who owned many things” -10:24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “but Jesus said to his disciples again” -10:24 fh1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 Here Jesus is using the term **Children** to describe the disciples. They are under his spiritual care and Jesus teaches them as a father would instruct his children, and he regards them in that sense. If your readers would not understand the use of the term **Children** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could translate this plainly, as UST does. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -10:25 f15k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 This entire verse is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize how difficult it is for **rich** people **to enter into the kingdom of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses the difficulty of something happening. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -10:25 t4y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 This phrase, **the eye of a needle**, refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing **needle** through which the thread passes. If your readers are not familiar with camels and/or needles, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture, or you could state this in plain language without using hyperbole and express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “It is extremely difficult for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -10:27 vfyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Here, although the term **men** is masculine, it is used with a generic sense to refer to people in general, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -10:28 hcv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is an exclamation word which is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -10:29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 Alternate translation: “or the land that he owns” -10:30 sjhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 The phrase **not receive** in this verse, when combined with the phrase “no one” in the previous verse, creates a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state the entire sentence positively. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -10:30 heb4 ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ 1 Alternate translation: “in this present age” -10:31 y2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ & ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns in order to indicate groups of people. See how you translated the words **first** and **last** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “many people who are now important will not be, and the people who are not now important, will be” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj) -10:31 ym7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Here, Jesus is using the words **first** and **last** metaphorically. See how you translated these words in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:32 hq7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 Some people were walking behind Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:32 k1nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -10:33 pv4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is an exclamation word which Jesus is using to draw attention to the words that he says next. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -10:33 qkq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -10:33 s1hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 In speaking of himself as **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will be delivered to the chief priests and the scribes, and they will condemn me to death and deliver me to the Gentiles” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) -10:33 ha2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the meaning behind the phrase **will be handed over** by using an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -10:33 ohsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **death** by using a verbal form of this word, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -10:33 ils2 παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Alternate translation: “put him under the control of the Gentiles” -10:34 ccd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτῷ & αὐτῷ & αὐτὸν & ἀναστήσεται 1 In this verse Jesus continues referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) -10:34 t0lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐμπαίξουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to “the Gentiles” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles will mock him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -10:34 xv2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται 1 The phrase **he will rise** refers to rising from the dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will rise from being dead” or “he will rise from his grave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:35 li9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive θέλομεν & αἰτήσωμέν & ἡμῖν 1 Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John, and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -10:35 ch2r Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -10:36 he8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “to James and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -10:37 xwf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ εἶπαν αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to James and John. Alternate translation: “And James and John said to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -10:37 n1fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δὸς ἡμῖν & καθίσωμεν 1 Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John, so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -10:37 bb98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “beside you when you rule in your kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:37 kyg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **glory** in another way such as using a verbal form of the word. Alternate translation: “next to you when you are glorified” or “sit by you when you are glorified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +9:50 gims rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀρτύσετε & ἔχετε & εἰρηνεύετε 1 Because Jesus is talking to his disciples, the word **you** and the commands **Have** and **be at peace** are plural. +9:50 f34y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Here Jesus commands his disciples to have **salt** in themselves. Just as salt makes food better in many ways, so Jesus’ disciples can make the world better in many ways. If possible, preserve the figure of speech or use simile form since it refers back to the illustration Jesus just gave. Alternate translation: “Be like food that has salt in it” or “Help others as if you had salt in yourselves” +9:50 syc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰρηνεύετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “act peaceably” +10:intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n5. Jesus instructs his disciples and journeys toward Jerusalem (8:22–10:52)\n * Jesus teaches about marriage and divorce (10:1–12)\n * Jesus blesses little children (10:13–16)\n * Jesus talks with a rich man (10:17–22)\n * Jesus teaches about wealth, possessions, and the kingdom (10:23–31)\n * Jesus predicts his death and resurrection (10:32–34)\n * Jesus and the disciples speak about who will be great (10:35–45)\n * Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus (10:46–52)\n\nSome translations set quotations farther to the right than the rest of the text to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quotations in [10:6–8](../10/06.md), which are from [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md) and [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nIn [10:2](../10/02.md), the Pharisees test Jesus by asking him about an issue that was controversial among Jewish religious leaders: divorce. More specifically, the religious leaders argued about whether men could divorce their wives and about what were valid grounds for divorce. So, they ask Jesus about this. When Jesus asks what Moses wrote in the Law, the Pharisees refer to [Deuteronomy 24:1–4](../deu/24/01.md), which assumes that men do divorce their wives. Jesus responds that this section of the Law exists only because the Israelites were stubborn. He means that God knew that the Israelite men would sometimes divorce their wives, so he included a law about how to do it. Then Jesus argues that divorce is never what God wants, and he quotes from Genesis 1 and 2 to prove this. He further says that any divorced person who marries again is involved in adultery. Make sure that it is clear that both Jesus and the Pharisees are making arguments based on the Scriptures.\n\n### Rich people and the kingdom of God\n\nIn Jesus’ culture, many people thought that rich people had been specifically blessed by God. When Jesus said that it was extremely difficult for rich people to enter God’s kingdom (see [10:23–25](../10/23.md)), the disciples were shocked. They thought that if it was hard for rich people to enter the kingdom, it would be impossible for everyone else. That is why they ask the question, “And who is able to be saved?” ([10:26](../10/26.md)). If your readers might not understand why the disciples respond in this way, you may need to include a footnote that explains some of this information.\n\n### Sitting at Jesus’ right and left hand\n\nIn [10:37](../10/37.md) and [10:40](../10/40.md), Jesus and James and John refer to sitting at Jesus’ right hand and at his left hand. They are referring to the places of honor at the right and left side of a king or ruler. The people who sit in these places have authority and are respected the most after the king or ruler. Make sure that this meaning is clear in your translation. See the notes on these two verses for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Drinking the cup\n\nIn [10:38–39](../10/38.md), Jesus refers to a “cup” from which he is going to drink. He is using a figure of speech from the Old Testament that refers to experiencing suffering and pain (for example, see [Psalm 75:8](../psa/75/08.md) and [Isaiah 51:17](../isa/51/17.md)). He means that he will experience suffering, and his disciples must be ready to experience it as well. Since this figure of speech is from the Old Testament, if possible you should preserve it or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Being baptized with a baptism\n\nIn [10:38–39](../10/38.md), Jesus refers to a “baptism” with which he and his disciples will be “baptized.” He means that, just as people who are baptized are covered with water, he and his disciples will be overwhelmed by suffering and difficult circumstances. Since baptism is an important concept in the Bible, if possible you should preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in conversations, and many of the conversations are with one person. Because of this, the majority of the forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. So, you should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 5, 19, and 35. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]]) +10:1 r6rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,” +10:1 qq93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἔρχεται 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples, goes” +10:1 goki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “comes” instead of **goes**. Alternate translation: “he comes” +10:1 av2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, the phrase **that place** refers to Capernaum (see [9:33](../09/33.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from Capernaum” +10:1 j5wa πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the phrase **beyond the Jordan** refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River” +10:1 s6fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go συνπορεύονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go together” +10:1 vzb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰώθει 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was his custom” or “he generally did” +10:2 koh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὐτὸν, εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνδρὶ γυναῖκα ἀπολῦσαι? πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “him, ‘Is it lawful for a husband to divorce his wife?’ testing him” +10:2 ox9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **testing** introduces the purpose for which the Pharisees asked Jesus this question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “which they asked to test him” or “with the goal of testing him” +10:3 m4pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +10:3 m7ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked them what Moses commanded them.” +10:3 l74d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς 1 Here Jesus is referring to what the Law that God gave the Israelites through **Moses** includes about divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What laws about divorce did God give you through Moses” or “What did Moses write for you in the Law about divorce” +10:3 j89n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, the word **you** here is plural. +10:4 qyht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν Μωϋσῆς βιβλίον ἀποστασίου γράψαι καὶ ἀπολῦσαι 1 Here the Pharisees are referring to a specific section in the law that God gave to Moses (see [Deuteronomy 24:1–4](../deu/24/01.md)). This passage discusses divorce and remarriage, and it mentions the use of **a certificate of divorce**. The Pharisees interpreted this passage to mean that men could divorce their wives, but they had to use **a certificate of divorce**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: “In the Law, Moses permitted a husband to write a certificate of divorce and then to divorce his wife” +10:4 vpgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βιβλίον ἀποστασίου γράψαι 1 Here the Pharisees imply that the husband must also give the **certificate of divorce** to his wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to write a certificate of divorce, to give it to her,” +10:4 qlql rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 A **certificate of divorce** is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a paper that testifies to the divorce” +10:5 m73x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +10:5 xqzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **your hardness of heart** refers to obstinacy or unwillingness to listen and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because you are hardheaded” or “Because you are so stubborn”\n +10:5 slxl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hardness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Because your hearts are hard” +10:5 y613 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, the words **your** and **you** here are plural. +10:6-8 jz57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἀπὸ δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς & ἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα & καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν; ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But from the beginning of creation, as the Scriptures say, God made them male and female. The Scriptures say further that, because of this, a man will leave his father and mother, and the two will be one flesh. So then, I tell you that they are no longer two, but one flesh” +10:6 nk5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ & ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 Here, the phrase **from the beginning of creation** refers to when God created everything that exists. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the beginning of the world” or “at the time when God made the creation” +10:6 m6lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Genesis 1:27](../gen/01/27.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format or introduce these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “in the words of the Scriptures, ‘He made them male and female’” or “as the Scriptures say, ‘He made them male and female’” +10:7-8 f8s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα & καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Genesis 2:24](../gen/02/24.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format or introduce these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Further, again in the words of the Scriptures, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother, and the two will be one flesh’” or “The Scriptures also say, ‘Because of this, a man will leave his father and mother, and the two will be one flesh’” +10:7 sdzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν τούτου 1 The pronoun this refers to what the previous verse includes about how God created people male and female (see [10:6](../10/06.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to those ideas more directly. Alternate translation: “Because God created people that way” +10:7 lfzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 The word **man** represents men in general in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “men will leave their fathers and mothers” or “men will leave their parents” +10:7 lnz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος 1 Here the author of the quotation implies that this happens when the **man** gets married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he gets married, a man will leave” +10:7 m39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense καταλείψει 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to speak about something that is generally true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most naturally for expressing a general truth. Alternate translation: “leaves” +10:7 vdbn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Many ancient manuscripts do not include any words after **and mother**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “and will be joined to his wife” after **and mother**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +10:8 rd63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks as if **the two** are **one flesh**. He means that a husband and wife are so closely joined that it is as if they had **one flesh** or one body between them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will be like one flesh” or “the two will be as closely united as possible” +10:8 zu9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δύο 1 Jesus is using the number **two** as a noun to refer to a husband and a wife together. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the two of them” or “the two spouses” +10:8 zszz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, the phrase **So then** introduces a conclusion or inference based on the words Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “As you can see” +10:8 p7yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ 1 Here Jesus repeats in different form the words from the figure of speech at the end of the quotation earlier in this verse. He means that a husband and wife are so closely joined that it is as if they had **one flesh** or one body between them. Express the idea as you did earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “it is as if they are no longer two, but they are like one flesh” or “they are no longer two separate people, but are as closely united as possible” +10:9 o491 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion or inference based on what Jesus has said about marriage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “Because of that” or “So then” +10:9 ty4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ & ὁ Θεὸς συνέζευξεν 1 The phrase **what God joined together** refers to any married couple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “those whom God has joined together as husband and wife” or “couples whom God has joined together” +10:9 hshl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἄνθρωπος μὴ χωριζέτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “man should not separate” +10:9 pty4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, although the term **man** is masculine, it is used in a generic sense to refer to any person, male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person” or “humans” +10:10 cn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν πάλιν, οἱ μαθηταὶ περὶ τούτου ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **again** could go with: (1) **in the house**. Alternate translation: “again in the house, the disciples were asking him about this” (2) **asked**. Alternate translation: “in the house, the disciples were asking him again about this” +10:10 a1fz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 Here, the phrase **the house** refers to the place where Jesus and his disciples were staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the house in which they were living”\n +10:10 l8fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτου 1 The word **this** refers to the conversation that Jesus just had with the Pharisees about divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the conversation he had just had with the Pharisees” +10:11 i5kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλην 1 Jesus is using the adjective **another** as a noun to mean another woman. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another person” +10:11 cosl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μοιχᾶται ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “becomes an adulterer against her” or “does what is adulterous against her” +10:12 mn0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὴ 1 The pronoun **she** refers to any married woman. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to married women more directly. Alternate translation: “a wife” +10:12 ghs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλον 1 Jesus is using the adjective **another** as a noun to mean another man. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “another person” +10:12 sn1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μοιχᾶται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she becomes an adulteress” or “she does what is adulterous” +10:13 zx1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And it happened that” or “After this,” +10:13 nmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns προσέφερον 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “other people were bringing” +10:13 pk8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 In Mark’s culture, when Jesus would**touch** the little children, that would express God’s love for them and convey God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what laying his hands on them means. Alternate translation: “he might stretch out his hands toward them” or “he might touch them to bless them” +10:13 jk69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who were bringing the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who were bringing the little children” +10:14 mao6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the disciples were doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” +10:14 q9c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά; τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first two clauses describe. Alternate translation: “Of the ones such as these is the kingdom of God, so permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them” +10:14 yi5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses. Alternate translation: “Permit the little children to come to me; yes, do not forbid them” or “Permit the little children to come to me” +10:14 a4wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἄφετε & μὴ κωλύετε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the commands **Permit** and **do not forbid** are plural. +10:14 qj7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεσθαι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “to go” +10:14 zlqb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῶν & τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in **the kingdom of God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God belongs to the ones such as these” or “the ones such as these belong in the kingdom of God” +10:14 jq4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τῶν & τοιούτων 1 The pronoun **these** refers to the little children. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the little children more directly. Alternate translation: “of the ones such as these little children” +10:14 gq3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τῶν & τοιούτων 1 Jesus is referring to **the little children** and to people who are like them. He does not indicate exactly how these people are like **the little children**, so if possible express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “of people who are like these” +10:15 e08x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the word **you** here is plural. +10:15 y3a2 ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in positive form. Alternate translation: “only whoever receives the kingdom of God as a little child will enter into it” +10:15 a1e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 Jesus is saying that his disciples should be like **a little child** because little children are humble and thankfully receive gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a little child receives things” or “with humility like that of a little child”\n +10:15 q3ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +10:16 jq4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτά 1 In Mark’s culture, when Jesus placed his hands on the little children, that expressed God’s love for them and conveyed God’s blessing to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what having laid his hands on them means. See how you translated “touch them” in [10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “stretching out his hands toward them” or “which he did by placing his hands on them” +10:17 d0iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Sometime later,”\n +10:17 si2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche αὐτοῦ 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples,” +10:17 nffm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευομένου 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming out” +10:17 tayx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants προσδραμὼν εἷς καὶ γονυπετήσας αὐτὸν, ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν 1 Here Mark introduces a man as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a man ran up to him. He knelt before him and was asking him” +10:17 oh92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction γονυπετήσας αὐτὸν 1 In this man’s culture, kneeling down before a person was a way to honor a greater person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling down means. Alternate translation: “having prostrated himself before him” or “having bowed down to him in respect” +10:17 fpp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 Here the man speaks as if he were a child who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that he wants to receive **eternal life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I might receive eternal life” or “I might be given eternal life”\n +10:17 h45i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of life, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I might be able to live eternally” +10:18 kjkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the man said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +10:18 uwro rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “No one is good except one—God. So, why are you calling me good?” +10:18 lw1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the man for calling another human **good** without thinking carefully about it. Jesus is not denying that he is **good**, but he wants the man to think about it more carefully. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are calling me good without thinking carefully.” or “You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good!” +10:18 gyod rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “Only one is good—God” or “No person is good—only God is good” +10:19 qs3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας: μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Here Jesus quotes commands from the law that God gave to Moses. The first four commands and the sixth command come from either [Exodus 20:12–16](../exo/20/12.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:16–20](../deu/05/16.md). The fifth command is not directly quoted from the law that God gave Moses, but it may be a summary of the command found in [Exodus 20:17](../exo/20/17.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:21](../deu/05/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “You know the commandments—as you can read in the Scriptures, ‘Do not kill, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not testify falsely, do not defraud, honor your father and your mother’” +10:19 vxpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, μὴ ἀποστερήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα 1 Since in these commands God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the commands are singular. +10:19 hj3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ μοιχεύσῃς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “do not do what is adulterous” +10:20 qlbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +10:20 bd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκ νεότητός μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **youth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “since the time when I was a young man” or “from when I was a child” +10:21 ocri rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +10:21 syq1 ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 Alternate translation: “One thing you need to do” or “There is one thing you have not yet done” +10:21 rd85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 Here Jesus implies that the man should **give** the money the man would receive from selling his possessions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “give what you earn to the poor” +10:21 ux1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective poor as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” +10:21 a0hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 3 Here, the word and introduces the result that will follow if the man does **sell** what he owns and **give to the poor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and as a result” +10:21 iij4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Here, the clause **come, follow me** is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “come with me as my student” +10:21 z24n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Many ancient manuscripts do not include any words after **follow me**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “having taken up the cross” after the words **follow me**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +10:22 dxbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how the man reacted in contrast to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “But then” +10:22 rg43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ & στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος; ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the first two clauses describe. Alternate translation: “because he was having many possessions, having become downcast at this word, he went away being grieved” +10:22 i5v3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom στυγνάσας 1 Here, the phrase **having become downcast** indicates that the man became sad and mournful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face falling” or “having become mournful” +10:22 afu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ 1 Here, **word** represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ statement” or “the words that Jesus said” +10:22 rczv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λυπούμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “being very sorrowful” +10:22 v58f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν & ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 Here Mark implies that the young man did not want to sell these **possessions**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was having many possessions that he did not want to sell” +10:23 fi28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες, εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελεύσονται 1 This is an exclamation that is emphasizing how difficult it is for rich people to **enter into the kingdom of God**. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “You see that the ones having riches very difficultly enter into the kingdom of God!” or “Only with difficulty do the ones having riches enter into the kingdom of God!” +10:24 zqje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & μαθηταὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Jesus’ **words**. Alternate translation: “his words astonished the disciples” +10:24 z9z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Jesus is responding to how the disciples reacted to what he had said. He is not responding to something that they said to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “responding to their astonishment” or “in response” +10:24 fh1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα 1 Here Jesus calls his disciples **Children** to indicate that they are under his spiritual care and that he cares for them. The disciples were not actually Jesus’ children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form of address that a teacher or leader would use for the people whom that person teaches or leads. Alternate translation: “My dear disciples” or “Young men” +10:24 izt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἐστιν & εἰσελθεῖν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **it is to enter**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “it is for the ones trusting in riches to enter.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +10:25 f15k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν, ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here Jesus compares **a rich {person}** entering **the kingdom of God** with something that is impossible: **a camel** passing through **an eye of a needle**. Jesus does this to emphasize how hard it is for **a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God**. As [10:27](../10/27.md) shows, Jesus does not think that this is completely impossible, however. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea here in such a way that it does not sound as if it is totally impossible for **a rich {person} to enter into the kingdom of God**. Alternate translation: “Consider how difficult it is for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle. That illustrates how difficult it is for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” +10:25 t4y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος 1 The phrase **an eye of a needle** refers to the small hole at the end of a sewing needle through which the thread passes. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool or the hole in it, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term for a small opening. Alternate translation: “the small hole at the end of a needle” or “a very small hole” +10:26 vo65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ & περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “what the disciples heard astonished them greatly, and they said” +10:26 mba6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **to him**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “to themselves.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +10:26 fjex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 The disciples are using the question form to express their astonishment. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So it seems that no one is able to be saved.” or “So no one is able to be saved!” +10:26 fn25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τίς δύναται σωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “who can receive salvation” or “whom will God save” +10:27 xo97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ; πάντα γὰρ δυνατὰ παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “All things are possible with God. Because of that, with men it is impossible, but not with God” +10:27 fhsq παρὰ ἀνθρώποις & παρὰ Θεῷ & παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ. 1 Alternate translation: “For men … for God … for God” +10:27 vfyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans” +10:27 jg4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀδύνατον 1 Here Jesus is referring back to what the disciples asked about whether anyone can be saved (see [10:26](../10/26.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being saved is impossible” +10:27 lpja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὐ παρὰ Θεῷ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but it is not impossible with God” +10:28 hcv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the person to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Excuse me” or “Listen” +10:28 anas rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 By **we**, Peter means himself and the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive forms of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +10:28 ua78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολουθήκαμέν σοι 1 Here, the phrase **have followed you** indicates that the disciples traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have become your disciples” or “have traveled with you as your students” +10:29-30 mvyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς & ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase **no one** and the negative phrase **who will not receive**. Alternate translation: “everyone who … will receive” +10:29 px2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the word **you** here is plural. +10:29 qibm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 When Jesus says **for the sake of me and of the gospel**, he means that some people have **left** all these things because they are his disciples and because they believe the gospel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple and believes the gospel” or “because he believes in me and in the gospel” +10:30 sjhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἑκατονταπλασίονα 1 Here Jesus is using a round number (**100**) indicates a large number of **times**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression for a large number or state more explicitly that 100 is a round number. Alternate translation: “very many times as much” or “something like 100 times as much”\n +10:30 heb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom νῦν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ & ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ 1 Here, the phrase **this time** refers to the time before God judges everyone and renews the world, and the phrase **the age that is coming** refers to the time after God judges everyone and renews the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use comparable phrases or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “now in this life … in the life that is coming” or “now before God judges everyone … after God judges everyone” or “right now … later” +10:30 k1sk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἀγροὺς, μετὰ διωγμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **persecutions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and lands, although that person will be persecuted” or “and lands, along with being persecuted” +10:30 dlki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that person will live eternally” +10:31 k9su rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word But introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “Yes,” or “Indeed,” +10:31 ym7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πολλοὶ & ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of important or respected people as if they were **first** and of unimportant or non-respected people as if they were **last**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many respected will be non-respected, and non-respected, respected” or “many significant will be insignificant, and insignificant, significant” +10:31 y2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πρῶτοι & καὶ ἔσχατοι 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **first** and **last** as nouns to mean first and last people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “first people … and last people” or “people who are first … and people who are last” +10:31 e3ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and many last will be first” +10:32 sywf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later on,” or “After that,” +10:32 ttz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβαίνοντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming up” +10:32 ebss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθαμβοῦντο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what did the action, it is clear from the context that it was how **Jesus was going ahead of them**. Alternate translation: “how he was going ahead amazed the disciples” +10:32 hq7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 Some people were walking **behind** Jesus and his 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those people who were following behind them” or “the other people who were traveling with them” +10:32 k1nn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had chosen to be apostles” +10:33-34 l3e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν & αὐτὸν & αὐτῷ & αὐτῷ & αὐτὸν & ἀποκτενοῦσιν & ἀναστήσεται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … me … me … me … me … me … kill me … I rise” +10:33 pv4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention:” or “Listen” +10:33 qkq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 When Jesus says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the 12 disciples, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. +10:33 s1hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβαίνομεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “we are coming up” +10:33 ha2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over” +10:33 ohsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to die” +10:33 ils2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Here Jesus is speaking specifically of **Gentiles** who rule or control the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Gentiles who rule” or “to the Gentiles who are in charge”\n +10:34 t0lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would **spit on** someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “spit on him to dishonor him”\n +10:34 ccd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **after three days** refers to the day after tomorrow. People in Jesus’ culture counted the current day as day one, tomorrow as day two, and the day after tomorrow as day three. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the day after tomorrow. See how you expressed this phrase in [8:31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after the next day” or “two days from then” +10:34 xv2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται 1 Here, the word **rise** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be restored to life” or “he will resurrect” +10:35 wxn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. It happened sometime soon after Jesus spoke the words recorded in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” or “After Jesus said those things,” +10:35 ch2r θέλομεν ἵνα ὃ ἐὰν αἰτήσωμέν σε, ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν 1 Alternate translation: “if we ask you to do something for us, will you do it?” or “Please do for us whatever we ask you to do.” +10:35 li9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive θέλομεν & αἰτήσωμέν & ἡμῖν 1 Here, the pronouns **we** and **us** refer only to James and John, and so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. +10:36 he8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to James and John” +10:36 lyue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλετε & ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to James and John, the word **you** is plural throughout this verse. +10:37 xwf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “James and John” +10:37 n1fv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δὸς ἡμῖν & καθίσωμεν 1 Here, the pronouns **us** and **we** refer only to James and John, so they would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. +10:37 mci1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δὸς ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you grant to us” +10:37 bho1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction εἷς σου ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου καθίσωμεν ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 When someone sits at the **right hand** or at the **left hand** of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “we might in your glory sit down to rule, one at your right hand and one at your left hand” or “we might in your glory take the places of honor and authority, one at your right hand and one at your left hand” +10:37 bb98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 The phrase **in your glory** refers to when Jesus is glorified and gloriously rules over his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with you when you rule gloriously” or “with you when you become a great ruler” +10:37 kyg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with you when you are glorified” or “by you when you are glorious” +10:37 d5h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἷς σου ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 Here, the phrases **at your right hand** and **at your left hand** refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side” and “left side.” Make sure that your readers understand that these sides indicate that the two sons of Zebedee would have honor and authority when they sit there. Alternate translation: “one next to you on the right and one next to you on the left” or “one in the honorable place at your right and one in the honorable place at your left” +10:38 otfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what James and John asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +10:38 j8md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ οἴδατε & αἰτεῖσθε & δύνασθε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to James and John, the words **You** and **you** are plural throughout this verse. 10:38 v1bf οὐκ οἴδατε 1 Alternate translation: “You do not understand” -10:38 yvu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 The phrase **to drink the cup** is an idiom which refers to suffering some experience which is difficult to undergo or experience. In the Bible, suffering is often referred to as “drinking from a cup.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “suffer as I will suffer” or “drink the cup of suffering that I will drink” or “drink from the cup of suffering from which I will drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -10:38 pax6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 The phrase **to be baptized with the baptism** is a metaphor which refers to being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances. Just as water covers a person during baptism, suffering and trials overwhelm a person. Here this metaphor for suffering refers specifically to Jesus’ future suffering in Jerusalem and his death by crucifixion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:38 hlue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -10:39 r3pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ & αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -10:39 hc1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε 1 **The cup that I drink** is an idiom. See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -10:39 c15v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 In this verse Jesus continues to use **baptism** to mean something more. See how you translated Jesus’ symbolic use of baptism in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:39 humc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 The phrase **I am being baptized** and the phrase **you will be baptized** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state these two phrases in active form as modeled by the UST or you can express the meaning in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -10:40 pdc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ οἷς ἡτοίμασται 1 The word **it** refers to the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but those places are for those for whom they have been prepared by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:40 eu9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 The phrase **it has been prepared** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says in [Matthew 20:23](../mat/20/23.md) that God the Father is the one who will prepare these places. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -10:41 ad19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 The word **this** refers to James and John asking to sit at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:41 i48d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ δέκα 1 Here, **the ten** refers to the other ten disciples of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:42 sbk8 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Alternate translation: “after Jesus called his disciples to him, he” -10:42 zfr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -10:43 zfz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ οὕτως & ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν 1 The phrase **it is not this way among you** means “this is not the reality you live by as my followers” or “it should not be this way among you.” The phrase refers back to the way that Jesus said the Gentile rulers governed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But you live by a different set of principles than do the Gentile rulers” or “But you are to act differently than the Gentile rulers act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +10:38 yvu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω 1 Here Jesus speaks of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a **cup**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to drink the cup of suffering which I drink” or “to experience the pain that I am about to experience” +10:38 nesy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον 1 Here, cup represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the drink” or “the wine in the cup” +10:38 pax6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 Here Jesus speaks of being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances and pain as if it were **being baptized**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be baptized in the painful circumstances in which I am about to be baptized” or “to be overwhelmed by difficult things like I am about to be overwhelmed” +10:38 osye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ & βαπτισθῆναι 1 The expression **with the baptism with which** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “to be baptized as” +10:38 hlue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “to have someone baptize you … someone will baptize me” +10:39 r3pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ & αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **them** refer to James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “James and John … to James and John” +10:39 vwd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δυνάμεθα 1 The James and John are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We are able to drink that cup and be baptized with that baptism” or “We are able to undergo those things” +10:39 qb9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 2 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +10:39 hc1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of experiencing pain and suffering as if it were drinking from a **cup**. See how you translated this figure of speech in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “The cup of suffering that I drink, you will drink” or “The pain that I am about to experience, you will experience” +10:39 ensf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον 1 Here, **cup** represents the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would probably have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the idea in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “the drink” or “the wine in the cup” +10:39 rdbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πίεσθε & βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to James and John, the word **you** is plural throughout this verse. +10:39 c15v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of being overwhelmed by difficult circumstances and pain as if it were **being baptized**. See how you translated this figure of speech in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “in the painful circumstances in which I am about to be baptized, you will be baptized” or “by the difficult things that I am about to be overwhelmed by, you will be overwhelmed” +10:39 xc19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι 1 The expression **with the baptism with which** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you expressed the idea in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “as I am being baptized” +10:39 humc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. See how you expressed the idea in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “someone is baptizing me, someone will baptize you” +10:40 uoq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὸ & καθίσαι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 When someone sits at the **right hand** or at the **left hand** of a ruler, this symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. See how you translated the similar phrases in [10:37](../10/37.md). Alternate translation: “to sit down to rule at my right hand and at my left hand” or “to take the places of honor and authority at my right hand and at my left hand” +10:40 sk68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἢ ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 Here, the phrases **at my right hand** and **at my left hand** refer to the places next to Jesus’ right and left hands, which would be the right side and the left side. In the Jesus’ culture, these sides were associated with honor or authority. See how you expressed the idea in [10:37](../10/37.md). Alternate translation: “next to me on the right or next to me on the left” or “in the honorable places at my right or at my left” +10:40 a4g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἷς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but it will be given to the ones for whom” +10:40 pdc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡτοίμασται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to sitting in the places at Jesus’ right and left hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to sit in those places has been prepared” or “it has been prepared to do that” +10:40 eu9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοίμασται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has prepared it” +10:41 ad19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 Here Mark implies that the **ten** disciples **heard** about what James and John had asked Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard that James and John had asked to sit at Jesus’ right hand and left hand” +10:41 i48d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δέκα 1 Mark is using the number **ten** as a noun to refer to the other ten disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this number with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other ten disciples” or “the rest of the disciples” +10:42 itdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οἴδατε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the disciples, the word **You** here is plural. +10:42 sbk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι αὐτῶν κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word other than and in order to show that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two clauses Alternate translation: “the ones considered rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them; indeed, their great ones exercise authority over them” or “the ones considered rulers of the Gentiles and their great ones lord it over them” +10:42 ru5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Gentiles consider to be their rulers” +10:42 u9gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατακυριεύουσιν & κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 The words translated **lord it over** and **exercise authority over** refer to using power to control and dominate others. The words do not indicate whether the rulers and the great ones are doing good or bad things with their power. If possible, use words or phrases that refer to total control and domination but that do not imply good or bad use of that control and domination. Alternate translation: “reign absolutely over … have complete authority over” +10:42 zfr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατεξουσιάζουσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “rule over” or “control” +10:43 zfz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative οὐχ οὕτως & ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus could be using the present tense to: (1) give a command or instruction. Alternate translation: “It should not be this way” or “Let it not be this way” (2) state how things work differently among his disciples. Alternate translation: “That is not how it is” +10:43 zyzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν & ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν 1 Because is talking to the disciples, the words **you**, **you**, and **your** are plural. +10:43-44 rt9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὃς ἂν θέλῃ μέγας γενέσθαι ἐν ὑμῖν, ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος & καὶ ὃς ἂν θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος 1 These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the sentences with a word other than and in order to show that the second sentence is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two sentences Alternate translation: “whoever desires to become great among you will be your servant; indeed, whoever desires to be first among you will be your slave” or “whoever desires to become first or great among will you be your servant or slave” 10:43 fc3m μέγας γενέσθαι 1 Alternate translation: “to be highly respected” or “to be greatly respected” -10:43 gfun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be your servant** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md) where it occurs with the same meaning and in a similar context. Alternate translation: “must be your servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -10:44 e7sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἶναι πρῶτος 1 Here, **to be first** means being the most important. See how you translated **first** in [Mark 9:35](../mrk/09/35.md). Alternate translation: “to be the most important” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -10:44 qzo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the future statement **will be a slave of all** to give an instruction. See how you translated the phrase “will be” in [10:43](../10/43.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “must be a slave of all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -10:44 u5yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔσται & δοῦλος 1 Jesus speaks of being **a slave** to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service, or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act in a way that is similar to slaves in their service to others. as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -10:45 ctta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person καὶ γὰρ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person) -10:45 pmk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go οὐκ ἦλθεν 1 Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “did not leave heaven and go to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -10:45 a3fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διακονηθῆναι 1 The phrase **to be served** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have people serve him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -10:45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 Alternate translation: “to be served by people, but to serve people” -10:45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 Alternate translation: “in place of many people’s lives” or “in exchange for many people” -10:46 n4i3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἰερειχώ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “go” or “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went into Jericho” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -10:46 bq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Your language may say “coming” rather than **going** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “as he is coming out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -10:47 ow3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός 1 The people call Jesus **Jesus the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names) -10:47 opm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses **And** to introduce a reason-result statement. **And** introduces the reason, **having heard that it was Jesus**, which resulted in Bartimaeus beginning **to cry out and to say, “Son of David, Jesus, have mercy on me!”** When the blind man learned that Jesus was walking by, he knew that Jesus would hear him if he called out, so as a result, he shouted to him. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason-result statement. Alternate translation: “So” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result) -10:47 ynr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 The blind man is using the word **Son** to mean “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -10:47 vwz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “Messiah” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -10:47 ylls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησόν με 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **mercy** by using an adjective form such as “merciful” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -10:47 s2dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 The phrase **have mercy** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add a word such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be merciful to me” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative) -10:47 tvkh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 The blind man assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “please have mercy on me and heal me” or “please be merciful to me by healing me” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -10:48 ca5u ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ 1 Alternate translation: “many people kept telling him not to shout” -10:48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν 1 The phrase **was crying out much more** could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. (2) that the blind man called out even more persistently. Alternate translation: “called out even more persistently” -10:48 l86a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με 1 See how you decided to translate this phrase in [10:47](../010/47.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah, please have mercy on me and heal me” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) -10:49 ac7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns φωνοῦσι 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly who **they** refers to. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -10:49 n6xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θάρσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **courage** by using an adjective form such as “courageous” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -10:52 s5d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 This phrase is written this way to place emphasis on the man’s **faith**. Jesus heals the man because the man believes that Jesus can heal him. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I am healing you because you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -10:52 bjuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “trusted,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **faith** some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -10:52 ub7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb such as “see,” as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the meaning of **sight** in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -11:intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [Mark 11:9-10](../mrk/11/09.md) and [Mark 11:17](../mrk/11/17.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both; the donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md)) -11:1 ch4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐγγίζουσιν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -11:1 g1fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 The word **Bethphage** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -11:2 bi22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Your language may say “Come” rather than **Go** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Come into the village” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -11:2 si41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual ὑμῶν & εὑρήσετε 1 Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) -11:2 r41g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 The term **colt** refers to a young donkey. If your readers would not be familiar with what a donkey is, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -11:2 yw78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. He means that “no one” had yet sat on the donkey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no person has yet sat” or “no one has yet sat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -11:2 zloo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no person has ever ridden” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy) -11:3 aw3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 This verse contains two direct quotations within a direct quotation. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two direct quotations in this verse as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are untying the donkey, tell them that the Lord needs it and will send it back here as soon as he is done using it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -11:3 q446 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The villagers would be speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual) -11:3 xw55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:3 k7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “requires it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -11:3 yj5y εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 Alternate translation: “will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it” -11:4 y381 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -11:4 f6hc πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a young donkey” or “a young riding animal” -11:7 k9g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown) -11:7 sbqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “draped the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:8 t8hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 Spreading **cloaks on the road** and **branches** was a way of showing honor to someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and others spread branches they had cut from the fields. They did this in order to honor Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:8 jk2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 The words **many**, **others**, and **they** all refer to other people besides the disciples. Alternate translation: “many people spread their cloaks on the road, and other people spread branches they had cut” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction) -11:8 fwl0 ἱμάτια 1 See how you translated the word **cloaks** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “coats” or “outer garments” -11:9 d8se rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. **Hosanna** had an original meaning of “save now,” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language or you could translate it according to how the word was used, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -11:9 ye41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The word **Blessed** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, “God” is the one doing the blessing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:9 suib εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “May God bless the one who comes in his name” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “God has blessed the one who comes in his name” -11:9 x1bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, the phrase **the one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Blessed are you, the one who comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:9 e2p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 Here, the phrase **in the name of** expresses authority. The phrase **in the name of the Lord** means “with the authority of the Lord.” If it would help in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of the Lord” or “with the Lord’s authority” (See [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:10 kkfo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 The word **Blessed** is passive in form. See how you translated this word in [11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:10 a6b4 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David** could be: (1) an exclamation proclaiming that the future messianic kingdom promised to a descendant of David is blessed by God. (2) a prayer expressing the desire that God would bless the coming messianic kingdom. Alternate translation: “May God bless the coming kingdom of our father David” -11:10 yuap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the term **father** means “ancestor.” If your readers would not understand the use of **father** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our ancestor David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). The phrase **Hosanna in the highest** could be (1) an exclamation of praise to God. (2) a prayer to God for salvation from Israel’s enemies. Alternate translation: “Please save us now, God in the highest” -11:10 vqm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 The phrase ** in the highest** is a way of referring to heaven, where God dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state this explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:11 h2du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱερόν 1 Since only priests could enter the temple building, here the word **temple** means the temple courtyard. Mark is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this plainly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -11:11 t5nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came to Bethany” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -11:11 rvd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -11:12 zr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “when they had gone out from Bethany” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -11:13 y447 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -11:13 yg5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -11:13 j6cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -11:13 g76z ὁ & καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 Alternate translation: “it was not the time of year for figs” -11:14 u3bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe εἶπεν αὐτῇ, μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 Jesus is addressing an object that he knows cannot hear him, the fig tree, in order to teach his listeners something. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this fact by talking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” or “Jesus said regarding the fig tree that no one would ever eat fruit from it again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) -11:14 b362 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 The phrase **to eternity** is a Jewish expression which means “forever.” In this context it specifically means “ever again.” Mark assumed his readers would be familiar with this expression. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of the expression **to eternity** explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:14 ij5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι & ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 The phrase **no one will any longer** is a double negative. Jesus uses a double negative here for emphasis. If is would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea using only one negative statement and show the emphasis some other way. Alternate translation: “Surely, no one will eat from you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -11:15 hj7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -11:15 c2wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱερὸν 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +10:43 gfun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται 1 Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. See how you translated the similar form in [9:35](../09/35.md). Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be”\n +10:44 bhbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the disciples, the word **you** here is plural. +10:44 e7sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρῶτος 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of being important or respected as if it were being **first**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this word in [9:35](../09/35.md). Alternate translation: “respected” or “significant”\n +10:44 qzo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἔσται 1 Jesus is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. See how you translated the similar form in [9:35](../09/35.md). Alternate translation: “should be” or “has to be” +10:44 u5yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔσται πάντων δοῦλος 1 Jesus speaks of being **a slave** to emphasize the great effort Jesus’ followers should make to serve others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows service, or you could clarify that Jesus is teaching that his followers must act in a way that is similar to slaves in their service to others. Alternate translation: “will dedicate himself or herself to serve all” or “will work hard at helping all” +10:44 mn3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the other disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all the other disciples” or “the rest of the disciples” +10:45 pnmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should act like servants and slaves for other disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for commands, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “I command that because” +10:45 ctta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, … my” +10:45 h0j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two clauses here. Alternate translation: “came to serve and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many, not to be served” +10:45 pmk3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἦλθεν 1 Here, the word **come** refers to the Son of Man entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not come to this world” or “is not acting” +10:45 a3fr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διακονηθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “for people to serve him” or “to have people serve him” +10:45 rik1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve” +10:45 d9jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if his **life** were a price or **ransom** he would **give** to free **many** from someone or something that owned or controlled them. He means that he will obtain forgiveness for his people’s sins and will keep those sins from controlling them. This is an important biblical image, so if possible preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “to offer his life as if it were a ransom to set many free from sin” +10:45 c46w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to allow himself to die” +10:45 xuny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women” +10:46 thxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later,” +10:46 n4i3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go” +10:46 bq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming out” +10:46 z3mo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 Here Mark introduces **Bartimaeus** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man sitting beside the road. His name was Bartimaeus, son of Timaeus. He was a blind beggar” +10:46 iosi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης 1 Here, the phrase **son of Timaeus** could: (1) identify the father of **Bartimaeus**. Alternate translation: “Bartimaeus, a blind beggar, whose father was Timaeus” (2) explain what the name **Bartimaeus** means. Alternate translation: “Bartimaeus, which means ‘son of Timaeus,’ a blind beggar” +10:46 hzis rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος 1 The words **Bartimaeus** and **Timaeus** are the names of men. +10:47 ow3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζαρηνός ἐστιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘It is Jesus the Nazarene,’” +10:47 ynr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Here, the word **Son** means a male descendant. It does not mean that Jesus was the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David” or “You who are descended from David” +10:47 vwz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 **David** was Israel’s most important king, and God had promised him that one of his descendants would be the Messiah. So the title **Son of David** implicitly meant “Messiah.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Messiah” +10:47 s2dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἐλέησόν με 1 The phrase **have mercy** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add a word such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you have mercy on me” +10:47 ylls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐλέησόν με 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “be merciful to me” +10:47 tvkh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 The Bartimaeus assumes that Jesus will know that he is asking to be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have mercy on me and heal me” or “be merciful to me by healing me” +10:48 ca5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ 1 Mark is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men” +10:48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν 1 The phrase **was crying out much more** could mean: (1) that the blind man shouted even louder to Jesus. Alternate translation: “was crying out even louder” (2) that the blind man called out even more frequently or persistently. Alternate translation: “was crying out even more often” or “was crying out even more persistently” +10:48 l86a Υἱὲ Δαυείδ, ἐλέησόν με 1 Here Bartimaeus says the same thing he said in [10:47](../10/47.md) except he does not include the name Jesus. Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “Descendant of David, I ask that you be merciful to me” or “You who are descended from David, please have mercy on me and heal me” +10:49 pgfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “said to call him” +10:49 po5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular φωνήσατε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to some of the people in the crowd, the command **Call** is plural. +10:49 ac7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns φωνοῦσι 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “some people in the crowd called” or “some people in the front of the crowd called” +10:49 n6xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θάρσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **courage**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Be courageous” +10:49 py8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔγειρε 1 Here the people who are speaking to Bartimaeus imply that he should walk to where Jesus was after getting up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Get up and walk over to him” or “Get up and go to where he is” +10:50 rhrr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποβαλὼν τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 Bartimaeus’ **coat** would have been an outer garment that people could ordinarily take off in public. Bartimaeus probably took it off so that it would be easier for him to hurry to where Jesus was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make some or all of that information more explicit. Alternate translation: “having thrown aside his jacket” or “having thrown aside his coat so that he could move faster” +10:50 bf2a ἀναπηδήσας 1 Alternate translation: “having quickly gotten to his feet” or “having immediately stood up” +10:50 jc66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +10:51 qm1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν, τί σοι θέλεις ποιήσω? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asked him what he desired him to do for him” +10:51 fcin rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Ραββουνεί, ἵνα 1 Bartimaeus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, I desire that” +10:51 ish0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβλέψω 1 Here, Bartimaeus could be implying: (1) that he once could see, and he wants to be able to see once more. Alternate translation: “I might regain my sight” (2) that he wants to be able to see for the first time. Alternate translation: “I might gain my sight” or “I might be able to see” +10:52 bjuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “You believed, and that has caused you to be saved” +10:52 s5d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 Jesus speaks of Bartimaeus’ faith as if it had actively saved him. He means that his faith was the necessary condition for the healing that he received from God. Alternate translation: “Because of your faith, you have been saved” +10:52 omxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβλεψεν 1 Here, much as in [10:51](../10/51.md), Mark could be implying: (1) that Bartimaeus once could see, and now he can see once more. Alternate translation: “he regained his sight” (2) that Bartimaeus could see for the first time. Alternate translation: “he gained his sight” or “he was able to see” +10:52 co2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, the clause **he was following him on the road** could indicate that: (1) Bartimaeus walked with Jesus on the road. Alternate translation: “he walked with him on the road” or “he went with him on the road” (2) Bartimaeus traveled with Jesus and was his disciple. Alternate translation: “he became his disciple” or “he traveled with him on the road as his student” +11:intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n6. Jesus in Jerusalem (11:1–13:37)\n * Jesus enters Jerusalem (11:1–11)\n * Jesus curses a fig tree, part one (11:12–14)\n * Jesus drives people out of the temple (11:15–19)\n * Jesus curses a fig tree, part two (11:20–26)\n * Jesus debates with the Jewish leaders about authority (11:27–33)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [11:9–10](../mrk/11/09.md), which includes a quotation from [Psalm 118:26](../psa/118/26.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The young donkey\n\nIn [11:1–11](../11/01.md), Mark narrates how Jesus rode on a colt, or young donkey, when he entered into Jerusalem. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about this event. Mark and Luke write that the disciples brought Jesus a colt. John writes that Jesus found a donkey. Matthew writes that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey and a colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1–7](../mat/21/01.md), [Mark 11:1–7](../mrk/11/01.md), [Luke 19:29–36](../luk/19/29.md), and [John 12:14–15](../jhn/12/14.md))\n\n### Hosanna\n\nThe word “Hosanna” is a Hebrew word spelled out how it sounds in Mark’s language. The word means “save us, please.” By the time of Jesus, however, people would use the word to praise or honor God and others. Consider whether to spell the word out as it sounds or state its meaning. See the notes on [11:9](../11/09.md) and [11:10](../11/10.md) for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Disrupting activity in the temple area\n\nIn [11:15–17](../11/15.md), Jesus disrupts normal activity in the temple by driving out some people and by overturning the chairs and tables of others. Jesus performed this symbolic action to express a specific message. However, Christians debate exactly what the symbolic action means. Jesus could have been protesting against people who were buying and selling dishonestly. He could have been protesting against all buying and selling in the temple area. He could have been indicating that the temple would be destroyed. Your translation should state what Jesus did while allowing for all of these possible interpretations.\n\n### The baptism of John\n\nIn [11:29–33](../11/29.md), Jesus and the chief priests, scribes, and elders discuss “the baptism of John.” Here they are referring to how John baptized people for repentance. Jesus asks them whether they think that John’s baptism came from heaven or from people, which means that he performed baptisms by God’s authority or by human authority. The Jewish leaders decide not to answer the question. See the notes on these verses for ways to refer to John’s baptism and to the authority behind it.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 1, 2, 4, 7, 15, 21, 22, 27, and 33. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### Verse 26\n\nMany of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [11:26](../11/26.md). A few early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “But if you do not forgive, neither will your Father in the heavens forgive your trespasses.” Since a similar sentence appears in [Matthew 6:15](../mat/06/15.md), it is likely that people who copied the manuscripts accidentally or intentionally added these words here in Mark. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +11:1 djir rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ὅτε 1 Here, the phrase **And when** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Then” +11:1 ch4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐγγίζουσιν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go near” +11:1 g1fy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 The word **Bethphage** is the name of a village that was near Jerusalem. +11:1 so0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν 1 Here Matthew implies that **Bethphage** and **Bethany** are near **the Mount of Olives**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “near the Mount of Olives” or “which are at the Mount of Olives” +11:2 bi22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ὑπάγετε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come” +11:2 ahrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν κώμην τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 Here, a **village** that is **opposite** someone means that it is directly in front of them. Jesus could be referring to Bethany, Bethphage, or some other village. However, it is most likely that he is referring to the village of Bethphage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the village directly in front of you” or “the village of Bethphage, which is before you” +11:2 si41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual ὑμῶν & εὑρήσετε 1 Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples in both of these instances, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. +11:2 g1qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πῶλον δεδεμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “a colt that a person has tied up” +11:2 r41g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 A **colt** is a young donkey that is no longer a baby but is not yet full grown. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a donkey that is not yet fully grown” or “a young riding animal” +11:2 mwwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεδεμένον 1 Here Jesus implies that someone has used a rope or tether to secure the donkey so that it cannot wander away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “secured with a tether” +11:2 yw78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Mark is using the word here in a generic sense, that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “no human” or “no one person” +11:2 zloo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐκάθισεν 1 Jesus is using the term **sat** to refer to riding on an animal by association with the way people sit on an animal they are riding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “has yet mounted” or “has yet used as a mount” +11:3 aw3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? εἴπατε, ὅτι ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And if anyone asks you why you are doing this, say that the Lord has need of it and that immediately he sends it back here.” +11:3 q446 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual ποιεῖτε 1 The person would be speaking to the two disciples, so **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. +11:3 xw55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο? 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **doing this** refers to. Alternate translation: “Why are you untying and taking the colt” +11:3 j1w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἀποστέλλει πάλιν ὧδε. 1 Here, the clause **and immediately he sends it back here** could be: (1) part of what Jesus wants the disciples to say. Alternate translation: “The Lord has need of it, and immediately the Lord sends it back here to you” (2) what Jesus predicts the person asking the question **Why are you doing this?** will do. Alternate translation: “The Lord has need of it,’ and immediately that person again sends it here” +11:3 k7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **need**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “requires it” +11:3 yj5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἀποστέλλει 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future action that will happen very soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is natural in your language for referring to an event in the near future. Alternate translation: “he will send” +11:3 ehde rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants πάλιν 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **back**. The ULT follows that reading. In this case, it is more likely that the phrase **and immediately he sends it** is part of what Jesus wanted the disciples to say (see previous note on this whole sentence). Other ancient manuscripts do not include the word **back**. In this case, it is more likely that the phrase **and immediately he sends it** is what Jesus predicts that the people who asked the question will do (see previous note on this whole sentence). If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +11:4 y381 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπῆλθον 1 Here, **they** refers to the two disciples mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “those two disciples went away” +11:4 f6hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “a donkey that was not yet fully grown” or “a young riding animal” +11:4 g6th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεδεμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “that a person had tied up” +11:4 vmm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεδεμένον 1 Here Jesus implies that someone has used a rope or tether to secure the donkey so that it cannot wander away. See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “having been secured with a tether” +11:4 owzs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς τὴν θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀμφόδου 1 Here Mark means that the **colt** was standing **outside on the street**, but it was secured to a **door**, probably the door into a house or shop. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to someone’s door. It was standing outside on the street” or “near a door and standing in the street outside the door” +11:5 psls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον αὐτοῖς, τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶλον 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “were asking them what they were doing by untying the colt.” +11:5 wwup rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες 1 Here the people asking the question are asking the two disciples to provide a good reason for why they are **untying the colt**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “For what reason are you untying” or “Do you have permission to untie” +11:5 krqb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “this donkey that is not yet fully grown” or “the young riding animal” +11:6 t9dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφῆκαν αὐτούς 1 Here Mark implies that the people **let them** take the young donkey away with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they let them untie the young donkey and lead it away” or “they let them go away with the young donkey” +11:7 evws rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν πῶλον 1 See how you translated **colt** in [11:2](../11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the donkey that was not yet fully grown” or “the young riding animal” +11:7 sbqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐπιβάλλουσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 The disciples did this to show that the person riding the colt was special and important. In this culture, animals that important people rode were draped with rich fabrics. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “drape the colt with their cloaks as a sign of honor” or “throw their cloaks upon it to give him glory” +11:7 k9g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ ἱμάτια 1 The word **cloaks** refers to outer garments. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “jackets” or “outer garments” +11:8 jk2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ & ἄλλοι 1 Mark is using the adjectives **many** and **others** as nouns to mean many people and other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “many men and women … different men and women” +11:8 t8hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν, ἄλλοι δὲ στιβάδας κόψαντες ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν 1 The people did these things to give Jesus honor and glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning of these actions. Alternate translation: “spread their cloaks on the road to give him honor, and others, branches, having cut them from the field, to give him glory” +11:8 fwl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἱμάτια 1 See how you translated the word **cloaks** in [11:7](../11/07.md). Alternate translation: “jackets” or “outer garments” +11:8 r2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλοι & στιβάδας 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “others spread branches” +11:9 npry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προάγοντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming before” +11:9 d8se rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 The word **Hosanna** is a Hebrew word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Hosanna had an original meaning of “save now,” but by the time of this event it had become a way of praising God. In your translation you can spell **Hosanna** the way it sounds in your language, or you could translate it according to how the word was used. In this context, the people could be praising: (1) God. Alternate translation: “Glory to God” or “May God be honored” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Glory to this man” or “May this man be honored”\n +11:9 qnjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Here the crowds are quoting from [Psalm 118:26](../psa/118/26.md). Since they do not introduce the words as a quotation from an important text, you also should not introduce them as anything more than what the crowds said. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote. +11:9 suib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 The phrase **Blessed is the one** could be: (1) a request for God to bless Jesus. Alternate translation: “Let the one coming in the name of the Lord be blessed” (2) stating that God had already blessed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one coming in the name of the Lord is blessed” +11:9 ye41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὐλογημένος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “Let God bless” +11:9 e2p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Lord” +11:10 a6b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογημένη ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 The phrase **Blessed is the coming kingdom** could be: (1) a request for God to bless the kingdom. Alternate translation: “Let the coming kingdom of our father David be blessed” (2) stating that God had already blessed the kingdom. Alternate translation: “The coming kingdom of our father David is blessed” +11:10 kkfo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὐλογημένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “Let God bless” +11:10 ioov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the people are using the possessive form to describe a **kingdom** that is like the one that **David** ruled. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the coming kingdom that is like our father David’s kingdom” or “the coming kingdom that once belonged to our father David” +11:10 v5n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἐρχομένη βασιλεία τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here, the word **coming** indicates that these people have been waiting for and expecting this **kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of our father David that we have been waiting for” or “the long-expected kingdom of our father David” +11:10 yuap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 Here the people refer to **David** as if he were their **father**. They mean that **David** was an important ancestor of many Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of our important ancestor, David” or “of David, from whom many of us are descended” +11:10 b1si rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ὡσαννὰ 1 See how you translated the word **Hosanna** in [11:9](../11/09.md). Here, the people could be using the word to praise: (1) God, who sent Jesus. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to God” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “Hosanna to this one” +11:10 vqm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 The people are using the adjective **highest** as a noun to mean the highest heavens, where God dwells. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the highest heavens” +11:11 h2du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱερόν 1 Here Mark means that Jesus entered into the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “temple courtyard” +11:11 zu91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὀψίας ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας 1 Here, the phrase **the hour already being late** indicates that it was evening, and the sun was about to set. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “since it was late in the day” or “the sun being about to set” +11:11 t5nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came out” +11:11 rvd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”\n +11:12 tecd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Later,” +11:12 zr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθόντων 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone out” +11:13 y447 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came”\n +11:13 egn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ ἄρα τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus wanted to **find** some figs on the tree that he could eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “hoping to find some figs on it” or “wanting to find some fruit on it to eat” +11:13 wf0c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **And** introduces what Jesus actually found on the tree in contrast to what Jesus wanted to find on the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “But” +11:13 nnwi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν, οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα; ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first two clauses describe. Alternate translation: “because it was not the season of figs, having come to it, he found nothing except leaves” +11:13 yg5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν ἐπ’ αὐτὴν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone to it” +11:13 j6cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 If it would in appear your language that Mark was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “he found only leaves” +11:13 g76z ὁ & καιρὸς οὐκ ἦν σύκων 1 Alternate translation: “the time of year to pick figs had not yet arrived” +11:14 zc7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Jesus was responding to what he saw. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response” or “when he saw that”\n +11:14 ly4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 Jesus is speaking to the fig tree that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this to communicate to the people listening to him what he is going to do the tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as if he were speaking about the fig tree. Alternate translation: “May no one any longer eat fruit from this tree to eternity” or “As for this tree, may no one any longer eat fruit from it to eternity”\n +11:14 wguh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μηκέτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐκ σοῦ μηδεὶς καρπὸν φάγοι 1 Here Jesus implies that the fig tree will stop producing **fruit**, and that is why no one will **eat fruit** from the tree ever again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “May you no longer produce fruit that people will eat to eternity” +11:14 ij5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι & μηδεὶς & φάγοι 1 The words translated **No one** and **any longer** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “May people no longer eat” or “No longer may there be anyone who will eat” +11:14 gkor rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρπὸν 1 In this verse, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to any fruits that the tree might produce as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fruits” +11:14 h0ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοῦ 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the fig tree, the word **you** here is singular. +11:14 b362 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Here, the phrase to eternity means that something lasts forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “forever” or “again” +11:15 hj7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go” +11:15 c2wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱερὸν 1 Here Mark means that Jesus entered into the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus went into the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in [11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard”\n 11:15 hoym ἐκβάλλειν 1 Alternate translation: “to throw out” or “to force out” or “to drive out” -11:15 s4m2 τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας 1 Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling” -11:15 ve56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -11:16 ohxg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱεροῦ 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -11:17 xrz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 **Has it not been written** is a rhetorical question which Jesus is using to emphasize God’s purpose for the temple, as recorded in the Old Testament Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen to me! You should have paid closer attention to the scripture which says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -11:17 dxwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “God says in the Scriptures that his temple would be a place of prayer for all nations, but you have made it a den of robbers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -11:17 t9x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your readers would misunderstand the phrase **been written**, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “Has God not said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:17 qeix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as his **house** because his presence is there. Alternate translation: “My temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:17 t1ho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to a place where people would pray as a **house of prayer**. Alternate translation: “will be called a place where people from all nations can pray to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:17 npdf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται 1 The phrase **will be called** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is probably best to say that people will call God’s temple a house of prayer, although it is also possible to say that God will call it that as well. Alternate translation: “People will call my house a house of prayer” or “Everyone will call my temple a house of prayer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:17 qvxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns προσευχῆς & πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **prayer**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “pray,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -11:17 dpt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to a place where thieves would gather to hide and plot their crimes as if it were a wild animal’s den or lair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a place where thieves gather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way that” +11:15 s4m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ τοὺς ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Mark implies that merchants were **selling** animals and other items so that travelers could buy them and offer the proper sacrifices at the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the ones selling and buying things in the temple for the sacrifices”\n +11:15 ve56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν 1 Here Mark is referring to people who exchanged the commonly used Greek and Roman money for special money that could be used at the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the tables of the people who exchanged money” or “the tables of the people who exchanged the temple currency” +11:15 xnpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερὰς 1 Here Mark refers to people who sold **doves**, which the poorest people would offer as sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the seats of the ones selling the doves to be sacrificed” +11:16 zqa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκεῦος 1 Here, the word translated **container** refers to any object that people use for a specific purpose. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “any object” or “anything” +11:16 ohxg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here Mark is referring to the **temple** area. He does not mean that people were passing through the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in [11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” +11:17 ce1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people who were buying, selling, and exchanging things in the temple area. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the people who were buying and selling, and he was saying” +11:17 dxwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written that God’s house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations? But you have made it, as it has been written, into a den of robbers.” +11:17 xrz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ γέγραπται, ὅτι ὁ οἶκός μου, οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the people in the temple. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have paid closer attention to what has been written: ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations.’” or “It has certainly been written, ‘My house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations’!” +11:17 le3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὐ γέγραπται 1 In Jesus’ culture, **Has it not been written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Isaiah (see [Isaiah 56:7](../isa/56/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Can you not read in the Scriptures” or “Does it not say in the book of Isaiah” +11:17 t9x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “Has the prophet Isaiah not said” or “Has God not had a prophet write” +11:17 npdf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἶκός μου & κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They will call my house” +11:17 qeix rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἶκός μου 1 God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, refers to his temple as **My house** because his presence is there. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My temple” +11:17 t1ho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἶκος προσευχῆς & πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 Here God, speaking through the prophet Isaiah, is using the possessive form to describe **a house** that is a place where people perform **prayer**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a house where all the nations offer prayer” or “a place where there is prayer from all the nations”\n +11:17 qvxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὑμεῖς & ἐποιήσατε αὐτὸν σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Jeremiah 7:11](../jer/07/11.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format or introduce these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “you have made it a ‘den of robbers,’ in the words of the Scriptures” or “you have made it, as the Scriptures say, ‘a den of robbers’” +11:17 dpt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 Here God, speaking through the prophet Jeremiah, refers to the temple as a **den** where **robbers** hide and plot their crimes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “a place where robbers live” or “like a cave where robbers hide” +11:18 badg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐζήτουν πῶς αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν; ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ αὐτόν, πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ὄχλος ἐξεπλήσσετο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes, which in turn gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because all the crowd were being amazed at this teaching, they were fearing him, and so they were seeking how they might destroy him” +11:18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 Alternate translation: “they were looking for a way by which” +11:18 wwiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶς & ὁ ὄχλος ἐξεπλήσσετο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus taught. Alternate translation: “his teaching was astonishing all the crowd” +11:18 aw8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶς & ὁ ὄχλος 1 Mark says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most people in the crowd” or “most of the crowd” 11:19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 Alternate translation: “in the evening” -11:20 s8ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 The phrase **the fig tree had been withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had shriveled and dried up and looked dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the fig tree had withered down to its roots and died” or “the fig tree was dried and shriveled down to its roots and had completely died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:20 a83v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξηραμμένην 1 The phrase **had been withered** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was withered” or “had dried up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:21 jt3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀναμνησθεὶς 1 The phrase **having been reminded** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:21 na1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξήρανται 1 The phrase **has been withered away** is passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “has withered away” or “has dried up” or “has died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:22 ry5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἔχετε πίστιν 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **have faith** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “Every one of you should have faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -11:22 x8k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “Trust in God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -11:23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -11:23 mred rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Jesus is using hyperbole to teach. He is using an extreme example to emphasize to his disciples that God can do anything in response to believing prayer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “that whoever prays to God and says, ‘God please take up this mountain and cast it into the sea,’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -11:23 a01g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here, Jesus uses **mountain** to represent anything that would seem difficult or impossible to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to do it” or “that anyone of you who encounters a difficult task and asks God to accomplish it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -11:23 dwsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This would not be a command that the mountain would be capable of obeying. Instead, it would be a command that directly caused the mountain to be taken up and cast into the sea by the power of God. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -11:23 c3cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Here, the phrase **this mountain** refers to the Mount of Olives, which was mentioned in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -11:23 k3z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 The phrases **Be taken up** and **be cast** are both passive in form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express these ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “God” is the one who would do it. Alternate translation: “May God lift you up and cast you into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -11:23 y76p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 In the expression **doubt in his heart**, the word **heart** represents a person’s mind or inner being. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “if he does not doubt, but believes” or “if he truly believes within himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:23 doeg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ 1 The phrase **not doubt** is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “if he truly believes in his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +11:19 i5yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξεπορεύοντο 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “they were coming out” +11:19 ldtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 1 Here Mark implies that they went **outside the city** of Jerusalem to spend the night in the village of Bethany, as they did the previous night (see [11:11](../11/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “outside Jerusalem to Bethany” or “outside the city of Jerusalem, and they slept in the village of Bethany” +11:20 pi9c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παραπορευόμενοι 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus and his disciples were **passing by** the same route that they had traveled the previous morning, which means that they went past the same **fig tree** that they had gone past the previous morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “passing by on the same path” or “going by the same route” +11:20 s8ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 The phrase **the fig tree having withered from the roots** means that the **fig tree** had completely shriveled up and dried out, including its **roots**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire fig tree having withered and having died” or “that the fig tree, including its roots, had dried up and died” +11:21 jt3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say what **reminded** Peter, it is clear from the context that it was seeing the fig tree. Alternate translation: “seeing the fig tree reminded Peter, and he” or “when he saw the fig tree, it reminded Peter, who” +11:21 rffd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **behold** is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks a person to look or to pay attention. Alternate translation: “see” or “look at that” +11:21 orq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular κατηράσω 1 Because Peter is speaking to Jesus, the word **you** here is singular. +11:21 na1k ἐξήρανται 1 Alternate translation: “has shriveled up” or “has dried up” +11:22 x8k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔχετε πίστιν Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Believe” +11:23 mred rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ ὅτι ὃ λαλεῖ γίνεται, ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to show that a person who has faith can do amazing things, like casting a **mountain** into the **sea**. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Truly I say this to you: imagine that someone says to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea.’ If that person does not doubt in his heart, but believes that what he says is happening, it will be for him.” +11:23 a01g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ μὴ διακριθῇ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “whoever tells this mountain to be taken up and to be thrown into the sea, and does not doubt” +11:23 c3cj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Here, the phrase **this mountain** could refer to: (1) the Mount of Olives, which Jesus and his disciples were near. Alternate translation: “to the Mount of Olives” or “to the mountain we are near” (2) any mountain. Alternate translation: “to a mountain” +11:23 k3z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation: “May God take you up and throw you into the sea” +11:23 jh1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι 1 Since someone is talking to a mountain, the commands here are singular. +11:23 dwsf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ πιστεύῃ ὅτι ὃ λαλεῖ γίνεται 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **but** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “believes that what he says is happening without doubting in his heart” or “truly believes in his heart that what he says is happening” +11:23 y76p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “when he thinks about it” +11:23 doeg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ & λαλεῖ & αὐτῷ 1 Although the terms **his**, **he**, and **him** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her … he or she says … for that person” +11:23 rhhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense γίνεται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to refer to something that would happen in the near future. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural to refer to an event that will soon happen. Alternate translation: “will happen” 11:23 fzp5 ἔσται αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “God will make it happen” -11:24 pn9x διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Alternate translation: “For this reason, I say to you” -11:24 c61c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν & προσεύχεσθε & ἐλάβετε & ὑμῖν 1 In this verse, all four occurrences of the word **you** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these as plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -11:24 abke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πιστεύετε 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **believe** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -11:24 tu5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 In the phrase **it will be to you**, the implication is that God will provide what is asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:25 m2aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular στήκετε & ἔχετε & ὑμῶν & ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν 1 In this verse all occurrences of the word **you** and **your** are plural and apply to Jesus’ disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms as plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -11:25 m7xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 It is common in Hebrew culture to **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If it would be helpful in your culture, you could abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “when you are praying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) -11:25 f6ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 Here, **have something against anyone** refers to any anger, unforgiveness, or grudge a person holds **against** another person for offending or sinning against them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:25 ttxg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In this verse, the first occurrence of the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “each of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -11:25 swa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀφίετε 1 In the original language in which the author of Mark wrote this Gospel, the word **forgive** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “every one of you must forgive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -11:25 jjs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says **forgive** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -11:25 omze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “sinned” or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for the times you have sinned” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -11:27 alh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 The phrase, **he is walking around in the temple** means that Jesus was walking around in the temple courtyard. Jesus was not walking in the temple, since only priests were allowed inside the temple building. See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -11:28 se9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 The question **By what authority do you do these things**, and the question **who gave you this authority** could: (1) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who gave you authority to do these things?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, and who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things?” -11:28 ooxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ & ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -11:29 erqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -11:29 aak2 ἕνα λόγον 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **word** in a specific sense. Alternate translation: “a question” -11:30 vpgv τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Jesus knows that John’s authority came from God, so he is not asking the Jewish leaders for information. This is an actual question that Jesus wants the Jewish leaders to try to answer because he knows that either way they answer, they will have a problem. So his words should be translated as a question. Alternate translation: “Was it God who told John to baptize people, or did people tell him to do it?” -11:30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 Alternate translation: “The baptism that John performed” -11:30 sh7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** to figuratively represent God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:30 i5is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -11:30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Alternate translation: “was it authorized by God or by men” -11:30 mc8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀποκρίθητέ μοι 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this book, the word **Answer** is a command written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -11:31 s9vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -11:31 e7j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that John’s authority came from God, Jesus will ask us why we did not believe him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -11:31 nu1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 See how you translated **heaven** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -11:32 tczm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are describing another hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “But suppose we say, ‘From men’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -11:32 aus1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 The phrase **From men** refers to the source of the baptism of John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘John’s baptism was from men,’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:32 v2gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 See how you translated the phrase **From men** in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -11:32 b5qb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that John’s authority came from people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -11:32 z93u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 The religious leaders do not finish their statement, since they all understand what would happen if they said John’s baptism was not from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men,’ that would not be good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -11:32 z998 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 The author of the Gospel of Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for all the people in the crowd believed that John really was a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men because they were afraid of the crowd, since all the people in the crowd believed that John truly was a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -11:32 dqlt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “They were afraid of the group of people gathered there” or “They were afraid of the many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -11:32 x4bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον 1 Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd believed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -11:33 rmbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, Mark uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -11:33 us4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 The reply **We do not know** leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John came from” or “We do not know where John’s authority to baptize came from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -11:33 av5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 With the words **Neither do I say to you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -11:33 arpm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “authorized,” as modeled by the UST, or you can express the meaning some other way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Hypothetical situations\n\nHypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so their listeners can imagine them happening and learn lessons from them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The son of David as Lord\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. In this chapter, Jesus quotes a Psalm that records David calling his son “Lord,” that is, “master.” However, to the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants, so a father would not call his son “master.” In this passage, Mark 12:35-37, Jesus is trying to help his hearers understand that the Messiah will be divine, and that he himself is the Messiah. So, David is speaking to his son, that is, his descendant, as the Messiah, and it is appropriate for him to address him as his “Lord.” -12:1 w2hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nTo help the people understand what the Jewish leaders were doing by rejecting him and John the Baptist, Jesus tells a brief story that provides an illustration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told the people stories to help them understand better. He began” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -12:1 qa93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character in a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -12:1 l2i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use his vineyard in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -12:1 fd71 γεωργοῖς 1 While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers” -12:2 s83v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 This refers to the time of harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, this could be made clear, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:2 su2e γεωργοὺς & γεωργῶν 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). -12:2 oxoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καρπῶν 1 The word **fruit** could be: (1) literal. Alternate translation: “some of the grapes they had grown” (2) figurative. Alternate translation: “some of what they had produced from the grapes they had grown” or “some of the money they had earned by selling their produce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:3 c321 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπέστειλαν κενόν 1 Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container with nothing in it. Here, the word **empty** means that they did not give him any of the fruit from the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to be **empty** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:4 jhi3 καὶ ἠτίμασαν 1 Alternate translation: “and humiliated” or “badly mistreated” -12:6 z5hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “thinking that they would respect his son” or “thinking to himself that the farmers would respect his son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -12:7 m63e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that this happened after the owner sent his son and the son arrived, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:7 kefz γεωργοὶ 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). -12:7 s5dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ κληρονομία 1 By **inheritance**, the farmers mean “the vineyard”, which the son would inherit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “this vineyard, which he would inherit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:8 gx6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Jesus uses the word **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described, specifically that the farmers carried out the plan that they had decided on. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a reason-and-result relationship. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -12:9 r4md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Jesus does not want the people to tell him what the owner of the vineyard will do. Rather, he is using the question form to get his listeners to pay attention to what he says the owner will do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do to them” or “So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:9 tlji γεωργούς 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). -12:9 g4ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “allow different grape farmers to use it in exchange for a share of the crop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -12:9 mc5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 The word **others** refers to other vine dressers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will give the vineyard to other farmers to care for it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:10 v6ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 # General Information:\n\nIf it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read the scripture that says that the stone which the builders rejected became the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -12:10 xj9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε 1 Jesus does not want the Jewish leaders to tell him whether or not they have read the scripture he quotes to them. He knows that they have read the scripture. He is using the question form for emphasis and to rebuke them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And surely you have read this scripture” or “And you should remember this scripture” or “And you should pay attention to this scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:10 mzr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 This quotation from Psalm 118 is a metaphor. It speaks of the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject the Messiah. The Psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, which is the most important stone in the building. This means that God will make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explicit explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:10 kv7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 This Psalm refers implicitly to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. Alternate translation: “The stone which the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:10 l5ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase the **head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -12:11 r8z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 This entire verse is a continuation of Jesus’ quotation from Psalm 118. If you chose not to translate [12:10](../12/10.md) as a quotation within a quotation, then you should do the same with this verse. Alternate translation: “and which says that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled as they looked at it” or “and that it was the Lord who did it and those who saw it marveled when they saw what the Lord had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -12:11 k5w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Here **eyes** represent “seeing,” so the expression **in our eyes** refers to the perspective of the person seeing the event. Alternate translation: “from our perspective, it is marvelous” or “we see that it is wonderful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:12 b1vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -12:12 lx62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. The religious leaders fear of the crowd is why they **left** Jesus and **went away**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “but because they were afraid of the crowd, they did not seize him” or “but they did not seize him, because they feared the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -12:12 v9wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν. καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases to show the logical sequence of events, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -12:12 v5wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, Mark uses the word **but** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and the reason why they were not able to do so. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however, they were afraid of what the people might do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -12:13 z2sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to this group as “the Jewish leaders,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -12:13 pj3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 The term **the Herodians** means those who supported the Roman Empire and Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:13 kuy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 Here, Mark describes tricking Jesus as trapping him. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **to trap him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to trick him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:13 s1hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Mark uses the term **word** to mean something Jesus might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in something he might say” or “with something he might say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:14 dh3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche λέγουσιν 1 Mark could mean that one person spoke to Jesus on behalf of the whole group. So instead of **they**, you could say “one of them says,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -12:14 xhl6 Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -12:14 awv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -12:14 cp3x οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 Alternate translation: “you do not try to earn people’s favor, but rather, you fearlessly teach the truth without worrying about people’s opinion” -12:14 xptc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 The phrase **not look at the face of men** is a Hebrew expression that means “to not give attention to people’s outward appearances.” “Outward appearance” in this context refers to social position and whether or not a person was wealthy or influential or had a high social and/or religious position. This phrase, taken as a whole here, means that Jesus was impartial in his judgement and teaching and did not show favoritism. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you pay no attention to external things when you speak” or “for you do not regard people’s position or status when you teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -12:14 qvpo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, the term **face** means “external status and position.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the status and social position of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:14 brm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the word is used here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -12:14 yfnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Jewish leaders speak of how God wants people to live as if it were a **way** or path that people should follow. If it would help your readers to understand what **way** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how God wants people to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:14 ap2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea with an adverb such as “truthfully,” as modeled by the UST or in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:14 k0tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 The Jewish leaders are asking about God’s law, not the law of the Roman government. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Does God’s law permit us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:14 gtsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The Jewish leaders were referring to the Roman government by Caesar’s name, since he was its ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:15 g48w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ δὲ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν, εἶπεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “But Jesus knew that they were not being sincere, so he said” or “But Jesus realized that they were trying to trick him, and so he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:15 c7nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as a rebuke and for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for these purposes in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I know that you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:15 wl34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “a Roman coin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -12:16 ev6s οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 Alternate translation: “So the Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius” -12:16 gi96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 Here, **Caesar’s** refers to Caesar’s likeness and inscription. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They are Caesar’s likeness and inscription” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:17 fl4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 See how you translated **Caesar** in [12:14](../12/14.md). Alternate translation: “The things that belong to the Roman government, give back to the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:17 la16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:18 edcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark provides this background information about the Sadducees to help readers understand what happens in this episode. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who belong to a sect which denies the resurrection of the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -12:18 y8yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Mark uses the words **Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, come to him** to introduce these new characters into the story. It may be helpful to introduce them more fully in your translation. Alternate translation: “Some members of the group of Jews called the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, then came to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -12:18 ss09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι & οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the Sadducees as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could begin a new sentence here to clarify this. Alternate translation: “Sadducees, men who believe that no one will rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -12:18 rdl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 The word **resurrection** refers to becoming alive again after being dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:18 ax25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche λέγοντες 1 Mark could mean that one Sadducee spoke on behalf of the whole group. You could indicate that as UST does. If you decide to do that, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “One of them said to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -12:19 w3ev Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -12:19 e8x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 These Sadducees are referring to the law that Moses wrote as if Moses had written directly to them. Alternate translation: “Moses instructed us in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:19 m8fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -12:19 kgws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον 1 Alternate translation: “if a man’s brother dies who was married but who did not have children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -12:19 g49e ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 Alternate translation: “that man should marry his brother’s widow” or “that the man should marry his dead brother’s wife” -12:19 m2um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 The Sadducees assume that Jesus will know that this law specified that if the widow had children by her dead husband’s brother, those children would be considered the children of her dead husband. Alternate translation: “and have children who will be considered his brother’s descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:19 r0tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would help your readers to understand what **seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:20 wz27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνῄσκων, οὐκ ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα 1 While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -12:20 pj71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:20 pj2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -12:20 af1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:21 uef6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo καὶ 1 The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -12:21 d61g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:21 na6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -12:21 cgzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:21 tbzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the third brother married this widow but also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:21 l1ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:21 hx1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -12:22 wjq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:22 l3dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 See how you translated this sense of the word **seed** in [12:19](../12/19.md).. Alternate translation: “descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:23 w4wu ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead” -12:23 c4p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ & ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:24 zp2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the fact that the Sadducees do not correctly understand the Scriptures or God’s power. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are greatly misunderstanding this matter because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:24 sie3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You are greatly mistaken because you do not know the Scriptures or God’s power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “how powerful God is” -12:25 nvh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὅταν γὰρ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when men and women rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” or “For when people rise from the dead, they neither marry nor are given in marriage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -12:25 ox82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:25 y8vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can say who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:25 ensg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “they do not get married” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -12:25 asw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that angels do not marry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they will be like the angels, who do not marry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:25 pi8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that the were mistaken to think that the existence of men and women in heaven would follow the same pattern or order of things as had their former lives on earth. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -12:26 mffe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. See how you translated the phrase **the dead** in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:26 z36n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who does the action. Alternate translation: “the matter of God bringing back to life people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:26 eod4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here for emphasis in order to rebuke the Sadducees for not correctly understanding the Scriptures. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have surely read in the book of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -12:26 jc5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the book that Moses wrote, the Pentateuch. Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could clarify this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -12:26 w2lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 Jesus assumes that his listeners will know that he means the **bush** in the desert that was burning without being consumed, the place at which Moses first encountered God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the burning bush” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:26 y35v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs λέγων 1 In many languages, it is conventional to use the present tense to describe what a writer does within a composition. However, if that would not be natural in your language, you could use the past tense here. Alternate translation: “and he called out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) -12:26 re82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:27 dgc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:27 xxzs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression or by using plain language. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:27 v7ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You misunderstand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -12:28 zqy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ & εἷς τῶν γραμματέων 1 Mark uses the statement **And one of the scribes** to introduce this new character into the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “one of the scribes” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to him as something like “A man who taught the Jewish laws,” as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -12:28 b3yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:28 q1u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 Here, the scribe is using the word **first** to mean “most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **first** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or state the meaning using plain language, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:28 kftz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -12:29 ztyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρώτη 1 Here, Jesus continues the use of the word **first**. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:29 euim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πρώτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The first commandment is this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:29 n74y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πρώτη 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **first**, you can express the meaning behind the word **first** in a way that would be natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase **The first** in [12:28](../12/28.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:29 mq92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰσραήλ 1 Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God addresses all of the people of Israel by the name of their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “O Israelites” or “descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:29 mmtb Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 The phrase **the Lord our God, the Lord is one** could be: (1) an affirmation of the exclusiveness of the Lord as Israel’s God for the purpose of reminding Israel that the Lord was to be the only God they should worship. Alternate translation: “the Lord alone is our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of the Lord. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is special” -12:30 thj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -12:30 xjng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 Jesus is citing a scripture from Deuteronomy in which God is referring to the entirety of a person by listing different parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with the entirety of your being” or “completely, with your entire person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -12:30 q49v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου 1 Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the desires and motives. Alternate translation: “with all your desires” or “zealously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:30 m8hi ἐξ & ἐξ & ἐξ & ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “with” -12:30 x3n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψυχῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “essence” or “being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:30 ln0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διανοίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mind**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:30 mii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἰσχύος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strength**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “power” or “ability” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:31 eu8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δευτέρα αὕτη 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The second commandment is this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:31 fz8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δευτέρα 1 Here, Jesus is using the word **second** to mean “second most important.” If your readers would not understand the use of **second** in this context, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The second most important commandment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:31 oegh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal δευτέρα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers such as **second**, you can express the meaning behind the word **second** in a way that would be natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -12:31 np4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You will love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:31 tp6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 Here, Jesus is quoting a scripture in which a future statement is used to give an instruction. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) -12:31 pyc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τούτων 1 Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:32 uhgy Διδάσκαλε 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -12:32 qqm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:32 awe3 εἷς ἐστιν 1 See how you translated the phrase **is one** in [12:29](../12/29.md). -12:32 as2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος 1 The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that there is no other god” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:33 v8yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅλης τῆς καρδίας 1 See how you translated the phrase **whole heart** in [12:30](../12/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:33 xnq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns συνέσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:33 k42a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 See how you translated the phrase **whole strength** in [12:30](../12/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:33 ekfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to love your neighbor as you love yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:33 ll9t περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is greater than” -12:34 hkf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἰδὼν αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated the use of the word **seen** in [12:28](../12/28.md) where it is used with the same figurative meaning. Alternate translation: “having understood him” or “having observed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:34 b144 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative adverb **far**. Alternate translation: “You are very close to the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -12:34 is4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of the man being almost ready to submit to God as being physically close to **the kingdom of God**. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are close to submitting to God as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:34 lfti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kingdom**, you can express the same idea in another way, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -12:34 rgh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everyone was afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -12:35 ptc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 See how you translated the word **temple** in [11:11](../11/11.md), where it is used with the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -12:35 q6e4 πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 This is not a rhetorical question. Rather, Jesus’ listeners had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. -12:35 i6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what **son** means in this context, you could express its meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:36 e1zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that it was David, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who spoke the words in the quotation that follows. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom you call the father of the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -12:36 jlbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ, εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “said, by inspiration of the Holy Spirit, that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right side until he made his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -12:36 ejy2 ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit” -12:36 dv7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 Here, the term **Lord** does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance is representing the name Yahweh, which David actually uses in this psalm. In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying that name and said Lord instead. The second instance is the regular term for “lord” or “master.” The ULT and UST capitalize the word because it refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “The Lord God said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -12:36 v53p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 The seat at the right side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By telling the Messiah to sit there, God was symbolically conferring honor and authority on him. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -12:36 k2j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 In this quotation, Yahweh is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate his right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “Sit at my right side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:36 rfy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 Placing an enemy under one’s feet represents conquering them and making them submit. Here, it means that Yahweh would make His enemies stop resisting the Messiah and force them to submit to him. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -12:37 j7wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -12:37 ka5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει αὐτὸν 1 Here, the word **him** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:37 ssq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 See how you translated the word **himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md), where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person” or “David, whom we all respect” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -12:37 qpdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον, καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 In this culture, an ancestor was more respected than a descendant. But to call someone **Lord** was to address that person as the more respected one. As the General Notes to this chapter describe, this is a paradox. That is, it is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time but which actually are both true. Jesus is calling attention to this paradox to get his listeners to think more deeply about who the Messiah is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what makes this a paradox. Alternate translation: “David respectfully addresses the Messiah as his Lord, but David should be more respected than his descendant. So why does David address him that way?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:37 rh2t καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this seems to be a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones they asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So why do people say that the Messiah is David’s descendant” -12:37 qucc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Jesus is using the word **and** to show that a conclusion should be made as a result of what he has just said, and that this conclusion would be different from what his listeners had previously believed. Use a natural form in your language for showing this. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -12:37 tjp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is using the term **son** figuratively to mean “descendant,” as he did in [12:35](../12/35.md). See how you translated the term **son** there. Alternate translation: “descendant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:38 bh8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that Jesus is still sitting in the temple area taking to the people, as he was in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -12:38 rwxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Watch out** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you watch out for” or “Every one of you watch out for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -12:38 yhfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Jesus says **Watch out** to warn about the influence of certain people. He is not saying that the scribes themselves are physically dangerous, but that it would be dangerous spiritually to follow their example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Be careful not to follow the example of the scribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:38 nxy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in **long robes** was to assert one’s right to high status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who like to walk around looking important in their long robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -12:38 mu5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings** in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “respectful greetings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:39 mwmf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας & πρωτοκλισίας 1 Both uses of the word **first** here mean “best.” Alternate translation: “the best seats … the best places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:40 jtw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 Jesus speaks figuratively of the **houses** of widows to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their houses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:40 j27b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 Jesus says that the scribes are **devouring** or eating up the possessions of widows. He means that they continually ask the widows for money until the widows have none left. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “They defraud widows of everything they own” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:40 r3ht καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ προσευχόμενοι 1 Here, **pretext** refers to something that someone would do in order to appear a certain way. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly, they are offering long prayers” -12:40 qm52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned (found guilty) for doing something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “These scribes will receive greater punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:40 h36x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 The implication seems to be that these proud and greedy scribes will receive **greater** punishment than they would have if they had not pretended to be so godly. It is also implicit that God will be the one who punishes them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “God will punish these scribes more severely because they do all these wrong things while pretending to be godly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:41 r69x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nMark uses the word **And** to introduce background information that will help his readers understand what happens next in the story. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -12:41 nohd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καθίσας κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον; καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά 1 This background information introduces a new event in the story. Alternate translation: “after Jesus sat down he was watching the crowd put money into the offering box and noticing that there were many rich people who were placing gifts of money in the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -12:41 p2kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου & τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 Mark is speaking of the boxes in the temple courtyard where people put money that they were giving to God. He associates the boxes with **the treasury**, the name of the place where this money would be kept until it was needed. Alternate translation: “the offering boxes … the offering boxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -12:41 w4xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression such as “many people,” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -12:41 jgkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression such as “rich people,” as the UST does. Alternate translation: “wealthy people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -12:41 rl1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλά 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “much money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -12:42 g6ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 The word lepta is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin used by the Jews. It was equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or use a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -12:42 n29e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 A **quadrans** was the smallest Roman coin. Mark is seeking to help his readers, who are Roman, understand the value of **two leptas** in their own currency. You could clarify in your translation that a **quadrans** is a Roman coin, as the UST does, or you can leave this information untranslated. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -12:43 ipl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he gives his reason for saying that. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 43–44, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -12:43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -12:43 ih0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ 1 Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put more money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, using it to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not interpret them as if they were figurative. For example, it would be a figurative interpretation to say, “God considers what this poor widow has given to be more valuable than the gifts of all the others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -12:43 n8z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντων & τῶν βαλλόντων 1 In context, **all** means specifically all of the rich people who were putting large monetary gifts in the collection boxes. Alternate translation: “all of those rich people putting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -12:43 n7su γαζοφυλάκιον 1 See how you translated the term **offering box** in [12:41](../12/41.md). -12:44 c7jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the reason for what Jesus said in [12:43](../12/43.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -12:44 ihuq ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον 1 Alternate translation: “had a lot of money but only gave a small portion of it” -12:44 ui9a αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 Alternate translation: “but she who had only had a very little money gave everything she had to live on” -12:44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 Alternate translation: “her lack” or “the little she had” -12:44 p3as τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 Alternate translation: “she had to survive on” -13:intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The return of Christ\n\nJesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time. -13:1 rrv1 Διδάσκαλε 1 # General Information:\n\nSee how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../4/38.md). -13:1 ql81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί 1 Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones with which the temple walls were built. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How wonderful these huge stones are and how wonderful these buildings are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:2 rez6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to draw attention to the buildings and to emphasize what he is about to say. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Look at these great buildings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -13:2 xdhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:3 izt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν κατ’ ἰδίαν Πέτρος, καὶ Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀνδρέας 1 Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew were privately asking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -13:3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 Alternate translation: “when they were alone with him” or “privately” -13:4 uf37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 Both occurrences of the phrase **these things** refer to what Jesus said in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say explicitly what the phrase **these things** refers to, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:4 lw1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “when God is about to fulfill all these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:5 fe42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, John, and Andrew, who are mentioned in [13:3](../13/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to say to these four disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -13:5 qekc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **Be careful** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “All of you be careful that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -13:6 z63u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here Jesus uses the word **name** to mean identity and the authority that comes with the identity. The people he is talking about will likely not say that their name is Jesus, but they will claim to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:6 cee7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πολλοὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Many will come in my name claiming to be me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -13:6 pbz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλοὶ & πολλοὺς 1 Here both uses of the word **many** refer to “many people.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:6 wv12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 The implication is that **he** means the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:7 fl5h πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 The phrase “wars and rumors of wars” could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. (2) reports of wars that are already taking place near by and reports of wars that are happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close by and of wars that are far away” -13:7 d1k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the end will not happen immediately” or “but the end will not happen until later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -13:7 mi4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 Here, **the end** implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:8 ydrb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -13:8 rlxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -13:8 oyrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος 1 The term **nation** refers figuratively to the people of one nationality or ethnic group. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:8 xln4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπ’ 1 The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The people of some nations will attack the people of other nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:8 e2ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -13:8 hz6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -13:8 wpd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The term **kingdom** figuratively represents the people of a kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of some kingdoms will attack the people of other kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:8 pcyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **These things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:8 dz8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων ταῦτα 1 Jesus uses the metaphor of **birth pains** because, in the same way that the pain of childbirth is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy when Christ returns. Because childbirth occurs in all cultures, you should retain this metaphor in your translation. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child” or “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -13:9 nuti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε & ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. If your readers would not understand what it means to **watch yourselves** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “beware”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -13:9 c2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βλέπετε & ἑαυτούς 1 In the original language in which Mark wrote this Gospel, the phrase **watch yourselves** is a command or instruction written in the plural form. Use the most natural form in your language to give direction to a group of people. Alternate translation: “all of you, watch yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -13:9 ulws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns βλέπετε δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses the word **yourselves** to draw the disciples’ attention to themselves, because he now transitions away from telling them about general signs and begins telling them about specific trials that they will personally encounter. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But give heed to yourselves personally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -13:9 mbr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν 1 The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will deliver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -13:9 voih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will beat you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:9 zdp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:9 gbb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ & σταθήσεσθε 1 Here, **made to stand before** means to be put on trial and judged. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be put on trial before” or “you will be brought to trial and judged by” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:9 v23p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you can express the same idea in another way as the UST does or use a verb form such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “to testify” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:9 qq6r εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to testify about me to them” -13:9 y6p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the **governors** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -13:10 ruk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 Here, Jesus uses the ordinal number **first** in order to indicate position in an order of events. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can express this same idea in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before the end comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -13:10 sfjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that believers will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “believers to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:10 e6ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The term **nations** refers figuratively to the people within each nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from all nations” or “people within each nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:11 uy91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 Here, **handing you over** means to deliver you to the control of someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “giving you over to the authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:11 m0xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus says later in this verse that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. Alternate translation: “whatever the Holy Spirit gives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:11 nr2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:11 q2o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 The phrase **for you will not be the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit** implicitly means that it is the Holy Spirit who will give the disciples the words to say. This does not mean that the Holy Spirit audibly speaks for the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will give you the words to say” or “for the Holy Spirit will instruct you what to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:11 a9b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit will speak through you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -13:12 toqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members, because these people hate Jesus, but their family members believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because people hate me, they will deliver their own family members who believe in me to the authorities in order to have them killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:12 py9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 Here, Jesus is explaining to his disciples what “some” brothers and “some” fathers and “some” children will do to their family members. He is speaking in general terms and is not saying that “all” brothers or fathers or children will do this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:12 m6iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters will deliver their siblings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -13:12 utyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θάνατον & θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the same idea with a verb form. Alternate translation: “be killed … have them killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:12 b9ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will deliver up his child to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -13:12 hrhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “parents, their children” or “fathers and mothers will deliver their children to the authorities to be killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -13:12 vjcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, **children will rise up against parents and put them to death** probably does not mean that children will directly murder their parents. Rather, this probably means that children will deliver their parents to people in positions of authority and then these people will have their parents killed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:12 r66s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς 1 Here, **rise up** means to stand up. In this culture, people would stand up to give testimony in a legal proceeding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain that this will be the reason for their action. Alternate translation: “children will stand up to testify against their parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -13:13 pk3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “everyone will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:13 w8pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration which Jesus uses to emphasize to his disciples the fact that many people will hate them because they believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or use plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -13:13 jhp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** is a way of referring to a person by reference to something associated with that person, their name. Jesus is using the phrase **my name** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:13 w28q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whoever endures to the end, God will save that person” or “God will save whoever endures to the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:13 c33n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 Here, **endured** represents having continued to be faithful to God even while suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:13 vcz4 ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 The phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) to the end of one’s life. Alternate translation: “who endures to the point of death” or “who endures till death” (2) until the end of time. This meaning means that believers must endure and keep on enduring until the time when Christ returns. Alternate translation: “who keeps on enduring to the very end” (3) to the end of that time of hardship and persecution. Alternate translation: “who endures until the time of testing is over” -13:14 d4nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is from the book of Daniel. Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:14 vx3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 Jesus’ audience would have known that this refers to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where it should not be standing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:14 ck7a ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 The phrase **let the reader understand** is not Jesus speaking. Mark added this to get the readers’ attention so that they would pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by putting brackets around this phrase, as the UST and ULT do, or you could show your readers in some other way that is natural in your language. -13:15 m1hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of their roof should escape immediately and not enter their house to get anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:16 y1e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “coat” or “outer garment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -13:17 bi8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning the woman is with child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:17 bv9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing but rather refers to women who provide their milk for their babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:17 u8kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Jesus is using the term **days** figuratively to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:18 w47v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος 1 If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving all of this verse to the end of the next verse, since in the next verse Jesus gives the reason for praying this prayer. You would then present the combined verses as 18–19. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) -13:18 w91r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χειμῶνος 1 In the location to which Jesus is referring, **winter** is the time of year when it is cold, and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel or you could translate **winter** with a general expression such as “in the cold season.” Alternate translation: “in the cold season” or “in the rainy season” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -13:19 zs4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md), where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:19 l5u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θλῖψις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη 1 Alternate translation: “of a kind that has not yet happened” or “which will be worse than any type of suffering that has happened” -13:19 r1ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:19 c5sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “there will never be days like these again” or “after this tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -13:20 y7g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν & ἐκολόβωσεν 1 The words **cut short** form an idiom which means “to shorten.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “did not shorten … he shortened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:20 el7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰς ἡμέρας & τὰς ἡμέρας 1 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “that time … that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:20 kda6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Jesus is describing people figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “no one would be saved” or “no people would be saved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:20 dosx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark makes clear that “the Lord” is the one who will do it. Alternate translation: “because the Lord will shorten the day, not everyone will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:20 q8hm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Here, the phrase **be saved** refers to being saved from physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone would die” or “no one would survive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:20 fz5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase to express the idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the people whom he chose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -13:20 af7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as modeled by the UST.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -13:21 d9gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in verse 22 he gives the reason for the command. If your language would put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge by moving this verse to the end of the following verse. You would then present the combined verses as 21–22 as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -13:21 qsfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is either here or there” or “And do not believe anyone who says to you that the Christ is in this location or that location” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -13:21 yfd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἴδε, ἐκεῖ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look, there is the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -13:22 yw81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:22 n81i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -13:23 jq8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε 1 See how you translated the word **watch** in [13:9](../13/09.md) where it is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “pay attention to yourselves” or “be watchful” or “be alert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -13:23 va6h προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time” or “I have told you all these things before they happen” -13:24 is3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** shows a contrast between the events Jesus has just described and the events he will describe in [13:24-27](../013/24.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Yet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -13:24 vmna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 See how you translated the word **days** in [13:17](../13/17.md) where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:24 n2rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ 1 The word **after** indicates that the events Jesus will describe in [13:24-27](../013/24.md) will come after the events just described in [13:14-23](../013/14.md). The word **after** does not express how long it will be before the events of [13:24-27](../013/24.md) take place so you should choose a word or phrase in your language that communicates the sequential meaning of the word **after** but does not limit the time frame. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -13:24 mfy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θλῖψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “suffer” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:24 zy2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:24 a3qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 Here, the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -13:25 hge7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism αἱ δυνάμεις 1 Here, **the powers** could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and planets in which case the two phrases **the stars will be falling from the sky** and **the powers that are in the sky will be shaken** are an example of parallelism. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, stars, and planets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “the spiritual beings” -13:25 au6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will cause the powers that are in the heavens to be shaken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -13:26 kl95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τότε ὄψονται 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -13:26 yn52 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). -13:26 a130 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -13:26 nlo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐν νεφέλαις 1 Jesus assumes that his disciples will know that the phrase **coming in clouds** means **coming** down from heaven **in clouds**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “coming down from heaven in clouds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:26 cd1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 The phrase **with great power and glory** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The term **glory** describes what kind of **power** Jesus will have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with very glorious power” or “shining brightly because he is so powerful” or, if you decided to use the first person, “with majesty and splendor” or “with awesome might and supreme honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -13:26 h4z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **power** or **glory**, you can express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **power** and **glory** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “to show he is very powerful and everyone should praise him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “to show I am very powerful and everyone should praise me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:27 nsyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -13:27 a1z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 See how you translated the word **elect** in [13:20](../13/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -13:27 vpb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 The phrase **the four winds** is a figurative way of referring to the four directions: north, south, east, and west; it means “everywhere.” Jesus speaks figuratively, using these directions in order to include everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the north, south, east, and west” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -13:27 u1vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ 1 The phrase **from the four winds** and the phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of the sky** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, for emphasis. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from wherever they are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -13:28 c99s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nTo teach something that is true in a way that is easy to understand and remember, Jesus now gives a brief illustration. Consider the best way to introduce this parable in your language. Alternate translation: “Now I want you to learn this truth which the fig tree illustrates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -13:28 ti6e τῆς συκῆς 1 See how you translated the phrase **fig tree** in [11:13](../11/13.md). -13:28 u8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῆς συκῆς 1 Jesus is speaking of these trees in general, not one particular **fig tree**. Alternate translation: “fig trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -13:28 z417 ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν 1 Alternate translation: “summer is about to begin” or “the warm season is about to start” -13:29 q53b ταῦτα 1 Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described” -13:29 w1k7 ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **he is near** could also be translated as “it is near.” If the phrase **these things** refers to the destruction of Jerusalem, then the translation “it is near” is the preferred choice. The phrase “it is near” then refers to the abomination of desolation and the other events related to Jerusalem’s destruction rather than to Christ’s second coming, which the translation **he is near** would indicate. Alternate translation: “it is almost here” -13:29 aul8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to “the Son of Man”, which is the title Jesus used for himself in [13:26](../13/26.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man is near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -13:29 ini9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -13:29 iavl γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 1 The phrase **at the doors** adds further detail to the phrase **he is near**. The phrase **at the doors** explains how **near** he is. -13:29 z2pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 The phrase **at the doors** is an idiom which means that something or someone is very near, ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “and is ready to enter” or “and waiting at the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -13:30 tg35 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -13:30 m7ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ 1 Jesus uses the term **generation** to mean the people who were born in a certain generation. This could mean: (1) “the people who are alive when these signs first start happening” (2) “the people who are alive now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:30 h72r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 Jesus is referring to death as passing away. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -13:30 h7dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη, μέχρις 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “this generation will still be alive when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -13:30 t66q ταῦτα 1 Alternate translation: “the signs I have just described” or “the things I have just described” -13:31 k4zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται 1 Jesus is using **heaven** and **earth** together figuratively to describe all of creation. Here, the term **heaven** refers to the sky, not to the abode of God, which will not cease to exist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everything that God originally created will someday cease to exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -13:31 ah6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 Jesus is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to what he has just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “but everything that I have said will always continue to be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:31 cq65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “will remain forever” or “will always be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -13:32 km5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 The phrase **that day** refers to the time when Jesus will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the day or hour when I will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:32 z3q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 Here, **heaven** refers to the place where God lives; it does not refer to the sky. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -13:32 c1b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱός 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “me” or “I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -13:32 gwh2 εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 Alternate translation: “only God the Father knows” -13:33 pj0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 Jesus is using the expression **Stay awake** in a figurative sense. If your readers would not understand what it means to **Stay awake** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be watchful” or “Remain alert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -13:33 i43k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 Here, **the time** refers to Christ’s second coming. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -13:34 ygl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 To help his disciples understand how they should live while they wait for his second coming, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand how they should live while they were waiting for his return: ‘As a man on a journey’” or “Then Jesus told his disciples this story to help them understand what their attitude should be like while they waited for him to return: ‘As a man on a journey’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -13:34 iwt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **As** to introduce a comparison. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a comparison. Alternate translation: “It is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -13:34 huof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 Jesus is speaking of a **man** or person in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “It is like when a person decides to go on a journey, and before leaving their house, that person asks their servants to manage the house. And the person gives each servant their responsibilities and commands the door-keeper to stay alert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -13:34 w4dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ δοὺς τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -13:35 z7wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **therefore** indicates that Jesus is about to tell his disciples how to apply the story he told in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing an application. Alternate translation: “As a result” of “And so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -13:35 c96l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γρηγορεῖτε οὖν; οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ 1 What follows the word **because** here is the reason that Jesus wants his disciples to **stay alert**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing the reason given for doing something. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “therefore, stay alert! The reason you should stay alert is because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -13:35 gx23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται 1 By calling himself **the lord of the house** Jesus is identifying himself as the “man on a journey” in the story he told in the previous verse. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the lord of the house, will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -13:35 v6it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 Speaking of a **rooster crowing**, Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at daybreak” or “at first light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -13:35 s8j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 A **rooster** is a large bird, a male chicken, which calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “when the birds begin to sing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -13:36 mh8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καθεύδοντας 1 Jesus is using the expression **sleeping** to mean “not ready.” If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sleeping** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unprepared for his return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -13:36 wd97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person εὕρῃ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -14:intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:27, 62, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[Mark 14:22-25](./22.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n### The new covenant\n\nSome people think that Jesus established the new covenant during the supper. Others think he established it after he went up to heaven. Others think it will not be established until Jesus comes again. Your translation should say no more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Abba, Father\n\n“Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds and then translates it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([Mark 14:20](../mrk/14/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -14:1 hwb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nMark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -14:1 xa8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν δὲ τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὰ Ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας. καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 During **the Festival of Unleavened Bread** the Jews did not eat bread that was made with yeast. You could translate this phrase as either a description or as a name. Alternate translation: “Now it was two days before the beginning of the Passover and the festival during which the Jews did not eat any bread that was made with yeast. The chief priests and the scribes were seeking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:1 ve8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες, ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here, both uses of the pronoun **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they could seize Jesus by stealth and kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:1 qtym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 These leaders did not have the authority to execute Jesus themselves. Rather, they were hoping to get others to kill him. Alternate translation: “they might cause Jesus to be put to death” or “they could have Jesus killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:2 em4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔλεγον γάρ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to “the chief priests and the scribes” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “For the chief priests and the scribes were saying to one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:2 fk19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival” or “We should not arrest him during the festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:3 owfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 Both uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, while Jesus was reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:3 bf84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 The word **Simon** is the name of a man. This man previously had leprosy but no longer had this disease. If this man had still had leprosy, he would have been considered ceremonially unclean in this society and would not have been allowed to enter the presence of people who did not have leprosy. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. Alternate translation: “Simon, the man who formerly had leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -14:3 hh81 λεπροῦ 1 See how you translated the term “leper” in [1:40](../1/40.md). -14:3 sh4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 In this culture, the manner of eating at a feast or dinner party was to lie on a couch and prop oneself up with the left arm on some pillows. Alternate translation: “while he is lying on a banqueting couch to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:3 nl8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. Alternate translation: “a jar made of soft, white stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:3 hk2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου 1 This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make a themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:3 fqa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 The **perfumed oil** was made from the roots of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of highly valued scented oil made from spikenard roots” or “containing costly perfumed oil distilled from the nard roots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:3 rw4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 In this phrase, the second occurrence of the word **of** is used to describe **perfumed oil** that is “made from” **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “containing very precious perfumed oil of pure nard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -14:3 yb3w πολυτελοῦς 1 Alternate translation: “very precious” -14:4 v57p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν 1 These people are using a rhetorical question to emphasize that they thought the perfumed oil should not have been poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This woman wasted that perfumed oil!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -14:4 g9qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰς τί 1 Mark’s quotation is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For what reason” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -14:4 gjmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:5 xfzs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:5 y113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο & τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 Mark wants to show his readers that those present were mainly concerned about money. If your readers would not understand this use of the passive form here, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we could have sold this perfume” or “she could have sold this perfume” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:5 t4p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [6:37](../06/37.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -14:5 h62k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 Here, the adjective **poor** is being used as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the money given to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -14:5 k83q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 Here, the word **given** refers to giving the money which could be made from the sale of the perfumed oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:5 kmpd καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ 1 Alternate translation: “And then they spoke harshly to her because of what she had done” -14:6 r9wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε 1 With the statement **Why are you causing trouble for her**, Jesus is not asking for information, but rather, he is using the question form here to rebuke the guests who are troubling this woman regarding what she has done for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not trouble her!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -14:6 f4yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔργον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **work**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:7 tc3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the poor** in [14:5](../14/05.md). Alternate translation: “people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -14:9 vr3w ἀμὴν & λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the statement **truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -14:9 ysc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “wherever my followers preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:9 ljh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “his followers” will be the ones doing it. Alternate translation: “my followers will also speak of what she has done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:9 u2ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μνημόσυνον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remembrance**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST, or you can express the same idea in another way that is natural in your language.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:10 br8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰούδας Ἰσκαριὼθ 1 See how you translated the name **Judas Iscariot** in [Mark 3:19](../mrk/03/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -14:10 tq5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -14:10 z71f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 **Judas** did not deliver Jesus to the **chief priests** yet. Rather, he went to make such arrangements with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:10 hmhr ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “to help them arrest Jesus” -14:10 khvb παραδοῖ 1 See how you translated the word “betrayed” in [3:19](../03/19.md). -14:10 u2ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:11 kzk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες 1 It may be helpful to your readers to state explicitly what the chief priests **heard**. Alternate translation: “But the chief priests, when they heard that Judas Iscariot was willing to betray Jesus to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:11 m4il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι 1 Mark is speaking figuratively of money by reference to the precious metal, **silver**, that gives money its value. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to pay money to Judas for doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:11 f7ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐζήτει 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas Iscariot was seeking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:11 jrym rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The second occurrence of the pronoun **him** in this verse refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:12 vxax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 This was the first day of the seven-day festival described in [14:1](../14/01.md). You could translate this as either a description or as a name, depending on what you did there. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” or “on the day when the Jews removed all bread made with yeast from their homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:12 bel5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φάγῃς τὸ Πάσχα 1 Jesus’ disciples are using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover** to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:13 suny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual αὐτοῖς & ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -14:13 cijy καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων 1 Alternate translation: “and you will see a man carrying a jug of water” -14:13 a7xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 Here, **pitcher of water** means not a small serving **pitcher**, but a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:14 i344 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation and then another quotation within that one. Alternate translation: “tell the owner of the house that the Teacher wants to know where the guest room is where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -14:14 yhtm διδάσκαλος 1 See how you translated **Teacher** in [4:38](../04/38.md). -14:14 imqg τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ 1 Alternate translation: “to the owner of that house” -14:14 q3pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Jesus is telling these two disciples to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:15 jlci rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:15 x3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον 1 The word **furnished** is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “one he has furnished and made ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:15 k4t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -14:16 sb35 ἐξῆλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Alternate translation: “the two disciples departed” -14:16 wkh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Mark is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:17 i1q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express explicitly to where Jesus and his disciples came. Alternate translation: “he came with the Twelve to the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:17 t0q5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “he went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -14:17 bheu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -14:18 cwl8 ἀνακειμένων 1 See how you translated the phrase **reclining to eat** in [14:3](../14/03.md). -14:18 dg95 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -14:18 v5es παραδώσει 1 See how you translated the word **betray** in [14:10](../14/10.md). -14:19 layt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι 1 The pronoun **They** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The disciples began to be sorrowful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:19 v3a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἷς κατὰ εἷς 1 The phrase **one by one** is an idiom meaning “one at a time.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “one at a time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:19 f13p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives μήτι 1 The phrase **Surely not** is the ULT’s translation of the negative Greek word that Mark used. The Greek word that Mark used is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -14:20 n1tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). Alternate translation: “He is one of the twelve of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -14:20 htn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 Part of the Passover meal involved dipping bread into a flavored sauce called haroseth sauce. Mark assumes that his readers will know this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “dipping his bread into the bowl with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:21 cif4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “For I, the Son of Man, am going away just as Scripture says about me, but woe to that man by whom I will be betrayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -14:21 h35q Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../2/10.md). -14:21 q5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὅτι ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the phrase **going away** to refer to his death. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “For the Son of Man will die just as the Scriptures say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -14:21 hl6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here, Mark uses **it is written** to mean that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. Mark assumes that his readers will understand this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:21 b13q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “people” did it. Alternate translation: “men inspired by God have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:21 f51n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who betrays him” or, if you decided to use the first person, “who betrays me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:21 ct78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 You can state this more directly. Alternate translation: “who is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:22 ne53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread** that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:22 ukuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat bread made with yeast during this festival, this bread would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:22 oqv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that the phrase **having blessed it** means that Jesus prayed to God before they ate the bread. Jewish people would have known that at the beginning of the Passover meal the host would begin the meal by praying a prayer of praise to God for the bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and having prayed and given thanks to God for it” or “and having prayed a prayer of praise to God for it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:22 ula2 ἔκλασεν 1 Jesus may have divided the loaf of **bread** into many pieces, as the UST says, or he may have divided it into two pieces and given those to the apostles to divide among themselves. If possible, use an expression in your language that would apply to either situation. -14:22 amg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 The implication of the phrase **and gave it to them** is that Jesus **gave** the bread to the disciples to eat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and gave it to them to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:22 adb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my body**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread” -14:23 u6rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 Here, **cup** is a metonym for wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken the cup of wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -14:23 whqj εὐχαριστήσας 1 Your language may require you to state the object of the verb. Alternate translation: “when he had given thanks to God” -14:24 q5hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 In the Hebrew culture, covenants were customarily ratified through animal sacrifices that involved shedding the blood of the animals. Here Jesus is likely alluding to that practice in light of his impending sacrificial death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which ratifies the covenant, and my blood is being poured out for many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:24 nj85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his blood is to establish the new **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -14:24 hs24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate the phrase **This is my blood**. Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This wine represents my blood which establishes the covenant, and it is my blood which I will pour out for many” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine” -14:24 pt5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out for many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -14:25 mxwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὅτι οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν 1 The phrase **certainly not** and the phrase **any longer** are both negative phrases, and therefore, this is a double negative. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “that you can know for certain that the next time I drink wine will be when I drink it new” or “that you could know for certain that I will only drink wine again when I drink it new” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -14:25 t7ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 Jesus is referring to the juice (which is fermented and becomes wine) that people squeeze from grapes that grow on grapevines as if it were the **fruit** or the grapes themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:25 qyf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας 1 Here Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:25 y1pf αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν, ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The word **new** could be referring to: (1) Jesus, and therefore would mean “again” or “in a new way.” See the parallel account in [Luke 22:18](../luk/022/18.md) where Jesus seems to mean this. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way in the kingdom of God” or “I drink it anew in the kingdom of God” or “I drink it again when I celebrate the Passover after it is fulfilled when God’s kingdom is consummated” (2) the wine and thus would be referring to drinking a new type or quality of wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine” -14:25 ue3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [1:15](../1/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language to understand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:26 l996 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113-118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:27 pu4s λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus said to his disciples” -14:27 lty4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 Here, **fall away** is an idiom meaning “to desert.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You will all leave me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:27 gkb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here, Mark uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament passage of Scripture, ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Mark is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in God’s Word” or “it is written by Zechariah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -14:27 jp51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Zechariah” did it. Alternate translation: “regarding what would happen to the Messiah and his followers, Zechariah wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:27 qzzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι γέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep would be scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -14:27 cv7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from from ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)) in which the prophet Zechariah speaks of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -14:27 w2az rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea behind the phrase **the sheep will be scattered** in another way that is natural in your language. The phrase **the sheep will be scattered** does not necessarily imply that there is someone making the action of scattering happen, so try to translate this phrase in a way that simply shows that **the sheep will be scattered** without saying who will make the action happen. Alternate translation: “the sheep will run away in different directions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:28 dm1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγερθῆναί με 1 The phrase **raised up** means to having become alive again after having died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am made alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:28 qi4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:29 op1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντες 1 By using the word **all** in this context, the implication is that **Peter** is referring to “all the other disciples.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the other disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:29 j961 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 See how you translated the phrase **fall away** in [14:27](../14/27.md). Alternate translation: “leave you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:29 div5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐγώ 1 In the phrase **not I**, Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will not fall away” or “I will not forsake you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -14:30 z2q9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 See how you translated the statement **Truly I say to you** in [3:28](../03/28.md). -14:30 i4g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 See how you translated the similar phrase “rooster crowing” in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:31 z9le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡσαύτως & καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον 1 The phrase **they all also were speaking in the same manner** means that all of the disciples were saying the same thing that Peter said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:32 deg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔρχονται 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:32 ni66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nYour language may say “went” rather than **come** or “came” in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “they went” or “they go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -14:34 eyw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 By using the phrase **my soul**, Jesus is speaking of his entire self by referring to one part of himself, his **soul**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -14:34 krj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψυχή μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **soul**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:34 ic1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **even unto death** to describe the extent of his grief. Jesus is exaggerating in order to show the depth of the distress and sorrow that he feels. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could turn the phrase **even unto death** into a simile, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “and I have so much grief that it makes me feel like I am near death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -14:35 nk8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 Alternate translation: “if possible” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:35 wc6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παρέλθῃ & ἡ ὥρα 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** figuratively to refer to a specific time at which an event or events would take place. Here, the phrase **the hour** refers specifically to the time of Jesus’ suffering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning in plain language, as the UST models. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:35 gj74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, Jesus is referring to the events that would take place during the upcoming hours as if they were the **hour** itself. Because Jesus is associating the upcoming events with the time of the events themselves, by asking that **the hour might pass**, Jesus is actually asking that the events themselves would not happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the upcoming events would pass from him” or “he would not have to experience the upcoming things which he knew he was going to have to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:36 c11w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father** and which the Jews used to address their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds in Aramaic (he transliterates it) and then translates its meaning into Greek for his readers, who did not know Aramaic. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Mark does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -14:36 t9r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 The word **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -14:36 jk6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If your readers would not understand what **cup** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -14:36 s1r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The statement **Remove this cup from me** is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -14:37 ja6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “finds the three disciples sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:37 kp33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **Peter** for falling asleep. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate Jesus’ words as a statement, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -14:38 hi36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “pray, so that nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:38 zrp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 The implications are that the disciples will soon experience the **temptation** to abandon Jesus in order to save themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “pray that when the Jewish leaders come to arrest me and you are tempted to try to save yourselves by running away or denying that you know me, you will not sin by doing that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:38 c1je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ & πνεῦμα 1 Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. See how you translated **spirit** in [2:8](../02/08.md), where **spirit** is used with a similar meaning. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:38 djxc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ & πνεῦμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **spirit**, you can express the same idea in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:38 gt2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πρόθυμον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -14:38 b909 ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, the word **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your spiritual strength is weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak” -14:39 l9nj τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον εἰπών 1 Alternate translation: “and said the same thing he had prayed the first time” -14:40 zkb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because the three disciples’ eyes were weighed down, he found them sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -14:40 bgyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “the three disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:40 vwlx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** indicates that what follows is the reason that Jesus found the disciples sleeping. Use a natural way in your language to show this connection. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -14:40 ht2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:40 hayg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “tiredness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” or “their sleepiness had caused their eyes to be weighed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:41 x7qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the third time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he comes yet again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -14:41 jo0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a way that would make that clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to his three disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:41 lw7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke his disciples for falling asleep and resting. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -14:41 wxmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχει 1 The phrase **It is enough** most likely refers to the apostles sleeping. They need to wake up and prepare for what is about tot happen. Alternate translation: “It is enough sleep” or “That is enough sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:41 ae53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 See how you translated the term **hour** in [13:11](../13/11.md) where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “The time has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:41 msb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is an exclamation word that communicates that the listeners should pay attention. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -14:41 khqg ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). -14:41 h5u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man** Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -14:41 eg9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is about to betray the Son of Man into the hands of sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:41 uyzf παραδίδοται 1 See how you translated the word **betrayed** in [3:19](../03/19.md), where it used with the same meaning as it is here. -14:41 mcns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Here, **hands** is a metonym for control. See how you translated **hands** in [9:31](../09/31.md), where it is used with the same figurative sense. Alternate translation: “into the control of sinners” or “into the custody of sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:42 ruj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated the word **Behold** in [14:41](../14/41.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -14:42 vkzb ὁ 1 Alternate translation: “the person” -14:42 qmm4 παραδιδούς 1 See how you translated the word **betrayed** in [3:19](../03/19.md), where it used with a similar meaning as the word **betraying** here. -14:43 ytk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εὐθὺς 1 See how you translated the word **immediately** in [1:10](../01/10.md). (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential) -14:43 nz4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../3/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -14:44 r9cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δεδώκει δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν σύσσημον αὐτοῖς λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπάγετε ἀσφαλῶς 1 # General Information:\n\nTo help his readers understand what happens next, Mark provides this background information about how Judas had arranged his betrayal of Jesus with the Jewish leaders. Here Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information which he gives in the rest of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas, who was going to betray Jesus, gave this sign to those who were going to arrest Jesus. Judas said, ‘Whomever I may kiss, he it is. Seize him and lead him away securely’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -14:44 bvwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:44 bzj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 The phrase **his betrayer** refers to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:44 lsh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτός ἐστιν 1 The phrase **he it is** refers to Jesus, the man that Judas was going to identify. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one you should arrest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:45 qjh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσελθὼν 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -14:45 tpd4 Ῥαββεί 1 See how you translated the title **Rabbi** in [9:5](../09/05.md). -14:46 gszh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of Jesus and seized him in order to take him into custody” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -14:46 y5qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The phrases, **laid hands on him** and **seized him** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -14:47 m6b9 τῶν 1 Alternate translation: “of the people who were” -14:48 gv6e ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the crowd” -14:48 eq25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here as an emphatic way to rebuke the crowd. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs as if I were a robber!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -14:48 djp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξήλθατε 1 Your language may say “go” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Did you go out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -14:49 my05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Only priests were allowed to enter the temple building, so by saying **the temple**, Jesus means the temple courtyard. He is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -14:49 t9d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαί 1 Jesus’ words **But so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled** could: (1) be an ellipsis. If this is the case, then Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words. Matthew, in his parallel account in [Matt 26:56](../mat/26/56.md), supplies the words “all this has happened” between the words **But** and **so that**, so if this is an ellipsis these are the words that should be supplied. Alternate translation: “But all this has happened so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled” or “But, so that the Scriptures might be fulfilled, all this has happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) (2) instead be translated with an imperatival meaning as “But let the Scriptures be fulfilled.” Alternate translation: “But let the Scriptures be fulfilled” -14:49 d8wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus implies that both God and sinful humans are acting to fulfill Scripture. God is intentionally acting to fulfill Scripture by leading Jesus to be willing to die and not flee from those trying to kill him. Sinful humans are also acting to fulfill Scripture even though they do not know that they are fulfilling what God had foretold in the Old Testament would happen to the Messiah. Because of this, if you must state who did the action, it would be best to translate this in a way that includes both or allows for both. Alternate translation: “God might fulfill through the acts of sinful men what has been foretold in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -14:50 pk0i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν 1 The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:50 gqz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔφυγον πάντες 1 The phrase **they all** refers to Jesus’ 12 disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all Jesus’ disciples ran away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:51 y5yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σινδόνα 1 The term **linen** refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If you do not have **linen** in your region and/or your readers would be unfamiliar with this term, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a garment made of fine cloth” or “a garment made of good cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:51 nag4 κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν 1 Alternate translation: “the men seized that man” -14:53 ze1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what the phrase **they led Jesus away** means. Alternate translation: “they took Jesus from where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:54 bzg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 Mark provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed Jesus, not getting too close” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -14:54 l5gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Πέτρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ, ἕως 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly why Peter **followed** Jesus **from a distance**. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Peter followed Jesus, staying some distance away so that he himself would not be recognized and arrested. He followed as far as going” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:55 w23n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ὅλον τὸ Συνέδριον 1 The word **Now** indicates that Mark is transitioning subjects and is now making **the chief priest** and the **Sanhedrin** the subject of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -14:55 wlp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐζήτουν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαρτυρίαν, εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 The phrase **seeking testimony against** means that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin was seeking evidence against Jesus that they could bring to the Roman authorities and use it to accuse Jesus. This was not an official trial. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “were looking for evidence against Jesus so that they could have him put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:55 xp1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:55 yew5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:56 quw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the word **testimony** in [14:55](../14/55.md). Alternate translation: “but what they said against Jesus was not the same” or “but when they testified against Jesus, they contradicted each other” or “but when they testified against Jesus, their testimonies were not consistent with each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:57 vulz ἐψευδομαρτύρουν 1 See how you translated the word **testifying** in [14:56](../14/56.md). -14:58 nbvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, τὸν χειροποίητον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “We heard him saying that he will destroy this temple made with hands and in three days will build another made without hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -14:58 f82e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 The pronoun **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus. It does not include the people to whom they are speaking. If your language requires you to mark such forms, **We** would be exclusive here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -14:58 e94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον & ἀχειροποίητον 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **hands** to mean “men”. Jesus uses one part of a person to refer to the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “made by men … made without man’s help” or “built by men … which will be built without man’s help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -14:58 hm5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄλλον 1 By saying **another**, Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word “temple” from the context, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -14:58 v4ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω 1 By saying **another made without hands**, Jesus is referring to his body which God would bring back to life after **three days**. Because this is a direct quote of something that Jesus said, you should keep this information implicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -14:59 atbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ μαρτυρία 1 See how you translated the word **testimony** in [14:55](../14/55.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:60 d7i8 καταμαρτυροῦσιν 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated the word **testifying** in [14:56](../14/56.md). -14:61 p8b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ & ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν 1 The phrases **he was silent** and the phrase **did not answer** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not respond to any of the false accusations that were being made against him. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him at all!” or “Jesus did not reply to a single thing that was said against him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -14:61 o27t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 Here, the title **the Blessed One** is a way of referring to God, so when the **high priest** asks Jesus if he is **the Son of the Blessed One**, he is asking Jesus if he is “the Son of God.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:62 c212 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated the title **the Son of Man** in [2:10](../02/10.md). -14:62 yhhk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 By calling himself **the Son of Man**, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -14:62 d5qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what **sitting at the right hand** of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the all-powerful God” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -14:62 e1xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 By using the phrase **of power**, Jesus is figuratively referring to God by association with his **power**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture that expresses power, or you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “sitting at the right hand of God” or “sitting at the right hand of God who is powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:63 jz48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothes was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what tearing one’s clothes meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “having torn his garments in outrage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -14:63 afd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων 1 By saying **What need do we still have of witnesses**, the high priest is not asking for information but is using the question form here for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -14:64 zwf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας 1 This refers to what Jesus had said, which the high priest labelled as blasphemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:64 fu4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔνοχον εἶναι θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “and said he deserved to be executed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -14:65 y1s4 ἤρξαντό τινες 1 Alternate translation: “some of those present” or “some of the people there” -14:65 d56t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον 1 To **blindfold** someone means to tie a thick cloth around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain it with a general expression. Alternate translation: “to cover his eyes so that he could not see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:65 gvq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 The implication is that God would have to tell Jesus who struck him, since Jesus had his eyes covered and could not see who was striking him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Prophesy and tell us who hit you” or “Speak words from God and tell us who hit you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:65 dg7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony προφήτευσον 1 The guards did not believe that Jesus was a real prophet and could **Prophesy**. When they demanded that Jesus should **Prophesy**, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet and prophesy” or “Prophesy, if you really are a prophet” or “Prophesy and tell us who hit you, if you really are a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -14:68 l5i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις 1 The phrase **Neither have I known** and the phrase **nor do I understand what you are saying** mean basically the same thing. Peter is using the repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely do not know what you are talking about” or “I have no idea what you are talking about” or “I know nothing about this man from Nazareth whom you are speaking about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -14:69 v5kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:70 qjgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated the phrase **from among them** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -14:71 ce6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναθεματίζειν 1 Here, the phrase **to curse** means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” or “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:71 vihe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὃν λέγετε 1 Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -14:72 i7u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν & ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [13:35](../13/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -14:72 ja3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **a second time** in a way that would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: “once more” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -14:72 cfno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ῥῆμα 1 Mark is using the term **word** figuratively to describe what Jesus had said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “statement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -14:72 trxc τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you do not know me” -14:72 zr4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν 1 The Greek phrase which the ULT translates as **having broken down** could (1) be an idiom which means that Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief” or “having lost control of his emotions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) (2) also be translated as “having thought of it” or “having reflected on it.” Alternate translation: “having thought of it, he was weeping” or “having reflected on it, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) also be translated as “he began.” Alternate translation: “he began weeping” or “he started crying” -15:intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “purple robe” on him and placed a “crown of thorns” on his head (See Mark 15:17) and said, “Hail, King of the Jews” (See Mark 15:18) and bent their knees and bowed down to him (See Mark 15:19). These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by “striking his head with a staff and spitting on him” (See Mark 15:19) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Golgotha\n\nThe word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?\n\nThis is an Aramaic phrase. Mark transliterates the sounds of this phrase by writing them with Greek letters. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -15:1 xz7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἀπήνεγκαν 1 The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been the guards who actually bound Jesus and **led him away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this in your translation, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “commanded the guards to bind Jesus and then the guards bound him and led him away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:1 v2yf παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate” -15:2 kn7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει 1 Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “responding to him, says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -15:2 dh6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 **You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -15:3 b9sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background καὶ κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά 1 Mark is providing this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the chief priests were accusing Jesus of many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) -15:3 ue18 κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ & πολλά 1 Alternate translation: “were accusing Jesus of many things” or “were saying that Jesus had done many wrong things” -15:4 s2as οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? 1 Alternate translation: “Are you not going to respond to anything they have said” -15:5 way9 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη 1 Alternate translation: “But Jesus made no further reply” -15:6 ul19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν, ἀπέλυεν αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον, ὃν παρῃτοῦντο 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line as Mark shifts to telling background information about Pilate’s tradition of releasing a prisoner at feasts. Mark is providing background information in this verse to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “It was Pilate’s custom to release to them a prisoner of their choice during the festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:7 pdy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Mark introduces more background information, this time about Barabbas, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:7 lx8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who bore the name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:7 wvzq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεδεμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that “the Roman authorities” had soldiers do it. Alternate translation: “whom the Roman soldiers tied up and put” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:7 iofn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns φόνον πεποιήκεισαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **murder**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -15:8 a4xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβὰς 1 Your language may say “having gone up” rather than **having come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -15:9 o3j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 When translating the phrase **answered them, saying** see how you translated the similar phrase “answering him, says” in [15:2](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “responded to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -15:10 i4ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἐγίνωσκεν γὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Mark provides this background information about why Jesus was **handed over** in order to help readers understand why Pilate asked the question in [15:9](../15/09.md). Mark introduces the background information in this verse with the word **For**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:10 u647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 The **chief priests** envied Jesus because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. If you decide to express this information explicitly, consider beginning a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the chief priests were envious of Jesus because so many people were becoming his disciples. Pilate knew that this was why they had handed him over” or “the chief priests were envious of Jesus’ popularity among the people. This is why they had handed him over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:10 yjp3 παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “had delivered him over” -15:11 y5w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 Mark speaks figuratively of the **chief priests** as if they had **stirred** a pot and put into motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. Mark means that the **high priests** encouraged the crowd to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If your readers would not understand what **stirred up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “encouraged the crowd” or “incited the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -15:11 pvu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces what the **chief priests stirred up the crowd** to request of Pilate. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -15:12 keq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated the similar statement in [15:9](../15/09.md). Alternate translation: “Pilate again responded to them, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -15:12 p94y πάλιν 1 Mark uses the word **again** here because Pilate had already spoken to them regarding this matter in [15:9](../15/09.md). Use a natural form in your language for expressing the meaning of **again** as it is used here. -15:12 vlm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὖν ποιήσω λέγετε τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων? 1 Pilate uses the word **therefore** because, as [15:11](../15/11.md) indicates, the chief priests had “stirred up the crowd” to request that Pilate “release Barabbas” to them. So Pilate is asking what he should **therefore** do with Jesus if Barabbas is the prisoner to be released at their request. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the one you call the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:12 r7ge οὖν 1 Alternate translation: “then” -15:13 n6jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σταύρωσον αὐτόν 1 The Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with a crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **Crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -15:13 nwms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative σταύρωσον αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **Crucify** is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate the phrase **Crucify him** as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) -15:14 e55i σταύρωσον αὐτόν 1 See how you translated the phrase **Crucify him** in [15:13](../15/13.md). +11:24 pn9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **Because of this** introduces a result or inference based on what Jesus has just said about faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result or inference. Alternate translation: “So then” or “For that reason” +11:24 c61c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα ὅσα προσεύχεσθε 1 The expression **everything, as much as you pray** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that you pray” +11:24 hunm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys προσεύχεσθε καὶ αἰτεῖσθε 1 The two words **pray** and **request** express a single idea. The word **pray** tells how the disciples are making their requests. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a different way. Alternate translation: “you request in prayer” or “you request while praying” +11:24 abke rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἐλάβετε 1 Here Jesus uses the past tense to refer to something in the future. He does this to indicate that the disciples should **believe** so strongly that they will receive what they ask for that it is as if they had already **received** it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the present or future tense and indicate the certainty in other way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly receive it” or “you are certain to receive it” +11:24 tu5z ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 Alternate translation: “God will make it happen” +11:25 m7xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὅταν στήκετε προσευχόμενοι 1 In Jesus’ culture, people often would **stand** when **praying** to God. Jesus assumes that his readers would be familiar with this practice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the posture that people assume in your culture when praying, or you could simply refer to praying. Alternate translation: “when you kneel in prayer” or “when you pray” +11:25 f6ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 Here, the phrase **you have something against anyone** indicates that **you** have been offended or injured by **anyone**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are upset with anyone” or “you have been offended by anyone” +11:25 jjs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus says to **forgive** with the goal that **your Father who {is} in the heavens may also forgive you your trespasses.** Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” +11:25 m2aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,” +11:25 ttxg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens” +11:25 omze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when you trespass” +11:26 wlvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀφίετε οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀφήσει τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. +11:26 q3gu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀφίετε 1 Here Jesus implies that they might **not forgive** other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do not forgive fellow humans” or “do not forgive people who have sinned against you” +11:26 alh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated the phrase **your Father** in the previous verse ([11:25](../11/25.md)). Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,” +11:26 cdvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in the previous verse ([11:25](../11/25.md)). Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens” +11:26 o02f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you when you trespass” +11:27 m0bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται -1 In contexts such as these, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go … go” +11:27 alh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Here Mark means that Jesus was walking in the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in [11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” +11:28 se9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 The question **By what authority do you do these things** and the question **who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things** could: (1) be two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to Jesus. Alternate translation: “By what kind of authority do you do these things, or who is the one who gave you this authority, so that you might do these things” (2) both have the same meaning and be asked together to strongly question Jesus’ authority. If you choose this option, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two questions into one question. Alternate translation: “Who was it who gave you the authority to do these things?” +11:28 ooxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How are you empowered to do these things, and who empowered you in this way”\n +11:28 h8gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ποιεῖς & σοι & ποιῇς 1 Because the Jewish leaders are speaking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +11:28 uggx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς & ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 In both places, the phrase **these things** refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do you teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple … you teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple” +11:28 fs6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **or** introduces another similar question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a related question, or you could leave **or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “and” or “or again,” +11:29 w96w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the Jewish leaders asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +11:29 aak2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕνα λόγον 1 Jesus is using the term **word** to refer to what he will ask. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one thing” +11:29 jyq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἀποκρίθητέ μοι, καὶ ἐρῶ ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus implies that he will only **tell** them **by what authority** he acts if they **answer** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in conditional form or in some other way that makes this relationship clear. Alternate translation: “and if you answer me, then I will tell you” or “and as long as you answer me, I will tell you” +11:29 erqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of authority, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in [11:28](../11/28.md). Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things” +11:29 ywus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 Here, the phrase **these things** refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in [11:28](../11/28.md). Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple” +11:30 jj91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου & ἦν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **baptism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When John baptized people, was it” +11:30 vpgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a kind of **baptism** that was performed by **John**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the baptism that John performed” +11:30 sh7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, **heaven** represents God because it is where he dwells. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God” +11:30 i5is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “humans” +11:30 fr1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξ οὐρανοῦ & ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus is asking about where John’s authority came from. He indicates that it could be from God in **heaven** or from **men** on earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “authorized by God from heaven or by men on earth” +11:31 ycxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, the phrase **with each other** could mean: (1) that the Jewish leaders **were reasoning** with one another. Alternate translation: “with one another” (2) that the Jewish leaders were thinking this without saying it. Alternate translation: “within themselves” +11:31 pm87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +11:31 e7j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that it was from heaven, then he will ask us for what reason we did not believe him.” +11:31 s9vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Here the Jewish leaders use an imaginary situation to help them decide how to answer the question. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine that we say, ‘From heaven.’ In that case, he will say to us, ‘For what reason then did you not believe him?’” +11:31 xrmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “John’s baptism was from heaven” or “It was from heaven” +11:31 nu1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From God” +11:31 cx93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 The Jewish leaders expect that Jesus would use the question form to rebuke them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed him.” or “You certainly should have believed him, then!” +11:32 tdgh ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 Here the Jewish leaders could be: (1) asking a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “But can we really say, ‘From men’?” (2) using a conditional form that implies the result. Alternate translation: “But if we say, ‘From men.’” +11:32 tczm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 The Jewish leaders are using the question form to indicate that they think it is a bad idea to give the answer **From men**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “But it is not possible for us to say, ‘From men.’” or “But we cannot say, ‘From men’!” +11:32 mnoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων? 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “should we say that it was from men” +11:32 aus1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “John’s baptism was from men” or “It was from men” +11:32 v2gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: “From humans” +11:32 z998 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 Mark provides this background information to help readers understand why the Jewish leaders said what they did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “They said this to each other because they were afraid of the crowd, for they all held that John really had been a prophet” or “They did not want to say that John’s baptism was from men, because all the crowd held that John really was a prophet, and they were afraid of the crowd” +11:32 pong rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον, ἅπαντες γὰρ εἶχον τὸν Ἰωάννην, ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The crowd held that John really was a prophet, so they were afraid of them all” +11:32 dqlt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here Mark implies that the Jewish leaders feared what the crowd would do if they answered in this way. The crowd might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot” +11:32 x4bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἅπαντες & εἶχον 1 Here, the word **all** refers to the people in the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for everyone in the crowd held” or “for all those who were in the crowd held” +11:32 k4hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἅπαντες & εἶχον 1 Mark says **all** here as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of them held” +11:33 rmbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces what the chief priests and scribes did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,” +11:33 us4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not know where the baptism of John was from” +11:33 av5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 With the words **Nor do I tell you**, Jesus is indicating that this is the result of what the Jewish leaders told him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “Then I will not tell you” or “Well then, neither do I tell you” +11:33 arpm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. See how you expressed the idea in [11:28](../11/28.md). Alternate translation: “how I am empowered to do these things” +11:33 vox9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 Here, the phrase **these things** refers to what Jesus has done since he arrived in Jerusalem, including driving people out of the temple, healing people, and teaching. See how you translated the similar phrase in [11:28](../11/28.md). Alternate translation: “I teach, heal, and drive people out of the temple” +12:intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n6. Jesus in Jerusalem (11:1–13:37)\n * The parable of the vineyard (12:1–12)\n * Jesus interacts with the religious leaders (12:13–37)\n * Jesus debates with the Pharisees and Herodians about taxes (12:13–17)\n * Jesus debates with the Sadducees about the resurrection (12:18–27)\n * Jesus speaks with a scribe about the greatest commandment (12:28–34)\n * Jesus teaches about the Christ (12:35–37)\n * Jesus warns against the scribe (12:38–40)\n * Jesus teaches about a widow who gave her little money to God (12:41–44)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [12:10–11](../12/10.md), which is a quotation from [Psalm 118:22–23](../psa/118/22.md), and the poetry in [12:36](../12/36.md), which is a quotation from [Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Renting out a vineyard\n\nIn [12:1–12](../12/01.md), Jesus tells a story about a man who built a vineyard and then rented it out to farmers. Jesus is referring to a common arrangement in which a wealthy person who owned property would have poorer people use that property for farming or tending grapes. These poorer people would do the work and then sell the produce, and they would give the person who owned the property a portion of what they made. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of arrangement, make sure that your translation is clear about what is happening in the story.\n\n### The poll tax\n\nThe word translated “poll tax” refers to a specific amount of money that each adult person had to pay to the government. In Jesus’ time period, the Roman government required Jewish adults to pay a high tax. The Pharisees ask whether this tax that the Roman government required contradicted the law that God gave Moses. Make sure that your readers understand that the Pharisees are asking about a tax that the Roman government required each adult Jewish person to pay.\n\n### A man marrying his brother’s widow\n\nIn [12:19–23](../12/19.md), the Sadducees question Jesus in regard to a hypothetical situation in which a woman marries seven brothers in succession. This situation is based on a command in the Jewish law that can be found in [Deuteronomy 25:5–6](../deu/25/05.md). The law requires a woman who is widowed without children to marry a brother of her late husband. The first child that they have together will be considered the child of the dead man. In this way, that man’s family line would continue. The Sadducees present an extreme application of this law, with seven brothers successively marrying the same woman and dying without having children. They use this example to try to make the idea of resurrection look strange or silly. Make sure that your readers understand the example that the Sadducees present.\n\n### The great commandment\n\nJewish teachers sometimes debated which specific commandment was the greatest or most important one. This was important because, if commandments seemed to contradict each other in a specific situation, the greater one would be the correct one to obey. When the scribe asks Jesus about “the first commandment” in [12:28](../12/28.md), he wants Jesus to offer an opinion about this debate. Make sure that your readers understand that this is what the scribe is asking about.\n\n### King David and the Christ\n\nIn [12:35–37](../12/35.md), Jesus asks the people he is teaching about whether the Christ can be a descendant of David if David himself calls the Messiah “Lord” in [Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md). Since people in David’s culture called older and more important people “lord,” it does not make sense for David to call his own descendant “Lord.” When Jesus asks and teaches about this, he implies that the Christ is indeed King David’s descendant, but he is also more than that. Make sure that this teaching about calling the Christ “Lord” is clear to your readers.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The parable of the vineyard\n\nIn [12:1–12](../12/01.md), Jesus tells a story about a man who planted a vineyard and rented it out to farmers. When the man sends servants to collect the rent, the farmers refuse and injure or kill the servants. When the man sends his own son, the farmers kill him as well. So, man came and destroyed the farmers and rented the vineyard to other people. When he tells this story, Jesus implies that the Jewish religious leaders are like those farmers who will be destroyed. Jesus also implies that the vineyard represents the people of Israel, the servants represent God’s messengers, the son represents Jesus himself, and the man who owned the vineyard represents God. While you should not explain the meaning more than Jesus does, make sure that your translation fits with what Jesus is illustrating. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### The stone\n\nIn [12:10–11](../12/10.md), Jesus quotes from [Psalm 118:22–23](../psa/118/22.md), which refers to a specific “stone.” In the Psalm, this stone most likely represents the king of Israel, or it perhaps represents the Israelite people in general. When Jesus quotes this passage, he is implicitly identifying himself with the stone. Since the stone language comes from a quotation from the Psalms, you should preserve it in some form in your translation. Also, since Jesus does not explicitly claim to be the stone, you should keep that implicit in your translation. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in questions that people ask of Jesus or in speeches that Jesus directs to individuals. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 13, 14, 16, 18, and 41. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n +12:1 w2hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 To teach the Jewish leaders, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this story: A man planted a vineyard” +12:1 qa93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἀμπελῶνα ἄνθρωπος ἐφύτευσεν 1 Jesus uses the phrase **A man planted a vineyard** to introduce the main character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing the main character in a story. Alternate translation: “There once was a man who planted a vineyard” +12:1 nyij rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φραγμὸν 1 A **hedge** is a thick wall made from bushy plants that were planted close together. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of wall, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a wall made of bushes” or “wall of plants” +12:1 l2i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 As the rest of the story shows, the man rented the vineyard not for regular cash payments, but under an arrangement that entitled him to a share of the crop in exchange for the use of the land. If an arrangement like that would not be familiar to your readers, you could translate this in a way that explains it. Alternate translation: “allowed some grape farmers to use his vineyard in exchange for a share of the crop” +12:1 fd71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γεωργοῖς 1 While **farmers** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to people who tend grape vines and grow grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers” +12:2 s83v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 Here Jesus refers to **the time** of year when the grape vines produced grapes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when it was almost harvest time,” or “when the grapes were almost ripe,” +12:2 su2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γεωργοὺς & γεωργῶν 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “vine dressers … vine dressers” or “grape farmers … grape farmers” +12:2 q54w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λάβῃ ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 Here the man wants to receive the share of the **fruits** that the farmers agreed to pay him when he rented the vineyard to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he might receive from the farmers his portion of the fruits of the vineyard” or “he might receive from the farmers the fruits of the vineyard that they agreed to pay him” +12:2 oxoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν καρπῶν τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 Here, the word **fruits** could refer: (1) directly to the grapes that the vineyard produced. Alternate translation: “the grapes from the vineyard” (2) figuratively to what the farmers made when they sold the grapes. Alternate translation: “the money from what the vineyard produced” +12:3 vcp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces what the farmers actually did in contrast to what the man who owned the vineyard wanted them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “But” +12:3 ifje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαβόντες αὐτὸν 1 Here Jesus implies that the farmers did this once the servant arrived at the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “after the servant arrived, having seized him” +12:3 c321 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κενόν 1 Jesus speaks of this servant as if he were a container that was **empty**. He means that the farmers did not give him any of the fruit from the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “empty-handed” or “without any grapes” +12:4 rwwo ἐκεφαλίωσαν 1 Alternate translation: “they hit in the head” or “they repeatedly struck on the head” +12:4 jhi3 ἠτίμασαν 1 Alternate translation: “humiliated” or “dishonored” +12:5 f0lz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλον & πολλοὺς ἄλλους 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **another** and **others** as nouns to mean another servant and other servants. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “another one of his servants … many more of his servants” +12:5 q1ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Jesus could be implying that **many others**: (1) were sent by the man. Alternate translation: “and he sent many others” (2) were harmed by the farmers. Alternate translation: “and they harmed many others” +12:5 azdw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὓς μὲν δέροντες, οὓς δὲ ἀποκτέννοντες 1 Here Jesus implies that the farmers were **beating** some servants and were **killing** other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but the farmers beat some and killed others” +12:6 eoae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔτι ἕνα εἶχεν 1 Here Jesus implies that the man has **one more** person whom he could send to the farmers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Having one more person he could send” or “Having one more messenger” +12:6 o09r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a son whom he loved” +12:6 u0m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν ἔσχατον πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘They will respect my son,’ he sent his son to them last” +12:6 z5hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ὅτι ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they would respect his son” +12:6 ejmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he thought” +12:6 s7nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐντραπήσονται τὸν υἱόν μου 1 Here, the man implies that respecting his son would also mean giving him the portion of the fruits that he and the farmers had agreed upon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They will respect my son and give him my portion of the fruits” +12:7 m63e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν 1 Here Jesus implies that **those farmers** said this when they saw that the man’s son had arrived at the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “But when the son arrived, those farmers said to each other” or “But those farmers, when they saw the man’s son, said to each other” +12:7 kefz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γεωργοὶ 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers” +12:7 f8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος; δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said to each other that this man was the heir and that they should come and kill him so that the inheritance would be theirs” +12:7 sidm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε 1 Here, the word **Come** is an exhortation to do something together with the speaker. The word does not necessarily mean that the people must travel somewhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that exhorts people to work together. Alternate translation: “Working together” or “Acting with one another” +12:7 h5vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces the purpose for which the farmers plan to **kill** the son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “and that way” +12:7 s5dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ κληρονομία 1 Here the farmers are referring primarily to the vineyard, which would be the son’s **inheritance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the inheritance, this vineyard,” +12:7 ay11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ κληρονομία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **inheritance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he would inherit” +12:8 gx6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces what the farmers did as a result of what they said to each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the result of an action. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,” +12:8 zuwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν 1 Here Jesus implies that they **threw** his dead body **out of the vineyard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “his dead body” +12:9 r4md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Jesus is using the question form to introduce what **the lord of the vineyard** will do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So now, listen to what the lord of the vineyard will do:” or “Let me tell you what the lord of the vineyard will do!” +12:9 rhrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί οὖν 1 Here, the word **then** introduces a rhetorical question that Jesus asks based on the story that he has told. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of question. Alternate translation: “In light of that story, what” or “Given all that, what” +12:9 kdyx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **lord** who owns **the vineyard**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lord who owned the vineyard” or “the man whose vineyard it is” +12:9 qh8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλεύσεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “He will go” +12:9 zscw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλεύσεται 1 Here, the phrase **He will come** indicates that **the lord of the vineyard** will return to the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He will return” or “He will visit them” +12:9 tlji γεωργούς 1 See how you translated **farmers** in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “vine dressers” or “grape farmers” +12:9 g4ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 Here Jesus refers to the same kind of arrangement that he referred to in [12:1](../12/01.md). Express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “will allow other farmers to use it” +12:9 mc5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλοις 1 The word **others** refers to other vine dressers who will care for the vineyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to other farmers who will care for it” +12:10 xj9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε: 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Jewish leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read this scripture:” or “Surely you have read this scripture!” +12:10 v6ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 118:22–23](../psa/118/22.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And have you not read this in the book of Psalms” or “And have you never read what someone wrote in our Scriptures” +12:10 qqpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐδὲ & ἀνέγνωτε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Jewish leaders, the word **you** here is singular. +12:10 mzr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks of a person whom others reject as if he were a **stone** that **builders rejected**. He speaks of this person gaining power and respect as if he became **the head of the corner**. Jesus is applying this quotation to himself, identifying himself with the **stone**. However, if possible, preserve the metaphor in your translation, or if that is not possible, express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “A person who is like a stone that the builders rejected, that person has become like the head of the corner” +12:10 kv7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 Here the author of the quotation is referring to the way people in this culture used stones to build the walls of houses and other buildings. In this case, the people do not want to use the **stone** for building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “A stone that the builders thought was not good enough to use for building” +12:10 l5ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The phrase **the head of the corner** refers to a specific stone that is especially key or important for a structure. It could be a stone at the corner of a wall, a stone at the top of an arch, or another important stone. You could use a term for one of these kinds of stones, or you could refer generally to an important or essential stone. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the capstone” or “the most important stone” +12:11 r8z8 παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this” +12:11 k5w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Here, **eyes** represent a person’s judgement or evaluation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in our opinion” or “from our perspective” +12:12 v9wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον; ἔγνωσαν γὰρ ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν & καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the reason why the Jewish leaders **were seeking to seize** Jesus was that **they knew that he spoke the parable against them**. Also, the reason why they **left** Jesus without arresting him was because **they feared the crowd**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reasons before their results. Alternate translation: “And they knew that he spoke the parable against them, so they were seeking to seize him. However, they feared the crowd, so having left him, they went away” +12:12 b1vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were seeking” +12:12 v5wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 2 Here, Mark uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between what the Jewish leaders wanted to do and the reason why they were not able to do so. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “yet” or “but” +12:12 lx62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here Mark implies that the chief priests and the Pharisees feared what the **crowd** would do if they seized Jesus. They might have rioted or attacked them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what the crowd would do” or “that the crowd might riot” +12:12 ql29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν, ἀπῆλθον 1 Here Mark implies that the Jewish leaders did not **seize** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And they did not seize him, but instead, having left him, they went away” +12:12 gsh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “they came away” +12:13 eq4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +12:13 z2sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders mentioned in [11:27](../11/27.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders send” +12:13 pj3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 The **Herodians** were a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a short phrase to describe them. Alternate translation: “people who wanted King Herod to continue to rule” +12:13 kuy5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 Mark is speaking as if **the Pharisees and the Herodians** intended to catch Jesus in a trap. He means that they wanted to get Jesus to say something that would allow them to accuse him of doing wrong. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “catch him” or “cause him to make an error” +12:13 s1hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy λόγῳ 1 Here, **word** represents something said in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in speech” +12:13 b141 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λόγῳ 1 Here, the phrase **with a word** could refer to things spoken by: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “in his words” (2) the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “with their words” +12:14 dh3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +12:14 awv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν & δῶμεν & δῶμεν 1 The spies are speaking only of themselves, so **we** would be exclusive, if your language marks that distinction. +12:14 xhl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός; οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “since you do not look at the face of men, it is not a concern to you about anyone” +12:14 cp3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 The Herodians and the Pharisees use this clause to say that Jesus does not care what others think and say about him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not concern yourself with the opinions of others” or “you are not influenced by what others think of you” +12:14 r2f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 The words translated **not** and **anyone** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “it is a concern to you about no one” +12:14 no9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μέλει σοι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of concern, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nothing concerns you” +12:14 xptc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, to **look at the face of men** refers to making decisions about how to treat people based on how they appear. People who **look at the face of men** treat wealthy and important people differently than they treat poor and unimportant people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for you do not judge men by appearances” or “for you do not treat people based on what they look like” +12:14 brm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the Herodians and the Pharisees are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” +12:14 weaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the Herodians and the Pharisees are using the possessive form to describe a **way** that **God** desires or approves of. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way that pleases God” +12:14 yfnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here the Pharisees and Herodians use the word **way** to refer to behavior in life. More specifically, they mean that this behavior pleases God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “behavior that pleases God” +12:14 ap2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “based on what is true” +12:14 k0tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔξεστιν 1 Here, the word **lawful** could be referring to: (1) whether something is permitted by the Jewish law that God gave to Moses. Alternate translation: “Does the law that God gave to Moses permit us” (2) whether something is generally right or wrong. Alternate translation: “Is it right” or “Is it appropriate” +12:14 gtsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 Here, **Caesar** represents the Roman leaders and government in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman leaders” or “to the Roman empire” +12:14 puhe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὔ 1 The Herodians and the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “is it not lawful to do so” +12:14 y8lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δῶμεν ἢ μὴ δῶμεν 1 Here the Pharisees and the Herodians are asking about whether they should **give** or **not give** poll taxes **to Caesar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Should we give the poll tax, or should we not give it” +12:15 g48w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hypocrisy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that they were acting hypocritically” or “that they were being hypocritical” +12:15 c7nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Herodians and the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you are testing me.” or “Stop testing me!” +12:15 kgyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πειράζετε? φέρετέ 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees and the Herodians, the word **you** and the command **Bring** are plural. +12:15 wl34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 A **denarius** was a silver coin equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a silver coin” or “a coin worth one day’s wage” +12:16 ev6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people who were there, more specifically the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of the Pharisees and the Herodians” or “the people there” +12:16 ljeo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 In Jesus’ culture, when governments made coins, they would usually put the face of the king or leader on one side, and they would usually have writing on the coin that honored that king or leader. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this practice more explicit. Alternate translation: “face and words of honor did the Roman government stamp on this coin” +12:16 l2tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 Here, the word **inscription** refers to a few words carved or pressed into a hard surface. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of writing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “writing” or “written message” +12:16 gi96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 The Herodians and the Pharisees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “The image and inscription are Caesar’s” +12:16 z45k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Καίσαρος 1 Here the fact that the image and inscription on the coin are **Caesar’s** implies that they were created by the empire that Caesar ruled, the Roman empire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “They are of Caesar, the man who rules the Roman empire” +12:17 fl4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε Καίσαρι 1 Here, **Caesar** represents the Roman leaders and government in general. See how you translated this word in [12:14](../12/14.md), but make sure that the connection to the answer “Caesar’s” in [12:16](../12/16.md) is clear. Alternate translation: “The things of the Roman leaders, give back to the Roman leaders” or “The things of the Roman empire, give back to the Roman empire” +12:17 fcho rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπόδοτε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees and the Herodians, the command **give back** is plural. +12:17 la16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things that belong to God” +12:18 y8yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι; καὶ ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 Mark is here introducing the **Sadducees** as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And some people approached him. They were Sadducees, who are a group who say that there is no resurrection. They were questioning him, saying” +12:18 edcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδουκαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 Here Mark provides background information about the **Sadducees** that will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Sadducees teach that there is no resurrection. Some of them come to him” +12:18 yx13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +12:18 ss09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish Σαδδουκαῖοι & οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 This phrase is identifying the **Sadducees** as a group of Jews that said no one would rise from the dead. It is not identifying the Sadducees who came to question Jesus as members of that group who held that belief, as if other members did not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes that more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sadducees, men who believe that no one will rise from the dead” +12:18 rdl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that people do not resurrect”\n +12:18 i14a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “go” +12:18 ax25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +12:19 e8x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 Here, the Sadducees introduce a summary of a section of an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 25:5–6](../deu/25/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the Sadducees are summarizing an important text. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote to us in the book of Deuteronomy” or “Moses declared to us in the Law” +12:19 hhmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον, ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “wrote to us, ‘If someone’s brother dies and leaves behind a wife but does not leave a child, his brother should take the wife and raise up seed for his brother’” +12:19 m8fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 Here, the word **us** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. The Sadducees mean “us Jews,” and they are speaking to Jesus, who is also a Jew. +12:19 csxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὅτι ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον, ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Moses uses an imaginary situation to show what should happen when that kind of situation actually happens. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “to suppose that someone’s brother dies and leaves behind a wife but does not leave a child. In that situation, his brother should take” +12:19 w3ev τινος ἀδελφὸς 1 Alternate translation: “someone with a brother” +12:19 kgws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Moses required that, when a man’s brother died without having any children even though he was married, the man had to marry his brother’s widow. The first child that they had would be considered offspring of the man’s deceased brother. That way, the deceased brother’s family line could continue. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit in your translation, or you could include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “his brother should marry the widow and raise up seed with her. The first child will continue the dead man’s family line” +12:19 g49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα 1 Here, the phrase **take the wife** means that the man should marry his brother’s widow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that man should marry his brother’s widow” or “he should marry his dead brother’s wife” +12:19 m2um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα 1 Here, the author of the quotation is speaking of having a child as if it were raising up **seed**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “produce offspring” +12:20 wz27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος 1 Here the Sadducees use an imaginary situation to set up a question they want to ask Jesus. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Now imagine a family with seven brothers. The first” +12:20 pj71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 The Sadducees are using the number **first** as a noun to mean the first brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” +12:20 pj2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” +12:20 vaga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα 1 Here, the phrase **took a wife** indicates that the man got married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “got married” or “married someone” +12:20 af1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were **seed**. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [12:19](../12/19.md). Alternate translation: “offspring” +12:21 d61g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 The Sadducees are using the number **second** as a noun to mean the second brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the next brother” or “the second oldest brother” +12:21 na6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” +12:21 uef6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 Here, the phrase **took her** indicates that the man married his brother’s widow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “got married to her” or “married her” +12:21 cgzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were **seed**. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [12:19](../12/19.md). Alternate translation: “offspring” +12:21 tbzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 The Sadducees are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the third likewise took her and died, not having left seed” or “and the third likewise experienced the same things” +12:21 l1ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 The Sadducees are using the number **third** as a noun to mean the third brother. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the next brother” or “the third oldest brother” +12:21 hx1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” +12:22 wjq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are using the number **seven** as a noun to mean the seven brothers. Your language may use numbers in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the seven brothers” +12:22 g9az rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀφῆκαν σπέρμα 1 Here the Sadducees imply that all seven brothers married the woman and died without leaving **seed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all married her, one by one, and all of them died, not leaving seed” +12:22 l3dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 Here, the Sadducees are speaking of offspring as if they were **seed**. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [12:19](../12/19.md). Alternate translation: “offspring” +12:22 e7th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 The Sadducees are using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the people they have mentioned. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all those people” +12:23 yidn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν 1 The terms **resurrection** and **rise again** mean similar things. The Sadducees are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “When they rise again” or “In the resurrection” +12:23 w4wu ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a **resurrection**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the supposed resurrection” or “If there is a resurrection” +12:23 qtp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When people resurrect” +12:23 wl8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστῶσιν 1 Here, the phrase **rise again** refers to people who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will be restored to life” or “they will resurrect” +12:23 sv6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀναστῶσιν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers generally to people. Alternate translation: “men and women rise again” +12:23 tytk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the Sadducees ask their question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask this question because” or “This is a problem, since” +12:23 c4p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ & ἑπτὰ 1 The Sadducees are using the number **seven** as a noun to mean the seven brothers. See how you expressed the idea in [12:22](../12/22.md). Alternate translation: “all seven of the brothers” +12:24 zp2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the Sadducees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are most certainly being led astray because of this, not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God!” or “I tell you that you are being led astray because of this, not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God.” +12:24 gjy0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Is it not because you do not know the Scriptures nor the power of God that you are being led astray” +12:24 sie3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ & πλανᾶσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is they themselves. Alternate translation: “Are you not going astray” or “Are you not leading yourselves astray” +12:24 wb1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐ & πλανᾶσθε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Sadducees, the word **you** here is plural. +12:24 tpkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo διὰ τοῦτο & μὴ εἰδότες 1 Here, the word **this** refers directly ahead to the phrase **not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way because it was powerful in his language. If using the word **this** to refer to what someone is about to say would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information and make the expression powerful in another way. Alternate translation: “because you do not know” +12:24 i8il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **power**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the powerful things that God can do” +12:25 eqwu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation related to how the Sadducees have been “led astray” (see [12:24](../12/24.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “What you should know is that” +12:25 nvh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν & εἰσὶν 1 Both uses of the pronoun **they** refer to men and women in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “when men and women rise … they neither marry … they are” +12:25 s99l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστῶσιν 1 Here, the word **rise** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they are restored to life” +12:25 ox82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to all people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from among the dead people” or “from the corpses” +12:25 ensg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to talk about men marrying and women being **given in marriage**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “men do not marry and women are not given in marriage” or “men and women do not get married” +12:25 y8vz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γαμίζονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, Jesus implies that it is the people’s parents. Alternate translation: “do their parents give them in marriage” +12:25 pi8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what is currently the case on earth. Jesus is using this contrast to show the Sadducees that they were mistaken to think that the existence of men and women in heaven would follow the same pattern or order of things as had their former lives on earth. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” +12:25 asw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἀλλ’ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is saying that when people rise from the dead, they are **like angels** because neither of them marry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they are like angels in the heavens, since they too do not marry” +12:26 it73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases περὶ δὲ τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται, οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε 1 Here, the phrase **But concerning** introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about the dead, that they are raised. Did you not read” +12:26 mffe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to all people who are dead. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. See how you expressed the idea in [12:25](../12/25.md). Alternate translation: “the dead people” or “the corpses” +12:26 o34p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγείρονται 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they are restored to life” +12:26 z36n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγείρονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God raises them” +12:26 eod4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου, πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς λέγων, ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke and teach the Sadducees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I know that you have read in the book of Moses, at the bush, how God spoke to him, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” or “Surely you have read in the book of Moses, at the bush, how God spoke to him, saying, ‘I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’!” +12:26 jgdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Sadducees, the word **you** here is plural. +12:26 jc5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῇ βίβλῳ Μωϋσέως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **the book** that **Moses** wrote and authorized, the Pentateuch (the first five books of the Old Testament). Jesus is not using the possessive form to indicate a book that Moses owned. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another. Alternate translation: “the book that Moses authorized” or “the books that come from Moses” +12:26 w2lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου 1 Here Jesus is referring to the passage in **the book of Moses** where God appears to Moses in a **bush** that is on fire but that does not burn up. This passage can be found in [Exodus 3:2–6](../exo/03/02.md), and the quotation that follows is more specifically from [Exodus 3:6](../exo/03/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the passage about the bush” or “in the place in the book of Exodus where Moses encountered God in a bush” +12:26 nh43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob?” +12:26 y35v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +12:26 re82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe the **God** whom **Abraham**, **Isaac**, and **Jacob** worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the God that Abraham honors, and the God that Isaac honors, and the God that Jacob honors” +12:27 afit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “God is not a God of the dead, but he is a God of the living” +12:27 tgjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Here Jesus implies that, although Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob had already died by the time God spoke these words, God still called himself their God. Since God is not **a God of the dead, but of the living**, this means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must be alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is not of the dead, but of the living, so Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob must live again after they died” +12:27 s1u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐκ & Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 If your language would not naturally put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse the two phrases here. Alternate translation: “a God of the living, not of the dead” +12:27 ehs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the God whom the living, not the dead, worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “honored by the dead, but by the living” +12:27 dgc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν & ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **dead** and **living** as nouns to mean people who are dead and living. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people” +12:27 v7ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is they themselves. Alternate translation: “You are misunderstanding much” or “You are deceiving yourselves much” +12:27 kd8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 Because Jesus is speaking to the Sadducees, the word **You** here is plural. +12:28 w5ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +12:28 zqy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants προσελθὼν εἷς τῶν γραμματέων, ἀκούσας αὐτῶν συνζητούντων, ἰδὼν ὅτι καλῶς ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς, ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 Here Mark introduces **one of the scribes** as a new character in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there a scribe there. When he came up, he heard them discussing this together. He saw that Jesus answered them well, and he questioned him” +12:28 z4hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone up” +12:28 nxcc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτῶν συνζητούντων 1 Here Mark implies that the scribe heard Jesus and the Sadducees **discussing** whether people rise from the dead and what happens to them then. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “them discussing the resurrection of the dead together” +12:28 b3yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood” or “having observed” +12:28 q1u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποία ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 Here, the scribe is using the word **first** to refer to what is most important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Which is the most significant commandment of all” or “Which commandment is the greatest of all” +12:28 kftz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “commandment number one” +12:28 delv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 The scribe is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the commandments. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of all the commandments” +12:29 ztyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρώτη 1 Here, the Jesus is using the word **first** to refer to what is most important. See how you translated the word **first** in [12:28](../12/28.md). Alternate translation: “The most significant” or “The greatest” +12:29 euim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πρώτη 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean the first commandment. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The first commandment” +12:29 n74y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρώτη 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Number one” +12:29-30 yo1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐστίν, ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν & καὶ ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου, ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Deuteronomy 6:4–5](../deu/06/04.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “is this commandment from the book of Deuteronomy: ‘Hear, Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord. And you will love the Lord your God from your whole heart, and from your whole soul, and from your whole mind, and from your whole strength.’” +12:29-30 yop8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐστίν, ἄκουε, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν & καὶ ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου, ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “is that Israel should hear that the Lord their God is one Lord and that they should love the Lord their God from their whole heart, and from their whole soul, and from their whole mind, and from their whole strength.” +12:29 l4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἄκουε 1 Here, the word **Hear** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Hear** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” +12:29 mq92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, the word **Israel** refers to the people who are descended from a man named **Israel**. This man’s other name was Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Israelites” or “descendants of Israel” +12:29 kspb Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Alternate translation: “the Lord our God, the Lord is one” or “the Lord is our God, the Lord is one” +12:29 mmtb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 The phrase **the Lord our God is one Lord** could be: (1) an affirmation that **the Lord our God** is the only one whom the Israelites honored and worshiped as **Lord** and God. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God is our only Lord” or “the only Lord is the Lord our God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of **the Lord our God**. Alternate translation: “the Lord our God is a unique Lord” +12:30 vllb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις & σου & σου & σου & σου & σου 1 Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. +12:30 thj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “you should love” or “you must love” +12:30 anuk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 Here, the author of the quotation is using the possessive form to describe the **God** whom the people of Israel worship. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the Lord God whom you honor” +12:30 xjng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 Here, the author of the quotation is referring to all of a human being by naming multiple parts of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with all of who you are” or “with your entire being” +12:30 q49v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου 1 In Mark’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “from all your desires” or “with all your feelings” +12:30 m8hi ἐξ & ἐξ & ἐξ & ἐξ 1 Alternate translation: “with … with … with … with” +12:30 x3n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου 1 Here, **soul** represents a person’s life with special focus on that person’s identity and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with everything you are” or “from all your inclinations” +12:30 mii2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **strength**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from how strong you are” or “with everything that you are able to do” +12:31 fz8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δευτέρα 1 Here, the scribe is using the word **second** to refer to what is the second most important thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The next most significant” or “The second greatest” +12:31 eu8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δευτέρα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun to mean the second commandment. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “The second commandment” +12:31 oegh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal δευτέρα 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Number two” +12:31 gpjq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations αὕτη, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “is this commandment from the book of Leviticus: ‘You will love your neighbor as yourself.’” +12:31 xoom rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations αὕτη, ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “is that one should love one’s neighbor as oneself.” +12:31 k0l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις & σου & σεαυτόν 1 Since in this command God is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words **You**, **your**, and **yourself** are singular. +12:31 tp6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἀγαπήσεις 1 The author of the quotation is using the future form to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea using a form that expresses a command or obligation. Alternate translation: “You should love” or “You must love” +12:31 np4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὡς σεαυτόν 1 The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as you love yourself” +12:31 c3gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς σεαυτόν 1 The author of the quotation assumes that people love themselves, so he wants these people to love their neighbors just as much. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as deeply as yourself” +12:31 p1ec μείζων τούτων ἄλλη ἐντολὴ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 Alternate translation: “All other commandments are less important than these” +12:31 gvrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄλλη ἐντολὴ οὐκ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **commandment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “nothing that God commanded us that is” +12:31 pyc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τούτων 1 Here, the word **these** refers to the two commandments that Jesus has just quoted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those two commandments” +12:32 uhgy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλῶς 1 Here the scribe implies that he thinks that Jesus answered the question **Well**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You have answered well” +12:32 qqm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπ’ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Based on what is true” or “You have spoken what is true when” +12:32 iysp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism εἷς ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν αὐτοῦ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “he is one, that is, there is no other besides him” or “he is one; indeed, there is no other besides him” +12:32 awe3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς ἐστιν 1 Here, just as in [12:29](../12/29.md), the phrase **he is one** could be: (1) an affirmation that God is the only one whom the Israelites honored and worshiped as God. Alternate translation: “he is our only God” or “he alone is God” (2) an affirmation of the uniqueness of God. Alternate translation: “he is unique” +12:32 oxtp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐστιν & αὐτοῦ 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to him more directly. Alternate translation: “God is … God” +12:32 as2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλος 1 The scribe is using the adjective **other** as a noun to mean another god. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “other god” +12:33 ddr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 Here, the scribe is referring to all of a human being by naming multiple parts of it. See how you expressed the similar idea in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “with all of who one is” or “with the entire being” +12:33 v8yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “from all the desires” or “with all one’s feelings” +12:33 vxeh ἐξ -1 Alternate translation: “with … with … with” +12:33 xnq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ὅλης τῆς συνέσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from everything that one understands” or “with the whole mind” +12:33 k42a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [12:30](../12/30.md). Alternate translation: “from how strong one is” or “with everything that one is able to do”\n +12:33 ekfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 The scribe is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you expressed the similar idea in [12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “as one love oneself” +12:33 mje6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 See how you expressed this idea in [12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: “as deeply as oneself” +12:33 ll9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περισσότερόν ἐστιν 1 Here the scribe means that keeping these two commandments is **more** important or significant than offering **burnt offerings and sacrifices**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is even more important than” or “is more significant than” +12:33 sgbu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πάντων τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων καὶ θυσιῶν 1 The terms **whole burnt offerings** and **sacrifices** mean similar things. The scribe is using the two terms together to include **all** the different kinds of sacrifices and offerings in his claim. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “all the various offerings” or “all sacrifices that anyone might offer” +12:34 hkf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ὅτι 1 Here, Mark is using the word **seen** to mean “observed” or “knew.” He is describing something a person would perceive with their mind by association with their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “having understood that” or “having observed that” +12:34 is4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks as if the man was physically **not far from the kingdom of God**. He means that the man is almost part of God’s kingdom. Jesus is speaking of **the kingdom of God** as if it were a physical place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are almost in the kingdom of God” or “You almost belong to the kingdom of God” +12:34 b144 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν & ἀπὸ 1 Jesus is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **far**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “very close to” +12:34 rgh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα 1 The words translated **no one** and **any longer** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “people no longer were daring” +12:35 ifdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Sometime later,” +12:35 ikub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Jesus asked this question in response to how the Jewish leaders had been trying to trick and trap him with their questions. Jesus was not directly responding to anyone’s question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to how the Jewish leaders had been testing him” or “after the Jewish leaders had tested him” +12:35 ptc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱερῷ 1 Here Mark means that Jesus was teaching in the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in [11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “temple courtyard” +12:35 q6e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, υἱὸς Δαυείδ ἐστιν? 1 This is not a rhetorical question. Rather, Jesus’ listeners had asked him some difficult questions, and they had admitted that he answered them well. Now, in return, he is asking them a difficult question. None of them will be able to answer it, and this will demonstrate his wisdom even further. His question actually will teach something to those who are able to recognize its implications. But it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. +12:35 i6a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, the word **son** refers to a male descendant. It does not mean that **the Christ** is the direct son of David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descended from David” or “in the lineage of David” +12:36 e1zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 Jesus uses the word **himself** here to emphasize that it was **David**, the very person whom the scribes call the father of the Christ, who wrote the words in the quotation that follows. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom they call the father of the Christ” +12:36 ejy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 Here, the phrase **in the Holy Spirit** indicates that David wrote the words that follow as **the Holy Spirit** inspired him. In other words, the **Holy Spirit** prompted David to write this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the inspiration of the Spirit” or “prompted by the Spirit”\n +12:36 jlbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν & εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “said that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right hand until he puts his enemies under his feet” +12:36 xdd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 Here Jesus introduces a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md)). This Psalm was written by David. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “said in the book of Psalms” or “wrote in Scriptures” +12:36 dv7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶπεν ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 Here, the term Lord does not refer to the same person in both instances. The first instance refers to God. The second instance refers to a person whom David respectfully calls “lord.” The ULT and UST capitalize this second instance of the word because it refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “God, the Lord, said to my Lord” or “God said to my Lord” +12:36 v53p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 When someone sits at God’s **right hand**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Sit to rule at my right hand” or “Take the place of honor and authority at my right hand” +12:36 k2j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Here, the phrase **at my right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that the Lord has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at my right side” or “at the honorable place next to me” +12:36 rfy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 In the author’s culture, to **put** people under a person’s **feet** indicates that those people have been conquered and are powerless and shamed. So, this means that God will conquer and shame all the enemies of the **Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “until I make your enemies kneel before you” or “until I conquer and shame your enemies” +12:36 tt1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **under your feet**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “as a footstool of your feet.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +12:37 qpdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον, καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would not call any of their descendants **Lord**, since this title was used for people who were more important or older. Jesus’ question assumes this practice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit. Alternate translation: “David himself calls him ‘Lord,’ and no one calls his own son ‘Lord.’ So, how can he be his son” +12:37 j7wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David himself calls the Messiah his Lord” +12:37 ssq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 See how you translated the phrase **David himself** in [12:36](../12/36.md), where it is used with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “None other than David” or “David, the very person whom they call the father of the Christ,” +12:37 rh2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ πόθεν υἱός αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 Like the question in [12:35](../12/35.md), this is a question that Jesus wanted his listeners to try to answer, even though he is also using it to teach. It is a difficult question, like the ones the Jewish leaders asked him, which he answered well. They will not be able to answer his question, and this should give them a further appreciation for his wisdom, in addition to what they might learn from reflecting on the question later. So it would be appropriate to leave it in question form and not translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “so in what way can he be his son” +12:37 qucc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces a question that is based on the previous statement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “so” +12:37 tjp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱός αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **son** refers to a male descendant. It does not mean that the Christ is the direct son of David. See how you expressed the idea in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “descended from him” or “in his lineage” +12:38 bh8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 Mark uses the word **And** to indicate that Jesus is still in the temple area talking to the people there, as he was in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes that more explicit. Alternate translation: “Then” or “At that time” +12:38 yhfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων 1 Here Jesus means that people need to **Watch out** that they do not act like **the scribes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Be careful that you are not like the scribes” or “Watch out that you do not behave like the scribes do” +12:38 s30c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βλέπετε 1 Because Jesus is teaching many people, the command **Watch out** is plural. +12:38 nxy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν 1 In this culture, **long robes** were a symbol of wealth and status. To walk around in public in **long robes** was to assert one’s right to high status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what it means to behave in this way. Alternate translation: “to walk around looking important in their long robes” +12:38 mu5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀσπασμοὺς 1 The implication is that these would be respectful **greetings** in which the scribes would be addressed by important titles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “respectful greetings” +12:38 akkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 The word **marketplaces** refers to large, open-air areas where people buy and sell goods. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the town squares” or “the parks” +12:39 mwmf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρωτοκαθεδρίας & πρωτοκλισίας 1 Here Jesus speaks of the **seats** and **places** for the most important people as if they were **first** in a sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “important seats … important places” +12:39 x6ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρωτοκαθεδρίας & πρωτοκλισίας 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “the number one seats … the number one places” +12:40 j27b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ κατεσθίοντες τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the scribes were **devouring** or eating **the houses of widows**. He means that they are taking **the houses** away from **the widows**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones taking the houses of widows” or “the ones defrauding widows of their houses” +12:40 jtw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 Jesus speaks of **the houses of widows** to mean their wealth and possessions, which they would have in their **houses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that widows own” +12:40 r3ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προφάσει 1 Here, the phrase **as a pretext** could mean: (1) that the scribes and Pharisees are using **long prayers** to try to look godly. Alternate translation: “in order to seem godly” (2) that the scribes are Pharisees are using their **long prayers** to hide or cover up how they devour the houses of widows. Alternate translation: “to cover that up” or “to disguise what they do” +12:40 d0ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “will be condemned more severely” +12:40 h36x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περισσότερον κρίμα 1 Here Jesus implies that these scribes will receive **greater condemnation** than they would have if they had not pretended to be godly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “greater condemnation than people who did not pretend to be godly” +12:40 qm52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κρίμα 1 Jesus is using the word **condemnation** to mean the punishment that a person would receive after being condemned for doing something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language to express the meaning. Alternate translation: “punishment” +12:41 r69x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “After that,” +12:41 cx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κατέναντι τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου 1 Here, a place **opposite the treasury** is directly in front of **the treasury**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the treasury in front of him” or “with the treasury before him” +12:41 p2kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου & τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 A **treasury** is a box or receptacle in which people can put and store money. More specifically, this word refers to the receptacles in the temple courtyard into which people could drop money that would be used to keep the temple operating. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of receptacle, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the temple money box … the temple money box” or “the chest for the gifts for the temple … the chest for the gifts for the temple” +12:41 jgkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πλούσιοι 1 Mark is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “rich people” +12:41 rl1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλά 1 Mark is using the adjective **much** as a noun to mean much money. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “much money” +12:42 zl5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἐλθοῦσα μία χήρα πτωχὴ ἔβαλεν 1 Here Mark introduces **one poor widow** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a woman arrived. She was a widow, and she was poor. She put in” +12:42 b3ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθοῦσα 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +12:42 g6ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 The word **lepta** is the plural of “lepton.” A lepton was a small bronze or copper coin equivalent to a few minutes’ wages. It was the least valuable coin that people used in this culture. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “two pennies” or “two small coins of little value” +12:42 n29e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 1 A **quadrans** was one of the smallest and least valuable coins in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about an eighth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of one of the least valuable coins in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “which is a nickel” or “which is not even an hour’s wage” +12:43-44 ipl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον & πάντες γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον, αὕτη δὲ, ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [12:43](../12/43.md) and [12:44](../12/44.md) into a verse bridge in order to include the reason for Jesus’ declaration before including his declaration. Alternate translation: “All put in from the things abounding to them, but this poor widow, from her poverty, put in everything, as much as she had, her whole life. Therefore, truly I say to you that she put in more than all the ones putting into the treasury” +12:43 ehlb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμῖν 1 Because Jesus is speaking to his disciples, the word **you** here is singular. +12:43 ih0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ, πλεῖον πάντων ἔβαλεν 1 Even though it is not literally true that the widow has put **more** money into the offering box than all the rich people, this is still not figurative language. As Jesus explains in the next verse, he means that she has put in proportionately more than all the others, relative to her means, and that is literally true. But Jesus makes the seemingly untrue statement first, to get his disciples to reflect on how it can be true. So it would be appropriate to translate Jesus’ words directly and not express them as if they were figurative.\n +12:43 n8z5 πάντων & τῶν βαλλόντων 1 Alternate translation: “everyone else who put money” +12:43 n7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον 1 See how you translated **treasury** in [12:41](../12/41.md). Alternate translation: “the temple money box” or “the chest for the gifts for the temple” +12:44 c7jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the basis or reason for the claim that Jesus made in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that because” or “Here is why:” +12:44 n9ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντες 1 Jesus is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the people who were putting money into the treasury. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all these people” or “all those who have given money” +12:44 ihuq ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον 1 Alternate translation: “put in only some of the many things that they had” +12:44 ui9a αὕτη & ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς, πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν 1 Alternate translation: “she put in all of the few things that she had” +12:44 qnzq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **poverty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “although she was poor” +12:44 l4tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν 1 The expression **everything, as much as she had** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “everything that she had”\n +12:44 p3as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the woman had put in **her whole life**. He means that she put in all the money that she had to buy what she needed to live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all she had to live on” or “so that she had nothing left to buy even the necessities” +12:44 qrz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅλον τὸν βίον αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “all that kept her alive” +13:intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n6. Jesus in Jerusalem (11:1–13:37)\n * The disciples ask Jesus about the destruction of the temple (13:1–4)\n * Jesus teaches about the destruction of the temple (24:5–31)\n * Things that will happen in the time before the destruction of the temple (13:5–13)\n * Things that will happen immediately before the destruction of the temple (13:14–23)\n * The coming of the Son of Man (13:24–27)\n * When these things will happen (13:28–31)\n * Jesus teaches about his second coming (13:32–37)\n\n### When Jesus speaks about which topics\n\nWhen the disciples speak to Jesus in [13:4](../13/04.md), they ask about two things: first, they want to know when the temple will be destroyed, and second, they want to know what the sign will be that shows that the temple is about to be destroyed. Most Christians agree that Jesus answered these two questions but also included information about his second coming. However, Christians disagree about when Jesus is speaking about which topic. He could:\n\n1. finish speaking about the destruction of the temple in [13:31](../13/31.md) and then go on to speak about his second coming (the outline above follows this view)\n2. finish speaking about the destruction of the temple (perhaps as a foreshadowing of the final tribulation) in [13:23](../13/23.md) and then go on to speak about his second coming\n3. speak about the destruction of the temple (perhaps as a foreshadowing of the final tribulation) in [13:5–23](../13/05.md) and [13:28–31](../13/28.md) and about his second coming in [13:24–27](../13/24.md) and [13:32–37](../13/32.md)\n\nSince Christians disagree over when Jesus is speaking about which topic, if possible format your translation so that several interpretations are possible.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The destruction of the temple\n\nThe temple in Jerusalem was a very impressive, large building. Despite that, Jesus predicted that it would be destroyed within the lifetime of those who heard him. In fact, about 40 years later, a Roman army conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple.\n\n### The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven\n\nIn [13:26](../13/26.md), Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” in clouds. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.\n\n### “This generation” in [13:30](../13/30.md)\n\nIn [13:30](../13/30.md), Jesus says that what he has described will happen before “this generation” passes away. Many interpretations have been proposed for the group of people to which “this generation” refers:\n\n1. The people who were alive while Jesus was speaking these words\n2. The people who would be alive when the signs of the end began\n3. Christians throughout history\n4. Jewish people in general throughout history\n5. Humans in general\n\nSince the word that Jesus uses primarily refers to people who are alive at the same time, if possible use a word or phrase that refers to such a group of people. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some interpretations of the word in a footnote.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is teaching four of his disciples. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verse 13. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]]) +13:1 cb77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche αὐτοῦ 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples,” +13:1 ltyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐκπορευομένου 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “coming out” +13:1 rrv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἱεροῦ 1 Here Mark means that Jesus left the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See you translated this word in [11:11](../11/11.md). Alternate translation: “temple courtyard”\n +13:1 rmlx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **look** is meant to draw the attention of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks a person to look or to pay attention. Alternate translation: “see” or “look at that” +13:1 hnpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ ποταπαὶ οἰκοδομαί! 1 This is an exclamation that is emphasizing that the **stones** and **buildings** are large and impressive. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “What impressive stones! What impressive buildings!” or “How impressive these stones and buildings are!” +13:1 ql81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποταποὶ λίθοι 1 Here, **stones** refers to the very large stones with which the temple walls were built. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What manner of stones in the walls” or “What manner of building stones” +13:2 rez6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? 1 Jesus is using the question form to draw the attention of the disciples to the **buildings**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Consider these great buildings.” or “See these great buildings!” +13:2 aza6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βλέπεις 1 Because Jesus is speaking to one of his disciples, the word **you** here is singular. +13:2 ov2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 Jesus says that every **stone** will be **torn down** as an overstatement for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “Almost every stone upon a stone will not be left here, and almost none of them will not be torn down” +13:2 xdhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be invading enemies. Alternate translation: “An invading army will certainly not leave a stone upon a stone here, which they will not tear down” +13:2 jo8i οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in positive form. Alternate translation: “Every stone will be toppled off the stone it is on, and each one will be torn down” +13:2 xqsn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ -1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means … by no means” +13:3 izt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche αὐτοῦ 1 Mark is referring to Jesus to represent both Jesus and his disciples, who traveled with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he, along with his disciples,” +13:3 u7ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here, a place **opposite the temple** is directly in front of the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the temple in front of him” or “with the temple before him” +13:4 pqa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative εἰπὸν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you tell” +13:4 ekxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἰπὸν 1 Because the four disciples are speaking with Jesus, the command **Tell** is singular. +13:4 uf37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, the phrase these things refers to the events that Jesus described in [13:2](../13/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the events you have spoken about” or “that destruction”\n +13:4 ibsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μέλλῃ ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all these things** could refer to: (1) the events that Jesus described in [13:2](../13/02.md). Alternate translation: “all the events you have spoken about are about to be completed” (2) the end of the age, or the time when Jesus returns. Alternate translation: “this age is about to be completed” or “all things are about to end” +13:4 lw1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μέλλῃ & συντελεῖσθαι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are about to take place” or “are about to occur” +13:5 fe42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +13:5 qekc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 Jesus is speaking as if the disciples could literally be led **astray**, that is, led down the wrong path. He means that they could be deceived. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to believe what is wrong” +13:6 pbz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ & πολλοὺς 1 In both places, Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “Many men and women … many men and women” +13:6 sxl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλεύσονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “will go” +13:6 z63u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. More specifically, Jesus could mean that: (1) these people claim to have the authority that Jesus properly has. Alternate translation: “in my authority” or “claiming to have the authority I have” (2) these people claim to represent Jesus. Alternate translation: “claiming to be my representatives” or “as if they were my representatives” +13:6 cee7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that they are him, and” +13:6 wv12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 The implication is that these people are claiming to be the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am the Christ” +13:6 h7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [13:5](../13/05.md). Alternate translation: “they will cause many to believe what is wrong” +13:7 fl5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 The phrase **wars and rumors of wars** could mean: (1) reports of wars that are currently happening and reports of wars that might happen in the future. Alternate translation: “of wars that are happening and rumors about wars that might happen” (2) reports of wars that are already taking place nearby and reports of wars that are happening in distant places. Alternate translation: “reports of wars that are close by and of wars that are far away” +13:7 eujo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the **wars** and **rumors of wars**. Alternate translation: “do not let those things trouble you” +13:7 xp8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεῖ γενέσθαι 1 Here Jesus means that God has planned these things, and they will not change. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God has chosen that these things will happen” +13:7 d1k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὔπω τὸ τέλος 1 Here Jesus could be speaking about: (1) the **end** of the temple, which Jesus had predicted in [13:2](../13/02.md). Alternate translation: “the end of the temple is not yet” or “what I have predicted will not yet happen” (2) the **end** of the age, which he will say more about later in his teaching. Alternate translation: “the end of the world is not yet” or “it is not yet the moment in the future when the current way of doing things will cease” +13:8 a4rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Even more,” +13:8 ydrb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternatively, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “nation will rise against nation, yes, kingdom against kingdom” or “nation and kingdom rise against nation and kingdom” +13:8 rlxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The words **nation** and **kingdom** represents nations and kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom and nation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “some nations will rise against other nations, and some kingdoms against other kingdoms” +13:8 oyrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπ’ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Here, the words **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people who live in them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of a nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of a kingdom against the people of another kingdom”\n +13:8 xln4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπ’ 1 The phrase **rise against** referring to attacking someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will fight against” +13:8 e2ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise against kingdom” +13:8 npua rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants λιμοί 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **famines**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “famines and troubles.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +13:8 pcyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **These things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “The things that I have just described are” +13:8 dz8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 Here Jesus speaks of the events that he has described as if they were **the beginning of birth pains**. He means that, just like birth pains, they are difficult and painful things that eventually lead to a happy and wonderful result. If possible, you should maintain the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “like the beginning of birth pains” +13:9 c2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ ὑμεῖς 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus will speak about, which is **you**, the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new topic, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for you” +13:9 nuti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε & ἑαυτούς 1 Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. He means that they need to make sure that they are ready for what is going to happen to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves” or “pay attention to yourselves” +13:9 tswy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς 1 Here, the phrase **hand you over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand before” or “they will bring you before” +13:9 mbr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 The pronoun **They** refers to people in general who will persecute Jesus’ followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “People will hand you over” +13:9 voih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people will beat you” +13:9 gbb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σταθήσεσθε 1 Here, the phrase **you will be made to stand before** refers to being arrested and accused before someone in authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will be seized and put on trial” +13:9 zdp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they will make you stand” +13:9 ht5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus means that these things will happen because the disciples are connected with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you follow me” +13:9 qq6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς μαρτύριον 1 Here, the phrase **for a testimony** could introduce: (1) the purpose for which God allows the disciples to **be made to stand before governors and kings**. Alternate translation: “and that way you can give testimony” (2) the result of the disciples being **made to stand before governors and kings**. Alternate translation: “and as a result you will give testimony”\n +13:9 v23p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μαρτύριον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure that your translation matches the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “which will happen so that you can testify” or “and as a result you will testify” +13:9 y6p6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the **governors** and **kings** mentioned in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those governors and kings” +13:10 e6ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρῶτον 1 Here Jesus implies that what he describes in this verse will happen before the “end” he referred to in [13:7](../13/07.md). As in [13:7](../13/07.md), here Jesus could be referring to: (1) the end of the temple, which Jesus had predicted in [13:2](../13/02.md). Alternate translation: “before the end of the temple” or “before what I have predicted about the temple happens” (2) the end of the age, which he will say more about later in his teaching. Alternate translation: “before the end of the world” or “before the current way of doing things ceases”\n +13:10 ruk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal πρῶτον 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Make sure that your translation fits with the interpretation you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “prior to what I have predicted” or “prior to the end” +13:10 sfjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that believers will be the ones who proclaim the gospel. Alternate translation: “believers to proclaim the gospel” or “people to proclaim the gospel” +13:11 k924 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἄγωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the pronoun **they** refers to any person who leads the disciples away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to any person. Alternate translation: “somebody leads you away” or “anyone leads you away” +13:11 uy91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 Here, the phrase **handing {you} over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “seizing you” or “bringing you before the authorities” +13:11 l4fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαλήσητε 1 Here Jesus implies that the disciples will be required to speak in their defense after people hand them over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will say when they accuse you” or “you will say in your defense” +13:11 n447 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλ’ ὃ ἐὰν δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε; οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clause, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first clauses describe. Alternate translation: “Since you are not the ones speaking, but the Holy Spirit, whatever is given to you in that hour, speak that” +13:11 p9pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὃ ἐὰν δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε 1 Here, the word **that** refers directly back to **whatever is given to you in that hour**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce **whatever is given to you** and then explain what they should do with it. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the word **that** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “speak whatever is given to you in that hour” +13:11 m0xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God, and more specifically the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit gives” +13:11 nr2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **in that hour** refers to the time when they have been handed over and need to say something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment” +13:11 q2o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ & ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 Here Jesus means that they will not say whatever they think but will instead say what **the Holy Spirit** reveals to them. He does not mean that the Holy Spirit will use their bodies to project his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are not speaking your own words, but the words you speak come from the Holy Spirit” +13:11 a9b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but the Holy Spirit is the one speaking through you” +13:12 toqp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ τέκνον; καὶ ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here, the implication is that these people will do these bad things to their family members, because these people hate Jesus, but their family members believe in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “unbelieving brother will hand over believing brother to death, and an unbelieving father, his believing child, and unbelieving children will rise up against believing parents and put them to death” +13:12 py9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Here, the phrase **hand over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will seize brother to cause his death” or “will bring brother before the authorities to cause his death” +13:12 m6iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sibling will hand over sibling” +13:12 utyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς θάνατον & θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be killed … cause them to die” +13:12 b9ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a father will hand over his child to death” +13:12 hrhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations πατὴρ τέκνον 1 Although the term **father** is masculine, Jesus is probably using the word here in a generic sense that includes both fathers and mothers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “parents, their children” or “a father or mother, his or her child” +13:12 vjcw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται 1 Here, the phrase **rise up against** refers to rebelling against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will defy”\n +13:12 r66s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 Here Jesus implies that the **children** will have someone else put their parents to death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have them put to death” +13:13 pk3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all will hate you” +13:13 paf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” +13:13 w8pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 Jesus says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most people” +13:13 jhp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, **name** represents the person whose name it is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of me” +13:13 gbjh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ὁ & ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 Here, the phrase **this one** refers directly back to **the one having endured to the end**. Jesus expresses the idea in this way to introduce people who endure **to the end** and then explain what happens to them. If stating the topic and then referring back to it with the phrase **this one** would be redundant in your language, you could omit the redundant information. Alternate translation: “the one having endured to the end will be saved” +13:13 c33n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & ὑπομείνας 1 Jesus is speaking of anyone who endures, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “anyone who endures” +13:13 vcz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τέλος 1 Here, the phrase **the end** could refer to: (1) the time when the persecution of the person who is enduring ceases. Alternate translation: “to the end of the persecution” (2) the person’s death. Alternate translation: “until he or she dies” (3) the time when Jesus comes back. Alternate translation: “until when I return” +13:13 w28q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will save this one” +13:14 d4nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is found in [Daniel 9:27](../dan/09/27.md), [Daniel 11:31](../dan/11/31.md), and [Daniel 12:11](../dan/12/11.md). Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with these passages, which prophesy about **the abomination** entering the temple and defiling it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” +13:14 v73e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe an **abomination** that causes **desolation**. If that is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the abomination that causes desolation” or “the abomination that leads to desolation” +13:14 ev0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **abomination** and **desolation**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the abominable thing that desolates” +13:14 hefe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἑστηκότα ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 Here, the word translated **standing** is masculine, which is why the ULT uses the word **he** in this sentence. By using this form, Mark could be indicating that: (1) **the abomination** is a thing that is identified with a man. In this case, it could be a statue of a man or something that a man sets up or creates. You could express the idea by referring to **the abomination** with the pronoun **it**. Alternate translation: “standing it should not be” (2) **the abomination** is a man who can also be described as an **abomination**. You could express the idea by referring to **the abomination** with the pronoun **he** or by using some other form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “standing where that man of abomination should not be” +13:14 vx3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅπου οὐ δεῖ 1 Jesus’ audience would have known that the phrase **where he should not be** implicitly refers to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple, where he should not be” +13:14 ck7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ δεῖ, ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω, τότε 1 Here, clause **let the one reading understand** could be: (1) written by Mark to anyone who reads this story. Use a form that clearly indicates that Mark is writing this, not reporting what Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “he should not be” (and I, Mark, add: let the one who reads this story understand), “then” (2) spoken by Jesus to anyone who reads what Daniel wrote about **the abomination of desolation**. Alternate translation: “he should not be—let the one who has read the book of Daniel understand—then” +13:14 sq7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 Here, the phrase **let the one reading understand** could indicate that **the one reading**: (1) should be able to **understand** what **the abomination of desolation** is. In this case, Mark could be implying that **the one reading** needs to read the passages in the book of Daniel where this **abomination** is mentioned. Alternate translation: “you know what I mean” or “the one reading should understand from the book of Daniel” (2) should try to **understand** what **the abomination of desolation** is. Alternate translation: “let the one reading try to understand” or “reader, pay attention” +13:14 buns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one reading must understand” +13:14 polt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, φευγέτωσαν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones in Judea must flee” +13:14 d8fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὰ ὄρη 1 Here Jesus implies that people will be safer in **the mountains** than in **Judea**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the mountains where they will be safer” +13:15 u0pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **but** untranslated. Alternate translation: “and” +13:15 dv7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus gives a command to one person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones on the housetops not go down nor go in to take anything from their houses” +13:15 m1hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω ἆραί τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one who is on top of his roof escape immediately by the back stairway and not descend in order to go into his house to take anything” +13:15 of80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two terms connected with **nor**. The phrase **go down** tells how the person is able to **go in**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **nor**. Alternate translation: “let the one on the housetop not go down to enter in order” or “let the one on the housetop not, after going down, go in” +13:15 zfta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω 1 If your language does not use third-person imperatives in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one on the housetop must not go down nor go in” +13:15 xetk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ὁ & ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω, μηδὲ εἰσελθάτω 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “let the one on the housetop not come down nor come in” +13:15 vxmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her” +13:16 iav2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus gives a command to one person, but he implies that it applies to any of his disciples who are in the situation that he describes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “let the ones in the fields not turn back to the things behind to get their cloaks” +13:16 n44r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 People in Jesus’ time often walked from their towns to the **field** that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that, when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloaks. Instead, they should flee directly from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town or house to get his cloak” +13:16 wcdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one in the field must not turn back” +13:16 at4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her” +13:16 y1e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 The word **cloak** refers to an outer garment. You could translate this with the name of an outer garment that your readers would recognize, or with a general expression. Alternate translation: “jacket” or “outer garment” +13:17 wf32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” +13:17 bi8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 Here, the phrase **having in the womb** refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the ones who are with child” or “to the ones who are pregnant” +13:17 bv9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to mothers who are nursing their babies” +13:17 u8kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period” +13:18-19 et3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge προσεύχεσθε δὲ ἵνα μὴ γένηται χειμῶνος & ἔσονται γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι θλῖψις, οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη, ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς, ἕως τοῦ νῦν, καὶ οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [13:18](../13/18.md) and [13:19](../13/19.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to give the reason for Jesus’ exhortation before including the exhortation. Alternate translation: “But there will be in those days tribulation—such as this kind has not happened from the beginning of creation which God created until now and will certainly not happen. Therefore, pray that it might not happen in winter” +13:18 nnvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” +13:18 gshm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ γένηται 1 Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) the things he has predicted, including the appearance of the abomination and the destruction of the temple. Alternate translation: “these events might not happen” (2) how his disciples need to flee to the hills (see [13:14](../13/14.md)). Alternate translation: “your escape might not happen” or “that you do not need to flee” +13:18 w91r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown χειμῶνος 1 In the location to which Jesus is referring, **winter** is the time of year when it is cold and travel is difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which it would be difficult to travel, or you could translate **winter** with a general expression. Alternate translation: “in the rainy season” or “in the cold season” +13:19 ltzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should pray that they these things would not happen in winter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray that because” or “That is because” +13:19 l5u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔσονται & αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι θλῖψις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in those days people will be greatly hurt” or “in those days people will be greatly afflicted” +13:19 zs4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. See how you expressed the idea in [13:17](../13/17.md). Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period” +13:19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν τοιαύτη 1 Alternate translation: “of a kind that has not yet happened” or “which will be worse than any type of tribulation that has happened” +13:19 r1ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἣν ἔκτισεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 The expression **the beginning of creation which God created** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the beginning of what God created” or “the beginning of God’s creation” +13:19 c5sz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μὴ γένηται 1 Here Jesus means that **tribulation** of **this kind** will **not happen** again after these events occur. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will certainly not happen again after that” +13:19 fqx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +13:20 ocw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Lord really has shortened **the days**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “were the Lord not to shorten the days, no flesh would be saved” or “imagine that the Lord did not shorten the days. Then, no flesh would be saved” +13:20 aggr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense μὴ ἐκολόβωσεν Κύριος τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this because he knows that God has already decided to **shorten the days**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense, or you could refer to God’s decision. Alternate translation: “the Lord were not going to shorten the days, no flesh would be saved” or “the Lord had not already made the decision to shorten those days, no flesh would have been saved” +13:20 el7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰς ἡμέρας & τὰς ἡμέρας 1 Here, the phrase **the days** refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. See how you expressed the idea in [13:17](../13/17.md). Alternate translation: “that time … that time” or “that time period … that time period” +13:20 dosx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no flesh would remain” or “no flesh would continue to live” +13:20 kda6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σάρξ 1 Jesus is using **flesh** to represent humans. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “humans” +13:20 fz5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς, οὓς ἐξελέξατο 1 The expression **the elect whom he chose** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “those whom he chose” or “his elect” +13:20 af7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the elect people” +13:21-22 d9gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge καὶ τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε & ἐγερθήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα, πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [13:21](../13/21.md) and [13:22](../13/22.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to include the reason for Jesus’ command before the command itself. Alternate translation: “And then false Christs and false prophets will be raised up and will give signs and wonders, to lead astray, if possible, the elect. So, if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, here is the Christ! Behold, there!’ do not believe it.” +13:21 xpd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it will happen. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Then, although some people will say to you” +13:21 qsfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ, μὴ πιστεύετε 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “says to you that you should look because the Christ is here or that you should look because he is there, do not not believe it” +13:21 ynm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἴδε, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἴδε, ἐκεῖ 1 Here Jesus is implying that these two statements are two examples of what people might say to the disciples. Jesus is not implying that the same person says these two sentences during the same conversation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes that idea moreexplicit. Alternate translation: “‘Behold, here is the Christ!’ or if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, there!’” +13:21 pctq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε -1 In both places, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to look, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Look … Look” or “Pay attention … Pay attention” +13:21 yfd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἴδε, ἐκεῖ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Behold, there is the Christ” +13:22 x8d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a basis for the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I say that since” or “That is because” +13:22 yw81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be the false Christs and false prophets themselves. Alternate translation: “will rise up” +13:22 n39a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 Here, the phrase **will be raised up** refers to people beginning to do some task publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appear” or “will begin to lead” +13:22 w3mf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “amazing signs” or “impressive deeds” +13:22 vh4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾶν εἰ δυνατὸν τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 Jesus is speaking as if the false Christs and prophets could literally **lead** people **astray**. He means that they deceive others. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in [13:5](../13/05.md). Alternate translation: “to cause, if possible, the elect to believe what is wrong” +13:22 hqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ δυνατὸν 1 Here, the phrase **if possible** could mean: (1) that it is not actually **possible** to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if it were possible” (2) that the false Christs and false prophets will try everything they can to lead astray the elect. Alternate translation: “if they can” or “by all possible means” +13:22 n81i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in [13:20](../13/20.md). Alternate translation: “the elect people” or “the people whom God has elected” +13:23 z378 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὑμεῖς δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that Jesus will speak about, which is **you**, the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new topic, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for you” +13:23 jq8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε 1 Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. He means that they need to make sure that they are ready for what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar idea in [13:9](../13/09.md). Alternate translation: “be prepared” or “pay attention” +13:23 r4yr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention” +13:23 va6h προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 Alternate translation: “I have told you all these things ahead of time” or “I have told you all these things before they occur” +13:24 is3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** indicates that Jesus will now start speaking about new events. These events may contrast with the events that Jesus has previously described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next thing that a speaker wants to describe. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “Further,” +13:24 vmna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the time period that Jesus has been describing. See how you expressed the idea in [13:17](../13/17.md). Alternate translation: “at that time” or “during that time period” +13:24 n2rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ 1 Here, the word **after** indicates that the events Jesus will describe in [13:24–27](../013/24.md) will come after the **tribulation** that Jesus mentioned in [13:19](../13/19.md). The word **after** does not indicate how long it will be between the **tribulation** and the events that Jesus describes in [13:24–27](../013/24.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates sequence without indicating how close the events are to each other. Alternate translation: “following” or “sometime subsequent to” +13:24 mfy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν θλῖψιν ἐκείνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people are greatly hurt in those ways” or “people are greatly afflicted as I have foretold” +13:24 zy2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will darken the sun” +13:24 a3qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 Here, Jesus speaks as if **the moon** were a person who could give something to someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” +13:25 au6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, it is clear from the context that it will be God. Alternate translation: “God will shake the powers of the heavens” +13:25 hge7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **the powers in the heavens** could refer to: (1) powerful spiritual beings that dwell **in the heavens**. Alternate translation: “the powerful beings in the heavens” (2) the heavenly bodies, including the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, and stars” +13:26 kl95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὄψονται 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “men and women will see” +13:26-27 a130 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ἀποστελεῖ & ἐπισυνάξει & αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man, … I will send … I will gather together my” +13:26 nlo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐρχόμενον 1 Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the Son of Man to be **coming**. Some think he is **coming** to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is **coming** back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is coming. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going” +13:26 h4z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς καὶ δόξης 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **power** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who is very powerful and glorious” or “very powerfully and gloriously” +13:27 nsyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπισυνάξει 1 Here Jesus implies that the Son of Man will cause the angels to **gather together** his elect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he will have them gather together” or “he will command them to gather together” +13:27 a1z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **elect** as a noun to mean elect people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated this word in [13:20](../13/20.md). Alternate translation: “his elect people” or “the people whom he has elected” +13:27 u1vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The phrase **from the four winds** indicates that the elect are gathered from every direction. The phrase **from the end of the earth to the end of heaven** indicates that they are gathered from the farthest places. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases and emphasize in another way the complete range of this gathering. Alternate translation: “from even the farthest points in every direction” +13:27 vpb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 The phrase **the four winds** refers to the four primary directions: north, south, east, and west, and so includes every place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the north, south, east, and west” or “from every place” +13:27 aqk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the end of the earth to the end of heaven** refers to the parts of the world that are the farthest away. Jesus means that the elect will be gathered from every place, no matter how far away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the nearest to the farthest places” or “from even the farthest places” +13:28 rt1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that Jesus wants to speak about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next idea, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +13:28 c99s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἀπὸ & τῆς συκῆς, μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “learn from this illustration concerning the fig tree” +13:28 u8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῆς συκῆς & ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς ἁπαλὸς γένηται, καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 The phrase **fig tree** represents fig trees in general, not one particular fig tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fig trees … their branches already become tender, and they put out leaves” +13:28 ti6e ἤδη ὁ κλάδος αὐτῆς ἁπαλὸς γένηται 1 Here, the clause **its branch already becomes tender** means that **the fig tree** has begun to grow new branches, which are **tender** when they are new. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “it grows new twigs” or “it sprouts fresh branches” +13:28 z417 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ θέρος 1 In the location to which Jesus is referring, **summer** is the time of year when trees and plants grow and produce fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a term for a season in which plants and trees grow. Alternate translation: “the time for things to grow” or “the hot season”\n +13:29 q53b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, the phrase all these things refers back to what Jesus has described in [13:5–23](../13/05.md) or perhaps [13:5–27](../13/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the things I have told you about” +13:29 w1k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 Here, the word translated **it** could: (1) refer to the coming of the Son of Man and the gathering of the elect, as described in [13:26–27](../13/26.md). Alternate translation: “his coming is near” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “my coming is near” (2) be translated as “he” and refer to the Son of Man. Alternate translation: “he is near” or (if you expressed Son of Man in the first person) “I am near” +13:29 z2pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπὶ θύραις 1 The phrase **at the doors** indicates that something or someone is very near and ready to enter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ready to enter” or “about to arrive” +13:30 m7ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 Here, **generation** represents the people who are part of the generation, which means that they are adults who are alive at the same time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of this generation” +13:30 tg35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 Christians debate whom Jesus was referring to with the phrase **this generation**. See the chapter introduction for more information. Two possibilities are most likely. Jesus could be referring to: (1) the people who were alive while he was saying these words. Alternate translation: “people who are alive right now” (2) the people who will be alive when the things that he has described begin to happen. Alternate translation: “people who will be alive then”\n +13:30 h72r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 Jesus is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **pass away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” +13:30 h7dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase **certainly not** and the negative verb **pass away**. Alternate translation: “will certainly remain” +13:30 elbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +13:30 t66q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, as in [13:29](../13/29.md), the phrase all these things refers back to what Jesus has described in [13:5–23](../13/05.md) or perhaps [13:5–27](../13/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “all the things I have told you about” +13:31 k4zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here Jesus refers two main components of creation, **heaven** and **earth**, to refer to all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All creation” or “The universe” +13:31 ah6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ & λόγοι μου 1 Here, the phrase **my words** represents what Jesus has said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have spoken” +13:31 cq65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ παρελεύσονται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase **certainly not** and the negative verb **pass away**. Alternate translation: “will always remain” or “will always be true” +13:31 gf5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +13:32 orjh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 Here, the phrase **But concerning** introduces the next topic that Jesus wants to talk about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic. Alternate translation: “Next, I will talk about that day or the hour. About them” +13:32 ap3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 The terms **day** and **hour** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time” +13:32 km5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἢ τῆς ὥρας 1 Here Jesus is referring to the exact moment when he will return to this world, which will also be the end of the current time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the day or hour when I will return” or “the timing of my second coming” +13:32 go3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς οἶδεν; οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows and no one else, neither the angels in heaven, nor the Son” +13:32 z3q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus the **Son** and God the **Father**. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation. +13:32 c1b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱός 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son” +13:33 zqyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βλέπετε, ἀγρυπνεῖτε, καὶ προσεύχεσθε, οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ πότε ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the result that the first clauses describe. Alternate translation: “Because you do not know when the time is, be alert! Stay awake and pray” +13:33 ovuh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε 1 Jesus uses a word for seeing to indicate the need for paying attention or being ready. He means that they need to make sure that they are ready for what is going to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar idea in [13:9](../13/09.md). Alternate translation: “Be prepared” or “Pay attention” +13:33 kdjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἀγρυπνεῖτε, καὶ προσεύχεσθε 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **Stay awake and pray**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “Stay awake.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +13:33 pj0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀγρυπνεῖτε 1 Here Jesus speaks of being alert and watchful as if it were staying **awake**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be watchful” or “Remain vigilant” +13:33 i43k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ καιρός ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus is referring to the exact moment when he will return to this world, which will also be the end of the current time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will come back” or “my second coming will be” +13:34 ygl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος 1 To teach the disciples, Jesus offers a story or illustration. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Listen to this illustration: It is as a man on journey” +13:34 iwt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς 1 Here Jesus implies that what he has said about the need to be watchful and alert is like the parable he is about to give. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What I have told you is like this:” or “Your situation can be illustrated in this way:” +13:34 w4dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns δοὺς τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having empowered his servants, each to do his work” +13:34 huof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus implies that the man gave his servants **authority** to do the specific tasks or **work** that he told **each** of them to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to each servant authority over his own work” +13:34 xp0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τῷ θυρωρῷ & ἵνα γρηγορῇ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the doorkeeper, ‘Stay alert;’” +13:34 cuz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ θυρωρῷ 1 A **doorkeeper** is a person who guards an entrance into a building and makes sure that only certain people can enter. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of guard, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the servant who guarded the door” +13:34 g7j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γρηγορῇ 1 Here Jesus implies that the man who owned the house **commanded the doorkeeper** to **stay alert** in general but especially to be ready for when he returned and wanted to enter into his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he should stay alert for him to come back” or “he should stay alert for his return home” +13:35 z7wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **therefore** indicates that Jesus is about to tell his disciples how to apply the story he told in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing an application. Alternate translation: “as a result” of “and so” +13:35 c96l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γρηγορεῖτε & οὐκ οἴδατε γὰρ, πότε ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται, ἢ ὀψὲ, ἢ μεσονύκτιον, ἢ ἀλεκτοροφωνίας, ἢ πρωΐ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clauses give the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because you do not know when the lord of the house is coming—whether evening or midnight or at rooster crowing or at morning—stay alert” +13:35-36 gx23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται & εὕρῃ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: “I, the lord of the house, am coming … I might find” +13:35 k2yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ κύριος τῆς οἰκίας ἔρχεται 1 Here Jesus identifies himself with the man from the parable he just told. This man owned the **house** and left on a journey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am coming, just as the servants did not know when the lord of the house was coming” +13:35 s8j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 A **rooster** is a large bird, a male chicken, which often calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “when the birds begin to sing” +13:35 v6it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀλεκτοροφωνίας 1 In Jesus’ culture, people referred to the period of the night soon before the sun rose as the time of **rooster crowing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that refers to the hours before dawn. Alternate translation: “before dawn” or “in the hours before the sunrise” +13:36 wd97 εὕρῃ 1 Alternate translation: “unexpectedly” +13:36 mh8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καθεύδοντας 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who are not ready for his return as if they were **sleeping**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like someone who is asleep” or “unprepared for his return” or “not being watchful” +13:37 wmic rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a further development of what Jesus has been saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development in what someone is saying, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” +13:37 rbkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πᾶσιν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to every person” or “all men and women” +14:intro uk36 0 # Mark 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Jesus’ last days and death (14:1–15:47)\n * The chief priests and scribes plan to kill Jesus (14:1–2)\n * A woman anoints Jesus (14:3–9)\n * Judas agrees to hand Jesus over (14:10–11)\n * Jesus’ last meal with his disciples (14:12–25)\n * Jesus predicts that his disciples will deny him (14:26–31)\n * Jesus prays in Gethsemane (14:32–42)\n * Judas hands Jesus over, and the disciples flee (26:43–52)\n * Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council (14:53–65)\n * Peter denies Jesus three times (14:66–72)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [14:27](../14/27.md), which is a quote from [Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Perfumed oil\n\nIn [14:3–9](../14/03.md), a woman anoints Jesus with perfumed oil. The kind that the woman uses was very expensive. People would use these oils to make themselves look and smell good. Also, they used oils to anoint corpses before they buried them, possibly to keep them from smelling. In this story, the woman uses the oil to honor Jesus, and Jesus also interprets it as a preparation for his burial. Make sure that your readers understand what anointing with this kind of oil means. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/oil]])\n\n### Denying Jesus\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus and his disciples speak about “denying” Jesus. If a disciple denies Jesus, the disciple claims to have no connection with Jesus, neither knowing nor following him. Consider how you might naturally express this idea in your language.\n\n### Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council\n\nIn [14:53–65](../14/53.md), Mark narrates Jesus’ trial before the Jewish council. Since Jerusalem was governed by the Roman empire, the Roman governor, Pilate, was the only one who could actually have someone executed. So, the Jewish council needed to find evidence against Jesus that proved that he did something for which the Roman governor would execute him. This trial, then, was a preliminary step. They first needed to find good evidence to condemn Jesus, and then they needed to present evidence to the Roman governor that would lead to him executing Jesus. While you should not explain all these details in your translation, make sure that your translation does fit with this general idea.\n\n### The Son of Man coming on the clouds of heaven\n\nIn [14:62](../14/62.md), Jesus indicates that he, the Son of Man, will “come” on the clouds of heaven. However, he does not indicate the location to which he will “come.” Christians debate whether Jesus is describing his return to earth or his enthronement in heaven. If possible, your translation should allow for both possibilities. See the notes on this verse for translation options.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Body and bread, blood and cup\n\nIn [14:22–25](../14/22.md), Jesus identifies bread as “my body” and wine in a cup as “my blood of the covenant.” These statements can be understood in at least three primary ways: (1) the bread and wine somehow become Jesus’ body and blood; (2) Jesus’ body and blood are present, physically or spiritually, in the bread and wine; or (3) the bread and wine memorialize or symbolize Jesus’ body and blood. Christians are divided on this question, and statements that link body and blood to bread and wine are very significant in the Bible and in Christian teaching. For these reasons, it is best to preserve these statements without expressing them as similes or in another nonfigurative way. If you must express them in another way, see the notes on [14:22–25](../14/22.md) for translation possibilities. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMany of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when Jesus is talking to groups of people. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. You should assume forms of “you” are plural unless a note specifies that the form is singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 13, 17, 27, 30, 32, 33, 34, 37, 41, 43, 45, 51, 53, 61, 63, 66, 67. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### Abba, Father\n\nIn [14:36](../14/36.md), Mark indicates that Jesus says “Abba, Father” when he prays. “Abba” is an Aramaic word that the Jews used to speak to their fathers. Mark writes it as it sounds. The word that follows, which is the word for “father” in Greek, could be Mark’s explanation of what “Abba” means. On the other hand, Jesus might have used this Greek word in his prayer. If possible, spell out “Abba” as it sounds in your language and then use the word you use to translate “Father” when it refers to God. See the notes on this verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Judas’ kiss for Jesus\n\nIn [14:44–45](../14/44.md), Mark describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them, probably on one cheek or on both cheeks. If men would not greet each other with a kiss in your culture, you could explain the purpose of the kiss, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/kiss]])\n +14:1 hwb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” +14:1 xa8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πάσχα καὶ τὰ Ἄζυμα 1 Here Mark’s readers would have known that **the Passover** was a festival that took place on the first day of the week-long celebration named **the Festival of Unleavened Bread**, so Mark speaks of the two as one event. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread, the Passover,” or “the Passover, the first day of the Festival of Unleavened Bread,” +14:1 ve8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν δόλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deceit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “deceitfully” or “cleverly” +14:1 qtym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here Mark implies that the chief priests and elders would have other people **kill** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might have him killed” +14:2 d5oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the chief priests and scribes wanted to seize Jesus “by deceit.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for something, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “They were seeking a way to do this by deceit because” or “Here is why they needed to be deceptive:” +14:2 w7g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον & μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, μήποτε ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were saying that they would not do it during the festival, so that there would not be a riot of the people” +14:2 em4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to “the chief priests and the scribes” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and the scribes were saying” +14:2 fk19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 The phrase **Not during the festival** refers to not arresting Jesus during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “We must not arrest him during the festival” +14:2 fsxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here, the **festival** refers to the Passover and the Festival of Unleavened Bread, as indicated in [14:1](../14/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover and Unleavened Bread” or “the Festival of Unleavened Bread, including the Passover” +14:2 dzh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ 1 This means specifically the great crowds of **people** who were in the city of Jerusalem and who liked Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the people who listen to Jesus” or “of the people who are here who follow Jesus” +14:3 zuhe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. This event most likely happened about the same time as the chief priests and scribes were planning how to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” +14:3 owfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 Both uses of the pronoun **he** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And Jesus being in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, Jesus reclining to eat” +14:3 hh81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Here Mark could be implying that: (1) **Simon** had once been a **leper** but had been healed. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who had been healed of leprosy” (2) the house was owned by **Simon**, who was a **leper**, but he did not live there. Alternate translation: “owned by Simon the leper” (3) **the leper** was a nickname for **Simon**, who did not actually have leprosy. Alternate translation: “of Simon, who was nicknamed ‘the leper’” +14:3 bf84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμωνος 1 The word **Simon** is the name of a man. This is a different man than Simon Peter and Simon the Zealot. +14:3 sh4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture, or you could just refer to eating. Alternate translation: “he sitting down to eat” or “he eating”\n +14:3 s5v0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἦλθεν γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 Here Mark introduces a woman into the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman who had an alabaster jar of very precious perfumed oil of pure nard. She came to Jesus” +14:3 pkwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς 1 Mark is using the possessive form to describe **an alabaster jar** that is filled with **very precious perfumed oil**, which he identifies as **pure nard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very precious perfumed oil, specifically nard” +14:3 nl8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 The word **alabaster** is the name of a soft, white stone. People stored precious and valuable items in jars made from alabaster. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a white stone jar” +14:3 hk2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου & πολυτελοῦς 1 This **oil** had fragrant additives. To make themselves have a nice smell, people would rub the oil on themselves or sprinkle their clothing with it. Mark indicates that this was particularly **precious** oil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of oil, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “of very precious oil with perfume in it” +14:3 yb3w πολυτελοῦς 1 Alternate translation: “very expensive” +14:3 fqa9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown νάρδου πιστικῆς 1 Here Mark indicates that the **oil** was made from the roots of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a descriptive phrase or a more general expression. Alternate translation: “of pure extract from spikenard roots” or “made only from plant roots” +14:4 cuof rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +14:4 attu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγανακτοῦντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 Here Mark could be implying that: (1) the people spoke the following words to each other. Alternate translation: “being very angry and saying to one another” (2) the people thought the following words without saying them. Alternate translation: “being very angry and thinking” +14:4-5 y4z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations πρὸς ἑαυτούς, εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? & ἠδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι ἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων, καὶ δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς & καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “asking for what the waste of the perfumed oil had happened and saying that the perfumed oil was able to have been sold for more than 300 denarii and given to the poor. And” +14:4 v57p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν? 1 The people there are using the question form to show that they think the woman wasted the perfume. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for this waste of the perfumed oil.” or “What a waste of the perfumed oil!” +14:4 g9qw εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν 1 Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste of the perfumed oil” +14:4 glel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **waste**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “is she wasting this perfumed oil” +14:4 gjmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “of the oil with perfume in it” +14:5 qeip rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why these people say that the woman wasted the perfume. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “We say that because” or “As a matter of fact,” +14:5 y113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο & τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι ἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων, καὶ δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would have done the action, it is clear from the context that would have been the woman. Alternate translation: “she was able to sell this perfumed oil for more than 300 denarii and give it” +14:5 xfzs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated the phrase **perfumed oil** in [14:3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “oil with perfume in it” +14:5 t4p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 The word **denarii** refers to silver coins, each equivalent to about one day’s wage for a hired worker. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. See how you translated **denarii** in [6:37](../06/37.md). Alternate translation: “for more than 300 silver coins” or “more than 300 days’ wages”\n +14:5 k83q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπάνω δηναρίων τριακοσίων, καὶ δοθῆναι 1 Here these people imply that the perfumed oil could have been sold for **more than 300 denarii**, and this money is what would been **given to the poor**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for more than 300 denarii, which could have been given” +14:5 h62k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 These people are using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” +14:5 kmpd καὶ ἐνεβριμῶντο αὐτῇ 1 Alternate translation: “And they were criticizing her harshly because of what she had done” +14:6 gz8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how Jesus responded in contrast to how the other people there responded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” +14:6 cz95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἄφετε αὐτήν 1 Here, the command **Leave her alone** means that these people should stop rebuking and criticizing the woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Stop scolding her” or “Do not criticize her” +14:6 r9wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke these people for saying what they did about how the woman acted. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not cause trouble for her.” or “Stop causing trouble for her!” +14:6 f4yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? καλὸν ἔργον 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trouble** and **work**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling her … something good” +14:6 oewt ἐν ἐμοί 1 Alternate translation: “to me” +14:7 rjyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Jesus rebukes these people for saying that the woman should have given money to the poor instead of pouring the perfume on Jesus’ head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a rebuke, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I am rebuking you because” or “Here is why I say that:”\n +14:7 tc3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” +14:7 vs5f αὐτοῖς εὖ ποιῆσαι 1 Alternate translation: “to give money to them” +14:8 z479 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἔσχεν ἐποίησεν 1 Here Jesus implies that the woman did what she was able to do to serve and help Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “She did what she was able to do” or “What she could do, she did” +14:8 q5i1 προέλαβεν 1 Alternate translation: “She acted beforehand” +14:8 al01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **burial**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for when I am buried” +14:9 ysc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον & καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the actions, you could use indefinite subjects. Alternate translation: “people preach the gospel … they will also speak what she did” +14:9 u2ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **remembrance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that she is remembered” or “as a way to remember her” +14:10 npzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +14:10 tq5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles”\n +14:10 br8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came away” +14:10 z71f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 **Judas** did not hand Jesus over to the **chief priests** yet. Rather, he went to make arrangements with them about doing that. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “so that he might arrange with them how he would hand him over to them” or “so that he might offer to hand him over to them” +14:11 kzk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 Here Mark implies that the chief priests **heard** that Judas wanted to hand Jesus over. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having heard that Judas Iscariot wanted to betray Jesus to them” +14:11 f7ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπηγγείλαντο αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι 1 Here Mark implies that the chief priests **promised to give him silver** if he handed Jesus over to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “promised to give him silver if he handed Jesus over to them” +14:11 m4il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀργύριον 1 Here, **silver** represents coins made from silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “silver coins” +14:12 uhvr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +14:12 dby4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ πρώτῃ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day one” +14:12 r9my rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔθυον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jewish people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a word or phrase that refers to Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “Jewish people were sacrificing” +14:12 vxax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Here Mark uses the name of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the lamb that God had commanded Jews to kill and eat for their celebration meal. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lambs for their Passover meals” +14:12 yqex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλεις & φάγῃς 1 Because the disciples are speaking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +14:12 vok1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπελθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come away” +14:12 k4fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φάγῃς 1 Here the disciples imply that will **eat the Passover** with Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “we may eat” +14:12 bel5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 2 Jesus’ disciples are using the name of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” +14:13 suny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual αὐτοῖς & ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to two men, the pronouns **them** and **you** would both be in the dual form, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, they would be plural. +14:13 cijy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ὑπάγετε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “Come” instead of **Go**. Alternate translation: “Come” +14:13 a7xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κεράμιον ὕδατος 1 Here, the phrase **pitcher** refers to a large earthen jug, which the man would likely be carrying on his shoulder. This large jug was full of **water**. If your language has its own term for a large container that people use to transport water, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “a jug full of water” +14:14 i344 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within quotations. Alternate translation: “tell the master of that house that the Teacher wants to know where his guest room is, where he can eat the Passover meal with his disciples” +14:14 imqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ 1 The **master of that house** is the man who owns the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the man whose house it is” +14:14 z6lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμά μου, ὅπου τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου φάγω? 1 Jesus instructs the two disciples to ask about **Where** the **guest room** is, but this question always implies that the disciples are asking for permission to use the **guest room**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Also, you could express the idea as a request rather than as a question. Alternate translation: “Will you allow me to use my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples?” or “Please allow me to use my guest room where I may eat the Passover with my disciples.” +14:14 yhtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ κατάλυμά μου 1 Here, Jesus is instructing the disciples to use the possessive form to describe a **guest room** that has been reserved for Jesus. Jesus does not own this guest room. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the guest reserved for me” or “the guest room prepared for me” +14:14 q3pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Jesus instructs his disciples to use the name of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar idea in [14:13](../14/13.md). Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” +14:15 z0xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 Since the word **you** applies to the two disciples, it would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. +14:15 jlci rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον μέγα 1 In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. Alternate translation: “a big hall” or “a large dining room” +14:15 x3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could indicate that the man who owned the house did it. Alternate translation: “one that he has furnished and made ready” +14:15 ujqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐστρωμένον ἕτοιμον 1 The terms **furnished** and **ready** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “ready for us to use” or “furnished with everything we need” +14:15 k4t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, when Jesus says **us**, he is referring to himself and his disciples, including the two he is addressing here, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. +14:16 sb35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “came” +14:16 ozjd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὗρον καθὼς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Mark means that what Jesus **said to them** is exactly what happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what he said to them is what occurred” or “it happened just as he said to them” +14:16 wkh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Jesus instructs his disciples to use the name of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar idea in [14:13](../14/13.md). Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” +14:17 i1q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus and **the Twelve** came to the room in the house in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he comes with the Twelve to the house” +14:17 t0q5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “he goes” +14:17 bheu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had chosen to be apostles” +14:18 cwl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνακειμένων 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would usually recline, or lay on one side, when they were eating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the position in which people eat in your culture. Since Mark clarifies that they are **eating**, you do not need to explain the meaning of the action. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [14:3](../14/03.md). Alternate translation: “sitting down”\n +14:18 dg95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ὁ ἐσθίων μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus further describes the **one** who will hand him over as someone who is **eating with** him. Since all the disciples were eating with him, Jesus is not making distinctions between disciples. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “you who are eating with me” +14:19 layt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι, καὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what Jesus said. Alternate translation: “What Jesus said began to grieve them, and they began” +14:19 v3a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἷς κατὰ εἷς 1 The phrase **one by one** indicates that each of the disciples spoke to Jesus in sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one at a time” +14:19 f13p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ? 1 Here the disciples could be using the question form: (1) to tell Jesus that they would never hand him over. In this case, you could express the idea as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not the one!” (2) to ask a hesitant question. In this case, they are unsure whether they would hand Jesus over. Alternate translation: “Can it really be me?” +14:19 cy1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will hand you over” +14:20 a0c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Jesus said in contrast to what the disciples were asking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +14:20 n1tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom I have chosen to be apostles” +14:20 htn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 Here Jesus describes one specific way of eating food in his culture to refer to eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one taking food from the same plate with me” or “the one participating in this meal with me”\n +14:20 fory rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος 1 Here Jesus is further describing the **one of the Twelve** who will hand him over. He is not identifying which one of **the Twelve** it will be. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: “one of you who are dipping” +14:21 m02t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation about what Jesus has said about one of the Twelve betraying him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Yes,” +14:21 cif4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ; οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, depart just as it has been written about me. But woe to that man through whom I am handed over” +14:21 h35q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὑπάγει 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event. He does this to emphasize that the future event is sure to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense here and express the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will surely depart” +14:21 q5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 Here, **departs** is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable polite way to refer to dying, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “passes away” or “dies”\n +14:21 hl6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here Jesus implies that what has been written can be found in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” +14:21 b13q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who wrote the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote” or “the Scriptures testify” +14:21 f51n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who hands over the Son of Man” +14:21 ct78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the man’s mother. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him” +14:22 ne53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of bread, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread** that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” +14:22 oqv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 Here Mark could be implying that Jesus **blessed**: (1) God for providing the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed God” or “having praised God” (2) the food. Alternate translation: “having blessed it” or “having asked God to make it holy” +14:22 ula2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔκλασεν 1 Here Matthew means that Jesus broke the bread in pieces so that it could be served to the disciples. This was a normal practice in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he divided the bread into servings” or “he broke the bread into smaller pieces” +14:22 ukuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάβετε 1 Here Jesus implies that he wants the disciples to **Take** the pieces of bread that he gave to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Take these pieces of bread” +14:22 qqcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λάβετε 1 Here Jesus implies that the disciples should eat the pieces of bread after they **Take** them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Take and eat” +14:22 adb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 Here Jesus identifies the bread as his **body**. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The bread could somehow become Jesus’ **body**, or Jesus’ **body** could be present in some way when people eat the bread, or the bread could represent or memorialize Jesus’ **body**. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “This functions as my body” +14:23 u6rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ποτήριον 1 Here Mark uses the word **cup** to refer both to it and to the drink inside the cup, which in Jesus’ culture would have been wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup full of wine” or “some wine” +14:23 whqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔπιον ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες 1 Here Mark implies that the disciples took turns drinking from the cup until they had all had a drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “each of them drank from it” or “one by one they all drank from it” +14:24 hs24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 Here Jesus identifies the cup of wine as his **blood of the covenant**. This figure of speech has been interpreted in a number of ways. The wine could somehow become Jesus’ **blood**, or Jesus’ **blood** could be present in some way when people drink the wine, or the wine could represent or memorialize Jesus’ **blood**. Because of the variety of interpretations and the significance of this metaphor, you should preserve the metaphor if there is any way to do so. If you must express the metaphor in a different way, use a form that could fit with as many of the listed interpretations as possible. Alternate translation: “This functions as my blood of the covenant” +14:24 cdol rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτό 1 Here, the pronoun **This** refers to the wine in the cup that Mark mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the wine more directly. Alternate translation: “The wine in this cup” +14:24 nj85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe how his **blood** inaugurates or initiates **the covenant**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “my blood that initiates the covenant” +14:24 m329 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τῆς διαθήκης 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **of the covenant**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “of the new covenant.” The word “new” may have been accidentally added here because it appears in the parallel story in Luke (see [Luke 22:20](../luk/22/20.md)). If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +14:24 q5hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον 1 Here Jesus means that he will die and his blood will be **poured out** of his body. He is using words that people would use to describe how animals would be offered to God: these animals would be killed and then their blood would be **poured out** on or near the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “which, when I die, is being poured out” or “which is being shed” +14:24 pt5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, Jesus implies that he himself does it when he dies. Alternate translation: “I am pouring out” +14:24 p5vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women” +14:25 mxwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ πίω 1 The words translated **certainly not any longer** are three negative words. In this construction, the second and third negatives do not cancel the first. Instead, they give greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use three negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a triple negative here. If your language does not use three negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “I will by no means any longer drink” or “I will certainly no longer drink” +14:25 t7ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 Here, the phrase **fruit of the vine** refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “alcohol made from grapes” or “wine” +14:25 qyf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης 1 Here Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a particular moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that hour” or “the moment” +14:25 y1pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸ πίνω καινὸν 1 Here, the word **new** could go with: (1) **drink**. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink the wine in a **new** way. Alternate translation: “I drink it in a new way” or “I drink it anew” (2) the wine. In this case, Jesus means that he will drink new wine. Alternate translation: “I drink new wine” +14:26 b994 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +14:26 l996 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” +14:27 pu4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε, ὅτι γέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clauses gives the basis for the claim that the first clause makes. Alternate translation: “It is written, ‘I will strike the shepherd and the sheep will be scattered.’ Therefore, you all will be caused to stumble” +14:27 lty4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 Here Jesus speaks as if his disciples were going to **stumble**. He means that they will reject and desert him because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You all will desert me” or “You all will run away from me” +14:27 zaxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You all will stumble” +14:27 gkb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here, Jesus uses the phrase **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament passage of Scripture, ([Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “you can read in the Scriptures” or “it says in the book of Zechariah” +14:27 jp51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Zechariah. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” or “God spoke through Zechariah” +14:27 qzzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that God will strike the shepherd and the sheep will be scattered” +14:27 cv7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα καὶ τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the Messiah were a **shepherd** and as if his people were **sheep**. He means that the Messiah is the leader, and his people are like helpless sheep without him. Since Jesus is quoting these words from the Old Testament, if possible preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “I will strike the person who is like a shepherd and those who are like sheep will be scattered” +14:27 ui7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 In this quotation, God is the one speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike” +14:27 jjqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 Here, the word **strike** means to hit someone hard enough to kill that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will fatally strike” or “I will strike down” +14:27 w2az rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep will scatter” +14:28 dm1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναί με 1 Here, the phrase **raised up** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am restored to life”\n +14:28 qi4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who will do the action, Jesus could be implying that: (1) God will do it. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” (2) Jesus himself will do it. Alternate translation: “I raise myself up” +14:28 ghds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Here Jesus implies that once he is in **Galilee**, his disciples will meet him there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I will go before you into Galilee, where you will be with me again” +14:28 p4lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προάξω 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **go**. Alternate translation: “I will come before” +14:29 u6sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what Peter said in contrast to what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +14:29 op1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that **all** might be **caused to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Even were all to be caused to stumble” +14:29 j961 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 Here Peter speaks as if all the disciples were going to **stumble**. He means that they will reject and desert Jesus because of what will happen to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [14:27](../14/27.md). Alternate translation: “will desert you” or “will run away from you” +14:29 amz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble” +14:29 div5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐγώ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not be caused to stumble” +14:30 fyuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι & σὺ 1 Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the word **you** is singular throughout this verse. +14:30 z2q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σήμερον, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ 1 Here, the word **today** refers to a period of 24 hours. In Jesus’ culture, people usually considered sunset to be the start of the next day. So, Jesus is indicating that Peter will deny him that night, before the sun rises. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different phrase that refers to this period of time. Alternate translation: “during this very night,” or “before the sun rises again,” +14:30 i4g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 A **rooster** is a large bird, a male chicken, which often calls out with a loud sound around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. See how you translated this word in [13:35](../13/35.md). Alternate translation: “a bird sings” +14:30 egi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Here Jesus implies that Peter **will deny** that he knows Jesus and is his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me” or “you will deny three times that you are my disciple” +14:31 s9dj ἐκπερισσῶς 1 Alternate translation: “insistently” or “forcefully” +14:31 dfpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν σοι 1 Peter is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that it might be **necessary** to **die with** Jesus. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “Even were it necessary for me to die with you” +14:31 w3bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν δέῃ με συναποθανεῖν σοι 1 Here Peter means that if it were **necessary** for him **to die** if he remained faithful to Jesus, he would rather do that than **deny** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Even if it were necessary for me, to keep from denying you, to die with you” or “Even if I would have to die with you if I stayed with you” +14:31 t33b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι & σε 1 Because Peter is speaking to Jesus, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +14:31 kk3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μή σε ἀπαρνήσομαι 1 Here Peter implies that he **will certainly not deny** that he knows Jesus and is his disciple. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [14:30](../14/30.md). Alternate translation: “I will certainly not deny that I know you” or “I will certainly not deny that I am your disciple” +14:31 w9zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μή 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +14:31 z9le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡσαύτως & καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον 1 The phrase **they all also were speaking in the same manner** means that all of the disciples were saying the same thing that Peter said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they all also were saying the same kind of thing” or “they all also were declaring that they would not deny Jesus” +14:32 ni66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχονται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “they go” +14:32 x67u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, καθίσατε ὧδε, ἕως προσεύξωμαι 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “tells his disciples to sit there while he prayed” +14:33 i7a3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive παραλαμβάνει τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, μετ’ αὐτοῦ; καὶ ἤρξατο ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “he takes along Peter and James and John with him. And something began to distress and greatly trouble him” or “as he takes along Peter and James and John, what he was thinking began to distress and greatly trouble him”\n +14:33 o38r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν 1 The terms **distressed** and **greatly troubled** mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “to be extremely distressed” or “to be very troubled” +14:34 krj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was something that Jesus was thinking about. Alternate translation: “Something grieves my soul very much” or “What I am thinking grieves my soul very much” +14:34 eyw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is I who am” +14:34 ic1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἕως θανάτου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **to death** to describe the extent of his grief. He uses this overstatement in order to show how very **grieved** he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses great sorrow, or you could express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “so much so that I cannot stand it much longer” or “as if I were about to die” +14:35 fq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προελθὼν μικρὸν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come a little father” +14:35 i78e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔπιπτεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In Mark’s culture, falling **to the ground** refers to kneeling down and putting one’s face close to the ground. This was a position used to show respect and reverence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression for a physical position used to show respect or worship, or you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he bowed down” or “he lay down to show respect” +14:35 lsf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations προσηύχετο ἵνα, εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν, παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “was praying, ‘If it is possible, let the hour pass from me’” +14:35 gj74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παρέλθῃ ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, when Jesus prays that he **the hour might pass from him**, he is praying that he would not experience **the hour**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the hour might not happen to him” or “he might not have to endure the hour” +14:35 wc6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, **hour** represents events that will take place during a specific period of time, described generally as an **hour**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the coming events” or “the things that would happen soon” +14:36 k3ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Here Mark uses an Aramaic word for Father (**Abba**) and then the normal word for **Father** in his language. He could be: (1) including the word that Jesus used (**Abba**) and then translating it for his readers. If possible, simply include both words in your translation. If it is necessary, you could use a form that indicates that Mark is translating the word that Jesus used. Alternate translation: “Abba—that is, Father—” (2) indicating that Jesus used both of these words in his prayer. Alternate translation: “Abba, my Father” +14:36 c11w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 The word **Abba** is an Aramaic word meaning **Father**. Jewish people used this word to address their fathers. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since the Aramaic word **Abba** is followed by the Greek word **Father**, it is best to transliterate **Abba** and then give its meaning in your language as Mark does. +14:36 t9r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus his Son. +14:36 heiq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοι & παρένεγκε & σύ 1 Because Jesus is speaking to God the Father, the word **you** throughout this verse and the command **Remove** are singular. +14:36 s1r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative παρένεγκε 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “I ask that you remove” +14:36 jk6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 Jesus is referring to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this suffering that is like a cup full of poison” or “this suffering” +14:36 qeu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not do what I will, but do what you will” +14:37 dina rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “he goes” +14:37 ja6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” +14:37 nwu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus woke up **Peter** before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter to say to him” +14:37 kp33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations. Alternate translation: “Simon, I see that you were sleeping. You were not able to be alert for one hour.” or “Simon, you were sleeping! You surely should have been able to be alert for one hour!” +14:37 nhqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας 1 Because Jesus is speaking to Peter, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +14:38 k8gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) the purpose for which the disciples should **pray**. Alternate translation: “in order that” (2) what the disciples should **pray**. Alternate translation: “that” +14:38 qzqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **temptation** were a location that someone could **enter into**. He is referring to experiencing **temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not experience temptation” or “you are kept away from temptation” +14:38 hi36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are not tempted”\n +14:38 zrp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The words **spirit** and **flesh** represent people’s spirits and flesh in general, not one particular spirit and flesh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “People’s spirits indeed are willing, but their flesh is weak” +14:38 c1je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον 1 Here, **spirit** represents a person’s desires and will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The will indeed wants to do it” or “Inside, you indeed are willing” +14:38 djxc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρόθυμον 1 Here Jesus implies that **the spirit** is **willing** to do what is right, and more specifically what Jesus has asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what I ask”\n +14:38 b909 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, **flesh** represents a person’s body and actions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the body is weak” or “when you act you are weak” +14:39 utqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀπελθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come away” +14:39 l9nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** represents what Jesus prayed using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the same things he had prayed the first time” or “the same prayer as earlier” +14:40 zkb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ πάλιν ἐλθὼν, εὗρεν αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the third clause gives the reason for the result that the second clause describes. Alternate translation: “And since their eyes were weighed down, when he came again, he found them sleeping” +14:40 ybmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +14:40 bgyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” +14:40 ht2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 Here, the clause **their eyes were weighed down** indicates that the three disciples were very tired and sleepy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were exhausted” or “they were very tired” +14:40 hayg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ καταβαρυνόμενοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their eyes were heavy” or “sleepiness weighed their eyes down” +14:40 q1pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ᾔδεισαν τί ἀποκριθῶσιν αὐτῷ 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus woke the disciples up, and then **they did not know what they might answer him** when he spoke to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he awakened them and spoke to them, they did not know what they might answer him” +14:41 wn89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον 1 Here Mark implies that Jesus went away and prayed and then returned to the disciples **the third time**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus again prayed some distance away, and then he comes the third time” +14:41 x7qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὸ τρίτον 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “time number three” or “yet again” +14:41 jo0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the pronoun **them** refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to them more directly. Alternate translation: “to Peter, James, and John” +14:41 cgjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 This sentence could be: (1) a rhetorical question that Jesus uses to rebuke the disciples. In this case, Jesus is disappointed that the disciples continue to sleep. Alternate translation: “Do you continue to sleep and rest?” (2) a command to continue to sleep and rest. In this case, Jesus means that the time when they were supposed to be alert is over, and they might as well sleep and rest now. Alternate translation: “Go ahead and continue to sleep and rest!” or “You can continue to sleep and rest.” +14:41 lw7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Peter, James, and John. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is sad that you are still sleeping and resting.” or “You should not still be sleeping and resting!” +14:41 ufrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε 1 The terms **sleeping** and **resting** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Are you still taking your rest” or “Are you still sleeping soundly” +14:41 wxmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχει 1 Here Jesus implies that the disciples have slept **enough**, and they should wake up and be ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “It is enough sleep” +14:41 ae53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the word **hour** refers to a specific moment in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moment” +14:41 m72l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, Jesus implies that **the hour** is the time when he will suffer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the hour of my suffering” +14:41 msb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:” +14:41 h5u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, who am the Son of Man, am handed over” +14:41 eg9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone hands the Son of Man over” +14:41 uyzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραδίδοται 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense to describe a future event that he knows will surely happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense and indicate the certainty in another way. Alternate translation: “will certainly be handed over” +14:41 mcns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 The term **hands** represents power and control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. See how expressed the similar idea in [9:31](../09/31.md). Alternate translation: “into the power” or “into the control”\n +14:42 qmm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν; ἰδοὺ, ὁ παραδιδούς με ἤγγικεν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences. Alternate translation: “Behold, the one handing me over has come near. Get up, let us go” +14:42 ruj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the disciples and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to listen, or you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Listen” or “Pay attention:” +14:43 ytk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ εὐθὺς 1 Here, the phrase **And immediately** introduces the next major event in the story. Mark implies that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that” +14:43 nz4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Twelve** in [3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom Jesus had chosen to be apostles” +14:43 q47k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “a large crowd arrived with him” +14:43 fikk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses to hit people. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of weapon, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” +14:44 r9cp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δεδώκει δὲ ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν σύσσημον αὐτοῖς λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπάγετε ἀσφαλῶς 1 To help his readers understand what happens next, Mark provides this background information about how Judas had arranged his betrayal of Jesus with the Jewish leaders. Here Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information which he gives in the rest of this verse. Use a natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Earlier, Judas, who was going to hand him over, had given them a signal. He had said, ‘Whomever I kiss is he. Seize him and lead him away securely’” +14:44 bzj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σύσσημον 1 Here Mark is referring to an action by which one person communicates to others. More specifically, Judas arranged with the crowd an action that would communicate to them which person was Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a signal to point out Jesus” or “a cue that would indicate whom to seize” +14:44 bgnj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἀπάγετε ἀσφαλῶς 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was he, and that they should seize him and lead him away securely” +14:44 bvwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 If you keep the direct quotation, consider natural ways of introducing it in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +14:44 w9x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a kiss. In some cultures, a kiss as a greeting is appropriate, but in other cultures it is not appropriate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what the kiss means, or you could refer to how close friends would greet each other in your culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet with a kiss” or “Whomever I hug” +14:44 lsh3 αὐτός 1 Alternate translation: “the one you are seeking” +14:44 p6n7 ἀσφαλῶς 1 Alternate translation: “under guard” +14:45 tpd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +14:45 zno3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ῥαββεί 1 Judas says **Rabbi** to greet Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Greetings, Rabbi” +14:45 mimr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 In Jesus’ culture, close friends would greet each other with a kiss. See how you expressed the idea in [14:44](../14/44.md). Alternate translation: “he greeted him with a kiss” or “he hugged him” +14:46 y5qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οἱ & ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The clauses **they laid their hands on {him}** and **seized him** mean similar things. Mark is using the two clauses together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single clause. Alternate translation: “they seized him” or “they took hold of him to arrest him” +14:46 gszh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν 1 Here, **they laid their hands on {him}** means that they grabbed and restrained Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they took hold of him” or “they grabbed him”\n +14:47 msfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” +14:47 m6b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants εἷς & τις τῶν παρεστηκότων 1 Mark uses this phrase to bring one of the characters in the story into the center of the action, but he does not identify the person by name. John indicates in his Gospel that it was Peter, but since Mark does not name him here, it would not be appropriate to use his name in your translation. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain man who was standing nearby came forward and” +14:48 gv6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποκριθεὶς 1 Here, the word **answering** indicates that Jesus was responding to what had happened. He was not answering a question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in response to what had happened” +14:48 eq25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke the people who were arresting him for how they were acting. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It was not necessary for you to come out as against a robber, bringing swords and clubs to seize me.” or “There was no reason for you to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as if I were a robber!” +14:48 umtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν 1 Jesus is saying that the crowds are acting like he is a dangerous **robber** because they have come to arrest him with many weapons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As you arm yourselves to seize a robber,” or “As if I were a bandit who needed to be subdued with force” +14:48 djp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξήλθατε 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “have you gone out” +14:48 gb9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 See how you translated clubs in [14:43](../14/43.md). Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” +14:49 my05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Here Mark means that Jesus was teaching in the **temple** area. He does not mean that Jesus was in the most sacred parts of the temple building. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the temple courtyard” +14:49 t9d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But all these events have happened so that” or “But what you have done has happened so that” +14:49 t42y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from what has happened. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for what has happened. Alternate translation: “in order that” +14:49 d8wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill the Scriptures” +14:50 gqz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἔφυγον πάντες 1 Mark is using the adjective **all** as a noun to mean all the disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “all of the disciples fled” +14:51 dd3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants νεανίσκος τις συνηκολούθει αὐτῷ, περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ γυμνοῦ 1 Here Mark introduces **a certain young man** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain young man was there with Jesus. He was wearing a linen garment over his naked body” +14:51 y5yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σινδόνα 1 The term **linen** refers to a high-quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with **linen**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a garment made of fine cloth” +14:51 glq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ γυμνοῦ 1 Here Mark implies that the young man was not wearing anything except for the **linen garment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and nothing else” +14:51 nag4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρατοῦσιν αὐτόν 1 Here Mark implies that the men who arrested Jesus seized this young man by his **garment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the men seize him by his garment” +14:52 c4vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα 1 Here Mark implies that the young man, when the crowd seized his garment to arrest him, slipped out of it and left it behind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “letting go of his linen garment and leaving it behind” +14:52 s13h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν σινδόνα 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:51](../14/51.md). Alternate translation: “the garment made of fine cloth” +14:53 bmrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν ἀρχιερέα 1 Here, **the high priest** represents the house where **the high priest** lived. This is clear from the next verse, which refers to “the courtyard of the high priest.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the high priest” +14:54 bzg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Mark narrated in the previous verse (Jesus being led to the house of the high priest). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While that was happening,” +14:54 l5gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Πέτρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ, ἕως 1 Here Mark implies that **Peter** followed **from a distance** because he did not want anyone to see him and arrest him too. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Peter, because he did not want to be seen and arrested, was following him from a distance. He went as far as” +14:54 odms rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν ὑπηρετῶν 1 Here, the word **officers** refers to servants and attendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that generally refers to servants and any others who do what they are told. Alternate translation: “the attendants” or “those who served there” +14:55 w23n rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” or “Next,” +14:55 wlp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐζήτουν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαρτυρίαν 1 Here Mark means that the **chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** were trying find evidence against Jesus. In other words, they needed to find people who were willing to say that Jesus had done something very wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were seeking evidence against Jesus” or “were seeking proof that Jesus had done something wrong”\n +14:55 xp1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “someone to testify” +14:55 yew5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” +14:55 gpgj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Here Matthew implies that the chief priests and the Sanhedrin want to convince the Roman authorities to kill Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “have the Romans put him to death” +14:56 cz91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation about how the Sanhedrin could not find any testimony against Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,” +14:56 wwph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ 1 Mark is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many witnesses” or “many men” +14:56 az3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces something that contrasts with how **many** people were **testifying falsely** against Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “yet” or “but” +14:56 quw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αἱ μαρτυρίαι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimonies**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the things they testified to” +14:56 pswb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἴσαι & οὐκ ἦσαν 1 Here Mark implies that, because what the people were testifying about was **not the same**, the Jewish leaders could use the testimony as evidence to convict Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “were not same, and so they could not convict Jesus” or “were not the same, so they could not be used to accuse Jesus” +14:57 ucdw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναστάντες 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would stand up when they were about to give official testimony. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having presented themselves to the Sanhedrin” or “having stood up before the court” +14:57 vulz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” +14:58 nbvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, ὅτι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, τὸν χειροποίητον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον οἰκοδομήσω 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “We heard him saying that he will destroy this temple made with hands and that in three days he will build another made without hands” +14:58 f82e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 The pronoun **We** refers to the people who falsely testified against Jesus. It does not include the people to whom they are speaking. If your language requires you to mark such forms, **We** would be exclusive here. +14:58 e94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον & ἀχειροποίητον 1 Here, the word **hands** refers to main part of the body that people use to make things. So the phrase refers to the whole person who makes things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made by humans … made without humans” or “made by people … made without people” +14:58 wzag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν χειροποίητον & ἀχειροποίητον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that hands made … that hands did not make” +14:58 b49a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 Here, the phrase **in three days** refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “during a period of three days” +14:58 hm5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλον 1 The witnesses are using the adjective **another** as a noun to mean another temple. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “a different temple” +14:58 qqfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀχειροποίητον 1 Here, the phrase **made without hands** implies that God, not humans, will make this temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “made by God, not by human hands” +14:59 pbj6 καὶ οὐδὲ οὕτως 1 Alternate translation: “Yet not even in this case” +14:59 atbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ μαρτυρία αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated the word **testimony** in [14:55](../14/55.md). Alternate translation: “what they testified to” +14:59 c0g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἴση 1 Here, just as in [14:56](../14/56.md), Mark implies that, because what the people were testifying about was not the same, the Jewish leaders could use the testimony as evidence to convict Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the same, and so they could not convict Jesus” or “the same, so it could not be used to accuse Jesus” +14:60 d7i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναστὰς & εἰς μέσον 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would stand up when they were about to make an official statement. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having stood up in the midst of the Sanhedrin to say something” or “having stood up in the midst of the court” +14:60 pgaq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +14:60 utl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Here the high priest could be asking: (1) two questions. See the ULT and UST. (2) one question. Alternate translation: “Do you not answer anything to what these are testifying against you” +14:60 rlee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν 1 The words translated **not** and **anything** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “Do you answer nothing” +14:60 a359 οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν 1 Alternate translation: “Do you have no answer” +14:60 ot8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ & σου 1 Because the high priest is speaking to Peter, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +14:60 ztt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν 1 Here the high priest is asking Jesus how he will defend himself against the people who have accused him of saying and doing wrong things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What is your defense against these testifying against you” +14:61 p8b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ & ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν 1 The phrases **was silent** and **did not answer anything** mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he did not reply to anything that was said against him!” or “he remained completely silent” +14:61 ypcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο οὐδέν 1 The words translated **not** and **anything** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. See how you expressed the similar form in [14:60](../14/60.md). Alternate translation: “answered nothing” +14:61 t77i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Because the high priest is speaking to Jesus, the word **you** is singular. +14:61 o27t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 Here, the title **the Blessed One** is a polite way of referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that **the Blessed One** is God. Alternate translation: “the Son of the Blessed God” or “the Son of God, the Blessed One” +14:61 pib6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς 1 The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the **Son** of God. +14:61 c17d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, the high priest implies that he and other Jews do it. Alternate translation: “of the One whom we bless” +14:62 c212 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I am that person” or “I am the Christ, the Son of the Blessed One” +14:62 yhhk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, who am the Son of Man,” +14:62 d5qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον 1 When someone sits at the right hand, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “sitting to rule at the right hand” or “taking the place of honor and authority at the right hand” +14:62 a2il rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν & τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, the phrase **at the right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s right hand, which would be the “right side.” In the Jesus’ culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of power” or “at the honorable place of power” +14:62 e1xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ δεξιῶν & τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, the word **power** could refer to: (1) the **power** that a person sitting **at the right hand** has. In this case, Jesus implies that the **right hand** is God’s. Alternate translation: “at the right hand with power” or “at the right hand of God, the place of power,” (2) God the Father by reference to the **power** that he has. Alternate translation: “at the right hand of the powerful God” or “at the right hand of the Almighty” +14:62 iiog rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐκ δεξιῶν & τῆς δυνάμεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of power, and if you do not translate the word as a title for God, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “at the right hand, which is a powerful place,” or “powerfully at the right hand” +14:62 ca5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐρχόμενον 1 Christians debate exactly what it means in this verse for the Son of Man to be **coming**. Some think he is **coming** to God’s heavenly throne room. Others think he is **coming** back to earth. If possible, use a form that does not explicitly state where he is **coming**. Alternate translation: “traveling” or “going” +14:62 usr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The expression **of heaven** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. Alternate translation: “the clouds” +14:63 f851 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +14:63 jz48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture the act of tearing one’s clothing was a symbolic act done to show outrage or grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “having torn his tunics in outrage” +14:63 afd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 The high priest is using the question form to emphatically state that he thinks that they do not need more witnesses. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “We do not still have need of witnesses.” or “We certainly do not still have need of witnesses!” +14:63 n7xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μαρτύρων 1 Here the high priest implies that they do not need more **witnesses** to prove that Jesus had done something wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of witnesses to prove that he is guilty” +14:64 zwf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς βλασφημίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “him blaspheme” or “the blasphemous things he says” +14:64 zc7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ὑμῖν φαίνεται 1 Here the high priest is asking the rest of the Jewish council to state whether they think Jesus is guilty or innocent and what they should do with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “What is your verdict” or “What do you think we should do” +14:64 fu4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔνοχον εἶναι θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who deserved to die” +14:65 y1s4 τινες 1 Alternate translation: “some of those present” or “some of the people there” +14:65 se1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐμπτύειν αὐτῷ 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would **spit on** someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “to spit on him, dishonoring him,” +14:65 d56t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον 1 To **blindfold** someone means to tie a thick cloth around the middle of a person’s head to cover the eyes and prevent that person from seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “to cover his face so that he could not see” +14:65 dg7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony προφήτευσον 1 The guards did not believe that Jesus was a real prophet and could **Prophesy**. When they demanded that Jesus should **Prophesy**, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Show us that you can prophesy” or “Prophesy to us if you really can” +14:65 gvq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Here the people telling Jesus to **Prophesy** are implying that they want him to identify who it was who had just hit him. Since he was blindfolded, this would be prophesying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Prophesy! Tell us who hit you.” or “Declare who struck you!” +14:65 svkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular προφήτευσον 1 Because these people are speaking to Jesus, the command **Prophesy** is singular. +14:65 vwyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 Here, the word **officers** refers to servants and attendants in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that generally refers to servants and any others who do what they are told. See how you translated this word in [14:54](../14/54.md). Alternate translation: “the attendants” or “those who served there” +14:65 q6qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν ἔλαβον 1 Here Mark implies that the **officers** took charge of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “took charge of him” or “took him away” +14:66 rlmb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Mark narrated in [14:55–65](../14/55.md) (Jesus’ trial). This story continues the narrative about Peter that Mark began in [14:54](../14/54.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “During those events,” or “While that was happening,” +14:66 bqyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κάτω ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ 1 Here Mark implies that the room where the Sanhedrin was meeting was above the ground. The room could have been raised slightly above the ground above another room. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard below the room where Jesus was” or “in the courtyard, which was lower than the house” +14:66 crfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes” +14:67 rtos rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θερμαινόμενον 1 Here Mark implies that Peter was still **warming himself** by the fire in the courtyard of the high priest’s house (see [14:54](../14/54.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “warming himself by the fire” +14:67 eiqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ σὺ μετὰ τοῦ Ναζαρηνοῦ ἦσθα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here the servant girl means that Peter was a disciple of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You also were a disciple of the Nazarene, Jesus” +14:67 mzhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Because the servant girl is speaking to Peter, the word **You** is singular. +14:68 es9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἠρνήσατο 1 Here Mark implies that Peter **denied** that he was with Jesus as his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he denied that he was with Jesus” +14:68 bkdw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared” +14:68 y3ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις 1 Here Peter means that servant girl’s words do not apply to him. He does not mean that he was unable to know or **understand** what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “You are saying things that I neither know nor understand anything about” or “I have nothing to do with what you are talking about!” +14:68 l5i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet οὔτε οἶδα, οὔτε ἐπίσταμαι σὺ τί λέγεις 1 The phrase **Neither have I known** and the phrase **nor do I understand** mean basically the same thing. Peter is using the repetition for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “I surely do not know what you are saying” or “I have no idea what you are talking about” +14:68 yxsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Because Peter is speaking to the servant girl, the word **you** is singular. +14:68 q6m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “came” instead of **went**. Alternate translation: “he came out” +14:68 r148 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ προαύλιον 1 A **forecourt** is an open area that leads into another open area (the “court”), which is more closely connected to the house. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of open area, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the outer court” or “the open area further away from the house” +14:68 liv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τὸ προαύλιον 1 Many ancient manuscripts do not include any more words in this verse after the phrase **the forecourt**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the words “and a rooster crowed” after **the forecourt**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +14:69 bnzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τοῖς παρεστῶσιν, ὅτι οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to the ones standing around that he was from them.” +14:69 xv3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν 1 Here the servant girl means that Peter was one of the people who traveled with Jesus and were part of his group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is one of them” or “is a follower of Jesus” +14:69 v5kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” +14:70 jrw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν ἠρνεῖτο 1 Here Mark implies that Peter **was denying** that he was with Jesus as his disciple. See how you expressed the similar idea in [14:68](../14/68.md). Alternate translation: “was denying again that he was with Jesus” +14:70 kxvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀληθῶς ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ, καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος εἶ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “You also are a Galilean, so truly you are from them” +14:70 blut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ 1 Here the people mean that Peter was one of the people who traveled with Jesus and were part of his group. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [14:69](../14/69.md). Alternate translation: “you are one of them” or “you are a follower of Jesus” +14:70 x04u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular εἶ -1 Because these people are speaking to Peter, the word **you** throughout this verse is singular. +14:70 qjgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Jesus and his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” +14:70 pjm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος εἶ 1 Here the people **standing around** imply that, since Peter was **a Galilean**, he must have been with Jesus, who also was a Galilean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “for you, like Jesus, are a Galilean” or “for Jesus is a Galilean, and you are one also” +14:71 zsq0 ὁ & ἤρξατο ἀναθεματίζειν καὶ ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα 1 Alternate translation: “he began to say, ‘I call a curse down on myself and swear that I do not know” +14:71 ce6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναθεματίζειν 1 Here, the phrase **to curse** could mean that: (1) Peter asks God to curse him if he is lying. Alternate translation: “to ask God to curse him if he was speaking falsely” or “to invoke a curse on himself” (2) Peter curses Jesus. Alternate translation: “to curse Jesus” +14:71 vihe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὃν λέγετε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “to swear that he did not know the man whom they were talking about” +14:72 i7u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 See how you translated **rooster** and “crow” in [13:30](../13/30.md). Alternate translation: “a bird sang”\n +14:72 ja3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “time number two” +14:72 cfno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ῥῆμα 1 Here, **word** represents what Jesus just said using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “statement” or “words” +14:72 xb2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ & ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι δὶς, τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ; καὶ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “said to him, that before a rooster crowed twice, he would deny him three times, and” +14:72 trxc πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι δὶς, τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 This clause is basically identical to what Jesus said in [14:30](../14/30.md), so express the idea as you did there. +14:72 ocer rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 Because Jesus spoke these words to Peter, the word **you** is singular. +14:72 zr4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν, ἔκλαιεν 1 The word translated as **having broken down** could indicate that: (1) Peter became overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: “having become overwhelmed with grief, he was weeping” or “having lost control of his emotions, he was weeping” (2) Peter was thinking about what had happened. Alternate translation: “having reflected on what had happened, he was weeping” or “having thought about what he had just done, he was weeping” (3) Peter fell down on the ground because of how upset he was. Alternate translation: “having cast himself on the ground, he was weeping” or “having fallen down, he was weeping” (4) Peter began to weep. Alternate translation: “he began weeping” +15:intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Jesus’ last days and death (14:1–15:47)\n * Jesus’ trial before Pilate (15:1–15)\n * Jesus is crucified (15:16–41)\n * The soldiers mock Jesus (15:16–20)\n * Jesus is crucified, and people mock him (15:21–32)\n * Jesus dies (15:33–41)\n * Joseph of Arimathea buries Jesus’ body (15:42–47)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Golgotha\n\nAs Mark indicates in [15:22](../15/22.md), “Golgotha” means “Place of a Skull.” The reason why this place was called Place of a Skull is not known. It could have been named this because the appearance of this place resembled a skull. Or, it could have been named this because it was the site of so many executions, in which case the word “Skull” is being used as metonymy to refer to death. Because the reason that this location was called Place of a Skull is unknown, you should translate this phrase in a way that allows for either meaning, as modeled by the ULT and UST.\n\n### The drinks that people offered to Jesus\n\nIn [15:23](../15/23.md), some people offer Jesus “wine having been mixed with myrrh.” In [15:36](../15/36.md), someone offers Jesus “vinegar.” In both cases, scholars debate whether people offered these drinks to help Jesus by easing the pain or quenching his thirst or whether they offered these drinks to torment Jesus by giving him a bad-tasting drink or to mock him. Since it is not obvious what the purpose of the drinks was, if possible express the idea in such a way that your readers could draw either conclusion. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some extra information in a footnote. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### Calling Elijah\n\nIn [15:34](../15/34.md), Jesus calls out “Eloi, Eloi,” which is how Jesus said “My God, my God” in his language. Some of the people standing there misheard him and thought that he was calling out to “Elijah,” a prophet with a name that sounds like “Eloi.” There is a story about this Elijah in [2 Kings 2:11–12](../2ki/02/11.md), where God takes him into heaven. So, some people believed that Elijah did not die and would someday return. The people who thought Jesus was calling to Elijah thought that he was asking Elijah to return and rescue him. If your readers would not understand why the people standing near Jesus speak about Elijah, you could include some extra information in your translation or include this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])\n\n### The curtain of the temple tearing from top to bottom\n\nThe “curtain” to which Mark refers in [15:38](../15/38.md) could be either the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple, or it could be the curtain that separated the Holy Place from the rest of the temple area. Mark indicates that this curtain tore from the top to the bottom, which means that a person did not do it. Christians debate what the tearing of this curtain might have symbolized. There are at least three major options:\n\n1. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that access to God is now available to everyone.\n2. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is going to destroy the temple.\n3. the tearing of the curtain could indicate that God is revealing something.\n\nSince Mark does not explain what the tearing of the curtain means, you should not explain it in your translation. However, if it would be helpful for your readers, you could include what it might mean in a footnote.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([15:46](../15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a large hole or room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn this chapter, people mock Jesus several times. First, in [15:16–19](../15/16.md), the soldiers pretend like Jesus is a king. They give him a purple robe, a crown of thorns, and they pretend to greet him and honor him as a king. They do not actually believe that Jesus is a king, so they are doing these things sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Second, in [15:29–32](../15/29.md), people walking by and the Jewish leaders tell Jesus to save himself and to come down from the cross. They do not actually believe that he can do these things, so they are speaking sarcastically to make fun of Jesus. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that these are sarcastic actions done to make fun of Jesus. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nMost of the forms of “you” in this chapter appear when people are speaking to Jesus. Because of this, most forms of “you” in this chapter are singular. You should assume forms of “you” are singular unless a note specifies that the form is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, and 27. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lema sabachthani?\n\nIn [15:34](../15/34.md), Mark spells out the sounds of the words that Jesus spoke in his own language, which in this case could have been Aramaic or Hebrew. Either way, Mark translates the words later on in the verse as “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” You can express the idea as Mark did by spelling out how the words sound and then translating their meaning in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Verse 28\n\nMany of the earliest manuscripts do not include anything for [15:28](../15/28.md). A few early manuscripts and many later manuscripts include the following words: “And the scripture was fulfilled that says, ‘And he was counted with lawless ones.’” Since a similar sentence appears in [Luke 22:37](../luk/22/37.md), it is likely that people who copied the manuscripts accidentally or intentionally added these words here in Mark. Since the earliest manuscripts do not include these words, the ULT and UST include these words in brackets. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to omit these words. If it would be helpful, you could put the words in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n +15:1 yacz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ εὐθὺς 1 Here, the phrase **And immediately** introduces the next major event in the story. Mark means that this event began soon after the event he just finished narrating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event. Alternate translation: “Soon after that,” +15:1 pqnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom συμβούλιον ποιήσαντες 1 Here, the phrase **having made counsel** indicates that the Jewish leaders were working together to figure something out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having made plans” or “having come up with an idea” +15:1 bhdq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὅλον τὸ Συνέδριον 1 Here Mark is referring to the rest of the **Sanhedrin**. He does not mean that the **chief priests**, **elders**, and **scribes** whom he has previously mentioned were not part of the **Sanhedrin**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “and the rest of the entire Sanhedrin” or “all the other members of the Sanhedrin” +15:1 xz7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here Mark implies that the Jewish council commanded guards to bind Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded the guards to bind Jesus” +15:1 y550 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήνεγκαν 1 Here Mark implies that the Jewish council **led** Jesus **away** from the high priest’s house and to the place where **Pilate** was staying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they led him away from the high priest’s house” +15:1 v2yf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 Here Mark implies that the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate because they wanted Pilate to judge him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “handed him over to Pilate to be judged by him” +15:2 kn7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ λέγει 1 Together the two words **answering** and **says** mean that Jesus responded to what Pilate asked him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “But he responded to him” or “But he said to him” +15:2 dh6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 Here, the phrase **You say {it}** indicates that the speaker acknowledges the truth of what the other person said. Jesus uses this phrase to indirectly indicate that Pilate is right to suggest that Jesus is **the King of the Jews**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that gives an indirect positive response to a request. If necessary, you could express the idea more directly, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “That is what you say” or “Your words show what is true” +15:3 ue18 κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ & πολλά 1 Alternate translation: “were saying that Jesus had done many wrong things” or “were telling Pilate that Jesus had frequently done what was wrong” +15:3 bkoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλά 1 Here, the word translated **of many things** could: (1) indicate that the chief priests accused Jesus of doing **many** different things. Alternate translation: “of many crimes” (2) indicate that the chief priests accused Jesus **many** times. Alternate translation: “repeatedly” or “again and again” +15:4 dliw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +15:4 xcz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he asked” +15:4 x1dc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? ἴδε, πόσα σου κατηγοροῦσιν! 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the question in the first sentence. Alternate translation: “See how many things they are accusing you! Do you not answer anything?” +15:4 q7m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν 1 The words translated **not** and **anything** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “Do you answer nothing” +15:4 s2as οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν? 1 Alternate translation: “Do you have no answer” +15:4 bzlp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἴδε 1 Here Pilate uses the word **See** to refer to hearing or paying attention to something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Hear” or “Consider” +15:5 uqca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὁ & Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη 1 The words translated **no longer** and **anything** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “Jesus answered nothing at all” +15:5 way9 ὁ & Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίθη 1 Alternate translation: “But Jesus gave no more answers” +15:5 camx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε θαυμάζειν 1 Here, the phrase **so as to** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed” +15:6 ul19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here Mark provides background information about something that Pilate, the governor, normally did. This background information will help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Here is some important information:”\n +15:6 v8sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑορτὴν 1 Here, the phrase **the festival** refers to the Passover and the Festival of Unleavened Bread, as indicated in [14:1](../14/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you expressed **festival** in [14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “the festival of Passover and Unleavened Bread” or “the Festival of Unleavened Bread, including the Passover” +15:6 cgjq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέλυεν 1 Here Mark implies that Pilate normally or customarily did this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he customarily released” or “it was his custom to release” +15:6 cz7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς & παρῃτοῦντο 1 The pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the people who were in Jerusalem at during **the festival**. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to these people more directly. Alternate translation: “to the people … they were requesting” or “to the people there … those people were requesting” +15:7 pdy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** marks a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Mark is introducing more background information, this time about **Barabbas**, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” or “Here is some more important information:” +15:7 vwjg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἦν & ὁ λεγόμενος Βαραββᾶς, μετὰ τῶν στασιαστῶν δεδεμένος 1 Here Mark introduces **Barabbas** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a man called Barabbas. He had been bound with the rebels” +15:7 lx8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called” +15:7 wvzq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεδεμένος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the Roman authorities. Alternate translation: “whom the Roman soldiers had bound” or “whom the Roman authorities had bound” +15:7 iofn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns φόνον πεποιήκεισαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **murder**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “had murdered others” +15:7 ygwg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ στάσει 1 Here Mark refers to an **insurrection** that his readers were familiar with. Most likely, this **insurrection** occurred soon before this story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in the recent insurrection” or “in the insurrection that had just happened” +15:7 sp58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ στάσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **insurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “while they were revolting” +15:8 zc0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβὰς 1 Here Mark indicates that the crowd walked **up** to where Pilate was. Most likely, this place was on top of a hill in the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come up to the place where Pilate was” or “having walked up a hill to Pilate” +15:8 a4xb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἀναβὰς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone up” +15:8 wt1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἀναβὰς 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **having come up**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “having cried out.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +15:8 h6w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰτεῖσθαι καθὼς 1 Here Mark implies that the crowd asked Pilate to release a prisoner, **just as** he usually did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to request that he release a prisoner, just as” +15:8 ahal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐποίει 1 Here Mark refers to what Pilate normally or customarily did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he customarily did” or “it was his custom to do” +15:9 o3j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +15:9 a0tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular θέλετε & ὑμῖν 1 Because Pilate is speaking to the crowd in Jerusalem, the word **you** throughout this verse is plural. +15:9 s9qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here Pilate uses the same title for Jesus that he used in [15:2](../15/02.md). He does not indicate whether he thinks that Jesus really is **the King of the Jews**, but he uses the title because Jesus apparently accepted it in [15:2](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “the one who is called the King of the Jews” +15:10 i4ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why Pilate asked the question that he just asked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a question, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Pilate did that because” +15:10 u647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ φθόνον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **envy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him” or “they were upset that everyone liked him” +15:11 vcom rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces how the chief priests and elders were trying to have Jesus executed in contrast to Pilate, who wanted to release Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave But untranslated. Alternate translation: “In contrast,” +15:11 y5w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀνέσεισαν 1 Mark speaks of the **chief priests** as if they had **stirred** a pot and put into motion things that had been lying quietly on the bottom. Mark means that the **chief priests** encouraged the crowd to ask Pilate to release Barabbas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “influenced” or “incited” +15:11 pvu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα & ἀπολύσῃ 1 Here Mark implies that **the crowd** would ask or demand that Pilate **release** Barabbas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “so that they would demand that he release” +15:11 xxyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μᾶλλον 1 Here Mark implies that they asked for Barabbas **instead** of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “instead of releasing Jesus” +15:12 keq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys Πειλᾶτος πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Together the two terms **answering** and **was saying** mean that Pilate was responding to what the crowd asked for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate responded to them” or “Pilate said to them” +15:12 p94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν 1 Mark uses the word **again** here because Pilate had already spoken to them regarding this matter in [15:9](../15/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a second time” or “once more” +15:12 vlm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί οὖν 1 Here, the word **therefore** indicates that Pilate asks this question in response to the crowd, who were asking that he release Barabbas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Once I release Barabbas, what”\n +15:12 r1ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular λέγετε 1 Because Pilate is speaking to the crowd in Jerusalem, the word **you** is plural. +15:12 eky3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants λέγετε 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **{with the one} you call**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “{with}.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +15:13 dgzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +15:13 v6rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν ἔκραξαν 1 Here, the word **again** could indicate: (1) that the crowd had already cried out for Pilate to release Barabbas, as Mark implies in [15:11](../15/11.md). In this case, you could make the idea more explicit or leave **again** untranslated. Alternate translation: “cried out a second time” (2) that the crowd is replying to what Pilate said. Alternate translation: “yelled back” or “shouted back at Pilate” +15:13 n6jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σταύρωσον αὐτόν 1 Here the crowd means that they want Pilate to command his soldiers to **Crucify him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Command some soldiers to crucify him” +15:13 nwms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative σταύρωσον αὐτόν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a request or a demand rather than as a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that would express a demand or request. Alternate translation: “We want you to crucify him”\n +15:14 efgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ -1 In both places, the word **But** introduces what Pilate or the crowds say in contrast to what the other person or people said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words or phrases that introduce this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In response, … In response,” or “However, … Yet” +15:14 fb4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακόν ἐποίησεν? 1 Pilate is using the question form to emphasize that he thinks that Jesus has not done any **evil**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Despite what you say, he did not do evil.” or “Yet he has certainly not done evil!” +15:14 iee4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τί γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** indicates that Pilate is asking for a reason why the crowd wants him to crucify Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that a question is asking for a reason for something. Alternate translation: “Why? What” or “What is your reason for that? What” +15:14 x3si rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj κακόν 1 Pilate is using the adjective **evil** as a noun to mean an evil thing. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “evil thing” +15:14 e55i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σταύρωσον αὐτόν 1 See how you translated the phrase **Crucify him** in [15:13](../15/13.md). Alternate translation: “We ask that you command some soldiers to crucify him” +15:15 dq7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” 15:15 qt8y τῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι 1 Alternate translation: “to make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do” -15:15 fwg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually flog **Jesus**, and he assumes his readers will know that Pilate ordered his soldiers to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:15 yzn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φραγελλώσας 1 If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Flogging was a Roman penalty in in which they whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip with pieces of bone and metal attached to it” or “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which was attached pieces of bone and metal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -15:15 w1sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. With the phrase **so that he might be crucified**, Mark is stating the purpose for which Pilate** handed over Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and after having Jesus flogged, he handed Jesus over to them in order that they might crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -15:15 r9id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “his soldiers might take him away and crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:16 eg6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον 1 By clarifying **(that is, {the} Praetorium)**, Mark explains that **the palace** is the official residence of the Roman governor. This background information is given to help his readers understand exactly what he means by using the word **palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which is, the Praetorium” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:16 lb2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πραιτώριον 1 The **Praetorium** was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the soldiers in Jerusalem lived. Mark assumes that his readers will know what the **Praetorium** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:16 b5gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that a **cohort** was a unit of Roman soldiers. A **cohort** normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to a number as small as 200 men. Here, by saying **the whole cohort**, Mark most likely means all the soldiers from the **cohort** who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that a **cohort** was a unit of Roman soldiers. Additionally, you could also say explicitly that it was only the soldiers who were on duty who were called together, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:17 tn33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 In Roman culture, a **purple robe** and a **crown** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** and a **purple robe** on Jesus in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. It may be helpful to your readers to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “they put a purple robe on him and placed on his head a crown that they had made by twisting thorns together. They did these things in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:17 ly5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πορφύραν 1 The word **purple** denotes a color. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color **purple**, you could use the closest equivalent color that your readers would be familiar with such as “crimson” or “scarlet” (“crimson” and “scarlet” are two different names for the same color) since Matthew records in [Matt 27:28](../mat/27/28.md) that the color of the robe was “scarlet.” The fact that Matthew and Mark use a different color to describe the color of the same robe probably means that its color closely resembled both “scarlet” and **purple**. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors, you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with, such as “red” or “dark red.” Alternate translation: “dark red” or “red” or “crimson” or “scarlet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -15:17 xfk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 Mark uses the word **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a crown twisted together from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -15:18 ft1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἀσπάζεσθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 The word **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers used this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “to salute him by saying in a mocking manner: ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -15:19 gz3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony καλάμῳ, καὶ 1 Matthew records in [Matt 27:19](../mat/27/19.md) that the soldiers placed a **reed** in Jesus’ “right hand” and that “they mocked him” by saying, “Hail, King of the Jews!” At this time in history, kings used scepters. The **reed** would have resembled a scepter, so the soldiers are using a **reed** here to mock Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “with a reed that they were using as a pretend scepter, and they were” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -15:19 muvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ 1 In this culture, the action of **spitting on** a person was a way to show thorough disgust. It expressed strong contempt for someone. If your readers would not understand the meaning of **spitting on** someone in this context and there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in place of this action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -15:19 a8a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ 1 The acts of **bending the knee** and **bowing down** were things normally done as a way of honoring kings. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their actions. These soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king, but rather, they are doing these things to express mockery. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Also see the discussion about this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “bending the knee, they were bowing down to him in order to mock him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -15:20 styv πορφύραν 1 See how you translated the word **purple** in [15:17](../15/17.md). -15:20 dp33 ἐξάγουσιν αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “then they led him out of the city” or “required Jesus to carry his cross and then led Jesus out of the city” or “made Jesus carry his cross and led Jesus out of the city” -15:20 euk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus was **lead out**, namely that **they might crucify him**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -15:21 cj4l ἀγγαρεύουσιν & ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 According to Roman law, a solider could force a man he came upon along the road to carry a load. In this case, they forced Simon to carry Jesus’ cross. -15:21 s4j3 ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 Alternate translation: “from outside the city” -15:21 rtz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμωνα & Ἀλεξάνδρου & Ῥούφου 1 The words **Simon**, **Alexander**, and **Rufus** are the names of men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:21 n1oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐρχόμενον 1 Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “going” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -15:21 cyn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου 1 The phrase **the father of Alexander and Rufus** is background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:21 d3i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which **they pressed into service a certain passerby, Simon of Cyrene**, namely **so that** they could require him to **carry** Jesus’ **cross**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -15:22 w6c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Γολγοθᾶν, τόπον ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπος 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe word **Golgotha** is an Aramaic word. Mark used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant **Place of a Skull**. In your translation you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -15:22 e49p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo Γολγοθᾶν & Κρανίου Τόπος 1 Matthew says in [Matt 27:33](../mat/27/33.md) that **Golgotha** was “a place called Golgotha,” so it is clear that this was the name of a location, but the reason why this place was called **Place of a Skull** is not known. It could have been called **Place of a Skull** because the appearance of this place resembled a skull or because it was the site of so many executions, in which case the name **Skull** is being used as metonymy to refer to death. Because the reason that this location was called **Place of a Skull** is unknown, you should translate this phrase in a way that allows for either meaning, as modeled by the ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -15:22 m1dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:23 e9xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain that **myrrh** was a pain-relieving medicine. Alternate translation: “wine mixed with a pain-relieving medicine called myrrh” or “wine mixed with a pain-relieving drug called myrrh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:23 ld7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσμυρνισμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:23 r0xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Jesus would **drink** the **wine mixed with myrrh**. Instead, Jesus refused to **drink it**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -15:24 s5m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ 1 The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could state that they were “something like dice,” as UST does. But if your readers would also not be familiar with dice, then you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “and the Roman soldiers gambled for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -15:24 mn6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τίς τί ἄρῃ 1 Mark is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to decide who would take what” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -15:25 dzbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce the background information of the time of day when Jesus was crucified. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:25 q1ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη 1 The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a 12-hour time period and the night into a 12-hour period. Here the phrase **the third hour** refers to **the third hour** of the day, which was approximately three hours after sunrise. Here, **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the third hour** as “nine o’clock in the morning”, as modeled by the UST, since this is what time the phrase **the third hour** is referring to. Alternately, you can express the meaning of the phrase **the third hour** in some other way that is natural in your culture. Alternate translation: “nine o’clock in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -15:26 k1ku ἐπιγραφὴ 1 Alternate translation: “notice” -15:26 b84a τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη 1 Alternate translation: “of the crime they were accusing him of doing” -15:26 cbx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπιγεγραμμένη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:26 c0zf ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated the phrase “the King of the Jews” in [15:2](../15/02.md). -15:27 mgf3 ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “one robber on his right side and one robber on his left side” or “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him” -15:28 itjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “And by crucifying Jesus with robbers, they fulfilled the scripture that says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:28 d5g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST. Alternate translation: “And he was reckoned by God and by people as being with the wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:29 v8nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 The people’s action of **shaking their heads** at Jesus showed their disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If your readers would not understand what it means to shake one’s head at someone in this context and there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -15:29 a7ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐὰ 1 **Aha** is an exclamation word that communicates triumph, usually over an enemy. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Take that!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -15:29 hy37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:31 d5se ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 Alternate translation: “were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves” -15:31 n13x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -15:31 o9qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved others** by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and helping saving them from other physical problems. They did not think that Jesus saved them from sin or divine judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:32 t1vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus is **the Christ, the King of Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the Christ and the King of the Israelites. So let him come down” or “If he really is the Christ and the King of the Israelite people, he should come down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -15:32 q5qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμεν 1 The Jewish leaders are using a hypothetical situation since they do not believe that Jesus actually has the power to come down from the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate plainly that the Jewish leaders are using this as a hypothetical situation. Use whatever form in your language would be most natural to communicate this. Alternate translation: “If he really is the Christ, the King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross. Then we will see and believe that he is the Christ and the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -15:32 f8yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which they said that Jesus should **come down now from the cross**, which was in order that **they might see and might believe**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -15:32 r6c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πιστεύσωμεν 1 The phrase **might believe** means to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:32 dcb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνεσταυρωμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in [15:20](../15/20.md) that “soldiers” are the ones who are crucifying Jesus and the two other men. Alternate translation: “who the soldiers had crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:33 q1gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὥρας ἕκτης 1 The Jews and the Romans divided the day into a 12-hour time period and the night into a 12-hour period. Here, the phrase **the sixth hour** refers to the sixth hour of the day, often called “twelve o’clock” or “noon” in some parts of the world. The **the sixth hour** of the day was approximately six hours after sunrise. The term **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the sixth hour** as “noon”, as modeled by the UST, or as “twelve o’clock.” Alternately, you can translate it in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “the hour of twelve o’clock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -15:33 m67d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 The phrase **the ninth hour** refers to “three o’clock in the afternoon”, approximately nine hours after sunrise. The term **ninth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can translate the phrase **the ninth hour** as “three o’clock in the afternoon,” as modeled by the UST, or in some other way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the phrase “the third hour” in [15:25](../15/25.md), and the phrase **the sixth hour** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “until three hours after noon” or “for three hours” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -15:33 jvf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐγένετο 1 Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -15:34 r6tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -15:34 azt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 The expression **cried out with a loud voice** is an idiom that means Jesus raised the volume of his **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -15:34 ls1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου, εἰς τί ἐγκατέλιπές με 1 Jesus statement **Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani** is an Aramaic phrase. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/22/01.md). Mark uses Greek letters to express the sounds of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant **My God, my God, why have you forsaken me**. In your translation you could spell this phrase the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -15:34 qw71 ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 See how you translated the phrase **which is translated** in [15:22](../15/22.md). -15:35 apg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καί τινες τῶν παρεστηκότων, ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly that some of the people standing by misunderstood what Jesus said, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:35 awtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἠλείαν 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:36 pj44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἠλείας 1 See how you translated the name **Elijah** in [6:15](../06/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:37 xkpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 See how you translated the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** in [15:34](../15/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -15:37 puak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐξέπνευσεν 1 Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **breathed his last**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “he stopped breathing” or “he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -15:38 sk3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -15:38 t71k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the **temple**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:38 ni8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the phrase **was torn** with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “God tore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:39 hue4 ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the phrase **breathed his last** in [15:37](../15/37.md). -15:39 ariw ἀληθῶς 1 See how you translated the word **Truly** in [3:28](../03/28.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly” -15:39 nqv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 The title **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -15:40 i1ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαρία 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:40 gkgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ἐν αἷς καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη 1 If it would be more natural in your language to first give background information about these women before listing individual names, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to the end of verse 41. You would then present the combined verses as 40-41, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) -15:40 zc9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ & ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ 1 Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Mark refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:40 z5ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 The word **James** is the name a man. This man is probably referred to as **the younger** here to distinguish him from other men named **James**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:40 wdrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **Joses** is the name a man. This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus. See how you translated the same name in [6:3](../06/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:40 qa0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:41 j15z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ 1 Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:41 a3qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “gone up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “who had gone up with” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -15:42 ekbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 If it would be more natural in your language to introduce Joseph of Arimathea and what he did before giving the reason for what he did, you could create a verse bridge by moving this sentence to verse 43 and taking the information about Joseph of Arimathea from verse 43 and placing it after the phrase **And when evening had already come** in this verse. You would then present the combined verses as 42-43, as modeled by the UST. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge) -15:42 lxm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nMark provides this background information about what day it was to help readers understand what happens in this episode. God commanded in Deuteronomy 21:22-23 that any person who was put to death by hanging on a wooden object should be buried on the same day that they were put to death. Because of this and the fact that **evening had already come** and because the following day was the **Sabbath**, on which Jews did not work, the people involved wanted to bury Jesus’ body quickly. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:42 ug97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 The phrase **the Day of Preparation** refers to the day on which Jews would make preparations for the **Sabbath** so that they would not have to do work on the **Sabbath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate explicitly what the Day of Preparation was. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Day of Preparation, on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath. The Day of Preparation is the day before the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:43 xn8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον 1 Mark places the phrase **having come** after he gives the background information about Joseph in order to provide emphasis and to help introduce Joseph to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea was a respected member of the council who also was himself waiting for the kingdom of God. He boldly came to Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -15:43 wgz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the place that he is from. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:43 u7ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Mark provides this background information about **Joseph** to help readers understand why Joseph would ask Pilate for Jesus’ body and why Pilate might have granted his request. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -15:43 zvw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 The reason that **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:44 f484 κεντυρίωνα 1 See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). -15:45 z3gl κεντυρίωνος 1 See how you translated the term **centurion** in [15:39](../15/39.md). -15:45 v5ys ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 See how you translated the name **Joseph** in [15:43](../15/43.md). -15:46 g4c9 σινδόνα 1 See how you translated the term **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md). -15:46 eb9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 Mark assumes that his readers will know that Joseph probably had help from other people when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him took Jesus’ body down, wrapped the body in the linen cloth, and laid it in a tomb that was cut from a rock. And they rolled a stone against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -15:46 g9hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that a “person” or several “people” had cut the tomb from a rock. Alternate translation: “someone had previously cut” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -15:47 m782 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the name **Joses** in [6:3](../06/03.md). This **Joses** was not the same person as the younger brother of Jesus mentioned in [6:3](../06/03.md), although they share the same name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:47 jvz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -15:47 yexp Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 See how you translated the phrase “Mary the mother of” in [15:40](../15/40.md). -15:47 v3wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can state it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### A young man dressed in a white robe\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md)) -16:1 p61n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 By using the phrase **the Sabbath having passed**, Mark is explaining that the Jewish day of rest, called the **Sabbath**, had ended and that it was now permissible, according to Jewish law, for these women to buy spices. The phrase **the Sabbath having passed** does not mean that the actual day on which the **Sabbath** occurred was over. The Jewish **Sabbath** ended at sunset on Saturday evening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the sun had set on Saturday evening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -16:1 cw1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -16:1 fm8u Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 See how you translated the phrase **Mary the mother of** in [15:40](../15/40.md). -16:1 nmvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλώμη 1 See how you translated the name **Salome** in [15:40](../15/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -16:1 zrcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The women **bought spices** for the purpose of anointing Jesus’ body with them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -16:2 qcmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Here, the word **first** refers to the “first day” of the week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -16:4 kld9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:5 oaqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo νεανίσκον 1 Here, the **young man** is actually an angel who looked like a young man. See the discussion of this under the General Notes section for this chapter.You should translate the phrase **young man** as it appears in the ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -16:6 mo0d ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 See how you translated the word **alarmed** in [16:5](../16/05.md). -16:6 ie57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form, as modeled by the UST, or you can translate it in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies in chapter 15 that Pilate’s “soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “who Pilate’s soldiers crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:6 x9m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is implied that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead!” or “He has risen!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -16:7 x3u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ 12 **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the 12 disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell Peter the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and especially Peter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -16:7 axgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter that he is going ahead of them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -16:8 dlji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 Your language may say “come” rather than **gone** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having come out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -16:8 sh40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “amazed.” Alternate translation: “for they were greatly amazed, and they trembled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -16:8 bdgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here, the word **gripping** is an idiom which means “overcoming.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or “for they were overcome with trembling and amazement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -16:8 ydb0 καὶ οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον 1 Alternate translation: “And they told no one anything” +15:15 vqiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here Mark implies that Pilate **handed Jesus over** to his soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he handed Jesus over to his soldiers” +15:15 fwg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φραγελλώσας 1 Here Mark implies that Pilate had his soldiers flog Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having commanded his soldiers to flog him” +15:15 yzn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φραγελλώσας 1 Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Alternate translation: “having whipped him with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal” +15:15 w1sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces a purpose for which Pilate **handed Jesus over**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” +15:15 r9id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers might crucify him” +15:16 exdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +15:16 eg6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον, καὶ 1 Here Mark provides an explanation of what this specific **courtyard** was. Use a form that shows that Mark is giving more information about the **courtyard**. Alternate translation: “the courtyard—that is, the Praetorium—and” or “the courtyard. This courtyard was part of the Praetorium. They”\n +15:16 abe0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς αὐλῆς 1 Here, the word translated **courtyard** could refer to: (1) the open area that was part of the **Praetorium**. Alternate translation: “the open area that belonged to the Roman soldiers” (2) Pilate’s palace or residence. Alternate translation: “the palace” +15:16 lb2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πραιτώριον 1 The **Praetorium** was where the Roman governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of structure, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the government building” or “the governor’s residence” +15:16 b5gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 The word **cohort** is a military term. Each **cohort** is a group of about 600 soldiers, which is a tenth of a legion. Most likely, Mark is referring to all the soldiers who were stationed in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable military term in your language or a more general term. Alternate translation: “the whole company” or “all the soldiers stationed there” +15:17 tn33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 In Roman culture, a **purple robe** was like the expensive clothing worn by kings, and in that culture a king usually wore a **crown**. The soldiers put a **purple robe** and a **crown of thorns** on Jesus to pretend that he was a king, even though they did not think that he really was a king. They did this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on him a purple robe in mockery and place on him, having woven it together, a crown of thorns as if he were a king” or “put on him a purple robe and place on him, having woven it together, a crown of thorns. They did these things in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” +15:17 ilug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν 1 As [15:20](../15/20.md) indicates, the soldiers took Jesus’ own clothes off before putting the **purple robe** on him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that more explicitly here. Alternate translation: “and, having taken off his garments, put on him” +15:17 ly5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πορφύραν 1 The word **purple** refers to a color that is a combination of blue and red. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the color **purple**, you could refer to a similar color. Alternate translation: “a lavender robe” or “a reddish-blue robe” +15:17 isxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 Mark is using the possessive form to describe a **crown** that is made from branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns” +15:17 xfk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκάνθινον 1 Mark uses the word **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of thorny branches”\n +15:18 ft1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Χαῖρε, Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here the soldiers mock Jesus by greeting him as if he were **King of the Jews** when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “Rejoice, you so-called King of the Jews” +15:18 c4ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Χαῖρε 1 In Jesus’ culture, people commonly greeted each other with the word **Rejoice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that people use to greet each other. Alternate translation: “Hello” +15:19 muvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ 1 In Jesus’ culture, people would spit on someone to insult that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “spitting on him to dishonor him” +15:19 a8a9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ 1 In Jesus’ culture, **bending the knee** and **bowing** before someone was a way to respect a greater person, especially when asking the greater person to do a favor. Here, the soldiers perform this action to mock Jesus by pretending that he is a king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to a similar action from your culture, or you could explain what kneeling means. Alternate translation: “they were prostrating themselves before him” or “they were kneeling down before him as if he were a king” +15:19 dd05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τιθέντες τὰ γόνατα, προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ 1 The phrases **bending the knee** and **bowing down** mean similar things. Mark is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “they were bowing down low to him” or “they were formally bending the knee to him” +15:20 styv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πορφύραν 1 See how you translated the phrase **purple robe** in [15:17](../15/17.md). Alternate translation: “lavender robe” or “reddish-blue robe” +15:20 dp33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξάγουσιν αὐτὸν 1 Here Mark implies that the soldiers **led** Jesus **out** from the Praetorium. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “led him out of the Praetorium” +15:20 euk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which Jesus was **led** out, namely that **they might crucify him**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” +15:21 zo0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἀγγαρεύουσιν, παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου, ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark introduces **Simon** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And a certain man was passing by, Simon, a Cyrenean (the father of Alexander and Rufus). He was coming from the country. They pressed him into service so that he might carry his cross” +15:21 cj4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀγγαρεύουσιν 1 According to Roman law, Roman soldiers could press someone **into service**, which means that they could force a person to carry a load for them or work for them. In this case, they forced **Simon** to carry Jesus’ cross. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of forced service, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “they conscripted” or “they compelled to work for them” +15:21 i242 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀγγαρεύουσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **service**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they forced to serve them” +15:21 rtz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμωνα & Ἀλεξάνδρου & Ῥούφου 1 The words **Simon**, **Alexander**, and **Rufus** are the names of men. +15:21 cyn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Κυρηναῖον & τὸν πατέρα Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Ῥούφου 1 The phrases **a Cyrenean** and **the father of Alexander and Rufus** include background information about the man whom the soldiers forced to carry Jesus’ cross. Use a natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “who was a Cyrenean and who was the father of Alexander and Rufus” +15:21 s4j3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἀπ’ ἀγροῦ 1 Here Mark implies that **Simon** was **coming** from the farmlands outside Jerusalem and going toward Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming into Jerusalem from outside the city” +15:21 n1oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐρχόμενον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “going” instead of **coming**. Alternate translation: “going” +15:21 d3i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 The phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which **they pressed** Simon **into service**, namely **so that** they could require him to **carry** Jesus’ **cross**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” +15:22 w6c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Γολγοθᾶν 1 The word **Golgotha** is an Aramaic word. Mark has spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. Since Mark states what this word means later in the verse, you also should spell it out the way it sounds in your language. +15:22 m1dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which one can translate as” +15:23 x6d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐδίδουν 1 Here, the pronoun **they** could refer: (1) the soldiers. Alternate translation: “some of the soldiers were giving” (2) to some people who were nearby. Alternate translation: “some people there were giving” +15:23 e9xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον 1 Scholars do not agree on why **myrrh** would be mixed with wine for Jesus to drink. It could be to make the wine smell or taste special, in which case the soldiers are continuing to mock Jesus as a king. It could be that people thought that the **myrrh** would lessen the pain that Jesus was going to experience. If possible, refer to the **myrrh** without explaining why it would be **mixed** in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include some of this information in a footnote. +15:23 qyt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐσμυρνισμένον 1 The word **myrrh** refers to a fragrant resin or gum that is collected from trees. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of resin or gum, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “having been mixed with a fragrant gum” or “having been mixed with myrrh, a sweet-smelling resin” +15:23 ld7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσμυρνισμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the people who offered the wine to Jesus. Alternate translation: “that people had mixed with myrrh” +15:24 f6qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ διαμερίζονται τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ, τίς τί ἄρῃ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that the events they describe are in sequence. Alternate translation: “also they cast a lot for his garments, who would take what, and then they divided his garments” +15:24 t99r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διαμερίζονται τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 Here Mark means that the soldiers took the clothes that Jesus had been wearing and divided them up by giving each piece of clothing to a soldier. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they take his clothes and distribute them among them” +15:24 s5m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντες κλῆρον ἐπ’ αὐτὰ 1 The term **lot** refers to an object with different markings on various sides that was used to decide randomly among several possibilities. It would be tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **a lot**, you could refer to a similar practice in your culture, or you could use a more general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “rolling dice for them” or “deciding randomly about them” +15:24 mn6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὰ, τίς τί ἄρῃ 1 Here Mark implies that this is the purpose for which they were **casting a lot**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “them to decide who would take what” or “them in order to choose which soldier would take which piece of clothing” +15:25 dzbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν δὲ 1 Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information, which is the time of day when Jesus was crucified. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This all happened during” or “As for the time, it was” +15:25 japr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὥρα τρίτη 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, **the third hour** would be around nine o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “9:00 AM” +15:25 q1ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “hour three” +15:26 b84a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Mark is using the possessive form to describe an **inscription** that states the **charge** that was made against Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the inscription that stated the charge against him” +15:26 k1ku rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐπιγραφὴ 1 Here, the word **inscription** refers to a few words written to identify something. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of writing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “written description” or “identification” +15:26 cbx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπιγεγραμμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “which one of the soldiers had written” +15:26 c0zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here the soldiers continue mock Jesus by referring to him as if he were **King of the Jews** when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. See how you expressed the similar idea in [15:18](../15/18.md). Alternate translation: “The so-called King of the Jews”\n +15:27 mgf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Mark uses the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns to refer to Jesus’ right and left sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one on his right side and one on his left side” +15:28 xybh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants Καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to include this verse in your translation. The notes below discuss translation issues in this verse, for those who decide to include it. +15:28 tkdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα 1 Here the author quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Isaiah 53:12](../isa/53/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the passage in Isaiah was fulfilled that says” or “what Isaiah the prophet wrote was fulfilled. He wrote” +15:28 itjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers crucifying Jesus with two robbers. Alternate translation: “that fulfilled the scripture” or “when the soldiers crucified those two robbers with Jesus, it fulfilled the scripture” +15:28 d5g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “And they counted him with lawless ones” or “And others counted him with lawless ones” +15:29 v8nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 The people’s action of **wagging their heads** at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or you could indicate what the gesture means. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by wagging their heads” or “wagging their heads to mock him” +15:29 a7ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐὰ 1 Here, the word **Aha** expresses mock surprise. In other words, the people are pretending to be surprised that Jesus is on the cross in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that expresses this idea in your language. Alternate translation: “Wow” or “What” +15:29 hy37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ οἰκοδομῶν ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 Here the people refer to Jesus by what the false witnesses testified during his trial that he had said (see [14:58](../14/58.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate more explicitly that the people are describing Jesus. Alternate translation: “You who said that you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” +15:29 zhpn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις 1 Here, the phrase **in three days** refers to a time period made up of three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [14:58](../14/58.md). Alternate translation: “during a period of three days” +15:30 r4dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go καταβὰς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone down” +15:31 d5se ἐμπαίζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 Alternate translation: “saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves” +15:31 o9qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved others** by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “He saved others by curing or exorcising them” +15:31 n13x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄλλους 1 The Jewish leaders are using the adjective **others** as a noun to mean other people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “other men and women” +15:32 q5qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμεν 1 Here the Jewish leaders use what they think is an imaginary situation to prove that Jesus is not really **the Christ, the King of Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Imagine he really were the Christ, the King of Israel. In that case, he should come down now from the cross so that we might see and might believe” or “If he is the Christ, the King of Israel, let him come down now from the cross. Then, we will see and believe” +15:32 t1vm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω 1 Here the Jewish leaders mock Jesus by speaking about him as if he were **the Christ, the King of Israel** when they do not believe that he actually is. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Mark indicated when he says that they mocked Jesus (see [15:31](../15/31.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that this is irony. Alternate translation: “Let the so-called Christ, the King of Israel, come down” or “He calls himself the Christ, the King of Israel. Let him come down”\n +15:32 f8yw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Christ, the King of Israel, must come down” +15:32 r6c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “Let the Christ, the King of Israel, go down” +15:32 ljm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμεν 1 Here the Jewish leaders imply that they **might see** Jesus coming down from the cross and then they **might believe** that he really is **the Christ, the King of Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make those ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “we might see him come down and might believe that he really is the Christ” +15:32 dcb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνεσταυρωμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers were crucifying” +15:33 q1gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὥρας ἕκτης & ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. So, **the sixth hour** would be around noon, and **the ninth hour** would be around three o’clock in the afternoon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated the similar time reference in [15:25](../15/25.md). Alternate translation: “12:00 PM … 3:00 PM” +15:33 m67d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὥρας ἕκτης & ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here or equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine” +15:33 ckv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “the sky darkened” or “the light dimmed” +15:33 b3dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 Here, **the whole land** could refer to: (1) the entire area around where Jesus was crucified. This could include just the city of Jerusalem or all of Palestine. Alternate translation: “over that whole region” (2) the entire earth. Alternate translation: “over the whole earth” +15:34 r6tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 See how you translated the phrase **the ninth hour** in [15:33](../15/33.md). Alternate translation: “3:00 PM” +15:34 o6ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “at hour nine” +15:34 azt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 Here, the phrase **cried out with a loud voice** means that Jesus raised the volume of his voice. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “yelled loudly” +15:34 ls1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει? 1 This phrase is what Jesus **cried out** in his own language, either Aramaic or Hebrew. Mark has spelled the words out using Greek letters so his readers would know how they sounded. Since Mark states what these words mean later in the verse, you also should spell them out the way they sound in your language. +15:34 qw71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you expressed this construction in [15:22](../15/22.md). Alternate translation: “which one can translate as” +15:34 n09i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication ὁ Θεός μου, ὁ Θεός μου 1 Here Jesus repeats the phrase **My God** to express the urgency and emotion of his question. If repeating this phrase would not express urgency or emotion in your language, you could eliminate the repetition and express the urgency and emotion in another way. Alternate translation: “Please, my God” +15:35 apg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες 1 Mark implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. They heard him say “Eloi,” which means “My God,” but they thought it sounded like the name Elijah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly that these people misunderstood Jesus. Alternate translation: “having heard Jesus speaking without understanding him” +15:35 zkid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen or pay attention. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” or “See” +15:36 hqvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 A **sponge** is a soft, porous object that can soak up and hold liquid, which comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something used to soak up liquid” +15:36 wegr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὄξους 1 Here, **vinegar** refers to the inexpensive and sour wine that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of beverage, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “with cheap wine” or “with an inexpensive alcoholic beverage” +15:36 gvvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 The person put the **sponge** on a **reed**, or long stick, so that he could hold the **sponge** up to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having put it around a reed, used the reed to lift the sponge up to Jesus to give it to him to drink” +15:36 yefo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared” +15:36 mib7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄφετε 1 Here, the clause **Leave {him}** means that no one should do anything more to or for Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Wait” or “Stay away from him” +15:36 gzpm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἄφετε 1 Because this person is speaking to the other people there, the command **Leave {him}** is plural. +15:36 mys5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes” +15:36 tyuf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθελεῖν αὐτόν 1 Here the man implies that Elijah might **take him down** from the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to take him down from the cross” +15:37 xkpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀφεὶς φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, the phrase **having let out a loud voice** means that Jesus shouted loudly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar phrase in [15:34](../15/34.md). Alternate translation: “having yelled loudly”\n +15:37 puak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐξέπνευσεν 1 Mark is referring to death in a polite way by using the word **expired**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state the meaning. Alternate translation: “passed away” or “died” +15:38 sk3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God split the curtain of the temple” +15:38 t71k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Here Mark could be referring to **the curtain**: (1) that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of **the temple**. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the Most Holy Place in the temple” (2) that separated the Holy Place from the rest of **the temple** area. Alternate translation: “the curtain that marked off the temple building”\n +15:39 ve5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +15:39 q45e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here, a place **opposite him** is directly in front of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Jesus in front of him” or “with Jesus before him” +15:39 gs62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants οὕτως ἐξέπνευσεν 1 Some ancient manuscripts read **he expired in this way**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “crying out in this way he expired.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +15:39 hue4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐξέπνευσεν 1 See how you translated the word **expired** in [15:37](../15/37.md). Alternate translation: “he passed away” or “he died” +15:39 nqv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship with God the Father. +15:40 gkgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Mark uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens later in the story. The word does not introduce the next event in the story. Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “During all those things,” +15:40 qm3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη 1 Consider how you might naturally include a list of three women with descriptions of them. The UST has moved **Salome** earlier in the list so that it is clear that she is not one of the children of **Mary**. Alternate translation: “also Mary Magdalene and Salome and Mary the mother of James the little and of Joses” +15:40 zc9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαρία ἡ & μήτηρ 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. This **Mary** was not **Mary Magdalene** nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Mark identifies her instead as **the mother of James the younger and of Joses**. +15:40 e0vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ Ἰωσῆ 1 The word **James** is the name of a man. This **James** is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus. The word **Joses** is also the name of a man. This **Joses** is not Jesus’ brother. +15:40 z5ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ 1 When Mark refers to **James** as **the little**, he could mean that: (1) he was younger than one or more other people named James. Alternate translation: “of James the young” or “of the younger James” (2) he was less well-known than one or more other people named James. Alternate translation: “of James the less” or “of the less famous James” (3) he was a short man. Alternate translation: “of James the short” +15:40 qa0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. +15:41 j15z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αἳ ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ 1 Mark uses the statement **who, when he was in Galilee, were following him and serving him** to give his readers background information about the relationship that the three women mentioned in [15:40](../15/40.md) had with Jesus. Use a natural form in your language for expressing background information. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to delete the comma at the end of verse 40. Alternate translation: “(these three women had followed him and served him when he was in Galilee)” +15:41 hrel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **were following him** indicates that these three women had traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were traveling with him as his students” +15:41 a3qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go αἱ συναναβᾶσαι 1 **Jerusalem** was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for people to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem and going down from it. Your language may say “gone up” rather than **come up** in contexts such as this. Alternate translation: “who had gone up with” +15:42-43 ekbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge καὶ ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον & ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς τὸν Πειλᾶτον καὶ ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [15:42](../15/42.md) and [15:43](../15/43.md) into a verse bridge, as the UST does, in order to introduce Joseph of Arimathea before stating what he did and why he did it. Alternate translation: “And Joseph, the one from Arimathea, a respected member of the council who also himself was waiting for the kingdom of God, came. And evening already having come, because it was the Day of Preparation, that is, the day before the Sabbath, having dared, he entered in to Pilate and asked for the body of Jesus” +15:42 duu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Then,” +15:42 lxm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Here Mark indicates that Joseph of Arimathea acted as he did (see [15:43](../15/43.md)) **because** it was **the Day of Preparation**. Mark assumes that his readers will know that Jews would not move or bury a body on the **Sabbath** (the next day). He also assumes that his readers will know that the law includes a command to bury on the same day anyone who was executed as Jesus was (see [Deuteronomy 21:22–23](../deu/21/22.md)). So, if he wanted bury Jesus’ body, Joseph needed to receive the body and bury it quickly, before the next day began. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include this information in a footnote or make some of it more explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “evening already having come, because it was the Day of Preparation, that is, the day before the Sabbath when no one could bury anyone” +15:42 ug97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρασκευή, ὅ ἐστιν προσάββατον 1 Here, as Mark indicates **the Day of Preparation** is **the day before the Sabbath**. On this day, Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath, that is, the day before the Sabbath” or “the day before the Sabbath, the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath”\n +15:43 xn8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἐλθὼν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας, εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσδεχόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ; τολμήσας, εἰσῆλθεν 1 Here Mark introduces **Joseph** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a man from Arimathea came. He was named Joseph, and he was a respected member of the council who also himself was waiting for the kingdom of God. Having dared, he entered in” +15:43 wgz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 The word **Joseph** is the name of a man, and the word **Arimathea** is the name of the city he was from. +15:43 u7ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background εὐσχήμων βουλευτής 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “an honorable member of the council” or “a member of the council whom others thought highly of,” +15:43 ov1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν 1 Mark uses the word **himself** to emphasize that **Joseph** was one of the people who was **waiting for the kingdom of God**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “who, he too, was” or “who indeed also was” +15:43 nu77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +15:43 zvw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 The reason that **Joseph** asked Pilate **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “asked for the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” +15:44 vu11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next thing that happened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then” +15:44 cnlz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν 1 Here Mark means that Pilate was not sure whether Jesus **had already died**, but he **marveled** that it might be true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates this kind of possibility. Alternate translation: “because it was possible that Jesus had already died” +15:44 f484 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κεντυρίωνα 1 Here Mark implies that this is the same **centurion** who was in charge of crucifying Jesus (see [15:39](../15/39.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the centurion who was in charge of Jesus’ crucifixion” or “the centurion who oversaw Jesus’ execution” +15:44 u9o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν εἰ πάλαι ἀπέθανεν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he asked him, ‘Has he already died?’” +15:45 z3gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γνοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κεντυρίωνος 1 Here Mark implies that Pilate **learned** that Jesus really was dead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having learned from the centurion that Jesus had already died” +15:45 v5ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐδωρήσατο τὸ πτῶμα τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 Here Mark implies that Pilate commanded his soldiers to give **the corpse** to Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he told his soldiers to let Joseph have the corpse” or “he permitted Joseph to take the corpse” +15:46 g4c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σινδόνα & τῇ σινδόνι 1 The term **linen cloth** refers to a high-quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with **linen**, you could use a general expression. See how you translated **linen** in [14:51](../14/51.md). Alternate translation: “a fine cloth … in the fine cloth”\n +15:46 eb9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸν ἐν μνήματι ὃ ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας; καὶ προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 Here Mark implies that other people helped Joseph when he took Jesus’ body down from the cross, prepared it for the tomb, laid it in the tomb, and rolled a stone against the entrance to the tomb in order to close it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him took Jesus’ body down, wrapped the body in the linen cloth, and put it in a tomb, which was having been cut from rock. And they rolled a stone against the door of the tomb” +15:46 wh20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθελὼν αὐτὸν 1 Here Mark implies that Joseph took Jesus’ body **down** from the cross. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having taken him down off the cross” +15:46 ugph rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐνείλησεν τῇ σινδόνι 1 This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could indicate that more explicitly, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he wrapped him in a linen burial cloth” or “he prepared him for burial” +15:46 fflq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἦν λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας 1 Here Mark means specifically a burial place that had been **cut** or chiseled out of **rock**, most likely into the face of a cliff. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of burial place, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “was having been chiseled into the rock” or “which had been specially prepared” +15:46 g9hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦν λελατομημένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Mark implies that it was people whom Joseph had hired. Alternate translation: “people had previously cut” or “Joseph had had people cut” +15:46 dfhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσεκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου 1 Here Matthew implies that Joseph **rolled** the **stone** to close up the **tomb**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he rolled a stone against the door of the tomb to close it up” +15:47 ltht rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces something that was happening at the same time as what Mark narrated in the previous verse (Joseph burying Jesus’ body). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a simultaneous action, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” or “While Joseph was doing those things,” +15:47 yexp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαρία ἡ Ἰωσῆτος 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman, the same woman whom Mark referred to in [15:40](../15/40.md). This **Mary** was not **Mary Magdalene** nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Mark identifies her instead as **the {mother} of Joses**. +15:47 m782 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσῆτος 1 The word **Joses** is also the name of a man, the same man whom Mark referred to in [15:40](../15/40.md). This **Joses** is not Jesus’ brother. +15:47 v3wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τέθειται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Joseph of Arimathea. Alternate translation: “Joseph of Arimathea had put him” +16:intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n8. Jesus’ resurrection (16:1–8)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “young man”\n\nMark indicates that a “young man” clothed in white was sitting inside the tomb. He implies that this “young man” was an angel who appeared in human form. This is supported by how Matthew tells the story, since he indicates explicitly that an angel was at the tomb (see [Matthew 28:2–7](../mat/28/02.md)). Both Luke mentions two men at the tomb, whom he implies are angels ([Luke 24:4–7](../luk/24/04.md)), and John refers to two angels ([John 20:12–13](../jhn/20/12.md)). It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could include some information about these men, or angels, in a footnote.\n\n### The resurrection\n\nMark does not narrate the resurrection, but he does indicate that the stone was rolled away from the tomb and that an angel in the form of a young man told the women that Jesus had resurrected. It is not clear exactly when Jesus actually rose from the dead, although it is clear that this happened before the tomb was opened. When Jesus rose from the dead, he was a living human being again, and he could never die again. Make sure that it is clear that Jesus came back to life as a living human being.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nAll the forms of “you” in this chapter appear in speeches that are given to groups of people. Because of this, all forms of “you” in this chapter are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The historic present\n\nTo call attention to a development in the story, Mark uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 2, 4, and 6. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense]])\n\n### The ending of Mark’s gospel\n\nThere are at least four different endings to Mark’s Gospel that are found among various ancient manuscripts. However, only two of those are found among the earliest and most reliable manuscripts. One of these endings is the text of [16:9–20](../16/09.md), which is found in some early manuscripts and many later manuscripts. The other ending, the one found in the early manuscripts that scholars consider to be the most reliable, stops at [16:8](../16/08.md) and does not include any further words. The ULT and UST include [16:9–20](../16/09.md) in brackets, and there are no translation notes on these verses. If you do include these verses in your translation, it is recommended that you put them in a footnote or in brackets to indicate that some of the earliest manuscripts do not include them. +16:1 c21a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +16:1 p61n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 Here Mark indicates that the sun had set on Saturday, which meant that **the Sabbath** had ended. The three women were now permitted to do work, like buying **spices**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when it was evening and the Sabbath had ended” or “the Sabbath having passed at sunset and the period of rest having ended” +16:1 fd3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἡ Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου, καὶ Σαλώμη 1 Consider how you might naturally include a list of three women with descriptions of them. The UST has moved **Salome** earlier in the list so that it is clear that she is not one of the children of **Mary**. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and Salome and Mary the mother of James” +16:1 fm8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman, the same woman whom Mark referred to in [15:40](../15/40.md) and [15:47](../15/47.md). This **Mary** was not Mary Magdalene nor Mary the mother of Jesus. Mark identifies her instead as **the {mother} of James**.\n +16:1 m7qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακώβου 1 The word **James** is the name of a man, the same man whom Mark referred to in [15:40](../15/40.md). This **James** is not James the brother of Jesus, James son of Zebedee, or James son of Alphaeus. +16:1 nmvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλώμη 1 The word **Salome** is the name of a woman. She is the same woman whom Mark referred to in [15:40](../15/40.md). +16:1 qrhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀρώματα 1 Here, the word **spices** refers to any good-smelling herbs, ointments, and oils. In Jesus’ culture, it was customary to put these good-smelling things on dead bodies to cover up bad smells and to honor the people who had died. Since the women plan to **anoint** Jesus with these **spices**, the **spices** must be herbs mixed with oil or some kind of ointment. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of good-smelling item, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “pleasant herbs” or “good-smelling oils” +16:1 zrcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθοῦσαι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +16:1 g9q0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλείψωσιν αὐτόν 1 In Jesus’ culture, it was customary for people to **anoint** dead bodies when they were buried. Joseph of Arimathea had not done this because he had to bury Jesus quickly before the Sabbath began. These three women now plan to finish the customary burial preparations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they might anoint him to complete the burial customs” +16:2 o6qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λείαν πρωῒ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 Here Mark refers to sunrise on **the first of the week**, that is, Sunday. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning on the first of the week, that is, Sunday”\n +16:2 qcmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ 1 Mark is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean the first day. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “on the first day” +16:2 jh6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ μιᾷ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day one” +16:2 u9b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνατείλαντος τοῦ ἡλίου 1 Here, the phrase **the sun having come up** refers to sunrise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to sunrise. Alternate translation: “the sun having risen” or “the sun having appeared above the horizon” +16:3 knly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἔλεγον 1 Here Mark implies that **they were saying** this while they were going to the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And as they were going to the tomb, they were saying” +16:3 lv8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἔλεγον πρὸς ἑαυτάς, τίς ἀποκυλίσει ἡμῖν τὸν λίθον ἐκ τῆς θύρας τοῦ μνημείου? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were asking one another about who would roll away the stone for them from the entrance of the tomb.” +16:4 kld9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “somebody had rolled the stone away” +16:4 ij5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** could introduce: (1) further information about the **stone**. Alternate translation: “and as for that stone,” (2) a reason why the women were able to see the **stone** from far away when they **looked up**. Alternate translation: “which they could observe because” (3) a reason why the women were concerned about who would roll the stone away for them (see [16:3](../16/03.md)). Alternate translation: “and they had been asking each other about the stone because” +16:5 oaqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς 1 Here Mark is referring to the **right side** of the tomb from the women’s perspective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “inside the tomb on the right side from their perspective” +16:5 cuy3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένον στολὴν λευκήν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with a white robe on” +16:5 ei8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξεθαμβήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was what the women saw. Alternate translation: “these things alarmed them” +16:6 q47y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces what the young man says in contrast to how the women reacted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “However,” +16:6 mo0d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ἐκθαμβεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be what the women saw. See how you expressed the similar phrase in [16:5](../16/05.md). Alternate translation: “These things must not alarm you”\n +16:6 ie57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Pilate’s soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom Pilate’s soldiers crucified” +16:6 x6ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 Here, the word **raised** refers to someone who died coming back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He was restored to life” +16:6 x9m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the young man could be implying that: (1) God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him up” (2) Jesus himself did it. Alternate translation: “He rose up”\n +16:6 wf0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἴδε 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the three women and asks them to look at something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks someone to look or pay attention. Alternate translation: “See” or “Observe” +16:6 ni6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ τόπος ὅπου ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 Here the young man refers to **the place** within the tomb where Joseph of Arimathea and his helpers **put** Jesus’ body. This **place** was probably a shelf or ledge. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this is the flat area where they put his body” or “this is the ledge within this tomb where they put him” +16:7 fc4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a command that contrasts with what the young man said in the previous verse about seeing where Jesus’ body lay. Now, in contrast, the angel commands the women to leave the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” or “But do not stay here. Instead,” +16:7 x3u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 The phrase **and to Peter** is not making a distinction between **Peter** and the disciples by indicating that **Peter** is not part of the group of Jesus’ **disciples**. Rather, the phrase **and Peter** is being used to emphasize that of all of the disciples of Jesus, these women should take special care to tell **Peter** the information that follows this phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to Peter and to the rest of his disciples” or “to his disciples, and particularly to Peter” +16:7 axgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to Peter that Jesus is going before them to Galilee and that they will see him there, just as he said to them” +16:7 mk04 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προάγει 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “He is coming before”\n +16:8 m1eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐξελθοῦσαι, ἔφυγον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου; εἶχεν γὰρ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because trembling and amazement was gripping them, having gone out, they ran from the tomb” +16:8 dlji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξελθοῦσαι 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come out” +16:8 bdgb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἶχεν & αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here, when **trembling and amazement** are **gripping** people, it means that these people are overcome by **trembling and amazement**. In other words, they cannot help but experience these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they were overcome by trembling and amazement” or “they could not help but experience trembling and amazement” +16:8 sh40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἶχεν & αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **amazement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they were trembling and greatly amazed” +16:8 trqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις 1 Here Mark implies that the women were **trembling** because of their **amazement**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make that idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “trembling because of amazement” +16:8 feiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον; ἐφοβοῦντο γάρ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid, they said nothing to anyone” +16:8 ydb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν εἶπον 1 The words translated **nothing** and **to anyone** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “they told no one anything”\n \ No newline at end of file